‫ﻷول ﻣﺮة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ دورة دراﺳﻴﺔ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬

‫ﻹﻣﺘﺤﺎن ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﺳﻮﻓﺖ ‪ MCSE‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت‬

‫)ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ(‬

‫ﺑﻌ‪jjj‬ﻮن اﷲ و ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻘ‪jjj‬ﻪ ﺳ‪jjj‬ﺄﺑﺪأ ﺳﻠﺴ‪jjj‬ﻠﺔ ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ اﻟ‪jjj‬ﺪروس ﻟﺘﻌﻠ‪jjj‬ﻴﻢ آ‪jjj‬ﻞ‬

‫أﺳﺎﺳ‪jjj‬ﻴﺎت اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴ‪jjj‬ﺚ ﻳﺼ‪jjj‬ﺒﺢ اﻹﺧ‪jjj‬ﻮة اﻟﻤﺘ‪jjj‬ﺎﺑﻌﻮن ﻟﻠﺴﻠﺴ‪jjj‬ﻠﺔ ﺑﻌ‪jjj‬ﺪ‬
‫إﺗﻤﺎﻣﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ إن ﺷ‪jj‬ﺎء اﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪jj‬ﺆهﻠﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﻘ‪jj‬ﺪﻳﻢ اﺧﺘﺒ‪jj‬ﺎر ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮوﺳ‪jj‬ﻮﻓﺖ ‪MCSE‬‬
‫اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت ﺑﺪون اﻹﻧﻀ‪j‬ﻤﺎم ﻹي دورات إﺿ‪j‬ﺎﻓﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬و ﺳ‪j‬ﺄﺣﺮص‬
‫ﻓﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺪورة ﻋﻠﻰ ذآ‪j‬ﺮ آ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟﻤﺼ‪j‬ﻄﻠﺤﺎت اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ‬
‫هﺬا اﻟﻤﺠﺎل و ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ اﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎر ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫أﺗﻤﻨﻰ ﻟﻜﻢ اﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ و اﻹﺳﺘﻔﺎدة ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻟ‪j‬ﺪورة و ﻻ أرﻳ‪j‬ﺪ ﻣ‪j‬ﻨﻜﻢ‬

‫ﺳﻮى اﻟﺪﻋﺎء ﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻠﻮاﺗﻜﻢ و ﺳﺄآﻮن ﺳﻌﻴﺪا ﺟﺪا ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﺔ اﻷوﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﻜﻮن ﺑﻌﻨ‪jj‬ﻮان ‪ :‬أﺳﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﺎت اﻟﺘﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻴﻚ‬

‫وﺳﻨﺘﻨﺎول ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻏﺪا إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫وﺻﻒ ﻟﻤﻔﻬﻮم و ﻓﻜﺮة اﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻚ‬ ‫‪-1‬‬

‫وﺻ‪jjjj‬ﻒ ﻟﻤﻔﻬ‪jjjj‬ﻮم ﺷ‪jjjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻨﻄ‪jjjj‬ﺎق اﻟﻤﺤﻠ‪jjjj‬ﻲ‬ ‫‪-2‬‬

‫)‪Local Area Networks (LAN‬‬

‫وﺻ‪jjjjjj‬ﻒ ﻟﻤﻔﻬ‪jjjjjj‬ﻮم ﺷ‪jjjjjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﻧﻄ‪jjjjjj‬ﺎق اﻟﻤ‪jjjjjj‬ﺪن‬ ‫‪-3‬‬

‫)‪Metropolitan Area Networks (MAN‬‬

‫وﺻﻒ ﻟﻤﻔﻬﻮم ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻨﻄﺎق اﻟﻮاﺳﻊ ‪Wide‬‬ ‫‪-4‬‬

‫)‪Area Networks (WAN‬‬

‫وﺻﻒ ﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت وﻣﺎهﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-5‬‬

‫‪31‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ‬

‫أﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻚ‬

‫ﻓﻲ أﺑﺴﻂ أﺷﻜﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﻜﻮن ﺷﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎزﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﺼ‪j‬ﻠﻴﻦ‬

‫ﺑﺒﻌﻀﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﺳﻠﻚ ‪ ،‬و ﻳﻘﻮﻣﺎن ﺑﺘﺒﺎدل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻷﻳ‪jj‬ﺎم ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﺢ ﻟ‪jj‬ﻚ ﺑﺘﺒ‪jj‬ﺎدل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت و ﻣ‪jj‬ﻮارد‬

‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮ ‪)Computer resources‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪jj‬ﺎت ‪ ،‬ﺑ‪jj‬ﺮاﻣﺞ ‪ ،‬أﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰة‬
‫ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ Peripheral‬ﻣﺜ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﺜﻼ ( و ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮاﺻﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻳﻌﺾ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﻮري‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺪاﻳﺔ دﻋﻨﺎ ﻧﺘﺨﻴ‪j‬ﻞ وﺿ‪j‬ﻊ اﻟﺤﺎﺳ‪j‬ﻮب ﺑ‪j‬ﺪون وﺟ‪j‬ﻮد ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ‬

‫هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ آﻴﻒ ﺳﻨﺘﺒﺎدل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺤﺘﺎج اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﻣﺌ‪j‬ﺎت اﻷﻗ‪j‬ﺮاص اﻟﻠﻴﻨ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻨﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺁﺧ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻣﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﺒﺐ ه‪jj‬ﺪرا آﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﺮا ﻟﻠﻮﻗ‪jj‬ﺖ و‬
‫اﻟﺠﻬﺪ ‪ ،‬و ﻣﺜﺎل ﺁﺧﺮ إذا آﺎن ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ واﺣ‪j‬ﺪة و ﻋ‪j‬ﺪة أﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة آﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎل إذا أردﻧﺎ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﺈﻣﺎ ﺳﻨﻘﻮم ﺑ‪j‬ﺎﻟﻮﻗﻒ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﻃ‪j‬ﺎﺑﻮر اﻧﺘﻈ‪j‬ﺎر‬
‫ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﺠﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎز اﻟﻤﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌ‪jjj‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬أو ﺳ‪jj‬ﻨﻘﻮم ﺑﻨﻘ‪jjj‬ﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟ‪jjj‬ﻰ آ‪jjj‬ﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻴﻮﺻﻠﻬﺎ اﻟﻰ ﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎزﻩ ﻟﻴﻄﺒ‪j‬ﻊ ﻣ‪j‬ﺎ ﻳﺮﻳ‪j‬ﺪ و ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ آ‪j‬ﻼ اﻷﻣ‪j‬ﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﺎء‬
‫آﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﺮ ‪ ،‬و ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ هﻨ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻧ‪jj‬ﺮى أن ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺘﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻴﻚ ﻗ‪jj‬ﺪ ﺗﻄ‪jj‬ﻮرت ﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﺪ اﻟﺤﺎﺟ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﺎدل اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت و اﻟﻤﻮارد ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﻌﺎل‪.‬‬

‫و هﻜﺬا اﻧﺒﺜﻖ ﻧﻮﻋﺎن ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ Centralized Computing -1‬اﻟﻤﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﺮآﺰﻳﺔ‬

‫‪ Distributed Computing -2‬اﻟﻤﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﻮزﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻨﻠﻖ ﻧﻈﺮة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺪاﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﺮآﺰﻳﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪32‬‬
‫ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺨﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﻴﻨﻴﺎت ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻘ‪jj‬ﺮن اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﺎﺑﻖ آﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺖ أﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰة اﻟﺤﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﻮب‬
‫ﺑﺤﺠ‪jjj‬ﻢ اﻟﻐﺮﻓ‪jjj‬ﺔ و آﺎﻧ‪jjj‬ﺖ ﻣ‪jjj‬ﺰودة ﺑﻤﻌ‪jjj‬ﺎﻟﺞ واﺣ‪jjj‬ﺪ ‪ ،‬و ﻣﻘ‪jjj‬ﺪار ﺿ‪jjj‬ﺌﻴﻞ ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺬاآﺮة‪ ،‬و ﺟﻬﺎز ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت آﺎن ﻋﺒﺎرة ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ ﺷ‪j‬ﺮﻳﻂ ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﺠﻴﻞ ‪ ،‬و‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎز ﻟﻠﺨﺮج آﺎن ﻋﺒﺎرة ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺎت ﻣﺜﻘﺒ‪j‬ﺔ و ﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎز ﻹدﺧ‪j‬ﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎت ﻣﺜﻘﺒﺔ أﻳﻀﺎ ‪.‬‬

‫ه‪jj‬ﺬا اﻟﻨ‪jj‬ﻮع ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺒﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ زال ﻣﻮﺟ‪jj‬ﻮدا ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺑﻌ‪jj‬ﺾ اﻟ‪jj‬ﺪول و‬
‫ﻟﻜ‪j‬ﻦ ﺑﻨﻄ‪j‬ﺎق ﻣﺤ‪j‬ﺪود ﺟ‪j‬ﺪا ‪ .‬ه‪jj‬ﺬا اﻟﻨ‪j‬ﻮع ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻷﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة اﻟﻀ‪j‬ﺨﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺮآﺰﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﻤﻰ ‪ ، Mainframe‬أﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ اﻷﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة اﻟﻤﺘﺼ‪jj‬ﻠﺔ ﺑ‪jj‬ﻪ و اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم ﺑﺈدﺧ‪jj‬ﺎل‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﺘﺴ‪j‬ﻤﻰ ‪ Dumb terminals‬أو ﻣﺤﻄ‪j‬ﺔ ﻃﺮﻓﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﺧﺮﻗ‪j‬ﺎء أو‬
‫ﺻﺎﻣﺘﺔ ‪ ،‬و آﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺘﻜﻮن ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﻟﻮﺣ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣﻔ‪j‬ﺎﺗﻴﺢ و ﺷﺎﺷ‪j‬ﺔ ﻋ‪j‬ﺮض و ﻟ‪j‬ﻢ ﺗﻜ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺎدرة ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺴ‪jjjjj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jjjjj‬ﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﺮآ‪jjjjj‬ﺰي أو ‪ Mainframe‬أن ﻳﻠﺒ‪jjjjj‬ﻲ‬

‫ﻃﻠﺒﺎت ﻋﺪة أﺟﻬﺰة ‪ terminals‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑ‪j‬ﻪ ‪ ،‬و ﺑﻬ‪j‬ﺬا ﻳﺸ‪j‬ﻜﻞ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺮآ‪jjjj‬ﺰي اﻟﻤﺘﺼ‪jjjj‬ﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﻄ‪jjjj‬ﺎت اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴ‪jjjj‬ﺔ و اﻟﻤﺘﺼ‪jjjj‬ﻞ ﺑﻐﻴ‪jjjj‬ﺮﻩ ﻣ‪jjjj‬ﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮات اﻟﻤﺮآﺰﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﺣﻮاﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﺐ أوﻟﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺑﻴﺌ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺮآﺰﻳﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻊ ﺗﻄﻮر ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺤﺎﺳﻮب ‪ ،‬ﺑ‪j‬ﺪأت ﺗﻈﻬ‪j‬ﺮ ﺣﻮاﺳ‪j‬ﻴﺐ ﺷﺨﺼ‪j‬ﻴﺔ‬

‫أﺻﻐﺮ ﺣﺠﻤﺎ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺳﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺘﺤﻜﻢ أآﺒﺮ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺗﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬و أدت ﻗﻮة‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎﺳ‪jjj‬ﺒﺔ اﻟﺸﺨﺼ‪jj‬ﻴﺔ ه‪jjj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟ‪jjj‬ﻰ ﻇﻬ‪jjj‬ﻮر ﺑﻨﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﺟﺪﻳ‪jjj‬ﺪة ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﺳ‪jjj‬ﺒﺔ ﺗﺴ‪jjj‬ﻤﻰ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎﺳ‪jjjj‬ﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﻮزﻋ‪jjjj‬ﺔ ‪ Distributed Computing‬أو اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠ‪jjjj‬ﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮزﻋﺔ ‪. Distributed Processing‬‬

‫ﺑ‪jj‬ﺪﻻ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺗﺮآﻴ‪jj‬ﺰ آ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ آﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮ واﺣ‪jj‬ﺪ‬

‫ﻣﺮآﺰي ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن اﻟﻤﺤﺎﺳ‪j‬ﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﻮزﻋ‪j‬ﺔ ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻋ‪j‬ﺪة أﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة ﺻ‪j‬ﻐﻴﺮة ﻟﺘﻘ‪j‬ﻮم‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺸﺎرآﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ و ﺗﻘﺎﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻬﺎم ‪.‬‬
‫و هﻜ‪j‬ﺬا ﺗﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﻤﺮآﺰﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺳ‪j‬ﺘﻔﺎدة اﻟﻘﺼ‪jj‬ﻮى ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻗ‪jj‬ﻮة‬
‫آﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪33‬‬
‫ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺤﺪﻳﺜ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻬ‪jjj‬ﻢ اﺳ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﻟﻐ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﻣﺸ‪jjj‬ﺘﺮآﺔ أو‬
‫ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل ‪ Protocol‬ﻣﺘﻮاﻓ‪j‬ﻖ ﻋﻠﻴ‪j‬ﻪ ﻟﻜ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻷﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫اﻹﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ اﻟﺒﻌﺾ و ﻓﻬﻢ آﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ اﻵﺧﺮ ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل هﻮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ أو اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬

‫ﻟﺘﺒﺎدل اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺎزي آﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ‪.‬‬

‫و ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ ﺗﻄ‪jj‬ﻮر اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت أﺻ‪jj‬ﺒﺢ ﻣﻔﻬ‪jj‬ﻮم اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ أوﺳ‪jj‬ﻊ ﺑﻜﺜﻴ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ‬

‫ﻣﺠ‪jj‬ﺮد رﺑ‪jj‬ﻂ اﻷﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰة ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ ﺑﻌ‪jj‬ﺾ ‪ ،‬و ﻟﻨﻠ‪jj‬ﻖ ﻧﻈ‪jj‬ﺮة ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﻤﻌ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﻢ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺎﺋﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﻜ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﺸ‪jj‬ﻜﻞ اﻟﺤﻮاﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﺐ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﺘ‪jj‬ﺎج اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ‬ ‫‪-1‬‬

‫وﺳﻂ ﻧﺎﻗﻞ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت و ﻓﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻜﻮن إﻣ‪j‬ﺎ أﺳ‪j‬ﻼك أو وﺳ‪j‬ﻂ‬
‫ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ ‪.‬‬

‫آﻤﺎ ﺗﺤﺘﺎج ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﻮاﺳ‪j‬ﻴﺐ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﻣ‪j‬ﻮاﺋﻢ أو أداة‬ ‫‪-2‬‬

‫رﺑ‪jjj‬ﻂ ‪ ، Adapter‬ﻟﺘﻘ‪jjj‬ﻮم ﺑﻮﺻ‪jjj‬ﻞ ه‪jjj‬ﺬﻩ اﻷﺟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺰة ﺑﺎﻷﺳ‪jjj‬ﻼك‬
‫اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧ‪jjjj‬ﺔ ﻟﻠﺸ‪jjjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ و ﺗﺴ‪jjjj‬ﻤﻰ ه‪jjjj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻮاﺋﻤ‪jjjj‬ﺎت ‪Network‬‬
‫‪ Interface Card‬أو ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ واﺟﻬﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺤﻮاﺳﻴﺐ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘ‪j‬ﺪم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت أو اﻟﻤ‪j‬ﻮارد ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴ‪j‬ﺔ‬

‫ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ اﺳﻢ ‪ Servers‬أو ﻣﺰودات ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺤﻮاﺳ‪j‬ﻴﺐ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت أو اﻟﻤﻮارد ‪ ،‬اﺳﻢ ‪ Clients‬أو زﺑﺎﺋﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ‪j‬ﻦ ﻟﺠﻬ‪j‬ﺎز واﺣ‪j‬ﺪ أن ﻳﻠﻌ‪j‬ﺐ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﻧﻔ‪j‬ﺲ اﻟﻮﻗ‪j‬ﺖ‬
‫دور اﻟﻤﺰود و اﻟﺰﺑﻮن ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺟﻬﺎز ﻣ‪j‬ﺎ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ أن ﻳﻜ‪j‬ﻮن‬
‫ﻣﺰودا ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ و ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﻧﻔ‪j‬ﺲ اﻟﻮﻗ‪j‬ﺖ ﻳﻜ‪j‬ﻮن زﺑ‪j‬ﻮن ﻟﻠﺤﺼ‪j‬ﻮل ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰود ﺁﺧﺮ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﺘﺎج اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺳﻮاء آﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺰودات أو زﺑﺎﺋﻦ ‪ ،‬و هﺬا اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ إﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻧﻈﺎم‬
‫ﺗﺸ‪jj‬ﻐﻴﻞ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت )‪ ، Network Operating System (NOS‬أو‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮن ﻧﻈﺎم ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻹدارة اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻮﻳﻨ‪j‬ﺪوز ‪NT‬‬

‫‪34‬‬
‫أو ‪. 2000‬ﻳﻘ‪jjj‬ﻮم ه‪jjj‬ﺬا اﻟﺒﺮﻧ‪jjj‬ﺎﻣﺞ ﺑ‪jjj‬ﺎﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻤﻜﻮﻧ‪jjj‬ﺎت اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ و ﺻ‪jjj‬ﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫اﻵﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺰﺑﻮن و اﻟﻤﺰود ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺑﺪاﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻇﻬ‪jj‬ﻮر اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت آﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺖ ﺗﺘﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻋ‪jj‬ﺪد ﻗﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ‬
‫اﻷﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰة رﺑﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺠ‪jj‬ﺎوز اﻟﻌﺸ‪jj‬ﺮة ﻣﺘﺼ‪jj‬ﻠﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ ﺑﻌ‪jj‬ﺾ ‪ ،‬وﻣﺘﺼ ‪j‬ﻞ ﻣﻌﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎز ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ‪ ،‬هﺬا اﻟﻨﻮع ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻚ أﺻﺒﺢ ﻳﻌﺮف ب ‪Local Area‬‬
‫)‪ Network (LAN‬أو ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻨﻄ‪jj‬ﺎق اﻟﻤﺤﻠ‪jj‬ﻲ ‪ ،‬و ﺑ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ أن‬
‫اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻜﻴﻒ و اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ ﻋ‪j‬ﺪد أآﺒ‪j‬ﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ إﻻ أﻧﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﻣﺎزاﻟ‪j‬ﺖ ﺗﻌﻤ‪j‬ﻞ ﺿ‪j‬ﻤﻦ ﻣﺴ‪j‬ﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﺤ‪j‬ﺪودة ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺒﻜﺎت ‪ LAN‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﺎدة ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺤﺘﻮاة داﺧﻞ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ‪ ،‬أو ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻜﺎﺗ‪jj‬ﺐ داﺧ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺑﻨﺎﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ واﺣ‪jj‬ﺪة ‪ ،‬و ﺗﻘ‪jj‬ﺪم ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ وﻗﺘﻨ‪jj‬ﺎ اﻟﺤ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺳ‪jj‬ﺮﻋﺔ آﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﺮة ﻟﺘﺒ‪jj‬ﺎدل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت و اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﻮارد ﻣﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻳﺸ‪jj‬ﻌﺮ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم اﻟ‪jj‬ﺬي‬
‫ﻳﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻮارد اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ أن ه‪jjj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤ‪jjj‬ﻮارد ﻣﻮﺟ‪jjj‬ﻮدة ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ ﺟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎزﻩ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪ LAN‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻋﺎدة ﻧﻮع واﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ وﺳﺎﺋﻂ اﻹﺗﺼﺎل و‬

‫أﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ أآﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮع ‪ ،‬و هﺬﻩ اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺗﻜﻮن إﺣﺪى ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫أﺳ‪jj‬ﻼك ﻣﺰدوﺟ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣﻠﺘﻔ‪jjj‬ﺔ ‪Twisted pair‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬
‫‪ cable‬و ﺗﻜﻮن هﺬﻩ اﻷﺳﻼك إﻣﺎ ﻣﻐﻄﺎة أو ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻐﻄ‪j‬ﺎة ﺑﻄﺒﻘ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫واﻗﻴﺔ )‪. (Shielded or Unshielded‬‬

‫اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﺤ‪j‬ﻮري )‪Coaxial cable (coax‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫أﺳ‪jj‬ﻼك اﻷﻟﻴ ‪j‬ﺎف اﻟﺒﺼ‪jj‬ﺮﻳﺔ ‪Fiber Optic‬‬ ‫‪-3‬‬

‫‪. Cable‬‬

‫‪Wireless‬‬ ‫وﺳ‪jjjjjj‬ﻂ اﺗﺼ‪jjjjjj‬ﺎل ﻻﺳ‪jjjjjj‬ﻠﻜﻲ‬ ‫‪-4‬‬

‫‪. transmission media‬‬

‫آﺎن هﺬا ﺑﺨﺼﻮص اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬و ﻟﻨﺘﻨ‪j‬ﺎول اﻵن ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت‬

‫ﻧﻄ‪j‬ﺎق اﻟﻤ‪j‬ﺪن أو )‪ ، Metropolitan Area Networks (MAN‬و‬
‫اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﻌﺘﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻧ‪jj‬ﻮع ﺁﺧ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﻨﻴﻒ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ ،‬و ه‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ‬

‫‪35‬‬
‫ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ ، LAN‬وﻟﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺗﻌﻤ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺑﺴ‪jj‬ﺮﻋﺎت ﻓﺎﺋﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ و ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﻌ‪jj‬ﺎدة‬
‫أﻟﻴ‪jj‬ﺎف ﺿ‪jj‬ﻮﺋﻴﺔ آﻮﺳ‪jj‬ﻂ اﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎل ‪ ،‬و ه‪jj‬ﻲ ﻋ‪jj‬ﺎدة ﺗﻐﻄ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻣﺴ‪jj‬ﺎﺣﺔ واﺳ‪jj‬ﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺮاوح ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 20‬اﻟﻰ ‪ 100‬آﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪاﻳ‪j‬ﺔ ﻇﻬ‪j‬ﻮر اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﻟ‪j‬ﻢ ﺗ‪j‬ﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ LAN‬ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ دﻋ‪j‬ﻢ‬

‫اﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮآﺎت اﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮة اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻮزع ﻣﻜﺎﺗﺒﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﻣﺴ‪j‬ﺎﺣﺎت‬
‫ﺷﺎﺳﻌﺔ رﺑﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﻋ‪j‬ﺪة دول ‪ ،‬ﻟﻬ‪j‬ﺬا آ‪j‬ﺎن ﻻﺑ‪j‬ﺪ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﺗﻄ‪j‬ﻮﻳﺮ ﻧ‪j‬ﻮع‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﻳﻘ‪j‬ﻮم ﺑ‪j‬ﺮﺑﻂ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ أﻧﺤ‪j‬ﺎء ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫دوﻟﺔ ﻣﺎ أو أن ﻳﻘ‪j‬ﻮم ﺑ‪j‬ﺮﺑﻂ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ دول ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔ‪j‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬و أﻃﻠ‪j‬ﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ه‪jj‬ﺬا اﻟﻨ‪jj‬ﻮع ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﺳ‪jj‬ﻢ ‪Wide Area Networks‬‬
‫)‪ (WAN‬أو ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻨﻄﺎق اﻟﻮاﺳﻊ ‪ ،‬وﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام هﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﺰاﻳﺪ ﻋ‪j‬ﺪد‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴ‪jjjj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻟﺸ‪jjjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jjjj‬ﻮﺗﺮ ﻓ‪jjjj‬ﻲ اﻟﺸ‪jjjj‬ﺮآﺎت اﻟﻜﺒﻴ‪jjjj‬ﺮة اﻟ‪jjjj‬ﻰ ﺁﻻف‬
‫اﻷﺷﺨﺎص‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪ WAN‬اﻟﻰ ﻓﺌﺘﻴﻦ ‪:‬‬

‫‪. Enterprise Network-1‬‬

‫‪. Global Network-2‬‬

‫اﻟﻨ‪jj‬ﻮع اﻷول ﻳﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم ﺑ‪jjj‬ﺎﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ أو اﻟﻔ‪jjj‬ﺮوع‬

‫اﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺸﺮآﺔ أو ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ واﺣﺪة ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى دوﻟ‪j‬ﺔ واﺣ‪j‬ﺪة أو ﻋ‪j‬ﺪة دول‬
‫‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻳﻌﻤ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﻨ‪jj‬ﻮع اﻟﺜ‪jj‬ﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ رﺑ‪jj‬ﻂ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻟﻌ‪jj‬ﺪة‬
‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎت ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻊ ﺗﻄﻮر اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت ‪ ،‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ و ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ اﻟﺒ‪j‬ﺮاﻣﺞ ﻟﻜ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﺘﻌﺎﻣ‪j‬ﻞ‬

‫ﻣﻊ ﻋﺪة ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ و هﺬﻩ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ‪:‬‬

‫اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪-1‬‬

‫ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺠﺪوﻟﺔ ‪. Scheduling‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬

‫ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻲ ‪. Groupware‬‬ ‫‪-3‬‬

‫‪36‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﺮﻳ‪jj‬ﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻳ‪jj‬ﻮﻓﺮ اﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎل ﺳ‪jj‬ﺮﻳﻊ و ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺒﺎدل اﻟﺮﺳ‪j‬ﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ‪j‬ﻦ أن ﺗﺤﺘ‪j‬ﻮي ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﻧﺼ‪j‬ﻮص ‪ ،‬ﺻ‪j‬ﻮر ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ﻣﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺼﻮت أو اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪CCITT X.400 -1‬‬

‫‪Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) -2‬‬

‫‪Message Handling Service (MHS) -3‬‬

‫ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺠﺪوﻟﺔ هﻲ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺠ‪j‬ﺪاول اﻟﻮرﻗﻴ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ اﻟﻴﻮﻣﻲ و اﻟﺸﻬﺮي و اﻟﺴﻨﻮي ﻟﻠﻤﻮاﻋﻴﺪ وهﻲ ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻤﻮاﻋﻴﺪ و ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﺪ ﺣﻠ‪j‬ﻮل أو اﻗﺘ‪j‬ﺮاب ﻣﻮﻋ‪j‬ﺪ ﻣ‪j‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬و‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻲ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻹﻃ‪j‬ﻼع ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﻣﻮاﻋﻴ‪j‬ﺪ‬
‫ﻏﻴ‪jj‬ﺮهﻢ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻣﻮﻋ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻟﻺﻟﺘﻘ‪jj‬ﺎء أو ﻣﺒﺎﺣﺜ‪jj‬ﺔ أﻣ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻣﻌ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ ﺑﺤﻴ‪jj‬ﺚ ﻳﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻋﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻴﻊ و هﻜﺬا‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻹﺗﺼﺎل ﻟﺘﻘﺪم‬

‫إدارة ﻣﺸ‪jj‬ﺘﺮآﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺛ‪jj‬ﺎﺋﻖ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻗﺒ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ أﻣ‪jj‬ﺎآﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌ‪j‬ﺪﻳﻞ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﻣﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻨﺪ ﻣ‪j‬ﺎ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﻗﺒ‪j‬ﻞ‬
‫أآﺜ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻣﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻧﻔ‪jj‬ﺲ اﻟﻮﻗ‪jj‬ﺖ ‪ ،‬آﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ أن اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮا‬
‫اﻟﻤﺸﺎرآﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت و اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ أﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﺢ ﻟ‪jj‬ﻚ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﺑﻤﺸ ‪j‬ﺎرآﺔ و ﺗﺒ‪jj‬ﺎدل اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪jj‬ﺎت و اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﻮارد‬

‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ أﻓﻀﻞ و ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﻹﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ‪ .‬أﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻓﻲ‬

‫‪37‬‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺗﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل وﺳﻂ إرﺳﺎل و ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ وﻳﺠﺐ أن ﺗﺸ‪j‬ﻐﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺧﺎص ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺎت ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺪودة ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﻧﻄ‪j‬ﺎق‬

‫اﻟﻤ‪jjj‬ﺪن ﺗﻌﻤ‪jjj‬ﻞ ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ ﻣﺴ‪jjj‬ﺎﺣﺔ أوﺳ‪jjj‬ﻊ و ﺗﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻧﻔ‪jjj‬ﺲ ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪jjj‬ﺎت اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻨﻄﺎق اﻟﻮاﺳﻊ ﺗ‪j‬ﺮﺑﻂ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫وهﻲ ﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﻗﺴ‪j‬ﻤﻴﻦ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﻣﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻮى ﻣﺆﺳﺴ‪j‬ﺔ واﺣ‪j‬ﺪة أو ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﻣﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻮى‬
‫أآﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ‪ :‬اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺠﺪوﻟﺔ و‬

‫ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻲ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎرك اﷲ ﻓﻴﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﻦ اﻟﻘﺮاءة ‪ ،‬و ﻧﻠﺘﻘﻲ ﻏﺪا إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ‬
‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ و ﺳﺘﻜﻮن ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ‪:‬‬

‫ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻨﺪ ﻟﻠﻨﺪ أو ‪Peer-to-Peer Networks‬‬

‫‪38‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻨﺪ ﻟﻠﻨﺪ ‪Peer-to-Peer Networks‬‬

‫ﺳﻨﺘﻨﺎول إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫اﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻨﺪ ﻟﻠﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬

‫ﻣﻤﻴﺰات و ﻋﻴﻮب ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻨﺪ ﻟﻠﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬

‫ﻧﻌ‪jjj‬ﺮض أه‪jjjj‬ﻢ أﻧﻈﻤ‪jjjj‬ﺔ ﺗﺸ‪jjjj‬ﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﺳ‪jjjj‬ﻮﻓﺖ‬ ‫‪-3‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ هﺬا اﻟﻨﻮع ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﺒﺪأ اﻟﺪرس ﺑﻌﻮن اﷲ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﺤﺪﻳﺜﺔ اﻟﻰ ﻗﺴﻤﻴﻦ رﺋﻴﺴﻴﻴﻦ ‪:‬‬

‫‪Peer-to-Peer‬‬ ‫ﺷ‪jjjjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻨ‪jjjjj‬ﺪ ﻟﻠﻨ‪jjjjj‬ﺪ أو‬ ‫‪-1‬‬

‫‪. Networks‬‬

‫ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﺰود ‪ /‬اﻟﺰﺑ‪jj‬ﻮن أو \ ‪Server‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬

‫‪. Client Networks‬‬

‫ﻧﺒﺪأ اﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻨﺪ ﻟﻠﻨﺪ ‪:‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮد ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻨﺪ ﻟﻠﻨﺪ أن اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮات ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ‬

‫آﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﺄدﻳﺔ وﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﺰﺑﻮن و اﻟﻤﺰود ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ ‪ ،‬و ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﺈن‬
‫آ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺗﺰوﻳ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻏﻴ‪jj‬ﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪jj‬ﺎت و ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻧﻔ‪jj‬ﺲ‬
‫اﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫إذا ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻨﺪ ﻟﻠﻨﺪ ‪ :‬هﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ آﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺤﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ‪LAN‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة ﻟﻬﺎ ﺣﻘﻮق ﻣﺘﺴﺎوﻳﺔ و ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫‪39‬‬
‫ﻣ‪j‬ﺰود ‪ Server‬ﻣﺨﺼ‪jj‬ﺺ ﺑ‪jj‬ﻞ آ‪j‬ﻞ ﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻤﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ أن ﻳﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن‬
‫ﻣﺰودا أو زﺑﻮﻧﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫وهﺬا اﻟﻨﻮع ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ أﻳﻀﺎ اﺳ‪j‬ﻢ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ‪j‬ﺔ ﻋﻤ‪j‬ﻞ‬
‫أو ‪. Workgroup‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻓﻬ‪j‬ﻢ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﻌﻤ‪j‬ﻞ ﺑﺄﻧﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻷﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ‬

‫ﺗﺘﻌﺎون ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻹﻧﺠﺎز ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫وهﻲ ﻋﺎدة ﺗﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪد ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة ﻻ ﻳﺘﺠﺎوز اﻟﻌﺸ‪j‬ﺮة‬
‫‪.‬ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ أﻋﻀ‪jj‬ﺎء ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﻌﻤ‪jj‬ﻞ رؤﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت و اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﻮارد اﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ أي ﻣﻦ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ و اﻹﺳﺘﻔﺎدة ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻨﺪ ﻟﻠﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻹﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮة و‬

‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﺠﺰ أﻓﺮادهﺎ ﻣﻬﺎم ﻣﺘﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ‪ ،‬وﻧﺸﺎهﺪ هﺬا اﻟﻨﻮع ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﺗﺐ اﻟﺘﺪرﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺤﺎﺳﻮب ﻣﺜﻼ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ هﺬا اﻟﻨﻮع ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﻻت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪:‬‬

‫أن ﻳﻜﻮن ﻋﺪد اﻷﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺠ‪j‬ﺎوز‬ ‫‪-1‬‬

‫اﻟﻌﺸﺮة ‪.‬‬

‫أن ﻳﻜ‪jjjj‬ﻮن اﻟﻤﺴ‪jjjj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮن اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺮﺿ‪jjjj‬ﻮن ﻟﻬ‪jjjj‬ﺬﻩ‬ ‫‪-2‬‬

‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺘﻮاﺟﺪون ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔ‪j‬ﺲ اﻟﻤﻜ‪j‬ﺎن اﻟﻌ‪j‬ﺎم اﻟ‪j‬ﺬي ﺗﻮﺟ‪j‬ﺪ ﻓﻴ‪j‬ﻪ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫أن ﻻ ﻳﻜ‪jjj‬ﻮن أﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ اﻷﻣ‪jjj‬ﻮر ذات‬ ‫‪-3‬‬

‫اﻷهﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ‪.‬‬

‫أن ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻓﻲ ﻧﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳ‪j‬ﺪ إﻧﺸ‪j‬ﺎء‬ ‫‪-4‬‬

‫ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﺧﻄ‪jj‬ﻂ ﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ و ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮه‪jj‬ﺎ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻬﺬا ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻧﻮع ﻣﺤﺪد ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت ﻳﺠﺐ اﻷﺧﺬ‬

‫ﺑﻌﻴﻦ اﻹﻋﺘﺒﺎر اﻷﻣﻮر اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪40‬‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴﺔ وﻋﺪد اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺮﺿﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪-1‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻷﻣﻦ اﻟﺬي ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﻩ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬

‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ اﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-3‬‬

‫ﻣﺴ‪jjjj‬ﺘﻮى اﻟ‪jjjj‬ﺪﻋﻢ اﻹداري اﻟ‪jjjj‬ﺬي ﺗﺮﻏ‪jjjj‬ﺐ ﻓ‪jjjj‬ﻲ‬ ‫‪-4‬‬

‫اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬

‫اﻹﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎت اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻲ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-5‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﻴﺰاﻧﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-6‬‬

‫ﻟﻨﻠﻖ ﻧﻈﺮة ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻤﻴﺰات ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻨﺪ ﻟﻠﻨﺪ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰات اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﺔ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻨﺪ ﻟﻠﻨﺪ هﻮ أن‬ ‫‪-1‬‬

‫ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﺤﺪودة ‪.‬‬
‫ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘ‪jj‬ﺎج اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺑ‪jj‬ﺮاﻣﺞ إﺿ‪jj‬ﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪-2‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘ‪jj‬ﺎج اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ أﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰة ﻗﻮﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻷن ﻣﻬ‪jj‬ﺎم إدارة‬ ‫‪-3‬‬

‫ﻣﻮارد اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻮزﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ أﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ و ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻮآﻠ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎز ﻣﺰود ﺑﻌﻴﻨﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﺖ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ وإﻋ‪jj‬ﺪادهﺎ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻏﺎﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﻬﻮﻟﺔ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪-4‬‬

‫ﻓﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺟﻪ هﻮ ﻧﻈﺎم ﺗﺸﺒﻴﻚ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ أﺳ‪j‬ﻼك ﻣﻮﺻ‪j‬ﻠﺔ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ آﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز آﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦ أﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ اﻟﻌﻴ‪jj‬ﺐ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻟﻬ‪jj‬ﺬا اﻟﻨ‪jj‬ﻮع ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ه‪jj‬ﻮ أﻧﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻏﻴ‪jj‬ﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻜﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﺮ ة و ذﻟ‪jj‬ﻚ ﻷﻧ‪jj‬ﻪ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ ﻧﻤ‪jj‬ﻮ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ و زﻳ‪jj‬ﺎدة ﻋ‪jj‬ﺪد‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﻤﺸﺎآﻞ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪41‬‬
‫ﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺒﺢ اﻹدارة اﻟﻼﻣﺮآﺰﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻟﻠﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﺳ‪jj‬ﺒﺒﺎ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ‬ ‫‪-1‬‬
‫هﺪر اﻟﻮﻗﺖ و اﻟﺠﻬﺪ و ﺗﻔﻘﺪ آﻔﺎءﺗﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺼﺒﺢ اﻟﺤﻔﺎظ ﻋﻠﻰ أﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ أﻣﺮا ﻓﻲ ﻏﺎﻳ‪j‬ﺔ‬ ‫‪-2‬‬

‫اﻟﺼﻌﻮﺑﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻊ زﻳﺎدة ﻋﺪد اﻷﺟﻬﺰة ﻳﺼ‪j‬ﺒﺢ إﻳﺠ‪j‬ﺎد اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت‬ ‫‪-3‬‬

‫و اﻹﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﻔﺎدة ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻮارد اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ أﻣ‪jj‬ﺮا ﻣﺰﻋﺠ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻟﻜ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫آﻤﺎ ذآﺮﻧﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ ﻓﺈن إدارة اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧ‪j‬ﻮﻋﻴﻦ ‪:‬ﻣﺮآﺰﻳ‪j‬ﺔ و‬

‫ﻣﻮزﻋﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ ﺣﺎﻟ‪jjj‬ﺔ اﻹدارة اﻟﻤﺮآﺰﻳ‪jjj‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪jjj‬ﺈن اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﺗﻜ‪jjj‬ﻮن ﻣ‪jjj‬ﺪارة‬

‫ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﻧﻈﺎم ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ﻣﺮآﺰي ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎم ﺗﺸ‪j‬ﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ :‬ه‪j‬ﻮ اﻟﺒﺮﻧ‪j‬ﺎﻣﺞ اﻟ‪j‬ﺬي ﻳ‪j‬ﺪﻳﺮ و ﻳ‪j‬ﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺸﺎﻃﺎت اﻷﺟﻬﺰة و اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﺣﺎﻟ‪j‬ﺔ اﻹدارة اﻟﻤﻮزﻋ‪j‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن آ‪j‬ﻞ ﻣﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﺴ‪j‬ﺌﻮل‬

‫ﻋﻦ إدارة ﺟﻬﺎزﻩ وﺗﺤﺪﻳ‪j‬ﺪ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت و اﻟﻤ‪j‬ﻮارد اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﻳﺮﻳ‪j‬ﺪ ﻣﺸ‪j‬ﺎرآﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻊ اﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ و ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ إذا آﺎﻧﺖ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻮارد ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺮاءة ﻓﻘ‪j‬ﻂ‬
‫أم ﻟﻠﻘﺮاءة و اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻌﺎ ‪ ،‬و اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺬي ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ هﻮ ﻧﻈﺎم‬
‫اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮد ﻋﻠﻰ أﺟﻬﺰﺗﻬﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫وآﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ه‪jj‬ﻮ واﺿ‪jj‬ﺢ ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈن ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻨ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻟﻠﻨ‪jj‬ﺪ ﺗﻨﺘﻤ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت‬
‫اﻹدارة اﻟﻤﻮزﻋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ أﺻﺪرﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮوﺳ‪j‬ﻮﻓﺖ و ﺗ‪j‬ﺪﻋﻢ‬

‫ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻨﺪ ﻟﻠﻨﺪ ﻓﻬﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫‪Windows for Workgroup 3.11-1‬‬

‫‪Windows 95-2‬‬

‫‪42‬‬
 ‫‪Windows 98-3‬‬

‫‪Windows Me-4‬‬

‫‪Windows NT 4.0 Workstation-5‬‬

‫‪Windows NT 4.0 Server-6‬‬

‫‪Windows 2000 Professional-7‬‬

‫‪Windows 2000 Server-8‬‬

‫و ﺗﻌﺘﺒ‪jjj‬ﺮ أﻧﻈﻤ‪jjj‬ﺔ ‪ NT‬و وﻳﻨ‪jjj‬ﺪوز ‪ 2000‬أﻓﻀ‪jjj‬ﻞ ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ ﺑ‪jjj‬ﺎﻗﻲ‬

‫اﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻧﻈﺮا ﻟ‪j‬ﻸدوات اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﻘ‪j‬ﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻹدارة اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ و اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻮى اﻟﻌ‪j‬ﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻷﻣ‪jj‬ﺎن اﻟ‪jj‬ﺬي ﺗ‪jj‬ﻮﻓﺮﻩ ﻟﻠﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪.‬و ﺳ‪jj‬ﻨﺘﻄﺮق اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻣﻤﻴﺰاﺗﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻣﺠ‪jj‬ﺎل‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت ﻓﻲ وﻗﺖ ﻻﺣﻖ ﻣﻦ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ و ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻔ‪j‬ﺖ اﻟﻨﻈ‪j‬ﺮ أن اﻟﻮﻳﻨ‪j‬ﺪوز ‪ NT 4.0‬و ﻣ‪j‬ﺎ ﺟ‪j‬ﺎء ﺑﻌ‪j‬ﺪﻩ ﻳﺘﻤﺘ‪j‬ﻊ ﺑ‪j‬ﺎﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰات‬
‫اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻨﺪ ﻟﻠﻨﺪ ‪:‬‬

‫‪-1‬ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺑﺎﻹﺳﺘﻔﺎدة ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﻣ‪j‬ﻮارد ﻋ‪j‬ﺪد ﻏﻴ‪j‬ﺮ ﻣﺤ‪j‬ﺪود‬

‫ﻣﻦ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﻤﺢ ﻟﻌ‪jj‬ﺪد ﻻ ﻳﺰﻳ‪j‬ﺪ ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻋﺸ‪jj‬ﺮة ﻣﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻟﻺﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﻔﺎدة ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ‬

‫ﻣﻮارد ﺟﻬﺎز ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻳﺴ‪jjj‬ﻤﺢ ﻟﻤﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪم واﺣ‪jjj‬ﺪ ﺑ‪jjj‬ﺎﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋ‪jjj‬ﻦ ﺑﻌ‪jjj‬ﺪ ‪(Remote‬‬
‫))‪ Access Service (RAS‬ﺑﺠﻬﺎز ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺁﺧﺮ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﻳ‪jj‬ﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻤﻴ‪jj‬ﺰات ﻟﻠﺤﻤﺎﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ و اﻷﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻏﻴ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻣﺘ‪jj‬ﻮﻓﺮة ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ أﻧﻈﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ‬

‫‪. Win 9x‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ درس اﻟﻴﻮم ‪:‬‬

‫‪43‬‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻨﺪ ﻟﻠﻨﺪ ه‪j‬ﻲ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت آﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺤﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻤﻴ‪j‬ﻊ اﻷﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻟﻌﺐ دور اﻟﻤﺰود أو اﻟﺰﺑﻮن ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔ‪j‬ﺲ اﻟﻮﻗ‪j‬ﺖ و ﻟﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﺣﻘ‪j‬ﻮق‬
‫ﻣﺘﺴﺎوﻳﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫أهﻢ ﻣﻴﺰة ﻟﻬﺬﻩ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت هﻮ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺘﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﺤﺪودة و ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺗﺮآﻴﺒﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫أه‪jj‬ﻢ ﻋﻴﻮﺑﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ه‪jj‬ﻮ أﻧﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﺘﻜﻴ‪jj‬ﻒ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ ﻋ‪jj‬ﺪد آﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ‬
‫اﻷﺟﻬﺰة و اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫أﻧﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻨﺪ ﻟﻠﻨﺪ ه‪j‬ﻲ ‪win 3.11,‬‬
‫‪Win 9x ,Win Me, Win NT 4.0 (workstation and‬‬
‫)‪. Server), Win 2000(Professional and Server‬‬

‫‪44‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‬

‫ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺰﺑﻮن ‪ /‬اﻟﻤﺰود أو ‪Client / Server Networks‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ ﻧﺘﻨﺎول اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻤﻴﺰات ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺰﺑﻮن ‪ /‬اﻟﻤﺰود ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬

‫وﺻﻒ ﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻒ أﻧﻮاع اﻟﻤﺰودات اﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬

‫وﺻ‪jjjj‬ﻒ ﻷﻧﻈﻤ‪jjjj‬ﺔ اﻟﺘﺸ‪jjjj‬ﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jjjj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓ‪jjjj‬ﻲ‬ ‫‪-3‬‬

‫ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺰﺑﻮن‪ /‬اﻟﻤﺰود ‪.‬‬

‫وﺻﻒ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻄﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-4‬‬

‫وﺻ‪jjj‬ﻒ ﻟﻺﺧﺘﻼﻓ‪jjj‬ﺎت ﺑ‪jjj‬ﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒ‪jjj‬ﺎت اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ‬ ‫‪-5‬‬

‫ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻨﺪ ﻟﻠﻨﺪ و ﺷﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﺰﺑﻮن ‪ /‬اﻟﻤﺰود ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﺒﺪأ اﻟﺪرس ﺑﻌﻮن اﷲ و ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻘﻪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺑﺪاﻳﺔ ﻓﻠﻨﺤﺎول اﻟﺘﻌﺮف ﺑﻘﺮب ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺰود ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺰود ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮن ﺟﻬﺎز آﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﺨﺼ‪j‬ﻲ ﻳﺤﺘ‪j‬ﻮي ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﻣﺴ‪j‬ﺎﺣﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺨ‪jj‬ﺰﻳﻦ آﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﺮة و ﻣﻌ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﺞ ﻗ‪jj‬ﻮي وذاآ‪jj‬ﺮة وﻓﻴ‪jj‬ﺮة ‪ ،‬آﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ أﻧ‪jj‬ﻪ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ أن‬
‫ﻳﻜ‪jjj‬ﻮن ﺟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎز ﻣﺼ‪jjj‬ﻨﻮع ﺧﺼﻴﺼ‪jjj‬ﺎ ﻟﻴﻜ‪jjj‬ﻮن ﻣ‪jjj‬ﺰود ﺷ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت و ﺗﻜ‪jjj‬ﻮن ﻟ‪jjj‬ﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺰﺑﻮن ‪ /‬اﻟﻤﺰود و اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ أﻳﻀ‪j‬ﺎ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻤ‪j‬ﺔ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ‬

‫ﻣ‪j‬ﺰود أو ‪ ، Sever Based Network‬ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﺗﻜ‪j‬ﻮن ﻗﺎﺋﻤ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰود ﻣﺨﺼﺺ و ﻳﻜﻮن ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ آﻤﺰود و ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ آﺰﺑﻮن آﻤﺎ‬
‫ه‪jj‬ﻮ اﻟﺤ‪jj‬ﺎل ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻨ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻟﻠﻨ‪jj‬ﺪ ‪ ،‬و ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺼ‪jj‬ﺒﺢ ﻋ‪jj‬ﺪد اﻷﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰة ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺰﺑﻮن ‪ /‬اﻟﻤﺰود آﺒﻴﺮا ﻳﻜ‪j‬ﻮن ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ‪j‬ﻦ إﺿ‪j‬ﺎﻓﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﺰود ﺁﺧ‪j‬ﺮ ‪،‬‬
‫أي أن ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺰﺑ‪j‬ﻮن ‪/‬اﻟﻤ‪j‬ﺰود ﻗ‪j‬ﺪ ﺗﺤﺘ‪j‬ﻮي ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ أآﺜ‪j‬ﺮ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﻣ‪j‬ﺰود واﺣ‪j‬ﺪ‬

‫‪45‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻀﺮورة و ﻟﻜﻦ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤ‪j‬ﺰودات ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤ‪j‬ﻞ أﺑ‪j‬ﺪا آﺰﺑ‪j‬ﺎﺋﻦ ‪ ،‬وﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺗﺘ‪jj‬ﻮزع اﻟﻤﻬ‪jj‬ﺎم ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﺰودات اﻟﻤﺘ‪jj‬ﻮﻓﺮة ﻣﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻳﺰﻳ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ آﻔ‪jj‬ﺎءة‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻨﻠﻖ اﻵن ﻧﻈﺮة ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻤﻴﺰات ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺰﺑﻮن ‪ /‬اﻟﻤ‪j‬ﺰود و اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ‬

‫ﺗﺘﻔﻮق ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻨﺪ ﻟﻠﻨﺪ ‪:‬‬

‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ اﻹﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت وﻓﻘ‪j‬ﺎ ﻟﺠ‪j‬ﺪول زﻣﻨ‪j‬ﻲ‬ ‫‪-1‬‬

‫ﻣﺤﺪد‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﻘﺪ أو اﻟﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬

‫ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺁﻻف اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-3‬‬

‫ﺗﺰﻳ‪jjj‬ﻞ اﻟﺤﺎﺟ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﻟﺠﻌ‪jjj‬ﻞ أﺟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺰة اﻟﺰﺑ‪jjj‬ﺎﺋﻦ ﻗﻮﻳ‪jjj‬ﺔ‬ ‫‪-4‬‬

‫وﺑﺎﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﻲ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ أن ﺗﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن أﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰة رﺧﻴﺼ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺑﻤﻮاﺻ‪jj‬ﻔﺎت‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮاﺿﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ ه‪jjj‬ﺬا اﻟﻨ‪jjj‬ﻮع ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﺗﻜ‪jjj‬ﻮن ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻮارد‬ ‫‪-5‬‬

‫اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺘﻤﺮآ‪jjj‬ﺰة ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ ﺟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎز واﺣ‪jjj‬ﺪ ه‪jjj‬ﻮ اﻟﻤ‪jjj‬ﺰود ﻣﻤ‪jjj‬ﺎ ﻳﺠﻌ‪jjj‬ﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻮﺻﻮل اﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ أو اﻟﻤﻮرد اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب أﺳﻬﻞ ﺑﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻟﻮ‬
‫آﺎن ﻣﻮزﻋﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ أﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔ‪j‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬آﻤ‪j‬ﺎ ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﻬﻞ إدارة اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت و‬
‫اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ أﻓﻀﻞ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﺒ‪jjj‬ﺮ أﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪ Security‬ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ أه‪jjj‬ﻢ‬ ‫‪-6‬‬

‫اﻷﺳ‪jj‬ﺒﺎب ﻹﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺰﺑ‪jj‬ﻮن ‪ /‬اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﺰود ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈ‪jj‬ﺮا ﻟﻠﺪرﺟ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻳﻮﻓﺮه‪jj‬ﺎ اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﺰود ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺧ‪jj‬ﻼل اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﺎح‬
‫ﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺨﺺ واﺣ‪jjj‬ﺪ )أو أآﺜ‪jjj‬ﺮ ﻋﻨ‪jjj‬ﺪ اﻟﺤﺎﺟ‪jjj‬ﺔ( ه‪jjj‬ﻮ ﻣ‪jjj‬ﺪﻳﺮ اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫‪ Administrator‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ إدارة ﻣﻮارد اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ و إﺻ‪j‬ﺪار‬
‫أذوﻧﺎت ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻟﻺﺳﺘﻔﺎدة ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻮارد اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺟﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫و ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮاءة دون اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑ‪j‬ﺔ إن آ‪j‬ﺎن ه‪j‬ﺬا اﻷﻣ‪j‬ﺮ ﻟ‪j‬ﻴﺲ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺼﺼﻬﻢ ‪.‬‬

‫‪46‬‬
‫هﻨﺎك ﻋﺪة أﻧﻮاع ﻟﻠﻤﺰودات ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴ‪j‬ﺚ ﻋﻤﻠﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﺑﺸ‪j‬ﻜﻞ ﻋ‪j‬ﺎم ﺑﻐ‪j‬ﺾ‬
‫اﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﺰودات ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪. File Servers‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬

‫ﻣﺰودات اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ‪. Print Servers‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬

‫ﻣﺰودات ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت أو ﺑ‪j‬ﺮاﻣﺞ ‪Application‬‬ ‫‪-3‬‬

‫‪. Servers‬‬

‫‪Communication‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪jj‬ﺰودات اﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎﻻت‬ ‫‪-4‬‬

‫‪. Servers‬‬

‫‪Database‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪jjjjj‬ﺰودات ﻗﻮاﻋ‪jjjjj‬ﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ‪jjjjj‬ﺎت‬ ‫‪-5‬‬

‫‪. Servers‬‬

‫ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ ﺑﻴﺌ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﻋﻤ‪jjj‬ﻞ ﻣﺜ‪jjj‬ﻞ وﻳﻨ‪jjj‬ﺪوز ‪ NT‬ﺳ‪jjj‬ﻴﺮﻓﺮ أو وﻳﻨ‪jjj‬ﺪوز‪2000‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﺮﻓﺮ ﻧﺠﺪ أن هﺬﻳﻦ اﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﺪﻋﻤﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺰودات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣ‪jjj‬ﺰود ﺑﺮﻳ‪jjj‬ﺪ ‪ Mail Server‬واﻟ‪jjj‬ﺬي ﻳ‪jjj‬ﺪﻳﺮ‬ ‫‪-1‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺮاﺳﻠﺔ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻲ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣ‪jjj‬ﺰود ﻓ‪jjj‬ﺎآﺲ ‪ Fax Server‬واﻟ‪jjj‬ﺬي ﻳﻘ‪jjj‬ﻮم‬ ‫‪-2‬‬

‫ﺑﺈدارة ﺣﺮآﺔ ﻣﺮور رﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻔﺎآﺲ ﻣﻦ و إﻟﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪Communication‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪jjjjj‬ﺰود اﺗﺼ‪jjjjj‬ﺎﻻت‬ ‫‪-3‬‬

‫‪ Server‬و أﺣ‪jjjj‬ﺪ أﻧﻮاﻋ‪jjjj‬ﻪ ه‪jjjj‬ﻮ ﻣ‪jjjj‬ﺰود ﺧ‪jjjj‬ﺪﻣﺎت اﻟ‪jjjj‬ﺪﻟﻴﻞ أو‬
‫‪ Directory Services Server‬و اﻟﺬي ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﻴﻦ داﺧﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﻤﻰ اﻟﻤﺠ‪j‬ﺎل أو ‪Domain‬‬
‫) وﻓﻘ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺼ‪jj‬ﻄﻠﺤﺎت اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ ﺑﻴﺌ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﻮﻳﻨ‪jj‬ﺪوز( ﺑﺈﻳﺠ‪jjj‬ﺎد‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑ‪jj‬ﺔ و ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ و اﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ أﻣﻨﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،‬وهﻨﺎك ﻧﻮع ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰودات اﻹﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل ﻳﻘ‪j‬ﻮم ﺑ‪j‬ﺎﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺘ‪jj‬ﺪﻓﻖ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت و رﺳ‪jj‬ﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺒﺮﻳ‪jj‬ﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ‬

‫‪47‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺘﻤﻲ إﻟﻴﻬﺎ اﻟﻤ‪j‬ﺰود و ﻏﻴﺮه‪j‬ﺎ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت أو اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﻣﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫\‪Internet‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪jjjj‬ﺰود اﻧﺘﺮﻧ‪jjjj‬ﺖ ‪ /‬اﻧﺘﺮاﻧ‪jjjj‬ﺖ‬ ‫‪-4‬‬

‫‪. Intranet‬‬

‫ﻣ‪j‬ﺰود ﻣﻠﻔ‪j‬ﺎت و ﻃﺒﺎﻋ‪j‬ﺔ ‪File and Print‬‬ ‫‪-5‬‬

‫‪ Server‬وﻳﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻮﺻﻮل اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ اﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ و‬
‫ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ أﺟﻬﺰﺗﻬﻢ و اﻹﺳﺘﻔﺎدة ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮارد اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣ‪jj‬ﺰود ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘ‪jj‬ﺎت أو ﺑ‪jj‬ﺮاﻣﺞ ‪Application‬‬ ‫‪-6‬‬

‫‪ Servers‬و اﻟ‪jjj‬ﺬي ﻳﺴ‪jjj‬ﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ أو اﻟﺰﺑ‪jjj‬ﺎﺋﻦ ﺑﺘﺸ‪jjj‬ﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺒ‪jj‬ﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﻤﻮﺟ‪jj‬ﻮدة ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﺰود اﻧﻄﻼﻗ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ أﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰﺗﻬﻢ و ﻟﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ‬
‫دون اﻟﺤﺎﺟ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ أو ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ أﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰﺗﻬﻢ ﺗﻠ‪jj‬ﻚ ‪ ،‬و‬
‫ﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮن ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺰود اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ و ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ آﻮﺣﺪة واﺣﺪة ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻬﻤﺎ آ‪j‬ﺎن‬

‫اﻟﻤ‪jjj‬ﺰود ﻗﻮﻳ‪jjj‬ﺎ و ﻣﺘﻄ‪jjj‬ﻮرا ﻓﺈﻧ‪jjj‬ﻪ إن ﻟ‪jjj‬ﻢ ﻳﺘ‪jjj‬ﻮﻓﺮ ﻧﻈ‪jjj‬ﺎم ﺗﺸ‪jjj‬ﻐﻴﻞ ﻗ‪jjj‬ﺎدر ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ‬
‫اﻹﺳﺘﻔﺎدة ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪرات هﺬا اﻟﻤﺰود ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻜﻮن ﻋﺪﻳﻢ اﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪة ‪.‬ﺣﺘ‪j‬ﻰ وﻗ‪j‬ﺖ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ آﺎن ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻧﻈﺎم ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت ﻳﻀﺎف اﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ و ﻣﺜﺎل ﻋﻠﻴﻪ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪Microsoft LAN‬‬
‫‪ Manager‬و اﻟ‪jj‬ﺬي آ‪jj‬ﺎن ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﺢ ﻟﻸﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰة اﻟﺸﺨﺼ‪jj‬ﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬و آﺎن ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺎ ﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪MS-DOS , UNIX ,OS/2‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ آﺎن ﻳﻀﻴﻒ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻗﺪرات اﻹﻧﻀﻤﺎم اﻟﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ أﻧﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺤﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﺗﻢ دﻣﺞ ﻧﻈﺎم ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت ﺑﻨﻈ‪j‬ﺎم‬

‫اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻜﻠ‪j‬ﻲ وﻣﺜ‪j‬ﺎل ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ذﻟ‪j‬ﻚ ﻧﻈ‪j‬ﺎم اﻟﺘﺸ‪j‬ﻐﻴﻞ وﻳﻨ‪j‬ﺪوز ‪ NT‬ﺳ‪j‬ﻴﺮﻓﺮ و‬
‫اﻟﺬي ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ‪:‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪدة اﻟﻤﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ أو ‪Symmetric‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬

‫)‪ Multiprocessing (SMP‬وه‪jj‬ﺬا ﻳﻌﻨ‪jj‬ﻲ أﻧ‪jj‬ﻪ ﻳ‪jj‬ﺪﻋﻢ وﺟ‪jj‬ﻮد‬
‫أآﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ‪ Processor‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺰود و ﻓﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻘ‪j‬ﻮم‬

‫‪48‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻮزﻳ‪jj‬ﻊ ﺣﻤ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﻨﻈ‪jj‬ﺎم و اﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘ‪jj‬ﺎت واﻟﺒ‪jj‬ﺮاﻣﺞ ﺑﺸ‪jj‬ﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺴﺎوي ﻋﻞ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻤﺰود ‪.‬‬

‫دﻋ‪jjjjj‬ﻢ ﻟﻤﻨﺼ‪jjjjj‬ﺎت ﻣﺘﻌ‪jjjjj‬ﺪدة ) إﻧﺘ‪jjjjj‬ﻞ ‪MIPS،‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬

‫‪ Digital Alpha AXP، RISC،‬و ‪.( PowerPC‬‬

‫‪Directory‬‬ ‫هﻴﻜﻠﻴ‪jjjj‬ﺔ ﺧ‪jjjj‬ﺪﻣﺎت اﻟ‪jjjj‬ﺪﻟﻴﻞ أو‬ ‫‪-3‬‬

‫‪. Services Architecture‬‬

‫ﻳ‪jj‬ﺪﻋﻢ ﺣﺠ‪jj‬ﻢ ﻣﻠﻔ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻳﺼ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ‪1 ) 16 EB‬‬ ‫‪-4‬‬

‫‪ exabyte‬ﻳﺴﺎوي ﺑﻠﻴﻮن ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ( ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺗﺠﺰﺋﺔ ﻟﻠﻘ‪j‬ﺮص اﻟﺼ‪j‬ﻠﺐ ﻳﺼ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ‬ ‫‪-5‬‬

‫‪.16 EB‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻷﻣﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-6‬‬

‫و ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻳﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﻧﻈ‪jj‬ﺎم ﺗﺸ‪jj‬ﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺰﺑ‪jj‬ﻮن وﻳﻨ‪jj‬ﺪوز ‪NT‬‬

‫‪ Workstation‬أو ‪. Win9x‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻤﻴﺰات آﻞ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻨ‪j‬ﺪ ﻟﻠﻨ‪j‬ﺪ و‬

‫ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺰود‪ /‬اﻟﺰﺑﻮن و ذﻟﻚ ﺑﺪﻣﺞ اﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﺎ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ واﺣ‪j‬ﺪة‬
‫وه‪jjjj‬ﺬا ﻣ‪jjjj‬ﺎﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴ‪jjjj‬ﻪ ﺷ‪jjjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻄ‪jjjj‬ﺔ أو ‪Combination‬‬
‫‪.Network‬‬

‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻄﺔ ﺗﻘﺪم اﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻜﻢ و إدارة ﻣﺮآﺰﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﺮآﺰي ﻟﻤﻮارد اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬

‫اﻟﻮﺻ‪jjjjj‬ﻮل اﻟ‪jjjjj‬ﻰ اﻟﻤﻠﻔ‪jjjjj‬ﺎت و اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌ‪jjjjj‬ﺎت ﻣ‪jjjjj‬ﻊ‬ ‫‪-3‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷداء اﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ و أﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬

‫‪49‬‬
‫‪Processing‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮزﻳ‪jjj‬ﻊ ﻧﺸ‪jjj‬ﺎﻃﺎت اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠ‪jjj‬ﺔ‬ ‫‪-4‬‬
‫‪ Activity‬ﻋﻠﻰ أﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫وﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﻜﻮن اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻣ‪jj‬ﺰود و ﻟﻜﻨﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ‬

‫ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﻘﻴ‪jj‬ﺎم ﺑﻤﻬ‪jj‬ﺎم ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻨ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻟﻠﻨ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﺪ اﻟﻀ‪jj‬ﺮورة ‪ ،‬وﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ه‪jj‬ﺬا‬
‫اﻟﻨﻮع ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﺤﺎﻻت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻋﺪد اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ‪ 10‬أو أﻗﻞ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﻤ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮن ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻣﺸ‪jj‬ﺮوع ﻣﺸ‪jj‬ﺘﺮك و‬ ‫‪-2‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ‪.‬‬

‫هﻨﺎك ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻣﺎﺳﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎظ ﻋﻠﻰ أﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-3‬‬

‫و ﻟﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ ه‪jj‬ﺬا اﻟﻨ‪jj‬ﻮع ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﻳﺘﻄﻠ‪jj‬ﺐ اﻟﻜﺜﻴ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﺘﺨﻄ‪jj‬ﻴﻂ‬

‫ﻟﻀﻤﺎن ﻋﺪم اﺧﺘﻼط اﻟﻤﻬﺎم و اﻹﺧﻼل ﺑﺄﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎت ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺰﺑﻮن ‪ /‬اﻟﻤﺰود أآﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻨ‪j‬ﺪ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻨﺪ و ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﺘﻜﻠﻔﺘﻬﺎ أآﺒﺮ ﺑﻜﺜﻴﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺰود واﻟ‪j‬ﺬي ﻳﻜ‪j‬ﻮن ﻣﺴ‪j‬ﺌﻮﻻ ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫إدارة آﻞ ﻣﻮارد اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﻣﻌ‪j‬ﺎﻟﺞ ﻗ‪j‬ﻮي أو أآﺜ‪j‬ﺮ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ واﺣﺪ ‪ ،‬آﻤﺎ أﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ آﻤﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﺿ‪j‬ﺨﻤﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟ‪j‬ﺬاآﺮة‬
‫و ﻗﺮص ﺻﻠﺐ ﺿﺨﻢ أو ﻋﺪة أﻗﺮاص ﻟﻴﻘﻮم ﺑﻮاﺟﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ أآﻤﻞ وﺟﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ درس اﻟﻴﻮم ‪:‬‬

‫ﺷ‪jjjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺰﺑ‪jjjj‬ﻮن ‪ /‬اﻟﻤ‪jjjj‬ﺰود ﺗﺤﻤ‪jjjj‬ﻲ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jjjj‬ﺎت و ﺗ‪jjjj‬ﺪﻋﻢ ﺁﻻف‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ و ﺗﻘﺪم ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﻋﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ اﻷﻣﻦ ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺰودات اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧ‪jj‬ﻼل وﻳﻨ‪jj‬ﺪوز ‪ NT‬ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ أن ﺗﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﻣ‪jj‬ﺰودات ﻓ‪jj‬ﺎآﺲ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻳ‪jj‬ﺪ ‪،‬‬
‫إﺗﺼﺎﻻت ‪،‬ﻣﻠﻔﺎت و ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ و ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻﺑ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻟﻠﻤ‪jj‬ﺰود ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻧﻈ‪jj‬ﺎم ﺗﺸ‪jj‬ﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻠ‪jj‬ﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻘﺪراﺗ‪jj‬ﻪ ‪،‬و ﻣﺜ‪jj‬ﺎل ﻋﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﻪ‬
‫وﻳﻨﺪوز ‪ NT‬ﺳﻴﺮﻓﺮ ‪.‬‬

‫‪50‬‬
‫ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻹﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﻔﺎدة ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻗ‪jj‬ﺪرات آ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺰﺑ‪jj‬ﻮن ‪/‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺰود و ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻨﺪ ﻟﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻄﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫اﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟ‪jj‬ﺎت و ﺗﻜﻠﻔ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺰﺑ‪jj‬ﻮن ‪/‬اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﺰود أآﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ ﺑﻜﺜﻴ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ‬

‫ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻨﺪ ﻟﻠﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑ‪jj‬ﺎرك اﷲ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻴﻜﻢ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺣﺴ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻘ‪jj‬ﺮاءة و اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﻠﻘ‪jj‬ﺎء ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ اﻟﺤﻠﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺪراﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﺔ اﻟﻘﺎدﻣ‪jj‬ﺔ و اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﻜﻮن ﺑﻌﻨ‪jj‬ﻮان ‪Standard Network‬‬
‫‪ Topologies‬أو اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎت اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺎت ‪.‬‬

‫‪51‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺮاﺑﻌﺔ‬

‫‪ Standard Network Topologies‬اﻟﺘﺼﺎﻣﻴﻢ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺎت‬

‫ﻓﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ ﺳﻨﺘﻨﺎول اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺼﺎﻣﻴﻢ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ‪. LAN‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬

‫ﺷ‪jjjjj‬ﺮح ﺗﺼ‪jjjjj‬ﻤﻴﻢ ﻧﺎﻗ‪jjjjj‬ﻞ اﻟﺸ‪jjjjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳ‪jjjjj‬ﻲ أو‬ ‫‪-2‬‬

‫‪. Standard Network Bus Topology‬‬

‫ﺗﺸ‪jj‬ﻴﺮ ‪ Network Topology‬اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ ﺑﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻴﻞ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮات و اﻷﺳ‪jj‬ﻼك و اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻷﺧ‪jj‬ﺮى ﻟﺘﻜ‪jj‬ﻮﻳﻦ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫‪.‬اﻟﻤﺼ‪j‬ﻄﻠﺢ ‪ Topology‬ﻳﻄﻠ‪jj‬ﻖ ﻋﻠﻴ‪j‬ﻪ أﻳﻀ‪j‬ﺎ ‪ Physical Layout‬أو‬
‫‪. Design‬‬

‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ دون ﺁﺧﺮ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻣﻮر اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻧﻮع اﻟﻤﻌﺪات اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬

‫إﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎت هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻌﺪات ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﻮ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-3‬‬

‫أدوات إدارة اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-4‬‬

‫ﻟﻬﺬا ﻋﻨﺪ اﺧﺘﻴﺎرك ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻳﺠﺐ اﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﻴﻦ اﻹﻋﺘﺒﺎر‬

‫اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻧﻮع أﺳﻼك اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬

‫ﻧﻮع ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬

‫‪52‬‬
‫‪Cable‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺻ‪jjjjj‬ﻼت ﺧﺎﺻ‪jjjjj‬ﺔ ﻟﻸﺳ‪jjjjj‬ﻼك‬ ‫‪-3‬‬
‫‪. Connectors‬‬

‫ﺟﻤﻴ‪jjj‬ﻊ ﺷ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻨﻄ‪jjj‬ﺎق اﻟﻤﺤﻠ‪jjj‬ﻲ ‪ LAN‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ ﺛﻼﺛ‪jjj‬ﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺼﺎﻣﻴﻢ أﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ Bus -1‬أو اﻟﻨﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﻞ و ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﻰ أﻳﻀ‪jj‬ﺎ ‪Backbone‬‬

‫أو اﻟﻌﻤﻮد اﻟﻔﻘﺮي‪.‬‬

‫‪ Star -2‬أو اﻟﻨﺠﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ Ring -2‬أو اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻨ‪j‬ﻮع ‪ Bus‬ﻳﻌﺘﺒ‪j‬ﺮ اﻷﺑﺴ‪j‬ﻂ و رﺑﻤ‪j‬ﺎ اﻷآﺜ‪j‬ﺮ‬

‫ﺷ‪jjj‬ﻴﻮﻋﺎ ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘ‪jjj‬ﻮم ﺗﺼ‪jjj‬ﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ه‪jjj‬ﺬا ﺑﺘﻮﺻ‪jjj‬ﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮات ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﺻ‪j‬ﻒ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﻃ‪j‬ﻮل ﺳ‪j‬ﻠﻚ واﺣ‪j‬ﺪ )ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﻤﻰ ‪( Segment‬‬
‫آﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ه‪jj‬ﻮ ﻣﻮﺿ‪jj‬ﺢ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺼ‪jj‬ﻮرة‪ ،‬و ﻳﺸ‪jj‬ﺎر اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ه‪jj‬ﺬا اﻟﻨ‪jj‬ﻮع أﻳﻀ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺑﺈﺳ‪jj‬ﻢ‬
‫‪. Linear Bus‬‬

‫‪53‬‬
 ‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻓﻜﺮة هﺬا اﻟﻨﻮع ﻣﻦ ﺗﺼﺎﻣﻴﻢ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ أﻣﻮر ‪:‬‬

‫إرﺳﺎل اﻹﺷﺎرة )‪.( Signal‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬

‫ارﺗﺪاد اﻹﺷﺎرة ) ‪.( Signal Bounce‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬

‫اﻟﻤُﻨﻬﻲ أو اﻟﻤُﻮﻗﻒ ) ‪.( The Terminator‬‬ ‫‪-3‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﺳ‪jjj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jjj‬ﺎت ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ ﺷ‪jjj‬ﻜﻞ إﺷ‪jjj‬ﺎرات آﻬﺮﺑﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ‬

‫‪ Signals‬اﻟ‪jjj‬ﻰ آ‪jjj‬ﻞ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jjj‬ﻮﺗﺮات اﻟﻤﻮﺻ‪jjj‬ﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،‬و ﻳ‪jjj‬ﺘﻢ ﻗﺒ‪jjj‬ﻮل‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﺬي ﻳﺘﻮاﻓ‪j‬ﻖ ﻋﻨﻮاﻧ‪j‬ﻪ ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ اﻟﻌﻨ‪j‬ﻮان اﻟﻤﺸ‪j‬ﻔﺮ‬
‫داﺧﻞ اﻹﺷﺎرة اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻨ‪j‬ﻮع ‪ ، Bus‬إذا ﻗ‪j‬ﺎم ﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎزي آﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮ‬

‫ﺑﺈرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل ﺑﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻧﻔ‪jj‬ﺲ اﻟﻮﻗ‪jj‬ﺖ ﻓﺴ‪jj‬ﻴﺤﺪث ﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻳﻄﻠ‪jj‬ﻖ ﻋﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﻪ ﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎدم أو‬
‫‪ ، Collision‬ﻟﻬ‪jj‬ﺬا ﻳﺠ‪jj‬ﺐ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ آ‪jj‬ﻞ آﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮ اﻧﺘﻈ‪jj‬ﺎر دورﻩ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ إرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬و ﺑﺎﻟﺘ‪j‬ﺎﻟﻲ آﻠﻤ‪j‬ﺎ زاد ﻋ‪j‬ﺪد اﻷﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫آﻠﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻃ‪jj‬ﺎل اﻟﻮﻗ‪jj‬ﺖ اﻟ‪jj‬ﺬي ﻋﻠﻴﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ اﻧﺘﻈ‪jj‬ﺎرﻩ ﻟﻴﺼ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟ‪jj‬ﺪور ﻟﻜ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣﻨﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻟﻴﺮﺳ‪jj‬ﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻪ ‪،‬و ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ زاد ﺑﻄﺄ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻌﻮاﻣﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ أداء ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ Bus‬هﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫اﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴ‪jjjj‬ﺎت اﻟﺘ‪jjjj‬ﻲ ﺗﻘ‪jjjj‬ﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﻜﻮﻧ‪jjjj‬ﺎت أﺟﻬ‪jjjj‬ﺰة‬ ‫‪-1‬‬

‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ) ‪.( Hardware Capabilities‬‬

‫ﻋﺪد أﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬

‫ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﻤﺸﻐﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-3‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-4‬‬

‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺳ‪j‬ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺒ‪j‬ﺖ‬ ‫‪-5‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪54‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﺳﻞ إﺷﺎرة اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﺗﻨﺘﻘ‪j‬ﻞ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﺑﺪاﻳ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺴﻠﻚ اﻟﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬و إذا ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻹﺷ‪j‬ﺎرة ﻓﺈﻧﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺒﻘﻰ ﺗﺮﺗ‪j‬ﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻴﺌﺔ و ذهﺎﺑﺎ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﻃ‪j‬ﻮل اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﻠﻚ ‪،‬و ﺳ‪j‬ﺘﻤﻨﻊ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮات اﻷﺧ‪j‬ﺮى ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫إرﺳﺎل إﺷﺎراﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺬا ﻳﺠ‪jjj‬ﺐ إﻳﻘ‪jjj‬ﺎف ه‪jjj‬ﺬﻩ اﻹﺷ‪jjj‬ﺎرة ﺑﻌ‪jj‬ﺪ وﺻ‪jjj‬ﻮﻟﻬﺎ اﻟ‪jjj‬ﻰ ﻋﻨﻮاﻧﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب اﻟﻤﻤﺜﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﺬي أرﺳﻠﺖ إﻟﻴﻪ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘ‪jj‬ﺎف اﻹﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرة وﻣﻨﻌﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻹرﺗ‪jj‬ﺪاد ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ‪ Terminator‬وﻳﺘﻢ وﺿﻌﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ آﻞ ﻃ‪j‬ﺮف ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫أﻃﺮاف اﻟﺴﻠﻚ و ﻳﻮﺻﻞ ﺑﻜﻞ آﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ .‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪55‬‬
‫ﻳﻘ‪j‬ﻮم ‪ Terminator‬ﺑﺎﻣﺘﺼ‪j‬ﺎص أي إﺷ‪j‬ﺎرة ﺣ‪j‬ﺮة ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﻠﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﻔﺮﻏ‪j‬ﺎ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ أي إﺷ‪j‬ﺎرات و ﺑﺎﻟﺘ‪j‬ﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﺼ‪j‬ﺒﺢ ﻣﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻌﺪا ﻹﺳ‪j‬ﺘﻘﺒﺎل‬
‫أي إﺷﺎرات ﺟﺪﻳﺪة ‪ ،‬وهﻜﺬا ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻦ إرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﻗﻞ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻷﺳﺒﺎب ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎل ﻗﻄﻊ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻧﻔﺼﺎل اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﻠﻚ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ أﺣ‪j‬ﺪ أﻃﺮاﻓ‪j‬ﻪ ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ‬ ‫‪-2‬‬

‫أي ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻷﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة اﻟﻤﻮﺻ‪j‬ﻞ إﻟﻴﻬ‪j‬ﺎ وﻳ‪j‬ﺆدي ه‪j‬ﺬا اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﺗﻮﻗ‪j‬ﻒ ﺟﻤﻴ‪jj‬ﻊ‬
‫اﻷﺟﻬﺰة ﻋﻦ اﻹﺳﺘﻔﺎدة ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮارد اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪56‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻗ‪jj‬ﻒ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻌﻤ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻳﻄﻠ‪jj‬ﻖ ﻋﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﻪ ‪Network being‬‬
‫‪. down‬‬

‫إذا أردﻧﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ و زﻳﺎدة ﻋﺪد اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻮع ‪ ، Bus‬ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﺪاﻳﺔ ﺗﻤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﻠﻚ و إﻃﺎﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻪ و ﻟﻔﻌ‪j‬ﻞ ذﻟ‪j‬ﻚ ﻋﻠﻴﻨ‪j‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻠﻚ اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻤﻀﺎف ﻟﺘﻮﺳ‪j‬ﻴﻊ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪ .‬ﻟﻌﻤ‪j‬ﻞ‬
‫ذﻟﻚ ﺳﻨﺤﺘﺎج اﻟﻰ أﺣﺪ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫وﺻﻠﺔ ﻣﺎﺳﻮرة أو ‪. Barrel Connector‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬

‫ﻣﻜﺮر إﺷﺎرات أو ‪. Repeater‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬

‫وﺻ‪jj‬ﻠﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﻮرة أو ‪ Barrel Connector‬ﺗﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم ﺑﺘﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻴﻞ‬

‫ﻗﻄﻌﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺳﻼك ﻣﻌﺎ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ أﻃﻮل ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫إذا اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ ﻋﺪدا آﺒﻴﺮا ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ وﺻ‪j‬ﻼت اﻟﻤﺎﺳ‪j‬ﻮرة ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن اﻹﺷ‪j‬ﺎرة‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺳﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ و ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻼﺷﻰ ﻗﺒ‪j‬ﻞ وﺻ‪j‬ﻮﻟﻬﺎ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮ‬

‫‪57‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻄﻠ‪jj‬ﻮب ‪ ،‬ﻟﻬ‪jj‬ﺬا ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻷﻓﻀ‪jj‬ﻞ اﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﺳ‪jj‬ﻠﻚ ﻃﻮﻳ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺑ‪jj‬ﺪﻻ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ أﺳ‪jj‬ﻼك‬
‫ﻗﺼﻴﺮة ﻣﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﻣﻌﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﻣﻜﺮر اﻹﺷﺎرة أو ‪ Repeater‬ﺑﺈﻧﻌﺎش اﻹﺷﺎرة و ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺘﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺛﻢ ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺈرﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳ‪j‬ﺪ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﻧﺎﻗ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،‬وﻳﻌﺘﺒ‪j‬ﺮ ﻣﻜ‪j‬ﺮر اﻹﺷ‪j‬ﺎرة‬
‫أﻓﻀﻞ ﺑﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﺻﻠﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﻮرة أو اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺳﻠﻚ ﻃﻮﻳ‪j‬ﻞ ﻷﻧ‪j‬ﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﺢ ﻟﻺﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرة ﺑﺎﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﻔﺮ ﻣﺴ‪jj‬ﺎﻓﺔ أﻃ‪jj‬ﻮل دون أن ﺗﻀ‪jj‬ﻌﻒ أو ﺗﺘﻼﺷ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻷﻧ‪jj‬ﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم أﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﺑﺘﻘﻮﻳﺘﻬﺎ ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮع ‪ Bus‬أﻣﺮ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ﺣﻴ‪jj‬ﺚ اﻟﺘﺮآﻴ‪jj‬ﺐ و ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺘ‪jj‬ﻪ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀ‪jj‬ﺔ‪.‬و ﻟﻜﻨ‪jj‬ﻚ ﺳﺘﻀ‪jj‬ﻄﺮ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ إﻳﻘ‪jj‬ﺎف ﻋﻤ‪jj‬ﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺳﻴﻊ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ درس اﻟﻴﻮم ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗ‪jjj‬ﺆﺛﺮ اﻟﺘﺼ‪jjj‬ﺎﻣﻴﻢ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ أداء اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ و إﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺗﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬و‬

‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻚ ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﻧﻮع اﻷﺳ‪j‬ﻼك ‪ ،‬ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪،‬و ﻣﻮﺻﻼت اﻷﺳﻼك اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﺗﻘ‪j‬ﻮم ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﺛﻼﺛ‪j‬ﺔ ﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎﻣﻴﻢ أﺳﺎﺳ‪j‬ﻴﺔ ه‪j‬ﻲ‬

‫‪ ، Bus ,Ring and Star‬وﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ‪ Bus‬هﻮ اﻷﺑﺴﻂ و اﻷآﺜﺮ ﺷﻴﻮﻋﺎ و‬
‫ﻳﺮﺑﻂ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة ﺑﺴﻠﻚ واﺣﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز واﺣ‪j‬ﺪ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﻨﺎﻗ‪j‬ﻞ ﻳ‪j‬ﺆدي‬

‫‪58‬‬
‫اﻟﻰ ﺗﻌﻄﻞ آﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺳ‪j‬ﻴﻊ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺎﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام وﺻ‪j‬ﻠﺔ ﻣﺎﺳ‪j‬ﻮرة‬
‫أو ﻣﻜﺮر إﺷﺎرة‪.‬‬

‫‪59‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﻣﺴﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ ‪. Ring‬‬

‫ﺳﻨﺘﻨﺎول ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ه‪j‬ﺬا اﻟ‪j‬ﺪرس اﻟﻘﺼ‪j‬ﻴﺮ ﺷ‪j‬ﺮح ﻟﺘﺼ‪j‬ﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬

‫اﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ أو ‪. Ring‬‬

‫ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻨ‪jj‬ﻮع اﻟﺤﻠﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ رﺑ‪jj‬ﻂ اﻷﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰة ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺤﻠﻘ‪j‬ﺔ أو داﺋ‪j‬ﺮة ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﻠﻚ ﺑ‪j‬ﺪون ﻧﻬﺎﻳ‪j‬ﺎت ﺗﻮﻗ‪j‬ﻒ آﻤ‪j‬ﺎ ﻳﻈﻬ‪j‬ﺮ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮرة ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ اﻹﺷﺎرات ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﻣ‪j‬ﺪار اﻟﺤﻠﻘ‪j‬ﺔ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﺗﺠ‪j‬ﺎﻩ واﺣ‪j‬ﺪ و ﺗﻤ‪j‬ﺮ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼل آﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،‬وﻳﻘ‪j‬ﻮم آ‪j‬ﻞ آﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﻌﻤ‪j‬ﻞ‬
‫دور ﻣﻜﺮر اﻹﺷﺎرة ﺣﻴ‪j‬ﺚ أن آ‪j‬ﻞ ﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎز ﺗﻤ‪j‬ﺮ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﺧﻼﻟ‪j‬ﻪ اﻹﺷ‪j‬ﺎرة ﻳﻘ‪j‬ﻮم‬
‫ﺑﺈﻧﻌﺎﺷﻬﺎ وﺗﻘﻮﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﺛﻢ ﻳﻌﻴﺪ إرﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﺎﻟﻲ ‪،‬‬
‫وﻟﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻷن اﻹﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرة ﺗﻤ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ آ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈن ﻓﺸ‪jj‬ﻞ أﺣ‪jj‬ﺪ‬
‫اﻷﺟﻬﺰة أو ﺗﻮﻗﻔﻪ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺳﻴﺆدي اﻟﻰ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ آﻜ‪j‬ﻞ ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻌﻤ‪j‬ﻞ‬
‫‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ إرﺳﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ اﺳ‪jj‬ﻢ ‪ Token Passing‬أو ﺗﻤﺮﻳ‪jj‬ﺮ اﻹﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرة ‪ ،‬ﺗﻴ‪jj‬ﺎر اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﻤﻰ ‪ Token‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎز آﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪60‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺎز ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ إرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل ﺑﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ﻣ‪j‬ﺎ ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن ﻋﻠﻴ‪j‬ﻪ‬
‫اﻹﻧﺘﻈﺎر ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﺴﻠﻢ إﺷﺎرة ﺣﺮة أو ‪ Free Token‬ﺗﺨﺒﺮﻩ أﻧﻪ ﻗﺎدر ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫إرﺳﺎل ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺴ‪j‬ﻠﻢ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮ اﻟ‪j‬ﺬي ﻳﺮﻳ‪j‬ﺪ إرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻪ ‪ ،‬اﻹﺷﺎرة اﻟﺤﺮة ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻀﻴﻒ إﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻪ و ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻘ‪j‬ﻮم‬
‫ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ ﻳﺤﺪد وﺟﻬﺔ إرﺳﺎل هﺬﻩ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ‪،‬أي أﻧﻪ ﻳﺤﺪد‬
‫ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﻮان اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮ اﻟ‪jj‬ﺬي ﺗﺮﺳ‪jj‬ﻞ إﻟﻴ‪jj‬ﻪ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت‪ ،‬ﺛ‪jj‬ﻢ ﻳﺮﺳ‪jj‬ﻞ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻹﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرة‬
‫‪ Token‬ﺣﻮل اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ‪.‬ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ هﺬﻩ اﻹﺷ‪j‬ﺎرة ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎز آﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﺁﺧ‪j‬ﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺠﺪ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﺬي ﻳﺘﻮاﻓ‪j‬ﻖ ﻋﻨﻮاﻧ‪j‬ﻪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧ‪j‬ﻲ ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ اﻟﻌﻨ‪j‬ﻮان اﻟﻤﺸ‪j‬ﻔﺮ‬
‫داﺧﻞ اﻹﺷﺎرة و ﺣﺘﻰ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﻓﺈن اﻹﺷﺎرة ﻣ‪j‬ﺎ ﺗ‪j‬ﺰال ﻏﻴ‪j‬ﺮ ﻣﺤ‪j‬ﺮرة ‪،‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ اﻹﺷﺎرة ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﻨﺴﺦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻴﺪ إرﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻰ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻷﺻﻠﻲ اﻟﺬي أرﺳﻞ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻹﺷ‪j‬ﺎرة‬
‫و ذﻟ‪jj‬ﻚ ﺑﻌ‪jj‬ﺪ أن ﻳﻀ‪jj‬ﻴﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ رﺳ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺒ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ أن اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻗ‪jj‬ﺪ ﺗ‪jj‬ﻢ اﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﻼﻣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺸ‪jj‬ﻜﻞ ﺻ‪jj‬ﺤﻴﺢ ‪ ،‬وهﻜ‪jj‬ﺬا ﺗﻨﺘﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻹﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرة ﻣ‪jj‬ﺮة أﺧ‪jj‬ﺮى ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ وﺗﻤ‪jj‬ﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ آﻞ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺼ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮ اﻷﺻ‪j‬ﻠﻲ اﻟ‪j‬ﺬي أرﺳ‪j‬ﻞ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ‬
‫اﻹﺷﺎرة ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ أن ﻳﻘﻮم هﺬا اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻹﺷ‪j‬ﺎرة‬
‫و أﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﻠﻤﺖ ﺑﺸ‪j‬ﻜﻞ ﺻ‪j‬ﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﺈﻧ‪j‬ﻪ ﻳﻘ‪j‬ﻮم ﺑﺈزاﻟﺘﻬ‪j‬ﺎ وﻳﺮﺳ‪j‬ﻞ ﺑ‪j‬ﺪﻻ ﻣﻨﻬ‪j‬ﺎ‬
‫إﺷ‪j‬ﺎرة ﺣ‪j‬ﺮة ‪ Free Token‬ﻳﻄﻠﻘﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﺘﻘ‪j‬ﻞ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﺟﺪﻳ‪j‬ﺪ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﺈذا آﺎن ﻳﺮﻳﺪ إرﺳﺎل ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﺎ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ هﺬﻩ اﻹﺷ‪j‬ﺎرة‬
‫اﻟﺤﺮة وﻳﻀﻴﻒ إﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻪ ‪ ،‬و إن ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ أي ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻹرﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻤﺮرهﺬﻩ اﻹﺷﺎرة اﻟﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ وهﻜﺬا ‪.‬‬

‫آﻮﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﻠﺔ ﻹرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈن ‪ Token Passing‬ﺗﻌﺘﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ‬

‫اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺴﺮﻳﻌﺔ ‪،‬ﻓﺎﻹﺷ‪j‬ﺎرة ﺗﻨﺘﻘ‪j‬ﻞ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎز اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﺁﺧ‪j‬ﺮ ﺑﺴ‪j‬ﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﻘﺎرﺑ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻀ‪j‬ﻮء ‪ ،‬و ﺑﺴ‪j‬ﺒﺐ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻔﺎﺋﻘ‪j‬ﺔ ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن أداء اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻳﻜ‪j‬ﻮن‬
‫ﻣﻤﺘﺎزا ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ وﺟﻮد ﻋﺪد آﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،‬وﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﺒﻘ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺎ هﻮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪ ، Bus‬أﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻳﺠﺐ‬
‫إﻳﻘﺎف ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ أﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ اﻟﺪرس‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ ﻳﺮﺑﻂ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﺣﻠﻘ‪j‬ﺔ داﺋﺮﻳ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﻜﻞ‬

‫ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻷﺳ‪jj‬ﻼك و ﻟﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺑ‪jj‬ﺪون اﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﻧﻬﺎﻳ‪jj‬ﺎت ﺗﻮﻗ‪jj‬ﻒ ‪، Terminators‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺘﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻹﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرة ﺑﺎﺗﺠ‪jj‬ﺎﻩ واﺣ‪jj‬ﺪ و ﺗﻤ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ آ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ‬

‫‪61‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ‪ Token Passing‬واﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮوﺳ‪j‬ﻴﻠﺔ ﺳ‪j‬ﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻟﻨﻘ‪j‬ﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت وﻟﻜ‪j‬ﻦ ﻓﺸ‪j‬ﻞ أﺣ‪j‬ﺪ اﻹﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﻌﻤ‪j‬ﻞ ﻳ‪j‬ﺆدي اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﺗﻮﻗ‪j‬ﻒ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫آﻜﻞ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘ‪jjj‬ﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳ‪jjj‬ﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﺳ‪jjj‬ﺘﻜﻮن ﺑﻌﻨ‪jjj‬ﻮان ‪ :‬ﺗﺼ‪jjj‬ﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت‬

‫اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻮع ‪. Star‬‬

‫‪62‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺴﺎدﺳﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻮع ‪ Star‬أو اﻟﻨﺠﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻨﺘﻨﺎول ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪Star‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬

‫وﺻﻒ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺎت ذات اﻷآﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬

‫ﺷﺮح ﻷﻧﻮاع ‪ Hub‬و اﻟﻔﺮوق ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-3‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﻮم اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ذات اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﻨﺠﻤ‪j‬ﺔ أو ‪Star‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺑﻂ أﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺄﺳﻼك ﻣﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﻤﻜﻮن أو ﺟﻬﺎز ﻣﺮآﺰي ﻳﻄﻠ‪j‬ﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪ Hub‬أو اﻟﻤﺤﻮر آﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ أﻳﻀﺎ اﻟﻤُﺠﻤ‪j‬ﻊ أو ‪ Concentrator‬و‬
‫أﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ اﻟﻤﺮآﺰﻳ‪j‬ﺔ ‪ Central Point‬أو ‪Wiring Center‬‬
‫‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫اﻹﺷﺎرات ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر اﻟﺬي ﻳﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ إرﺳﺎل‬

‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻰ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ اﻟﻤﺮآﺰﻳﺔ أو ‪ Hub‬وﻣﻨﻪ اﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ أﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈ‪jj‬ﺎم اﻟﺘﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻴﻞ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ‪ Hub‬ﻳﻌ‪jj‬ﺰل آ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺳ‪jj‬ﻠﻚ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ أﺳ‪jj‬ﻼك‬
‫اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻵﺧ‪jj‬ﺮ ‪.‬و ﺑﺎﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﻲ إذا ﺗﻮﻗ‪jj‬ﻒ ﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز آﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮ ﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ أو اﻧﻘﻄ‪jj‬ﻊ‬
‫اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﻠﻚ اﻟ‪jj‬ﺬي ﻳﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻠﻪ ﺑ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ ﻓﻠ ‪j‬ﻦ ﻳﺘ‪jj‬ﺄﺛﺮ إﻻ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮ اﻟ‪jj‬ﺬي ﺗﻮﻗ‪jj‬ﻒ أو‬

‫‪63‬‬
‫اﻧﻘﻄﻊ ﺳﻠﻜﻪ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة ﺳﺘﺒﻘﻰ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧ‪j‬ﻼل اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ دون أي‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎآﻞ ‪ .‬وﻟﻜﻦ إن ﺗﻮﻗﻒ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﺴﺘﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ آﻜ‪j‬ﻞ ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ ﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻨﺠﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ Star‬اﻷآﺜ‪jj‬ﺮ إراﺣ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ اﻟﺘﺼ‪jj‬ﺎﻣﻴﻢ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ أﻧ‪j‬ﻪ ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳ‪j‬ﻚ اﻷﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬ‪j‬ﺎ و إﺻ‪j‬ﻼﺣﻬﺎ و‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼت دون أن ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺄي ﻣﻦ ذﻟﻚ‪.‬‬

‫وﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ هﺬا اﻟﻨﻮع ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺼ‪j‬ﺎﻣﻴﻢ ﺗﻌﺘﺒ‪j‬ﺮ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌ‪j‬ﺔ ﺧﺎﺻ‪j‬ﺔ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ‬

‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ آﺒﺮ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻷﻧﻚ ﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺤﺘﺎج اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ أﺳ‪j‬ﻼك آﺜﻴ‪j‬ﺮة و اﻟﻤﺠﻤ‪j‬ﻊ ﻗ‪j‬ﺪ ﻳﻜ‪j‬ﻮن‬
‫ﺳﻌﺮﻩ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺎ و ذﻟﻚ وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ و درﺟﺔ ﺗﻌﻘﻴﺪﻩ ‪.‬‬

‫هﺬﻩ اﻷﻳﺎم آﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺼﺎﻣﻴﻢ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت ﺗﻜﻮن ﻋﺒ‪j‬ﺎرة ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ ﺗﺸ‪j‬ﻜﻴﻠﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺼﺎﻣﻴﻢ ﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ و ﺗﻜﻮن أﺣﺪ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪. Star Bus-1‬‬

‫‪. Star Ring-2‬‬

‫اﻟﻨ‪j‬ﻮع اﻷول و ه‪j‬ﻮ ‪ Star Bus‬ه‪j‬ﻮ ﻋﺒ‪j‬ﺎرة ﺟﻤ‪j‬ﻊ ﻟﺘﺼ‪j‬ﻤﻴﻤﻲ‬

‫اﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞ ‪ Bus‬و اﻟﻨﺠﻤﺔ ‪ . Star‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪64‬‬
‫ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ه‪jj‬ﺬا اﻟﻨ‪jj‬ﻮع اﻟﻤﺸ‪jj‬ﺘﺮك ﻧﺠ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻋ‪jj‬ﺪة ﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎﻣﻴﻢ ﻧﺠﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣﺘﺼ‪jj‬ﻠﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀ‪j‬ﻬﺎ اﻟ‪j‬ﺒﻌﺾ ﺑﺎﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام أﺟ‪j‬ﺰاء ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ أﺳ‪j‬ﻼك اﻟﻨﺎﻗ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟﺨﻄ‪j‬ﻲ ‪Linear‬‬
‫‪ . Bus Segments‬و هﻨﺎ ﻧﺠﺪ أﻧﻪ ﻟﻮ ﺗﻌﻄﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز واﺣﺪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻟ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة و ﺳﺘﺒﻘﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ دون ﻣﺸﺎآﻞ‪.‬و ﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫إن ﺗﻌﻄﻞ أﺣﺪ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻌﺎت ﻓﻠﻦ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻠﺔ إﻟﻴﻪ اﻟﻌﻤ‪j‬ﻞ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼل اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،‬وإذا آﺎن هﺬا اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺎ ﺑﻐﻴﺮﻩ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻌ‪j‬ﺎت ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن‬
‫هﺬا اﻹرﺗﺒﺎط ﺳﻴﻨﻘﻄﻊ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻨ‪jj‬ﻮع اﻟﺜ‪jj‬ﺎﻧﻲ ‪ Star Ring‬ﻳ‪jj‬ﺮﺑﻂ ﻋ‪jj‬ﺪة ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﻤﻴﻢ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ ‪ Ring‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة ‪.‬‬

‫وﻓﻘ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻟﻨ‪jj‬ﻮع اﻟﻤﺠﻤ‪jj‬ﻊ ﻗ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ اآﺘﺸ‪jj‬ﺎف اﻷﺧﻄ‪jj‬ﺎء ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﻴ‪jj‬ﺎر‬

‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت و ﻳﻘﻄﻊ اﻹﺗﺼﺎل ﻋﻦ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﺴﺒﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻜﻞ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻌﺎت ‪ Hubs‬ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ و ﻣﻤﻴﺰات ﻣﺘﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫هﻨﺎك ﺛﻼث أﻧﻮاع أﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻤﻌﺎت ‪: Hubs‬‬

‫ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﻧﺸﻂ ‪. Active Hub‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬

‫ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺧﺎﻣﻞ ‪.Passive Hub‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬

‫ﻣﺠﻤﻊ هﺠﻴﻦ ‪. Hybrid Hub‬‬ ‫‪-3‬‬

‫‪65‬‬
‫ﻟﻨﻠﻖ ﻧﻈﺮة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ اﻟﻨﺸﻂ ‪ ، Active Hub‬ﺗﻌﺘﺒ‪j‬ﺮ أﻏﻠ‪j‬ﺐ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻌﺎت ﻧﺸﻄﺔ ‪ ،‬و ﻣﻌﻈﻢ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻌﺎت اﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﻘﺪرة‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ و إرﺳﺎل إﺷﺎرات اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑ‪j‬ﻨﻔﺲ اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻜﺮر اﻹﺷﺎرات ‪. Repeater‬ﻟﺪى اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻌﺎت ﻋﺎدة ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫‪ 8‬اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ‪ 12‬ﻣﻨﻔ‪jj‬ﺬ ) و اﺣﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎ أآﺜ‪jj‬ﺮ( ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ أﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰة اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮ اﻹﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎل‬
‫ﺑﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ‪ ،‬و ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﻰ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻌ‪jj‬ﺎت أﺣﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻣﻜ‪jj‬ﺮر اﻹﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرة ﻣﺘﻌ‪jj‬ﺪد اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓ‪jj‬ﺬ أو‬
‫‪ . Multiport Repeater‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻌﺎت اﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ ﺗﺤﺘﺎج اﻟﻰ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ آﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻌ‪j‬ﺎت اﻟﺨﺎﻣﻠ‪j‬ﺔ ‪ Passive Hub‬ه‪j‬ﻲ أﻧ‪j‬ﻮاع أﺧ‪j‬ﺮى ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻌﺎت ‪ ،‬و ﻣﺜﺎل ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻮﺣﺎت ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ اﻷﺳﻼك ‪ ،‬وه‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﻌﻤ‪j‬ﻞ آﻨﻘ‪j‬ﺎط‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل و ﻻ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻘﻮﻳﺔ أو ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ اﻹﺷﺎرات اﻟﻤﺎرة ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬وهﻲ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﺎج اﻟﻰ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ آﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺘﺮآﻴﺐ أآﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ واﺣﺪ و ه‪j‬ﺬا‬

‫ﻳﻄﻠ‪jj‬ﻖ ﻋﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﻪ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻌ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﻬﺠﻴﻨ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ Hybrid Hubs‬وه‪jj‬ﻲ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ‬
‫أﻧﻮاع ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺳﻼك‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻨﻔﺘ‪jj‬ﺮض ﻣ‪jj‬ﺜﻼ أن ﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻟ‪jj‬ﺪﻳﻚ ه‪jj‬ﻮ ‪ Star‬و ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم‬

‫أآﺜ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻣﺠﻤ‪jj‬ﻊ ﻟﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻷﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰة ﺑﺎﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈذا آ‪jj‬ﺎن اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﻠﻚ اﻟ‪jj‬ﺬي‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﻟ‪j‬ﺮﺑﻂ ﻟ‪j‬ﺮﺑﻂ اﻷﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة ﺑ‪j‬ﺎﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ ه‪j‬ﻮ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻨ‪j‬ﻮع اﻟ‪j‬ﺰوج اﻟﻤﻠﺘ‪j‬ﻒ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻐﻄ‪j‬ﻰ أو )‪ ، Shielded Twisted Pair (STP‬ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﻠﻚ اﻟ‪j‬ﺬي‬

‫‪66‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﺑﻂ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻌﺎت ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﻤﺤﻮري ‪ Coaxial‬أو‬
‫أﻟﻴﺎف ﺑﺼﺮﻳﺔ ‪. Fiber Optic‬‬

‫ﻳﺠ‪jj‬ﺐ أن ﺗﺘ‪jj‬ﺬآﺮ أن اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻌ‪jj‬ﺎت ﺗ‪jj‬ﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻤﻴ‪jj‬ﺰات و ﻗ‪jj‬ﺪرات ﻏﻴ‪jj‬ﺮ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺼﺎﻣﻴﻢ اﻷﺧﺮى اﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ وﺟ‪j‬ﻮد ﻣﺠﻤ‪j‬ﻊ ‪، Hub‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﻘﺪم اﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻌ‪j‬ﺎت ﺑﺘﻮﺳ‪j‬ﻴﻊ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ و ﺗﻐﻴﻴ‪j‬ﺮ‬ ‫‪-1‬‬

‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﻜ‪j‬ﻞ ﺳ‪j‬ﻬﻮﻟﺔ و دون ﺗﻌﻄﻴ‪j‬ﻞ ﻋﻤ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻺﺿ‪j‬ﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫آﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ آﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ هﻮ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﻓﺎرغ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻨﺎﻓ‪jj‬ﺬ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺗﺘﻮاﻓ‪jj‬ﻖ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ‬ ‫‪-2‬‬

‫أﻧﻮاع ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺳﻼك‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴ‪jjjj‬ﺎﻋﺪك ﻋﻠ‪jjjj‬ﻰ اﻟﻤﺮاﻗﺒ‪jjjj‬ﺔ اﻟﻤﺮآﺰﻳ‪jjjj‬ﺔ ﻟﻨﺸ‪jjjj‬ﺎط‬ ‫‪-3‬‬

‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ و ﺣﺮآﺔ اﻟﻤﺮور ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫هﻨ‪jj‬ﺎك اﻟﻌﺪﻳ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ أﻧ‪jj‬ﻮاع اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻌ‪jj‬ﺎت ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ‬ ‫‪-4‬‬

‫ﻋ‪j‬ﺰل اﻟﻤﺸ‪j‬ﺎآﻞ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳ‪j‬ﺪ اﻟﻮﺻ‪j‬ﻠﺔ أو اﻟﺠﻬ‪j‬ﺎز ﺳ‪jj‬ﺒﺐ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫أﻏﻠ‪jj‬ﺐ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻌ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻳﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﻟ‪jj‬ﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﻣﻌ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﺞ داﺧﻠ‪jj‬ﻲ‬ ‫‪-5‬‬

‫ﺧ‪jj‬ﺎص ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻋ‪jj‬ﺬ ﺣ‪jj‬ﺰم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﻤ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺧﻼﻟ‪jj‬ﻪ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ اآﺘﺸ‪jj‬ﺎف اﻟﻤﺸ‪jj‬ﺎآﻞ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺣ‪jj‬ﺰم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت‬ ‫‪-6‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ و ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﺣﻮل اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ اﻟﻰﺟﻬﺎز ﻳﺸﻐﻞ ﺑ‪j‬ﺮاﻣﺞ‬
‫إدارة اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ أو اﻟﻰ ﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎز ﺗﺤﻜ‪j‬ﻢ ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ ﺑﻌ‪j‬ﺪ ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴ‪j‬ﺪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳ‪j‬ﺮ ﺣ‪j‬ﻮل‬
‫اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻓﺼﻞ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺒﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸ‪j‬ﺎآﻞ ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ‬ ‫‪-7‬‬

‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪67‬‬
‫ﺑﻌ‪jjj‬ﺾ أﻧﻮاﻋﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎ ﻳﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺗﺤﺪﻳ‪jjj‬ﺪ زﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ ﻣﻌ‪jjj‬ﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪-8‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻹﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻤ‪j‬ﺎ ﻳﺰﻳ‪j‬ﺪ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ أﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ اﻟﺪرس ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻨﺠﻤﺔ ﻳﺸﺒﻚ آﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮات اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ‪Hub‬‬

‫و اﻟﺬي ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﻌﺰل أﺳﻼك اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻨﻊ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ إذا‬
‫ﺗﻌﻄﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫هﻨﺎك أﻧﻮاع ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺘﺼﺎﻣﻴﻢ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺎت وهﻲ ﻧﻮﻋﺎن‬

‫‪ Star Bus :‬و ‪. Star Ring‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺠﻤ‪jjj‬ﻊ ﺛ‪jjj‬ﻼث أﻧ‪jjj‬ﻮاع ‪ :‬ﻧﺸ‪jjj‬ﻂ و ﺧﺎﻣ‪jjj‬ﻞ وهﺠ‪jjj‬ﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻤﻌ‪jjj‬ﺎت‬

‫ﻣﻤﻴﺰات ﻋﺪﻳﺪة ﺗﺘﻔﻮق ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺼﺎﻣﻴﻢ اﻷﺧﺮى ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺎت‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﻜﻮن إن ﺷ‪jj‬ﺎء اﷲ ﺑﻌﻨ‪jj‬ﻮان ‪ :‬ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت‬

‫‪. Ethernet‬‬

‫‪68‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬

‫أﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎت ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪. Ethernet‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ‪ Ethernet‬إﺣﺪى ﻣﻌﻤﺎرﻳﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ‪LAN‬‬

‫‪ Architecture‬اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻃﻮرﺗﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ أﺳﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺮآﺔ ‪ Xerox‬ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼ‪jj‬ﻒ‬
‫اﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻨﻴﺎت ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘ‪j‬ﺮن اﻟﻤﺎﺿ‪j‬ﻲ ‪.‬و ه‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﻤﺜ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟﻘﺎﻋ‪j‬ﺪة ﻟﻤﻌﻴ‪j‬ﺎر اﻟﺘﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻴﻚ‬
‫‪) IEEE Networking Standard 802.3‬ﺳﺄﺷ‪j‬ﺮﺣﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼ‪j‬ﻴﻞ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫ﺧ‪jj‬ﻼل اﻟ‪jj‬ﺪورة إن ﺷ‪jj‬ﺎء اﷲ( ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺘﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎرﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻷآﺜ‪jj‬ﺮ ﺷ‪jj‬ﻬﺮة ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ‬
‫اﻷﻳﺎم‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪم إﺛﺮﻧ‪jjj‬ﺖ ﻃﺮﻳﻘ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﺧﺎﺻ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﻟﺘﺴ‪jjj‬ﻤﺢ ﻷﺟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺰة اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jjj‬ﻮﺗﺮ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺘﺼ‪jj‬ﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺈرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ و ذﻟ‪jj‬ﻚ ﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻨﻈﻢ ﺣﺮآ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤ‪jjj‬ﺮور ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،‬ه‪jjj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﺗﺴ‪jjj‬ﻤﻰ ﺗﺤﺴ‪jjj‬ﺲ اﻟﻨﺎﻗ‪jjj‬ﻞ ﻣﺘﻌ‪jjj‬ﺪد‬
‫اﻟﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻮل ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ اآﺘﺸ‪jj‬ﺎف اﻟﺘﺼ‪jj‬ﺎدم أو ‪Carrier Sense Multiple‬‬
‫)‪، Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام هﺬﻩ اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻳﺮاﻗﺐ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ و ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺎﻹرﺳﺎل ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺲ أن اﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﻐﻮل ﺑﺄي إﺷﺎرة ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺳﻮى آﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫واﺣ‪j‬ﺪ إرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﻧﻔ‪j‬ﺲ اﻟﻮﻗ‪j‬ﺖ‪.‬إذا ﺣﺼ‪j‬ﻞ ﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎدم ﻧ‪j‬ﺎﺗﺞ ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ أن‬
‫آﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻗﺎم ﺑﺈرﺳﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ ‪،‬ﻓﺈن آﻼ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮان‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻮﻗﻔﺎن ﻋﻦ اﻹرﺳﺎل و ﺳﻴﻨﺘﻈﺮ آﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ وﻗﺖ ﻋﺸﻮاﺋﻲ ﻟﻴﻌﻴﺪ إرﺳﺎل‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻪ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ اﺣﺘﻤﺎل ﺣﺪوث ﺗﺼﺎدم ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﻮذﺟﻴﺎ ﻓﺈن ﺷﺒﻜﺎت إﺛﺮﻧ‪j‬ﺖ ﺗﻨﻘ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ﺑﻤﻌ‪j‬ﺪل ‪ 10‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑ‪j‬ﺖ‬

‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬و ﻟﻜﻦ اﻷﻧﻮاع اﻷﺣﺪث ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺗﺼ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫‪ 100‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪.‬و ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ أﻧﻮاع ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ‪ 1‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﺑ‪j‬ﺖ‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻊ أن إﺛﺮﻧﺖ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺎ آﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻊ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻮع‬

‫‪ Bus‬إﻻ أﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ أﻳﻀﺎ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ‪. Star Bus‬‬

‫ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم إﺛﺮﻧ‪j‬ﺖ ﻧﻈ‪j‬ﺎم إرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل اﻹﺷ‪j‬ﺎرة اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﻤﻰ ‪Baseband‬‬

‫‪ Signaling‬أو ﻧﻄ‪j‬ﺎق اﻹرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل اﻷﺳﺎﺳ‪j‬ﻲ ‪ ،‬و ﻟﻜﻨﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ‪j‬ﻦ أن‬

‫‪69‬‬
‫ﺗ‪j‬ﺪﻋﻢ ﻧﻄ‪j‬ﺎق اﻹرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل اﻟﻮاﺳ‪j‬ﻊ ‪ Broadband Signaling‬و ﺳ‪j‬ﻨﺘﻜﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻦ هﺬﻳﻦ اﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻻ ﺣﻘﺎ إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ‪.‬‬

‫أي ﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎز ﻣﺘﺼ‪j‬ﻞ ﺑﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ إﺛﺮﻧ‪j‬ﺖ ﻳﺤﺘ‪j‬ﺎج اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﻣ‪j‬ﺎ ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﻤﻰ ﻣ‪jj‬ﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ إﺛﺮﻧﺖ أو ‪ Ethernet Network Controller‬وه‪j‬ﻮ ﻋﺒ‪j‬ﺎرة‬
‫ﻋﻦ أداة ﺗﺤﺪد ﻓﻴﻤﺎ إذا آﺎن اﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺧﺎﻟﻴ‪j‬ﺎ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻹﺷ‪j‬ﺎرات أم ﻻ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜ‪j‬ﻲ ﻳ‪j‬ﺘﻢ‬
‫إرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل اﻹﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرات ﻋﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﻪ دون ﺣﺼ‪jj‬ﻮل ﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎدم ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻮاﺟ‪jj‬ﺪ ه‪jj‬ﺬا اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫‪ Controller‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ )أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة(‪.‬‬

‫هﻨ‪jjj‬ﺎك أرﺑ‪jjj‬ﻊ أﻧ‪jjj‬ﻮاع أﺳﺎﺳ‪jjj‬ﻴﺔ ﻟﺨﻴ‪jjj‬ﺎرات اﻟﺘﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻴﻚ اﻟﻤﺘﻮاﻓﻘ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻊ‬

‫ﺷﺒﻜﺎت إﺛﺮﻧﺖ‪:‬‬

‫‪. 10BaseT (Twisted-Pair)-1‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪70‬‬
 .‫ أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‬10Base2 (Thin Coaxial)-2

.‫ أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‬10Base5 (Thick Coaxial)-3

.‫ أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‬10BaseF (Fiber Optic)-4

71
‫اﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳ‪j‬ﻲ ﻟﻺرﺗﺒﺎﻃ‪j‬ﺎت اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ‪j‬ﻦ أن ﺗﺘﺼ‪j‬ﻞ ﺑﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫إﺛﺮﻧ‪jjj‬ﺖ ﺗﺼ‪jjj‬ﻞ اﻟ‪jjj‬ﻰ ‪ 1024‬ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ اﻓﺘ‪jjj‬ﺮاض ﻋ‪jjj‬ﺪم اﺳ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪام أي ﺟﺴ‪jjj‬ﻮر‬
‫‪ Bridges‬أو ﻣﻮﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎت ‪ . Routers‬وه‪jj‬ﺬا ﻳﻨﻄﺒ‪jj‬ﻖ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺟﻤﻴ‪jj‬ﻊ أﻧ‪jj‬ﻮاع‬
‫إﺛﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻨﻠﻖ ﻧﻈﺮة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ اﻷﻧ‪j‬ﻮاع اﻷرﺑﻌ‪j‬ﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ أﻧﻮاع ﺷﺒﻜﺎت إﺛﺮﻧﺖ‪ .‬ﻳﻨﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ اﻟﻰ ﺛﻼث أﻗﺴﺎم آﻤﺜﺎل‬
‫‪.10-Base-2‬‬

‫اﻟﻘﺴﻢ اﻷول ﻳﺸﻴﺮ اﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺪل ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﻘﺎﺳﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻴﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻘﺴ‪jjjj‬ﻢ اﻟﺜ‪jjjj‬ﺎﻧﻲ ﻣ‪jjjj‬ﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳ‪jjjj‬ﻒ ﻳﺸ‪jjjj‬ﻴﺮ اﻟ‪jjjj‬ﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻘ‪jjjj‬ﺔ اﻹرﺳ‪jjjj‬ﺎل‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ه‪jjj‬ﻞ ه‪jjj‬ﻲ ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ اﻟﻨﻈ‪jjj‬ﺎق اﻷﺳﺎﺳ‪jjj‬ﻲ ‪ Baseband‬أو اﻟﻨﻈ‪jjj‬ﺎق‬
‫اﻟﻮاﺳﻊ ‪. Broadband‬‬

‫اﻟﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻋﺒﺎرة ﻋﻦ رﻗﻢ إذا ﺿﺮب ب ‪ 100‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺸ‪j‬ﻴﺮ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ‬

‫اﻟﻄﻮل اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﺳ‪j‬ﺎ ﺑ‪j‬ﺎﻟﻤﺘﺮ اﻟ‪j‬ﺬي ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ‪j‬ﻦ أن ﻳﺼ‪j‬ﻞ إﻟﻴ‪j‬ﻪ أي ﻗﺴ‪j‬ﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ أو ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ‪. Segment‬‬

‫و ﺑﺎﻟﺘ‪j‬ﺎﻟﻲ ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ إﺛﺮﻧ‪jj‬ﺖ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻨ‪j‬ﻮع ‪ 10Base2‬ﺗﺸ‪j‬ﻴﺮ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ‬

‫ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﺳ‪jj‬ﺮﻋﺔ ﻧﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻋﻠﻴﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ‪ 10‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑ‪jj‬ﺖ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ و ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫إرﺳﺎل اﻹﺷﺎرة ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻮع ‪ Baseband‬وﻃﻮل أي ﻗﺴﻢ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﺠﺎوز ‪ 200‬ﻣﺘﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪72‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻷﻧﻮاع ‪ 10BaseT‬و ‪ 10BaseF‬ﻃﻮل اﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻏﻴ‪j‬ﺮ ﻣﺤ‪j‬ﺪد‬
‫و ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ذﻟﻚ ﻳﺤﺪد ﻧﻮع اﻟﺴﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪.‬ﻓﻔﻲ اﻟﻨﻮع ‪ 10BaseT‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ T‬اﻟﻰ ‪ ، Twisted Pair‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ‪ F‬ﻓﻲ ‪ 10BaseF‬اﻟﻰ ‪Fiber‬‬
‫‪. Optic‬‬

‫ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم إﺛﺮﻧ‪jj‬ﺖ ﺷ‪jj‬ﻜﻞ ﻣﺤ‪jj‬ﺪد ﻹﻃ‪jj‬ﺎر ﺣﺰﻣ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ‪Frame‬‬

‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﺳﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻞ إﻃﺎر ﻳﺘﺮاوح ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 64‬اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ‪1518‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻳﺨﺼﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ‪ 18‬ﺑﺎﻳﺖ آﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫‪ 46‬اﻟﻰ ‪ 1500‬ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻨﻘﺴﻢ آﻞ إﻃﺎر ﻣﻦ ﺣﺰم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻰ ﻋﺪة أﻗﺴﺎم ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﻤﻘﺪﻣ‪jj‬ﺔ أو ‪ Preamble Section‬و ه‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﺤ‪jj‬ﺪد‬

‫ﺑﺪاﻳﺔ اﻹﻃﺎر أو ﺣﺰﻣﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻗﺴﻢ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر و اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ أو ‪Source and Destination‬‬

‫‪ Section‬و ﻳﺤﺘ‪jj‬ﻮي ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﻮاﻧﻲ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪jj‬ﻞ و اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻗﺴﻢ اﻟﻨﻮع أو ‪ Type Section‬و اﻟ‪j‬ﺬي ﻳﺤ‪j‬ﺪد ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪j‬ﻮل‬

‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ IP‬أو ‪. IPX‬‬

‫‪73‬‬
‫‪ -4‬اﻟﻘﺴ‪jjj‬ﻢ اﻷﺧﻴ‪jjj‬ﺮ و ه‪jjj‬ﻮ ﻗﺴ‪jjj‬ﻢ اﻹﺧﺘﺒ‪jjj‬ﺎر اﻟ‪jjj‬ﺪوري ﻟﻠﺰﻳ‪jjj‬ﺎدة أو‬
‫‪ Cyclical Redundancy Check (CRC) Section‬وهﺬا اﻟﻘﺴ‪j‬ﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺤﺺ ﻟﻮﺟﻮد أي أﺧﻄﺎء ﻓﻲ اﻹﻃﺎر اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ إﺛﺮﻧﺖ اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام أﻧ‪j‬ﻮاع ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪j‬ﻮﻻت ﺑﻤ‪j‬ﺎ‬

‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪. TCP/IP‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ أداء ﺷﺒﻜﺎت إﺛﺮﻧﺖ ﺑﺘﻘﺴ‪j‬ﻴﻢ اﻟﻘﺴ‪j‬ﻢ اﻟﻤ‪j‬ﺰدﺣﻢ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ إﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﻗﺴ‪j‬ﻤﻴﻦ ﺛ‪j‬ﻢ رﺑﻄﻬﻤ‪j‬ﺎ ﻣﻌ‪j‬ﺎ ﺑﺎﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﺟﺴ‪j‬ﺮ ‪ Bridge‬أو‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟ‪j‬ﻪ ‪ Router‬ﻣﻤ‪j‬ﺎ ﻳﻘﻠ‪j‬ﻞ اﻹزدﺣ‪j‬ﺎم ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ آ‪j‬ﻞ ﻗﺴ‪j‬ﻢ ‪ Segment‬ﻷن‬
‫ﻋ‪jjj‬ﺪد أﻗ‪jjj‬ﻞ ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺳ‪jjj‬ﻴﺒﺜﻮن ﺑﻴﺎﻧ‪jjj‬ﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ و ﺑﺎﻟﺘ‪jjj‬ﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﺤﺴﻦ اﻷداء اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ هﺬا اﻟﻨﻮع ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻔﻴﺪا ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻧﻀﻤﺎم ﻋﺪد آﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ اﻟﺠﺪد اﻟﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﺎج اﻟﻰ ﺳﻌﺔ ﻧﻄﺎق ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ‪High‬‬

‫‪ – Bandwidth Applications‬ﻣﺜ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻗﻮاﻋ‪jj‬ﺪ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت أو ﺑ‪jj‬ﺮاﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺮاﺳﻞ اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮي ‪.‬‬

‫‪74‬‬
‫ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ إﺛﺮﻧ‪jj‬ﺖ اﻟﻌﻤ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ أﻏﻠ‪jj‬ﺐ أﻧﻈﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺗﺸ‪jj‬ﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﺑﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪:‬‬

‫وﻳﻨﺪوز ‪ ، 95‬وﻳﻨﺪوز‪ ، 98‬وﻳﻨﺪوز ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻨﻴﻮم‪.‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬

‫وﻳﻨﺪوز ‪ ، NT Workstation‬وﻳﻨﺪوز ‪NT‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬

‫‪. Server‬‬

‫وﻳﻨﺪوز ‪Professional , Server ) 2000‬‬ ‫‪-3‬‬

‫‪.( , Advanced Server‬‬

‫‪Windows for Workgroup.‬‬ ‫‪-4‬‬

‫‪Microsoft LAN Manager.‬‬ ‫‪-5‬‬

‫‪Novell Netware.‬‬ ‫‪-6‬‬

‫‪IBM LAN Server.‬‬ ‫‪-7‬‬

‫‪.AppleShare‬‬ ‫‪-8‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ اﻟﺪرس‪:‬‬

‫إﺛﺮﻧﺖ هﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﺎرﻳ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻨﻄ‪j‬ﺎق اﻟﻤﺤﻠ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓ‪j‬ﺔ ﺑﻮاﺳ‪j‬ﻄﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻘﻴ‪jj‬ﺎس ‪ . IEEE 802.3‬وه‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻧﻈ‪jj‬ﺎم ‪ CSMA/CD‬ﻟﺘﻨﻈ‪jj‬ﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺣﺮآﺔ اﻟﻤﺮور ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ وﺳﻂ اﻹرﺳﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫هﻨ‪j‬ﺎك ‪ 4‬أﻧ‪j‬ﻮاع أﺳﺎﺳ‪j‬ﻴﺔ ﻟﻺﺛﺮﻧ‪j‬ﺖ ‪10BaseT, 10Base2, :‬‬

‫‪. 10Base5, 10BaseF‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ إﺛﺮﻧ‪jj‬ﺖ أآﺜ‪jj‬ﺮ اﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎرﻳ‪jj‬ﺎت ﺷ‪jj‬ﻬﺮة ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻷﻳ‪jj‬ﺎم ‪ ،‬وﻳﻤﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ‬

‫ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ أداﺋﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ اﻷﺟﺰاء اﻟﻤﺰدﺣﻤﺔ اﻟﻰ ﻗﺴﻤﻴﻦ و رﺑﻄﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﺠﺴﺮ أو‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪75‬‬
 ‫ﺗﻌﻤﻞ إﺛﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﻊ أﻏﻠﺐ أﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺳ‪jjj‬ﺘﻜﻮن إن ﺷ‪jj‬ﺎء اﷲ ﺑﻌﻨ‪jj‬ﻮان ‪ :‬ﺷ‪jjj‬ﺮح‬

‫ﻷﻧﻮاع ﺷﺒﻜﺎت إﺛﺮﻧﺖ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ وﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬

‫‪76‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻣﻨﺔ‬

‫أﻧﻮاع ﺷﺒﻜﺎت إﺛﺮﻧﺖ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ وﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺳﻨﺸﺮح ﻓﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺷﺒﻜﺎت إﺛﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻮع ‪. 10BaseT‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬

‫ﺷ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ 10BaseT‬ه‪jjj‬ﻲ ﺷ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ إﺛﺮﻧ‪jjj‬ﺖ ﺗﻌﻤ‪jjj‬ﻞ ﺑﺴ‪jjj‬ﺮﻋﺔ ‪10‬‬

‫ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑ‪jj‬ﺖ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ و ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم اﻹرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻨ‪jj‬ﻮع ‪ ، Baseband‬و‬
‫اﻷﺳ‪jj‬ﻼك اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ه‪jj‬ﻲ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻨ‪jj‬ﻮع ‪ Twisted Pair‬أو اﻟ‪jj‬ﺰوج‬
‫اﻟﻤﻠﺘﻮي ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﻮذﺟﻴﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم هﺬﻩ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻨﻮع ﻏﻴ‪j‬ﺮ اﻟﻤﻐﻄ‪j‬ﻰ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟ‪j‬ﺰوج‬

‫اﻟﻤﻠﺘ‪jjj‬ﻮي اﻷﺳ‪jjj‬ﻼك أو )‪Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP‬‬
‫)اﻟﻔﺌﺎت ‪ 3‬و ‪ 4‬و‪ 5‬ﻣﻦ هﺬا اﻟﻨﻮع ﻣﻦ اﻷﺳ‪j‬ﻼك و اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﺳﻨﺸ‪j‬ﺮﺣﻬﺎ ﻻﺣﻘ‪j‬ﺎ‬
‫إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ( ‪ ،‬و ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ أﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻨ‪j‬ﻮع اﻟﻤﻐﻄ‪j‬ﻰ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ‬
‫اﻷﺳ‪j‬ﻼك أو )‪ Shielded Twisted Pair (STP‬و ذﻟ‪j‬ﻚ دون ﺗﻐﻴﻴ‪j‬ﺮ‬
‫أي ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎراﻣﺘﺮات اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﻤﻴﻢ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ 10BaseT‬ه‪jj‬ﻮ ﻣﺎدﻳ‪jj‬ﺎ أو ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻋﺒ‪jj‬ﺎرة ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ‬

‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻨﺠﻤﺔ ‪ Star‬و ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻴﺎ هﻮ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞ ‪. Bus‬‬

‫ﺳﺄﺷﺮح ذﻟﻚ ‪:‬‬

‫أﻏﻠ‪jjj‬ﺐ ﺷ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ 10BaseT‬ﻣﻮﺻ‪jjj‬ﻠﺔ ﺑ‪jjj‬ﻨﻔﺲ أﺳ‪jjj‬ﻠﻮب ﺷ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت‬

‫اﻟﻨﺠﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺑﻤﻌﻨ‪jj‬ﻰ أن هﻨ‪jj‬ﺎك أﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰة آﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﺼ‪jj‬ﻠﺔ ﺑﻨﻘﻄ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣﺮآﺰﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ ه‪jj‬ﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ أو ‪ ، Hub‬و ﻟﻜﻦ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ إرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل اﻹﺷ‪j‬ﺎرات ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ هﻮ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻨﺎﻗ‪j‬ﻞ ‪ Bus‬و ه‪j‬ﻮ اﻟ‪j‬ﺬي‬
‫ﺷ‪jj‬ﺮﺣﻨﺎﻩ ﺳ‪jj‬ﺎﺑﻘﺎ وﺳ‪jj‬ﻤﻴﻨﺎﻩ أﺳ‪jj‬ﻠﻮب ﺗﺤﺴ‪jj‬ﺲ اﻟﻨﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣﺘﻌ‪jj‬ﺪد اﻟﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻮل ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ‬
‫اآﺘﺸﺎف اﻟﺘﺼﺎدم ‪ CSMA/CD‬و اﻟﺬي ﺷﺮﺣﻨﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪77‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿ‪jjjj‬ﺎﻓﺔ اﻟ‪jjjj‬ﻰ اﻷﺳ‪jjjj‬ﻼك هﻨ‪jjjj‬ﺎك ﻣﻜﻮﻧ‪jjjj‬ﺎت أﺧ‪jjjj‬ﺮى ﻟﺸ‪jjjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت‬
‫‪ 10BaseT‬هﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ 10BaseT Transceiver‬و ه‪jjjjj‬ﻮ اﺧﺘﺼ‪jjjjj‬ﺎر ل‬ ‫‪-1‬‬

‫) ‪ (Transmitter – Receiver‬أي ﻣﺮﺳﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪ Wiring Hub-2‬ﻣﺠﻤﻊ أﺳﻼك‪.‬‬

‫‪ repeaters -3‬ﻣﻜﺮرات إﺷﺎرة‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﻣﻮﺻﻼت أو ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻚ ‪. RJ-45 Connectors‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﻮذﺟﻴﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻞ أﺳﻼك اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ و اﻟﺬي ﻳﻌﻤﻞ آﻤﻜﺮر‬

‫إﺷﺎرة ﻣﺘﻌﺪد اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬ ‪ ، Multiport Repeater‬و اﻟﺬي ﺑ‪j‬ﺪورﻩ ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫ﻟﺰﻳﺎدة ﻃﻮل اﻟﺴﻠﻚ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ أﺳﻼك ‪ Twisted Pair‬ﻳﻮﺻﻞ ﻓﻲ أﻃﺮاﻓﻬﺎ ﻣﺸ‪j‬ﺎﺑﻚ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬

‫اﻟﻨ‪jjj‬ﻮع ‪ RJ-45 Connecters‬و اﻟﺘ‪jjj‬ﻲ ﺗﻌﻤ‪jjj‬ﻞ ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ إﻳﻘ‪jjj‬ﺎف ارﺗ‪jjj‬ﺪاد‬
‫اﻹﺷﺎرات ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة ‪.‬‬

‫‪78‬‬
‫ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻊ ﻣﻼﺣﻈ‪jjj‬ﺔ أن ه‪jjj‬ﺬا اﻟﻨ‪jjj‬ﻮع ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ اﻷﺳ‪jjj‬ﻼك ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜ‪jjj‬ﻦ أﻃﺎﻟﺘ‪jjj‬ﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺁﺧﺮ إﻟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻘ‪jjj‬ﻮم ‪ Transceiver‬أو اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪jjj‬ﻞ‪ -‬اﻟﻤﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ و اﻟ‪jjj‬ﺬي ﻳﺴ‪jjj‬ﻤﻰ‬

‫أﺣﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎ )‪ ، Attachment Unit Interface (AUT‬ﺑﺈرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﺘﺤﻜﻢ ‪ Controller‬و ﻳﺤﻮﻟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ إﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرات آﻬﺮﺑﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺑﺜﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ 10BaseT‬ﻳﻜ‪j‬ﻮن ‪ Transceiver‬ﻋ‪j‬ﺎدة ﻣﺮآﺒ‪j‬ﺎ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ اﻟﻰ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻄﻮل اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻠﺴﻠﻚ أو ‪ Segment‬ﻓﻲ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪10BaseT‬‬

‫ﻳﺼﻞ اﻟﻰ ‪ 100‬ﻣﺘﺮ ‪ ،‬أﻣﺎ اﻟﻄﻮل اﻷدﻧﻰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺎزﻳﻦ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻮ ﻻ ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ‪ 2.5‬ﻣﺘﺮ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ 10BaseT‬ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻨﺠﻤ‪j‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﺴ‪jj‬ﻬﻴﻞ ﻧﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ‬

‫اﻷﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰة ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻣﻜ‪jj‬ﺎن اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺁﺧ‪jj‬ﺮ و إﺻ‪jj‬ﻼح اﻟﻤﻌﻄ‪jj‬ﻮب ﻣﻨﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ دون أن ﻳ‪jj‬ﺆﺛﺮ‬
‫ذﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ‪j‬ﻦ ﺗﺤﻮﻳ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﻠﻚ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻨ‪j‬ﻮع ‪ Thick Coaxial‬اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ‬

‫اﻟﻨ‪jj‬ﻮع ‪ Twisted Pair‬ﻟﻴ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ وﺻ‪jj‬ﻠﻪ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪ 10BaseT‬ﺑﻌﻤ‪jj‬ﻞ‬
‫اﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪10BaseT‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺻ‪jjjjj‬ﻞ اﻟﺴ‪jjjjj‬ﻠﻚ ‪ Thick Coaxial‬اﻟ‪jjjjj‬ﻰ‬

‫‪ Transceiver‬ﻣﻨﻔﺼ‪jjj‬ﻞ و اﻟ‪jjj‬ﺬي ﺑ‪jjj‬ﺪورﻩ ﻧﻮﺻ‪jjj‬ﻠﻪ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪jjj‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺳﻠﻚ ‪. Twisted Pair‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪79‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪ 10BaseT‬اﻷآﺜﺮ ﺷﻴﻮﻋﺎ ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ اﻷﻧ‪j‬ﻮاع اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت إﺛﺮﻧ‪j‬ﺖ ‪ ،‬و ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ أﺣ‪j‬ﺪ اﻷﺳ‪j‬ﺒﺎب ه‪jj‬ﻮ إﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴ‪j‬ﺔ اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام أﺳ‪jj‬ﻼك‬
‫اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ اﻟﻌﺎدﻳﺔ )‪ (Twisted Pair‬ﻟﺸﺒﻚ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ درس اﻟﻴﻮم ‪:‬‬

‫ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ 10BaseT‬ه‪jj‬ﻲ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت إﺛﺮﻧ‪jj‬ﺖ ﺗﻌﻤ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺑﺴ‪jj‬ﺮﻋﺔ ‪10‬‬

‫ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑ‪jj‬ﺖ و ﺗﺮﺳ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻹﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرات ﺑﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ Baseband‬و ﺑﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫أﺳﻼك ‪ ، Twisted Pair‬و أﻗﺼﻰ ﻃﻮل ﻟﻠﺴﻠﻚ هﻮ ‪ 100‬ﻣﺘﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺎدﻳﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺗﺼ‪j‬ﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻨﺠﻤ‪j‬ﺔ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت و ﻟﻜ‪j‬ﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻴ‪j‬ﺎ‬

‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ه‪jjj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧ‪jjj‬ﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ‪ :‬أﺳ‪jjj‬ﻼك ﻣﻠﺘﻮﻳ‪jjj‬ﺔ ‪،‬‬

‫ﻣﺮﺳﻞ‪ -‬ﻣﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺠﻤ‪j‬ﻊ و اﻟ‪j‬ﺬي ﻳﻌﻤ‪j‬ﻞ آﻤﻜ‪j‬ﺮر إﺷ‪j‬ﺎرة ‪ ،‬و ﻣﺸ‪j‬ﺎﺑﻚ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻨﻮع ‪. RJ-45‬‬

‫‪80‬‬
‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﻤﻘﺒﻞ ﺳﻴﻜﻮن إن ﺷ‪j‬ﺎء اﷲ ﺣ‪j‬ﻮل ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ 10Base2‬و‬
‫‪. 10Base5‬‬

‫‪81‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﺳﻌﺔ‬

‫ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪ 10Base2‬و ‪10Base5‬‬

‫ﺳﺄﺷﺮح ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ ﺧﺼ‪j‬ﺎﺋﺺ و ﻃﺮﻳﻘ‪j‬ﺔ ﻋﻤ‪j‬ﻞ‬

‫ﺷﺒﻜﺘﻲ إﺛﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻮع ‪ 10Base2‬و ‪. 10Base5‬‬

‫ﺗﻢ وﺿﻊ أﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎت ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ 10Base2‬ﻋﺎم ‪، 1985‬و هﻲ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫إﺛﺮﻧ‪jj‬ﺖ ﺗﻌﻤ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺑﺴ‪jj‬ﺮﻋﺔ ‪ 10‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑ‪jj‬ﺖ ﺛ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ و ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻧﻈ‪jj‬ﺎم إرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل‬
‫اﻹﺷﺎرة ‪ Baseband‬و ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞ‬
‫‪ ، Bus‬اﻟﺴ‪jjj‬ﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ ه‪jjj‬ﺬا اﻟﻨ‪jjj‬ﻮع ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ه‪jjj‬ﻮ اﻟﺴ‪jjj‬ﻠﻚ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﻮري اﻟﺮﻗﻴﻖ ‪. Thin Coaxial‬‬

‫اﻟﻄ‪jj‬ﻮل اﻷﻗﺼ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻟﻠﺴ‪jj‬ﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ 10Base2‬ه‪jj‬ﻮ‬

‫ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎ ‪ 200‬ﻣﺘﺮ وﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎ ه‪j‬ﻮ ‪ 185‬ﻣﺘ‪j‬ﺮ و ﺗ‪j‬ﻢ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒ‪j‬ﻪ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ‪ 200‬ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫أﺟﻞ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ و ﻟﻜﻨ‪j‬ﻪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘ‪j‬ﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺠ‪j‬ﺎوز ﻃﻮﻟ‪j‬ﻪ ‪ 185‬ﻣﺘ‪j‬ﺮا‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤ‪j‬ﺎ‬
‫اﻟﻄﻮل اﻷدﻧﻰ أو أﻗﺼﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺎزﻳﻦ هﻲ ﻧﺼ‪j‬ﻒ ﻣﺘ‪j‬ﺮ‪ .‬آ‪j‬ﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻢ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻳﺼﻞ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ اﻟﻰ ‪ 185‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ 30‬آﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮا ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ 10Base2‬هﻲ آﺎﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ 10Base2 Transceiver -1‬و ﺗﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﻣﺮآﺒ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻟﻮﺣ‪jj‬ﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻟﺴﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﺤﻮري اﻟﺮﻗﻴﻖ ‪. Thin Coaxial‬‬

‫‪ -3‬وﺻﻼت ‪. T Connectors‬‬

‫‪ -4‬وﺻ‪j‬ﻼت اﻟﻤﺎﺳ‪j‬ﻮرة ‪BNC Barrel Connectors (50‬‬

‫)‪. ohm‬‬

‫‪ -5‬ﻣﻮﻗﻔ‪jj‬ﺎت ارﺗ‪jj‬ﺪاد اﻹﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرة ‪BNC Terminators (50‬‬

‫)‪. ohm‬‬

‫‪82‬‬
 ‫‪ -6‬ﻣﻜﺮرات اﻹﺷﺎرة ‪. Repeaters‬‬

‫اﻵن هﻴﺎ ﺑﻨﺎ ﻧﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻌ‪j‬ﺎ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ آﺎﻣﻠ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻨ‪j‬ﻮع ‪ 10Base2‬ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ‬
‫اﻓﺘﺮاض أن ﺷﺒﻜﺘﻨﺎ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ أآﺜﺮ ﻗﺴﻢ أو ‪: Segment‬‬

‫أوﻻ ‪ :‬ﺳﻨﻀﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ آﻞ ﻗﺴﻢ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ أن ﻧﺮﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻘﺴﻢ‬

‫ﺁﺧﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﺴﻤﻴﻪ وﺻ‪j‬ﻠﺔ ﻣﺎﺳ‪j‬ﻮرة أو ‪ BNC Barrel Connectors‬و‬
‫اﻟﺘﻲ ذآﺮت ﻓﻲ درس ﺳﺎﺑﻖ أﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻹﻃﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴ‪jj‬ﺎ‪ :‬ﻧﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻚ وﺻ‪jj‬ﻠﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﻮرة ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ آ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻃ‪jj‬ﺮف ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﻠﻚ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ‬
‫وﺻﻠﺔ أﺧﺮى ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺣﺮف ‪ T‬ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ‪. T Connectors‬‬

‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜ‪jj‬ﺎ‪ :‬ﻧﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻚ وﺻ‪jj‬ﻠﺔ ‪ T‬اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻣ‪jj‬ﺘﺤﻜﻢ إﺛﺮﻧ‪jj‬ﺖ ‪Ethernet‬‬

‫‪ Controller‬و اﻟ‪jjj‬ﺬي ﻳﻜ‪jjj‬ﻮن ﻣﺮآﺒ‪jjj‬ﺎ ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jjj‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ ﺟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎز‬
‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ‪).‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة(‪.‬‬

‫‪83‬‬
‫راﺑﻌﺎ ‪ :‬ﻳﺠ‪j‬ﺐ أن ﻧﻼﺣ‪j‬ﻆ أن آ‪j‬ﻞ ﻃ‪j‬ﺮف ﻗﺴ‪j‬ﻢ ‪ Segment‬ﻏﻴ‪j‬ﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻘﺴ‪j‬ﻢ ﺁﺧ‪j‬ﺮ ﻳﺠ‪j‬ﺐ أن ﻧﻀ‪j‬ﻊ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘ‪j‬ﻪ ﻣﻮﻗ‪j‬ﻒ ارﺗ‪j‬ﺪاد اﻹﺷ‪j‬ﺎرة أو‬
‫‪ BNC Terminator‬و اﻟﺬي ﺑ‪j‬ﺪورﻩ ﻳﻜ‪j‬ﻮن ﻣﺘﺼ‪j‬ﻼ ب وﺻ‪j‬ﻠﺔ ‪ T‬و‬
‫اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﻣﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻠﺔ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻟﻮﺣ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪.‬ﺑﻬ‪jj‬ﺬا ﻧﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﻗ‪jj‬ﺪ ﺷ‪jj‬ﻜﻠﻨﺎ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫‪ 10Base2‬ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪ 10Base2‬أآﺜﺮ ﻣﺮوﻧﺔ و أﻗﻞ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت‬

‫‪ 10Base5‬ﻧﻈﺮا ﻷن ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﺤﻮري اﻟﺮﻗﻴ‪j‬ﻖ أآﺜ‪j‬ﺮ ﻣﺮوﻧ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺴﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﺤﻮري اﻟﺜﺨﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪. 10Base5‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻜﺮرات اﻹﺷﺎرة ﻟﺘﻮﺳﻴﻊ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻟﺘﺪﻋﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ 1024‬ﺟﻬﺎزا و ﻟﺰﻳﺎدة اﻟﻄﻮل اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎ‬
‫اﻟﻰ ‪ 1000‬ﻣﺘﺮ و ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎ ‪ 925‬ﻣﺘﺮ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪ 10Base2‬ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ أن ﺗﺠﻤ‪j‬ﻊ ﺧﻤ‪j‬ﺲ أﻗﺴ‪j‬ﺎم ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﻠﻚ‬

‫‪ Segments‬ﻣﻌﺎ ﺑﻮﺻﻠﻬﺎ اﻟﻰ أرﺑ‪j‬ﻊ ﻣﻜ‪j‬ﺮرات إﺷ‪j‬ﺎرة ‪ ، Repeaters‬و‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻦ هﺬﻩ اﻷﻗﺴﺎم ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﻮﺻﻠﺔ اﻟﻰ أﺟﻬﺰة آﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﻴﻨﻤ‪j‬ﺎ‬
‫اﻟﻘﺴﻤﺎن اﻵﺧﺮان ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎن ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﻞ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ أو ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻹﻳﺼﺎل‬
‫اﻹﺷﺎرة اﻟﻰ أﻃﻮل ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻤﻜﻨﺔ ‪).‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة(‪.‬‬

‫هﺬﻩ اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻚ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﻗﺎﻋ‪j‬ﺪة ‪ 3-4-5‬أو ‪5-4-3‬‬

‫‪. Rule‬‬

‫‪84‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻞ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪ 10Base5‬اﻟﻰ ‪ 10‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ‪j‬ﺔ و‬
‫ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ Baseband‬ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻹرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل و ﺗ‪jj‬ﺪﻋﻢ ﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞ ‪، Bus‬و ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻷﺳﻼك ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻨ‪j‬ﻮع اﻟﻤﺤ‪j‬ﻮري اﻟﺜﺨ‪j‬ﻴﻦ أو‬
‫‪ ، Thick Coaxial‬و ه‪jj‬ﺬا اﻟﻨ‪jj‬ﻮع ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻷﺳ‪jj‬ﻼك ﻳﻌﺘﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ اﻟﻨ‪jj‬ﻮع اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﻲ‬
‫ﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت إﺛﺮﻧ‪jj‬ﺖ ﻷﻧ‪jj‬ﻪ اﻟﻨ‪jj‬ﻮع اﻷﺻ‪jj‬ﻠﻲ اﻟ‪jj‬ﺬي آ‪jj‬ﺎن ﻣﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎ ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﺪ إﻧﺸ‪jj‬ﺎء‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺎت إﺛﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ه‪jj‬ﺬا اﻟﻨ‪jj‬ﻮع ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﻳﺼ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﻌ‪jj‬ﺪد اﻷﻗﺼ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻷﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰة‬

‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻘﺴﻢ ‪ Segment‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ه‪j‬ﻮ‬
‫‪ 100‬ﺟﻬﺎز‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺤ‪j‬ﺪ اﻷدﻧ‪j‬ﻰ ﻟﻄ‪j‬ﻮل اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﻠﻚ ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ ﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎزﻳﻦ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ه‪j‬ﻮ ‪2.5‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮ ‪ ،‬واﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺪ أدﻧﻰ ﻟﻄﻮل اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﻠﻚ ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ أي ﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎزﻳﻦ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ هﻮ أن اﻹﻗﺘﺮاب آﺜﻴﺮا ﺑﻴﻦ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة ﻳﺆدي اﻟﻰ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻪ اﻹﺷﺎرات‬
‫اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻳﺮﺳ‪jj‬ﻠﻬﺎ آ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻹﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰة ﺑﺴ‪jj‬ﺒﺐ اﻹﻧﻌﻜ‪jj‬ﺎس اﻟ‪jj‬ﺬي ﻗ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻳﺤ‪jj‬ﺪث‬
‫ﻟﻺﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرة ‪ ، Reflection‬أﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ اﻟﻄ‪jj‬ﻮل اﻷﻗﺼ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻟﻠﺴ‪jj‬ﻠﻚ ﻓﻴﺼ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ‪500‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻠﻮن اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﺤ‪j‬ﻮري اﻟﺜﺨ‪j‬ﻴﻦ ﻋ‪j‬ﺎدة ﺑ‪j‬ﺎﻟﻠﻮن اﻷﺻ‪j‬ﻔﺮ و ﺗﻮﺿ‪j‬ﻊ‬

‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺳﻮداء آﻞ ‪ 2.5‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻟﺘﺒﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻜﺎن اﻟﺬي ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ‪j‬ﻦ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻚ أﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة‬
‫إﻟﻴﻪ ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ 10Base5‬هﻲ آﺎﻵﺗﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫‪85‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻣﺮﺳ‪jj‬ﻞ – ﻣﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ ‪ Transceiver‬وﻳﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﻣﻨﻔﺼ‪jj‬ﻼ ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪. Transceiver Cable -2‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻣﻮﻗﻒ اﻹرﺗﺪاد ‪. 50-ohm Terminator‬‬

‫‪ -4‬وﺻﻼت أو ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻚ ﻟﻮﺻﻞ اﻟﻤﻜﻮن اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﻮن اﻷول ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -5‬ﻣﺠﻤﻊ أﺳﻼك ‪. Wiring Hub‬‬

‫‪ -6‬وﺻﻼت ﻣﺎﺳﻮرة ‪. Barrel Connectors‬‬

‫‪ -7‬أداة ﺛﻘﺐ ‪. Coring Tool‬‬

‫ﻧﻈ‪jj‬ﺮا ﻟﻘﺴ‪jj‬ﺎوة اﻷﺳ‪jj‬ﻼك اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺜﺨﻴﻨ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻻ ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﻬﺎ‬

‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ اﻷﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة و ﺑ‪j‬ﺪﻻ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ذﻟ‪j‬ﻚ ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﺳ‪j‬ﻠﻚ إﺿ‪j‬ﺎﻓﻲ ﻳﺼ‪j‬ﻞ ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ‬
‫اﻷﺟﻬﺰة و اﻟﺴﻠﻚ اﻟﺜﺨﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﺮف هﺬا اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﻠﻚ اﻹﺿ‪j‬ﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺴ‪j‬ﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪j‬ﻞ‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ أو ‪ ، Transceiver Cable‬وهﺬا اﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻟ‪j‬ﻴﺲ ﺳ‪j‬ﻠﻜﺎ ﻣﺤﻮرﻳ‪j‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺑ‪jj‬ﻞ ه‪jj‬ﻮ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺮﻳﻂ ﻣﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ‪ 9‬أﺳ‪jj‬ﻼك ‪ 9-pin Ribbon‬ﻣﺘﺼ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘ‪jjj‬ﻪ ﺑﻤﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻚ ﻳﺴ‪jjj‬ﻤﻰ ‪ ، DB-15 Connector‬اﻷﺳ‪jjj‬ﻼك اﻟﺘﺴ‪jjj‬ﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻹرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل واﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت آﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ أﻧﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺗﺒﻌ‪jj‬ﺚ ﺑ‪jj‬ﺄي أﺧﻄ‪jj‬ﺎء اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪. Controller‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪86‬‬
‫ﻓ‪jjjjjj‬ﻲ ﺷ‪jjjjjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ 10Base5‬ﻳﻜ‪jjjjjj‬ﻮن اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪jjjjjj‬ﻞ‪ -‬اﻟﻤﺴ‪jjjjjj‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ أو‬
‫‪ Transceiver‬ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ وﻳﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ اﻟﺜﺨﻴﻦ و‬
‫ﺳﻠﻚ ‪ . Transceiver Cable‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺼ‪j‬ﻞ ‪ Transceiver Cable‬ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ ‪ Transceiver‬ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺔ‬

‫وﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ أﺧﺮى ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺤﺘ‪jjjj‬ﺎج اﻟﺴ‪jjjj‬ﻠﻚ اﻟﺜﺨ‪jjjj‬ﻴﻦ اﻟ‪jjjj‬ﻰ إﻋ‪jjjj‬ﺪاد ﻗﺒ‪jjjj‬ﻞ أن ﻳ‪jjjj‬ﺘﻢ وﺻ‪jjjj‬ﻠﻪ ب‬

‫‪ ، Transceiver‬وﻳﺘﻢ ذﻟﻚ ﺑﺜﻘﺒ‪j‬ﻪ ﺑ‪j‬ﺄداة ﺛﻘ‪j‬ﺐ ‪ Coring Tool‬وﻳﺴ‪j‬ﻤﺢ‬
‫ه‪jj‬ﺬا اﻟﺜﻘ‪jj‬ﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻮل اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻣﺤ‪jj‬ﻮر اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﻌ‪jj‬ﺪﻧﻲ اﻟ‪jj‬ﺬي ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ وﺻ‪jj‬ﻠﻪ ب‬
‫‪. Transceiver‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪87‬‬
‫و هﻨﺎك ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ أﺧﺮى ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﺑ‪j‬ﺪﻻ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺜﻘ‪j‬ﺐ و ﻟﻜﻨﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻠﺰم‬
‫ﻗﻄﻊ اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﻠﻚ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﻗﻄﻌﺘ‪j‬ﻴﻦ و ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﺛ‪j‬ﻢ وﺻ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟﻘﻄﻌﺘ‪j‬ﻴﻦ ﻣﻌ‪j‬ﺎ ﺑﺎﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام ‪In-‬‬
‫‪ line Connector‬و اﻟ‪jj‬ﺬي ﻳﺘﺼ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺑ‪jj‬ﺪورﻩ ب ‪. Transceiver‬أﻧﻈ‪jj‬ﺮ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪88‬‬
‫ﺗﺴ‪jjjj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﺷ‪jjjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ 10Base5‬أﻳﻀ‪jjjj‬ﺎ ﻗﺎﻋ‪jjjj‬ﺪة ‪5-4-3 Rule‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺸﺮوﺣﺔ أﻋﻼﻩ ‪.‬و ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻊ وﺻﻞ ‪ 5‬ﻣﻜ‪j‬ﺮرات إﺷ‪j‬ﺎرة ‪Repeaters‬‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻳﺼﻞ اﻟﻄﻮل اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻰ ‪ 2500‬ﻣﺘﺮ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻨﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻤﻴﺰات ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪: 10Base5‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﻴﺰة اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت ه‪j‬ﻮ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻬ‪j‬ﺎ اﻟﻜﺒﻴ‪j‬ﺮة‬

‫ﻟﻠﺘ‪j‬ﺪاﺧﻞ اﻟﻨ‪j‬ﺎﺗﺞ ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﺠ‪j‬ﺎل اﻟﻜﻬ‪j‬ﺮو ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴ‪j‬ﻲ ‪Electromagnetic‬‬
‫)‪ ، Interference (EMI‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﺳ‪j‬ﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤ‪j‬ﻞ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﺒﻴﺌ‪j‬ﺎت اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ هﺬا اﻷﻣﺮ آﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺼﺎﻧﻊ ﻣﺜﻼ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺎت أآﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪10BaseT‬‬

‫و ‪. 10Base2‬‬

‫وﻟﻜﻦ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت ﺑﺪأ إﻧﺘﺸﺎرهﺎ ﻳﻨﺤﺴﺮ و ﻳﺤ‪j‬ﻞ ﻣﺤﻠﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت‬

‫‪ 10Base2‬اﻷﻗﻞ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬أﻣﺎ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮة ﻓﺘﺪﻣﺞ آﻼ اﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﺎ ‪.‬‬

‫‪89‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ اﻟﺪرس‪:‬‬

‫ﺷ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ 10Base2‬ﺗﻌﻤ‪jjj‬ﻞ ﺑﺴ‪jjj‬ﺮﻋﺔ ‪ 10‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑ‪jjj‬ﺖ ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﺒ‪j‬ﺚ ‪ Baseband‬و ﺗﺼ‪j‬ﻤﻴﻢ ‪ Bus‬و اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﺤ‪jj‬ﻮري‬
‫اﻟﺮﻗﻴﻖ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻄﻮل اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻠﺴﻠﻚ ‪ 185‬ﻣﺘﺮ وﻳﺪﻋﻢ ‪ 30‬آﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ و اﻟﻄ‪j‬ﻮل‬

‫اﻷدﻧﻰ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻣﺘﺮ ‪ ،‬و ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻜﺮرات إﺷﺎرة ﻳﺼﻞ اﻟﻄﻮل اﻷﻗﺼﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ 925‬ﻣﺘﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ 10Base5‬ﺗﻌﻤ‪jjj‬ﻞ ﺑﺴ‪jjj‬ﺮﻋﺔ ‪ 10‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑ‪jjj‬ﺖ ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﺒ‪j‬ﺚ ‪ Baseband‬و ﺗﺼ‪j‬ﻤﻴﻢ ‪ Bus‬و اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﺤ‪jj‬ﻮري‬
‫اﻟﺜﺨﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻄ‪jjj‬ﻮل اﻷﻗﺼ‪jjj‬ﻰ ﻟﻠﺴ‪jjj‬ﻠﻚ ‪ 500‬ﻣﺘ‪jjj‬ﺮ وﻳ‪jjj‬ﺪﻋﻢ ‪ 100‬آﻤﺒﻴ‪jjj‬ﻮﺗﺮ و‬

‫اﻟﻄ‪jj‬ﻮل اﻷدﻧ‪jj‬ﻰ ‪ 2.5‬ﻣﺘ‪jj‬ﺮ ‪ ،‬و ﺑﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻜ‪jj‬ﺮرات إﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرة ﻳﺼ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﻄ‪jj‬ﻮل‬
‫اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ 2500‬ﻣﺘﺮ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﻘﺎدﻣ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﻜﻮن إن ﺷ‪jj‬ﺎء اﷲ ﺑﻌﻨ‪jj‬ﻮان ‪ :‬ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت‬

‫‪. 10BaseF‬‬

‫‪90‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮة‬

‫ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪10BaseF‬‬

‫ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ 10BaseF‬اﻷﻳ‪j‬ﺎف اﻟﻀ‪j‬ﻮﺋﻴﺔ ‪Fiber Optic‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة ‪ ،‬و اﻟﻄﻮل اﻷﻗﺼ‪j‬ﻰ ﻟﻠﺴ‪j‬ﻠﻚ ﻳﺼ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ‪ 2‬آﻴﻠ‪j‬ﻮﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫و ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ه‪j‬ﺬا ﺗﻄ‪j‬ﻮرا آﺒﻴ‪j‬ﺮا ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ اﻷﻧ‪j‬ﻮاع اﻷﺧ‪j‬ﺮى ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت‬
‫إﺛﺮﻧﺖ ‪ ،‬و ﻟﻬﺬا ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﻟﻠﻮﺻ‪j‬ﻞ ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ اﻟﺒﻨﺎﻳ‪j‬ﺎت و اﻟﻤﺮاآ‪j‬ﺰ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮاﻣﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ اﻷﻃ‪jjj‬ﺮاف اﻟﺘ‪jjj‬ﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜ‪jjj‬ﻦ اﻟﻮﺻ‪jjj‬ﻞ ﺑﻴﻨﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎ ﺑﺎﺳ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪام اﻷﺳ‪jjj‬ﻼك‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫آﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪ 10BaseF‬ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ ﺷﺪﻳﺪة ﻟﻠﺘﺪاﺧﻞ اﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺠ‪jjj‬ﺎل اﻟﻜﻬﺮوﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴ‪jjj‬ﻲ ‪Electromagnetic Interference‬‬
‫)‪. (EMI‬‬

‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪ 10BaseF‬هﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺳﻠﻚ ﻟﻴﻒ ﺑﺼﺮي ‪. Fiber Optic Cable‬‬

‫‪. Fiber Optic Transceiver (FOT) -2‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻚ ﺻ‪j‬ﻐﻴﺮة ﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴ‪j‬ﻊ أﺳ‪j‬ﻼك اﻷﻟﻴ‪j‬ﺎف اﻟﺒﺼ‪j‬ﺮﻳﺔ و ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﻤﻰ‬

‫‪ Sub Miniature Assembly (SMA) Connectors‬و ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﻤﻰ‬
‫أﻳﻀﺎ )‪. Straight Tip (ST‬‬

‫هﻨﺎك ﻧﻮﻋﺎن أﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎن ﻷﺳﻼك اﻷﻟﻴﺎف اﻟﺒﺼﺮﻳﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬وﺣﻴﺪ اﻟﻨﻤﻂ ‪. Single Mode‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻣﺘﻌﺪد اﻷﻧﻤﺎط ‪. Multimode‬‬

‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم وﺣﻴﺪ اﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﻟﻺﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪة ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ ﻣﺴ‪j‬ﺎﻓﺎت ﺷﺎﺳ‪j‬ﻌﺔ ‪،‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﺘﻌﺪد اﻷﻧﻤﺎط ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ‪. LAN‬‬

‫‪91‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻴﻬﺎ أآﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮع واﺣ‪j‬ﺪ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫اﻷﺳ‪jj‬ﻼك ﺑ‪jj‬ﺄن ﻳﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن أﺣ‪jj‬ﺪهﺎ أﺳ‪jj‬ﻼك ﻣﻠﺘﻮﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ Twisted Pair‬و ﻳﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن‬
‫اﻵﺧ‪jj‬ﺮ أﻟﻴ‪jj‬ﺎف ﺑﺼ‪jj‬ﺮﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ‪Fiber Optic‬‬
‫)‪ Transceiver (FOT‬و اﻟﺬي ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ اﻹﺷﺎرات اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻷﺳﻼك اﻟﻤﻠﺘﻮﻳﺔ اﻟﻰ إﺷ‪j‬ﺎرات ﺑﺼ‪j‬ﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﺠ‪j‬ﺮي ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻷﻟﻴ‪j‬ﺎف اﻟﺒﺼ‪j‬ﺮﻳﺔ و‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻜﺲ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ أن ﻳﻜ‪j‬ﻮن ‪ FOT‬ﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎزا ﻣﻨﻔﺼ‪j‬ﻼ و ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ‪j‬ﻦ أن‬

‫ﻳﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﻣ‪jj‬ﺪﻣﺠﺎ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻣﻜ‪jj‬ﺮر اﻹﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرة ‪ Repeaters‬أو اﻟﺠﺴ‪jj‬ﺮ ‪ Bridge‬أو‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻪ ‪.Router‬‬

‫و ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ب ‪ FOT‬ﻣﺸﺒﻜﻴﻦ ‪Sub Miniature Assembly‬‬

‫‪ (SMA) Connectors‬و اﻟ‪jj‬ﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺘﺼ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺑﻬﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺳ‪jj‬ﻠﻜﻴﻦ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻷﻟﻴ‪jj‬ﺎف‬
‫اﻟﺒﺼﺮﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬واﺣﺪ ﻟﻺرﺳﺎل و اﻵﺧﺮ ﻟﻺﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪92‬‬
 ‫ﻳﻨﺪرج ﺗﺤﺖ اﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎر ‪ 10BaseF‬ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ أﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ هﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪. 10BaseFL – Fiber Link -1‬‬

‫‪. 10BaseFB – Fiber Backbone -2‬‬

‫‪.10BaseFP – Passive Fiber -3‬‬

‫ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﺢ اﻟﻨ‪jj‬ﻮع اﻷول ‪ 10BaseFL‬ﺑﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﺧﻤ‪jj‬ﺲ ﻣﻜ‪jj‬ﺮرات‬

‫إﺷﺎرة ‪ Repeaters‬ﻟﺘﻤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﻴﻦ اﻹﻋﺘﺒﺎر أن ﻃﻮل آﻞ‬
‫‪ Segment‬ﻣﻦ أﺳﻼك اﻷﻟﻴﺎف اﻟﺒﺼﺮﻳﺔ ﻳﺼﻞ اﻟﻰ ‪ 2‬آﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ‪.‬‬

‫آﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ‪ 10BaseFL‬ﺑﺄن ﻳﻜﻮن ‪ FOT‬ﻣﺪﻣﺠﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜ‪j‬ﺮرات‬

‫اﻹﺷﺎرة ‪ Repeaters‬أو اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻌﺎت ‪ Hubs‬أو ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴ‪jjjj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ‪ 10BaseFL‬ﻟﻠﻮﺻ‪jjjj‬ﻞ ﺑ‪jjjj‬ﻴﻦ اﻷﺟﻬ‪jjjj‬ﺰة و ﻣﻜ‪jjjj‬ﺮرات‬

‫اﻹﺷﺎرة أو ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻜﺮرات ﻓﻘﻂ ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻨ‪jjj‬ﻮع اﻟﺜ‪jjj‬ﺎﻧﻲ ‪ 10BaseFB‬ﻳﺘﻀ‪jjj‬ﺢ ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ اﺳ‪jjj‬ﻤﻪ أﻧ‪jjj‬ﻪ ﻳﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪم‬

‫ﻟﺘﺸ‪jj‬ﻜﻴﻞ اﻟﻌﻤ‪jj‬ﻮد اﻟﻔﻘ‪jj‬ﺮي ﻟﻠﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ و ﻟﻬ‪jj‬ﺬا ﻳﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﻣﺨﺼﺼ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻟﻠﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺮرات اﻹﺷﺎرة ‪ Repeaters‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬

‫‪93‬‬
‫و ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻳﺠ‪jj‬ﺐ أن ﻳﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ‪ Transceiver‬ﻣ‪jj‬ﺪﻣﺠﺎ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ‬
‫‪. Repeaters‬‬

‫ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ‪ 10BaseFB‬ﺑﻮﺻﻞ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﻦ ﻣﻜﺮر إﺷ‪j‬ﺎرة ‪Repeaters‬‬

‫ﻣﻌ‪jjj‬ﺎ ﻟﺘﻜ‪jjj‬ﻮﻳﻦ ﺷ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ آﺒﻴ‪jjj‬ﺮة ﻃ‪jjj‬ﻮل آ‪jjj‬ﻞ ‪ Segment‬ﻓﻴﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎ ﻳﺼ‪jjj‬ﻞ اﻟ‪jjj‬ﻰ ‪2‬‬
‫آﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ اﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ‪ 10BaseFP‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﺨﺼﺺ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺔ‬

‫ﺻ‪jj‬ﻐﻴﺮة اﻟﺤﺠ‪jj‬ﻢ ‪ ،‬وه‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﺠﻤﻌ‪jj‬ﺎت أﺳ‪jj‬ﻼك ﺧﺎﻣﻠ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪Passive‬‬
‫‪ Hub‬و اﻟ‪jj‬ﺬي ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻠﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ ‪ Transceivers‬و اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن‬
‫ﻣﺪﻣﺠ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﻤﻜ‪jj‬ﺮرات ‪ Repeaters‬أو ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪Network‬‬
‫‪ ، Adapter Cards‬و أﻃﻮل ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺴﻤﻮح ﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻔﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ و‬
‫‪ Transceiver‬هﻲ ‪ 500‬ﻣﺘﺮ‪.‬‬

‫و ه‪jjj‬ﺬا اﻟﻨ‪jjj‬ﻮع ﻳﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻋ‪jjj‬ﺎدة ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ اﻷﻣ‪jjj‬ﺎآﻦ اﻟﺘ‪jjj‬ﻲ ﺗﻜ‪jjj‬ﻮن ﻓﻴﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻌﺎت ‪ Hubs‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮدة ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺗﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺶ آﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ اﻟﺪرس ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ‪ 10BaseF‬اﻷﻟﻴ‪jj‬ﺎف اﻟﺒﺼ‪jj‬ﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺎﻓﺎت‬

‫اﻟﺸﺎﺳﻌﺔ و هﻮ إﻣﺎ وﺣﻴﺪ اﻟﻨﻤﻂ و إﻣﺎ ﻣﺘﻌﺪد اﻷﻧﻤﺎط وﻳﺼﻞ ﻃﻮل اﻟﺴﻠﻚ‬
‫اﻟﻰ ‪ 2‬آﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ ‪ 10BaseF‬اﻟﻰ ‪ 3‬أﻗﺴﺎم ‪:‬‬

‫‪. 10BaseFL – Fiber Link -1‬‬

‫‪. 10BaseFB – Fiber Backbone -2‬‬

‫‪.10BaseFP – Passive Fiber -3‬‬

‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﻤﻘﺒﻞ ﺳﻴﻜﻮن إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ ﺣ‪j‬ﻮل اﻟﻤﻌﻴ‪j‬ﺎر ‪100 Mbps‬‬

‫‪ ، IEEE Standard‬و ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﺒﺚ ‪. Broadband‬‬

‫‪94‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺤﺎدﻳﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎر ‪ ،100 Mbps IEEE Standard‬و ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﺒﺚ‬

‫‪Broadband‬‬

‫ﺳﻨﺘﻨﺎول ﻓﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺣﻮل اﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎر ‪. 100 Mbps IEEE Standard‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﺒﺚ ‪. Broadband‬‬

‫ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎ أﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت إﺛﺮﻧ‪j‬ﺖ ذات اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﺮﻋﺔ ‪ 100‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑ‪j‬ﺖ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ‬

‫اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﻞ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت إﺛﺮﻧﺖ ذات اﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪ 10‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬و‬
‫ﻧﺸ‪jjj‬ﺄت اﻟﺤﺎﺟ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﻋ‪jjj‬ﻦ ﻣﺜ‪jjj‬ﻞ ه‪jjj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺴ‪jjj‬ﺮﻋﺎت اﻟﺮﻏﺒ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﺑﺘﺒ‪jjj‬ﺎدل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jjj‬ﺎت و‬
‫اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﺎج اﻟﻰ ﺳﺮﻋﺎت آﺒﻴﺮة ﻟﻨﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺑ‪jj‬ﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺼ‪jj‬ﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪Computer Aided‬‬

‫)‪. Design (CAD‬‬

‫‪Computer Aided‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﺑ‪jjj‬ﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺼ‪jjj‬ﻨﻴﻊ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻳ‪jjj‬ﺔ‬

‫)‪.Manufacturing (CAM‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺗﺮاﺳﻞ اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮي ‪. Video Conferencing‬‬

‫ﻟﻬ‪jj‬ﺬا ﻓﻘ‪jj‬ﺪ ﺗ‪jj‬ﻢ ﺗﻄ‪jj‬ﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ ﻹﺛﺮﻧ‪jj‬ﺖ ﻳ‪jj‬ﺪﻋﻤﺎن ﺳ‪jj‬ﺮﻋﺔ ‪100‬‬

‫ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪. 100BaseVG – AnyLAN Ethernet -1‬‬

‫‪. 100BaseX Ethernet (Fast Ethernet) -2‬‬

‫آﻼ اﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﻦ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺎن ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ ﻧﻈ‪j‬ﺎم ﺗﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻴﻚ ‪، 10BaseT‬‬

‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪ 10BaseT‬ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪95‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺘﻤ‪jjj‬ﻲ ه‪jjj‬ﺬان اﻟﻨﻮﻋ‪jjj‬ﺎن ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟ‪jjj‬ﻰ اﻟﻤﻌﻴ‪jjj‬ﺎر ‪IEEE‬‬
‫‪، 802.12‬و اﻟﺬي ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت إﺛﺮﻧﺖ و ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪ Token Ring‬اﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺎت آﺒﻴﺮة‪.‬‬

‫ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪100BaseVG(Voice Grade) – AnyLAN‬‬

‫ﺗﺪﻣﺞ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ آﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت إﺛﺮﻧﺖ و ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ ، Token Ring‬و ﻗ‪j‬ﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮهﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷﺮآﺔ ‪. Hewlett-Packard‬‬
‫ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت أﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺳﻤﺎء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪. 100VG-AnyLAN -1‬‬

‫‪.100BaseVG -2‬‬

‫‪.VG -3‬‬

‫‪.AnyLAN -4‬‬

‫ﺗ‪jjjj‬ﺪﻋﻢ ﺷ‪jjjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت – )‪100BaseVG(Voice Grade‬‬

‫‪ AnyLAN‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻨ‪j‬ﻮع اﻟﻨﺠﻤ‪j‬ﺔ ‪ Star‬و ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻔﺌ‪j‬ﺎت‬
‫‪3‬و ‪ 4‬و ‪ 5‬ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ أﺳ‪jj‬ﻼك ‪ Twisted Pair‬أو ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم أﺳ‪jj‬ﻼك اﻷﻟﻴ‪jj‬ﺎف‬
‫اﻟﺒﺼ‪jj‬ﺮﻳﺔ‪) .‬ﻓﺌ‪jj‬ﺎت أو ‪ Category‬ﻷﺳ‪jj‬ﻼك ‪ TP‬ﺳﺄﺷ‪jj‬ﺮح اﻟﻔ‪jj‬ﺮوق ﺑﻴﻨﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻻﺣﻘﺎ إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ(‪.‬و هﺬﻩ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت ﺗﺤﺘﺎج اﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻌﺎت و ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎت ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ و ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣ‪j‬ﺎ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت )‪100BaseX Ethernet (Fast Ethernet‬‬

‫ﻓﺘﺪﻋﻢ أﺳﻼك اﻟﻔﺌﺔ ‪ 5‬ﻣﻦ ‪ UTP‬و ﺗﺪﻋﻢ أﻳﻀﺎ ‪ STP‬و أﺳ‪j‬ﻼك اﻷﻟﻴ‪j‬ﺎف‬
‫اﻟﺒﺼ‪jj‬ﺮﻳﺔ‪ .‬و ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻧﻈ‪jj‬ﺎم اﻟﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻮل ‪ CSMA/CD‬ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ‪. Star Bus‬‬

‫‪100BaseX Ethernet (Fast‬‬ ‫ﻳﻨ‪jjj‬ﺪرج ﺗﺤ‪jjj‬ﺖ ﺷ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت‬

‫)‪ Ethernet‬ﺛﻼث أﻧﻮاع أﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪96‬‬
‫‪ 100BaseT4 -1‬و ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ‪ 4‬أزواج ﻣﻦ اﻷﺳ‪j‬ﻼك ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﻓﺌ‪j‬ﺎت‬
‫‪3‬و‪4‬و‪ 5‬ﻣﻦ ‪.UTP‬‬

‫‪ 100BaseTX -2‬و ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم زوﺟﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺳ‪j‬ﻼك ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﻓﺌ‪j‬ﺔ ‪5‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ‪ UTP‬أو ‪. STP‬‬

‫‪ 100BaseFX -3‬و ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺳﻠﻜﺎن ﻣﻦ اﻷﻟﻴﺎف اﻟﺒﺼﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳ‪jjj‬ﺪﻋﻢ ﻣﻌﻴ‪jjj‬ﺎر إﺛﺮﻧ‪jjj‬ﺖ اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳ‪jjj‬ﻲ ‪ IEEE 802.3‬ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺘ‪jjj‬ﺎ اﻟﺒ‪jjj‬ﺚ‬

‫‪) Baseband‬اﻟﺒ‪jjjjj‬ﺚ اﻟﺮﻗﻤ‪jjjjj‬ﻲ( و ‪ ، Broadband‬و ﺗﻌﺘﺒ‪jjjjj‬ﺮ ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪jjjjj‬ﺔ‬
‫‪ Broadband‬ﻗﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﻧﺴ‪j‬ﺒﻴﺎ و ه‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻮﺟ‪j‬ﺎت اﻟﺮادﻳ‪j‬ﻮ و ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤ‪j‬ﻞ‬
‫إﻻ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻷﺳﻼك اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳﺔ ‪. Coaxial‬‬

‫ﻣﺜ‪jjj‬ﺎل ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺘ‪jjj‬ﻲ ﺗ‪jjj‬ﺪﻋﻢ ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ ‪ Broadband‬ه‪jjj‬ﻲ‬

‫‪ ، 10Broad36‬ﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﺮﻋﺔ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ‪ 10‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑ‪jj‬ﺖ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ و ﻳﺼﻞ ﻣﺪى اﻟﺒﺚ اﻟﻰ ‪ 3600‬ﻣﺘﺮ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ 10Broad36‬ﺗﺨﺘﻠ‪j‬ﻒ ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ ﻣﻜﻮﻧ‪j‬ﺎت اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت‬

‫اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗ‪jj‬ﺪﻋﻢ ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺒ‪jj‬ﺚ ‪ Baseband‬ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ أﻣ‪jj‬ﺮ وﺣﻴ‪jj‬ﺪ أﺳﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﻲ ه‪jj‬ﻮ أن‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪ Baseband‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺗﻮﺿﻊ داﺧﻞ أﺟﻬﺰة آﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ Broadband‬ﻣ‪jj‬ﻮدم ﺗ‪jj‬ﺮددات اﻟﺮادﻳ‪jj‬ﻮ‬
‫‪. Radio–Frequency Modem‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪97‬‬
‫أﻧﻈﻤ‪jjj‬ﺔ ‪ Broadband‬ﺗﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ أن ﺗﻤﺘﻠ‪jjj‬ﻚ ﻋ‪jjj‬ﺪة ﻗﻨ‪jjj‬ﻮات ﻟﻠﺒ‪jjj‬ﺚ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺳ‪j‬ﻠﻚ واﺣ‪j‬ﺪ أو ﺳ‪j‬ﻠﻜﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬و ﻟﻜ‪j‬ﻦ اﻹﺷ‪j‬ﺎرات اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪j‬ﻠﺔ ﺗﻨﺘﻘ‪j‬ﻞ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ‬
‫اﺗﺠﺎﻩ واﺣﺪ ﻓﻲ أي ﻣﻦ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻘﻨﻮات ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ 10Broad36‬ﺗﺼ‪j‬ﻞ ﺳ‪j‬ﻌﺔ اﻟﻨﻄ‪j‬ﺎق ‪Bandwidth‬‬

‫ﻟﻜﻞ اﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺑ‪j‬ﺚ )إرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل أو إﺳ‪j‬ﺘﻘﺒﺎل( اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ‪ 18‬ﻣﻴﺠ‪j‬ﺎهﻴﺮﺗﺰ ‪ ،‬و إذا ﻋﺮﻓﻨ‪j‬ﺎ‬
‫أن ﺳ‪jjjj‬ﻌﺔ اﻟﻨﻄ‪jjjj‬ﺎق ﻟﻤﻮﺟ‪jjjj‬ﺎت اﻟﺘﻠﻔ‪jjjj‬ﺎز ه‪jjjj‬ﻲ ‪ 6 MHZ‬ﻓ‪jjjj‬ﺈن ﺷ‪jjjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت‬
‫‪ 10Broad36‬ﺗﺤﺘﺎج اﻟﻰ ‪ 3‬ﻗﻨﻮات ﺑﺚ ﻓﻲ آﻞ اﺗﺠﺎﻩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺪى اﻟﺘﺮدد اﻟﺬي ﺗﺒﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟ‪j‬ﻪ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ه‪j‬ﻮ ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ ‪-300‬‬
‫‪Community Antenna‬‬ ‫‪ MHZ 400‬و ه‪jjjjj‬ﺬا ﺑﺎﺳ‪jjjjj‬ﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫‪ Television (CATV) Coaxial Cable‬و اﻟ‪jj‬ﺬي ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﺢ ﻟ‪jj‬ﻨﻔﺲ‬
‫اﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﺼﻮرة و اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ Broadband‬ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﻻت‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻟﻠﻤﺆﺳﺴ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﻜﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﺮة اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﺤﺘ‪jj‬ﻮي ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ CATV‬و‬

‫ﺗﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﺳﺘﻔﺎدة ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪. LAN‬‬

‫‪98‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻟﻠﻤﺆﺳﺴﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎت‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻰ ‪ LAN‬و ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻧﻔﺲ وﺳﻂ اﻹرﺳﺎل‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ اﻟﺪرس ‪:‬‬

‫ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت إﺛﺮﻧ‪jj‬ﺖ اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗ‪jj‬ﺪﻋﻢ ﺳ‪jj‬ﺮﻋﺔ ‪ 100‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑ‪jj‬ﺖ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ‬

‫ﻧﻮﻋﺎن ‪:‬‬

‫‪ 100BaseVG – AnyLAN Ethernet -1‬وه‪j‬ﺬا اﻟﻨ‪j‬ﻮع‬

‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻔﺌﺎت ‪3‬و‪4‬و‪ 5‬ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ أﺳ‪j‬ﻼك ‪ TP‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿ‪j‬ﺎﻓﺔ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ أﺳ‪j‬ﻼك اﻷﻟﻴ‪j‬ﺎف‬
‫اﻟﺒﺼﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 100BaseX Ethernet (Fast Ethernet) -2‬وﻳﻨ‪jj‬ﺪرج‬

‫ﺗﺤﺘﻪ ‪ 3‬أﻧﻮاع هﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ 100BaseT4 -1‬و ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ‪ 4‬أزواج ﻣﻦ اﻷﺳﻼك‬

‫‪3‬و‪4‬و‪ 5‬ﻣﻦ ‪.UTP‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻓﺌﺎت‬

‫‪ 100BaseTX -2‬و ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم زوﺟﻴﻦ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻷﺳ‪j‬ﻼك‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻓﺌﺔ ‪ 5‬ﻣﻦ ‪ UTP‬أو ‪. STP‬‬

‫‪ 100BaseFX -3‬و ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﺳ‪jj‬ﻠﻜﺎن ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻷﻟﻴ‪jj‬ﺎف‬

‫اﻟﺒﺼﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒ‪j‬ﺮ ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ Broadband‬ﻗﺪﻳﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻧﺴ‪j‬ﺒﻴﺎ و ه‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻣ‪jj‬ﻮدم‬

‫رادﻳﻮي ﺑﺪﻻ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ و ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻓﻲ ﻋﺪة ﻗﻨﻮات ﻟﻠﺒﺚ ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﺗﺠﺎﻩ واﺣﺪ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻗﻨﺎة‪.‬‬

‫ﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﻜﻮن اﻟ‪jj‬ﺪرس اﻟﻤﻘﺒ‪jj‬ﻞ إن ﺷ‪jj‬ﺎء اﷲ ﺣ‪jj‬ﻮل ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪Token‬‬

‫‪. Ring‬‬

‫‪99‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ‬

‫ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪Token Ring‬‬

‫ﺳﻨﺘﻨﺎول ﻓﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬وﺻﻒ ﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪. Token Ring‬‬

‫‪ -2‬وﺻﻒ ﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪. Token Ring‬‬

‫‪ -3‬وﺻ‪jj‬ﻒ ﻟﻠﺨﻄ‪jj‬ﻮات اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻳﻤ‪jj‬ﺮ ﺑﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﺪ‬

‫إﻧﻀﻤﺎﻣﻪ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت ‪. Token Ring‬‬

‫‪ -4‬وﺻﻒ ﻷﻗﺴﺎم اﻹﻃ‪j‬ﺎر ‪ Frame‬اﻟ‪j‬ﺬي ﻳﻨﻘ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ‬

‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ وﺑﻴﺎن ﻋﻤﻞ آﻞ ﻗﺴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -5‬وﺻﻒ ﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت و اﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎت ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪. Token Ring‬‬

‫ﻓﻜ‪jj‬ﺮة ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ Token Ring‬ﻇﻬ‪jj‬ﺮت أول ﻣ‪jj‬ﺮة ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ أواﺋ‪jj‬ﻞ‬

‫اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻴﻨﺎت ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻘ‪jj‬ﺮن اﻟﻤﺎﺿ‪jj‬ﻲ ‪ ،‬وﻟﻜﻨﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻟ‪jj‬ﻢ ﺗﻨﻔ‪jj‬ﺬ إﻻ ﺑﻌ‪jj‬ﺪ اﻹﺗﻔ‪jj‬ﺎق ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎر ‪ IEEE 802.5‬اﻟﺬي ﻳﺼﻒ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪ Token Ring‬ﻣﻦ ﺧ‪j‬ﻼل‬
‫ﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﺤﻠﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ Ring‬و آ‪jj‬ﺎن ذﻟ‪jj‬ﻚ ﻋ‪jj‬ﺎم ‪ . 1985‬وه‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﻤﺜ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﻤﻨ‪jj‬ﺎﻓﺲ‬
‫اﻷﻗﻮى ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت إﺛﺮﻧﺖ ذات اﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎر ‪. IEEE 802.3‬‬

‫ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪ Token Ring‬هﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ‪ LAN‬و ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ‬

‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺘﻴﻦ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻤﺮﻳﺮ اﻹﺷﺎرة ‪. Token Passing‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻟﺘﺼ‪j‬ﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻬﺠ‪j‬ﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﺤﻠﻘ‪j‬ﺔ و اﻟﻨﺠﻤ‪j‬ﺔ ‪Hybrid Star/Ring‬‬

‫‪Topology‬‬

‫‪100‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻣ‪jj‬ﺖ اﻟﻠﺠﻨ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﻴ‪jj‬ﺎر ‪ IEEE 802.5‬ﺑﺘﻄ‪jj‬ﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫وﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻠ‪jj‬ﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻮل اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ وﺳ‪jj‬ﻂ اﻹرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل ‪Media Access‬‬
‫)‪ ، Control (MAC‬و ﺗﺴﻤﻰ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻮﺳ‪j‬ﻴﻠﺔ ﺗﻤﺮﻳ‪j‬ﺮ اﻹﺷ‪j‬ﺎرة ‪Token‬‬
‫‪ Passing‬واﻟﺘﻲ ﻃﻮرت ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ هﺪﻓﻴﻦ هﻤﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﺤﺼ‪j‬ﻮل ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻘ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻔ‪j‬ﺎهﻢ ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ أﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ‬

‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ وﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺘﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻹرﺳﺎل و إﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺗﻔﺎدي ﺣﺼﻮل اﻟﺘﺼﺎدم ﺑﻴﻦ اﻹﺷﺎرات ‪ ،‬اﻟﺤﺎﺻﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻴ‪j‬ﺎم‬

‫ﺟﻬﺎزﻳﻦ ﺑﺈرﺳﺎل ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل ‪ Token Passing‬ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﺳﻠﺴ‪j‬ﻠﺔ ﻓﺮﻳ‪j‬ﺪة ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬

‫اﻟﺒﺘﺎت ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ‪ Token‬و ﺗﺪور ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪار اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ ‪ ،‬وﻳﺼ‪j‬ﻞ ﻃ‪j‬ﻮل إﻃ‪j‬ﺎر‬
‫‪ Token‬اﻟﺤﺮ أو اﻟﻔﺎرغ اﻟﻰ ‪ 3‬ﺑﺎﻳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﺮ اﻹﺷﺎرة ﺑﻴﻦ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة و ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ إرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل و إﺳ‪j‬ﺘﻘﺒﺎل‬

‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺤﻠﻘ‪j‬ﺔ ﺗ‪jj‬ﻢ ﺷ‪j‬ﺮﺣﻬﺎ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟ‪j‬ﺪرس اﻟﺨ‪j‬ﺎﻣﺲ ﻓﺎﻟﺮﺟ‪jj‬ﺎء‬
‫اﻟﺮﺟﻮع إﻟﻴﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺒﺪأ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪ Token Ring‬ﺑﺤﻠﻘ‪j‬ﺔ ﺗﺼ‪j‬ﻞ ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ أﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة‬

‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،‬و ﻟﻜﻦ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻤ‪j‬ﺎدي اﻟﻔﻌﻠ‪j‬ﻲ ه‪j‬ﻮ ﻧﻈ‪j‬ﺎم ﺗﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻴﻚ ﻧﺠﻤ‪j‬ﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜ‪j‬ﻞ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎز ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ هﻮ ﻓﻌﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺎ ﻣﺘﺼ‪j‬ﻞ ﺑﺴ‪j‬ﻠﻚ ﻳﺼ‪j‬ﻠﻪ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﻧﻘﻄ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣﺮآﺰﻳ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫ه‪jjj‬ﻲ اﻟﻤﺠﻤ‪jjj‬ﻊ ‪ ، Hub‬ﻓ‪jjj‬ﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮات ه‪jjj‬ﻲ ﺟ‪jjj‬ﺰء ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ اﻟﺤﻠﻘ‪jjj‬ﺔ و ﻟﻜ‪jjj‬ﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺼ‪jj‬ﻠﻮن ﺑﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻃﺮﻳ‪jj‬ﻖ ﻣﺠﻤ‪jj‬ﻊ‪ ،‬ه‪jj‬ﺬا ﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻳﻄﻠ‪jj‬ﻖ ﻋﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﻪ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ هﺠﻴﻨ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺠﻤﺔ\ﺣﻠﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ أﻏﻠﺐ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ﺷﺮآﺔ ‪ IBM‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻴ‪j‬ﺎر ‪Token‬‬

‫‪ ، Ring‬وﻓﻲ ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎت ﺷﺮآﺔ ‪ IBM‬ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ اﺳﻢ وﺣ‪j‬ﺪة‬
‫اﻟﻮﺻ‪jjj‬ﻮل ﻣﺘﻌ‪jj‬ﺪد اﻟﻤﺤﻄ‪jjj‬ﺎت أو ‪Multistation Access Unit‬‬
‫)‪ (MAU‬و اﻟ‪j‬ﺬي ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﻠﻚ ‪ Twisted Pair‬ﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻚ ﺣﺘ‪j‬ﻰ ‪255‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎز ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪ Token Ring‬ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪101‬‬
 ‫‪ -1‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻷﺳﻼك اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻴﺔ ‪. STP‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻣﻌ‪jj‬ﺪل ﻧﻘ‪jjj‬ﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ‪jjj‬ﺎت ﻳﺘ‪jjj‬ﺮاوح ﺑ‪jjj‬ﻴﻦ ‪ 4‬اﻟ‪jjj‬ﻰ ‪ 16‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑ‪jjj‬ﺖ ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ‬

‫اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﺒﺚ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ‪. Baseband‬‬

‫ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﻀ‪jj‬ﻢ أول ﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ، Token Ring‬ﺗﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم‬

‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ إﺷﺎرة أو ‪ Token‬ﺗﺒﺪأ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺣﻮل اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ ﺗﻌﺮض ﻧﻔﺴ‪j‬ﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ آﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻰ أن ﻳﻘﺮر ﺟﻬﺎز ﻣﺎ إرﺳﺎل ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻪ ﻓﻴﻌﻄﻲ إﺷﺎرة ﺑ‪j‬ﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫و ﻳﺒ‪jj‬ﺪأ اﻟ‪jj‬ﺘﺤﻜﻢ ب ‪ Token‬ﻓﻴﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم ﺑﺄﺧ‪jj‬ﺬﻩ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ و ﻳﺮﺳ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺑ‪jj‬ﺪﻻ ﻣﻨ‪jj‬ﻪ‬
‫إﻃﺎر ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻮد أن ﻳﺒﺜﻬﺎ اﻟﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ و ﺑﺎﻗﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺒﻖ ﺷﺮﺣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ‪ .‬و ﻳﻜ‪j‬ﻮن أول ﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎز ﻳ‪j‬ﺘﻢ ﺗﺸ‪j‬ﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ هﻮ اﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮل ﻋﻦ ﻣﺮاﻗﺒﺔ أﻧﺸﻄﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻢ ﻣﺮاﻗﺒﺔ أﻧﺸﻄﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﻔﺤﺺ اﻷﻃ‪j‬ﺮ و اﻟﺘﺄآ‪j‬ﺪ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﻠﻴﻤﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ و ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ذﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻔﺤﺺ اﻷﻃﺮ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺟﺎﻟﺖ اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ أآﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮة‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ أن ‪ Token‬واﺣﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﺘﻮاﺟ‪j‬ﺪ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ‬

‫أي وﻗﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻏ‪j‬ﺐ ﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎز ﻣ‪j‬ﺎ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﻀ‪j‬ﻤﺎم اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪Token Ring‬‬

‫ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﺨﻤﺲ ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ أي ﻓﺸ‪j‬ﻞ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ أي ﻣﻨﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﻳﺘﺴ‪j‬ﺒﺐ ﺑﺎﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺒﻌﺎد اﻟﺠﻬ‪j‬ﺎز‬
‫ﻋﻦ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ ‪ Phase 0‬و ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ‪ Lobe Test‬و اﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺈرﺳﺎل إﻃﺎرات ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻰ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﺘﺼ‪j‬ﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬هﺬﻩ اﻹﻃﺎرات ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﺗﻌ‪j‬ﻮد ﻣﺒﺎﺷ‪j‬ﺮة اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ دون أن ﻳﺘﻐﻴ‪j‬ﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮاه‪jj‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈذا ﻣ‪jj‬ﺮت ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺑﻨﺠ‪jj‬ﺎح ﻋﻠﻤ‪jj‬ﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ أن‬
‫أﺳﻼك اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ و وﺻﻼﺗﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪102‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪ Phase 1‬ﺗﺼﺪر ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ إﺷ‪j‬ﺎرة‬
‫ﺿﺮورﻳﺔ ﻹدﺧﺎل ﺟﻬﺎزهﺎ اﻟﻰ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﺤﻠﻘ‪j‬ﺔ‪ ،‬وﻳﻜ‪j‬ﻮن ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫اﻹﻧﻀ‪jjj‬ﻤﺎم اﻟﻔﻌﻠ‪jjj‬ﻲ ﻟﻠﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،‬و ﻟﻜ‪jjj‬ﻦ ﺑﺴ‪jjj‬ﺒﺐ اﻟﻀﻮﺿ‪jjj‬ﺎء أو اﻟﺘﺸ‪jjj‬ﻮﻳﺶ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺎﺻﻞ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻓﺈن أي ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻳﺘﻢ ﺑﺜﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ هﺬا‬
‫اﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺳﻮف ﺗﻔﻘﺪ ‪ ،‬و ﻟﻜﻦ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮل ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ ﻣﺮاﻗﺒ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻳﻘ‪j‬ﻮم‬
‫ﺑﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ هﺬا اﻟﺨﻄﺄ و ﻳﻀﻊ ‪ Token‬ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪهﺎ ﺗﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ أن ﻳﻤﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬ‪j‬ﺎ أي إﻃ‪j‬ﺎر ﻟﻜ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﺘﺄآ‪j‬ﺪ‬

‫أن اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻧﺸ‪jj‬ﻄﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈن ﻟ‪jj‬ﻢ ﺗﺤﺼ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ أي إﻃ‪jj‬ﺎر ﻓﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻔﺘﺮض ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ أن ﺟﻬﺎزه‪jj‬ﺎ ه‪jj‬ﻮ أول ﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز ﻳﻨﻀ‪jj‬ﻢ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ و ﺗﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم ﺑﻨﻔﺴ‪jj‬ﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺈرﺳﺎل إﻃﺎرات و ﺗﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻋﻮدﺗﻬﺎ إﻟﻴﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜ‪j‬ﺔ ‪ Phase 2‬ﺗﻘ‪j‬ﻮم ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﺑ‪j‬ﺈﺟﺮاء‬

‫اﺧﺘﺒ‪j‬ﺎر اﻟﻌﻨ‪j‬ﻮان اﻟﻤﻜ‪j‬ﺮر ‪ ، Duplicate Address Test‬و هﻨ‪j‬ﺎ ﺗﻘ‪j‬ﻮم‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺈرﺳﺎل إﻃﺎر ﻳﻜﻮن ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪j‬ﻞ ه‪j‬ﻮ ﻧﻔﺴ‪j‬ﻪ ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﻮان‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ و هﻮ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ذاﺗﻬﺎ و ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﺘﻔﺤﺺ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ إذا‬
‫آﺎن هﻨ‪j‬ﺎك أي ﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎز ﺁﺧ‪j‬ﺮ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻟ‪j‬ﻪ ﻧﻔ‪j‬ﺲ ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﻮان ﺟﻬﺎزه‪j‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪j‬ﺈذا‬
‫ﺗﺒﻴﻦ أن هﻨﺎك ﺟﻬﺎزا ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﻪ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻌﻨﻮان ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈن اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺳﺘﻔﺼﻞ ﻧﻔﺴ‪j‬ﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻦ اﻟﺤﻠﻘ‪j‬ﺔ و ﺗﻌﻴ‪j‬ﺪ اﻟﻤﺤﺎوﻟ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﺮة أﺧ‪j‬ﺮى ﻣ‪j‬ﺮورا ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺮاﺣ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺮاﺑﻌﺔ ‪ Phase 3‬ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮف‬

‫ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ أﻗ‪jj‬ﺮب ﺟ‪jj‬ﺎر ﻧﺸ‪jj‬ﻂ أﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ أو ‪Nearest Active‬‬
‫)‪ ، Upstream Neighbor (NAUN‬آﻤ‪j‬ﺎ ﺳ‪j‬ﺘﻌﺮف ﻧﻔﺴ‪j‬ﻬﺎ ﻟﺠﺎره‪j‬ﺎ‬
‫اﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ Token Ring‬ﻳﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم آ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز ﺑﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺟﻴﺮاﻧ‪jj‬ﻪ‬

‫اﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ ‪ ،‬و هﺬا ﻣﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻧﻀﻤﺎم أو ﻣﻐ‪j‬ﺎدرة ﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎز‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺤﻠﻘ‪j‬ﺔ ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن ﺟ‪j‬ﺎرﻩ اﻷﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﺳ‪j‬ﻴﻘﻮم ﺑﺈرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل ﺗﻘﺮﻳ‪j‬ﺮ ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ ذﻟ‪j‬ﻚ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻨﺸﻂ اﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮل ﻋﻦ ﻣﺮاﻗﺒﺔ اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪103‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠ‪jjj‬ﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﻣﺴ‪jjj‬ﺔ ‪ Phase 4‬ﺗﻘ‪jjj‬ﻮم ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jjj‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎل ﺑﻤ‪jj‬ﺰود ﺑ‪jj‬ﺎراﻣﺘﺮات اﻟﺤﻠﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪Ring Parameter Server‬‬
‫)‪ (RPS‬و اﻟﺬي ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬

‫أ‪ -‬ﻳ‪jjj‬ﺰود اﻷﺟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺰة اﻟﻤﻨﻀ‪jjj‬ﻤﺔ ﺣ‪jjj‬ﺪﻳﺜﺎ ﻟﻠﺤﻠﻘ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﺑ‪jjj‬ﺎﻟﻘﻴﻢ اﻟﻼزﻣ‪jjj‬ﺔ‬

‫ﻹﻋﺪادهﺎ ‪. Initialization Values‬‬

‫ب‪ -‬ﻣﺮاﻗﺒﺔ أﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎراﻣﺘﺮات ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ و‬

‫اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﺘﻀ‪jj‬ﻤﻦ ‪ :‬اﻟﻌﻨ‪jj‬ﻮان‪ ،‬ﻣﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻮى اﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴ‪jj‬ﺰ ‪، Code Level‬و ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﻮان‬
‫‪. NAUN Address‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن إﻃ‪jj‬ﺎر اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ Token Ring‬ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻋﺸ‪jj‬ﺮ‬

‫أﻗﺴ‪jj‬ﺎم ‪ ،‬وآ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﺠ‪jj‬ﺮي ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﺗﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﻣﺤ‪jj‬ﺪدة ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ‬
‫إﻋﺪادات اﻹﻃﺎر ‪.‬‬

‫و اﻷﻗﺴﺎم اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﻨﻬﺎ هﺬا اﻹﻃﺎر ‪ Frame‬هﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﻘﺴ‪j‬ﻢ اﻷول ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﻤﻰ ‪ Start Delimiter‬و ه‪j‬ﻮ اﻟ‪j‬ﺬي ﻳﺤ‪j‬ﺪد‬

‫ﺑﺪاﻳﺔ اﻹﻃﺎر‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻟﻘﺴ‪jjjj‬ﻢ اﻟﺜ‪jjjj‬ﺎﻧﻲ ﻳﺴ‪jjjj‬ﻤﻰ ‪ Access Control‬أو اﻟ‪jjjj‬ﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻮل و ﻃ‪jj‬ﻮل ه‪jj‬ﺬا اﻟﻘﺴ‪jj‬ﻢ ﺑﺎﻳ‪jj‬ﺖ واﺣ‪jj‬ﺪ و ﻣﻬﻤﺘ‪jj‬ﻪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳ‪jj‬ﺪ أوﻟﻮﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ ه‪jj‬ﺬا‬
‫اﻹﻃ‪jj‬ﺎر ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻗﺒ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻗﺒ‪jj‬ﻞ أو ﺑﻌ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻏﻴ‪jj‬ﺮﻩ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ‬
‫اﻹﻃﺎرات ‪ ،‬آﻤﺎ أﻧﻪ ﻳﺤ‪j‬ﺪد ﻓﻴﻤ‪j‬ﺎ إذا آ‪j‬ﺎن ه‪j‬ﺬا اﻹﻃ‪j‬ﺎر ه‪j‬ﻮ أﻃ‪j‬ﺎر ‪Token‬‬
‫ﻓﺎرغ أو إﻃﺎر ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬اﻟﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﺜﺎﻟ‪j‬ﺚ ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﻤﻰ ‪ Frame Control‬وه‪j‬ﺬا اﻟﻘﺴ‪j‬ﻢ ﻳﺤ‪j‬ﺪد‬

‫ﻓﻴﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ إذا آ‪jj‬ﺎن ه‪jj‬ﺬا اﻹﻃ‪jj‬ﺎر ﻳﻨﺘﻤ‪jj‬ﻲ إﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ‪Media Access Control‬‬
‫)‪ (MAC‬أو )‪ Logical Link Control (LLC‬و ه‪jjjj‬ﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺤﻴﻦ ﺳﺄؤﺟﻞ ﺷﺮﺣﻬﻤﺎ اﻟﻰ درس ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻘﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﺄﻣﻮر أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬اﻟﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﺮاﺑﻊ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ‪ Destination Address‬و ﻓﻴ‪j‬ﻪ ﻳﺤ‪j‬ﺪد‬

‫ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻟﻺﻃﺎر ‪.‬‬

‫‪104‬‬
‫‪ -5‬اﻟﻘﺴ‪jj‬ﻢ اﻟﺨ‪jj‬ﺎﻣﺲ ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﻰ ‪ Source Address‬و ﻓﻴ‪jj‬ﻪ ﻳﺤ‪jj‬ﺪد‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ ﻟﻺﻃﺎر‪.‬‬

‫‪ -6‬اﻟﻘﺴ‪jjjj‬ﻢ اﻟﺴ‪jjjj‬ﺎدس ﻳﺴ‪jjjj‬ﻤﻰ ‪ Routing Information‬أو‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴ‪jj‬ﻪ ‪ ،‬و ﻳﺘ‪jj‬ﺮاوح ﻃﻮﻟ‪jj‬ﻪ ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ ‪ 2‬اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ‪ 18‬ﺑﺎﻳ‪jj‬ﺖ ‪ ،‬و ﻣﻬﻤﺘ‪jj‬ﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﻠﻘﺎت ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻣﻌﺎ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪ -7‬اﻟﻘﺴ‪jjjj‬ﻢ اﻟﺴ‪jjjj‬ﺎﺑﻊ ﻳﺴ‪jjjj‬ﻤﻰ ‪ Information‬أو ‪ Data‬و ه‪jjjj‬ﺬا‬

‫اﻟﻘﺴ‪jj‬ﻢ ﻳﺤﺘ‪jj‬ﻮي إﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪jj‬ﺎت و ﺑﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم أو ﻳﺤﺘ‪jj‬ﻮي ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -8‬اﻟﻘﺴ‪jj‬ﻢ اﻟﺜ‪jj‬ﺎﻣﻦ ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﻰ ‪ Frame Check Sequence‬أو‬

‫اﺧﺘﺒﺎر اﻟﺘﺘﺎﺑﻊ و هﺬا اﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﺈﺟﺮاء اﺧﺘﺒﺎر ﻟﻠﺘﺄآ‪j‬ﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻮ اﻷﻗﺴﺎم ‪ 3‬و ‪ 4‬و‪ 5‬و‪ 7‬ﻣﻦ أي أﺧﻄ‪j‬ﺎء ﻓ‪j‬ﺈذا ﺗ‪j‬ﻢ اﻟﻌﺜ‪j‬ﻮر ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ أي‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﺈن اﻹﻃﺎر ﺳﻴﺰال و ﺳﻴﺘﻢ إرﺳﺎل إﻃﺎر ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -9‬اﻟﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﻤﻰ ‪ End Delimiter‬و ه‪j‬ﺬا اﻟﻘﺴ‪j‬ﻢ ﻳﺤ‪j‬ﺪد‬

‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ اﻹﻃﺎر‪.‬‬

‫‪-10‬اﻟﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ‪ Frame Status‬و هﻮ اﻟﺬي‬

‫ﻳﺤﺪد ﻓﻴﻤﺎ إذا ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ اﺳﺘﻼم اﻹﻃﺎر ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ و ﻗﺪ ﻧﺠﺤ‪j‬ﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﺴﺦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ‪ ،‬و ﻃﺒﻌﺎ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪j‬ﻞ‬

‫‪105‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻮد إﻟﻴﻪ اﻹﻃﺎر ﻓﻴﺘﺄآﺪ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ وﺻ‪j‬ﻮﻟﻪ و ﻳﻀ‪j‬ﻊ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ أﻃ‪j‬ﺎر‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﺎرغ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗ‪j‬ﺘﻠﺨﺺ ﻣﻬﻤ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﻤﺠﻤ‪j‬ﻊ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ Token Ring‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿ‪j‬ﺎﻓﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻰ ﺷﺒﻚ اﻷﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة ﻣﻌ‪j‬ﺎ ﻓﺈﻧ‪j‬ﻪ ﻳﻘ‪j‬ﻮم ﺑﻔﺼ‪j‬ﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﻔﺸ‪j‬ﻞ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻌﻤﻞ أو ﺗﺼﺪر أﺧﻄ‪j‬ﺎء ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻔﺼ‪j‬ﻠﻬﺎ ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻟﻜ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗ‪j‬ﺘﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﺤﻠﻘ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻷﻧﻪ آﻤﺎ ﺷﺮﺣﻨﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ ﻓﺈن ﻓﺸﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ﻣ‪j‬ﺎ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺤﻠﻘ‪j‬ﺔ ﻳ‪j‬ﺆدي اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫ﻓﺸﻞ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ آﻜﻞ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺤﺪد ﻧ‪j‬ﻮع اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻘ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻘﺼ‪j‬ﻮى اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﻔﺼﻞ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻋﻦ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ ﻓﻤﺜﻼ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻨﻮع اﻷول ﻣﻦ أﺳ‪j‬ﻼك ‪IBM‬‬

‫أو ‪ (STP for Computers) Type 1‬ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ أن ﺗﺒﻌ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺼﻞ اﻟﻰ ‪ 101‬ﻣﺘﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ أﺳ‪j‬ﻼك ‪IBM‬‬

‫أو ‪ (Voice And Data STP) Type 2‬ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ‪j‬ﻦ أن ﺗﺒﻌ‪j‬ﺪ ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺼﻞ اﻟﻰ ‪ 100‬ﻣﺘﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻣﻦ أﺳ‪j‬ﻼك ‪IBM‬‬

‫أو ‪ (Voice Grade UTP) Type 3‬ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ أن ﺗﺒﻌ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺼﻞ اﻟﻰ ‪ 45‬ﻣﺘﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺑﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام اﻷﻟﻴ‪jj‬ﺎف اﻟﺒﺼ‪jj‬ﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﻜﻠﻔ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣﻤﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ زﻳ‪jj‬ﺎدة‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻰ ﻣﺌﺎت اﻷﻣﺘﺎر أو أآﺜﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ أي ﻣﻦ اﻷﻧﻮاع اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ زﻳﺎدة اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﻣﻜﺮر إﺷﺎرة ‪ . Repeaters‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪106‬‬
 ‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪ Token Ring‬اﻷﻧﻮاع اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺸﺎﺑﻚ‪:‬‬

‫‪ Media Interface Connectors (MIC) -1‬و ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم‬

‫ﻟﺸﺒﻚ اﻷﻧﻮاع ‪ 1‬و ‪ 2‬ﻣﻦ اﻷﺳﻼك ‪ .‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪ RJ-45 Telephone Connectors (8 pin) -2‬و‬

‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﺸﺒﻚ اﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺳﻼك‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪107‬‬
‫‪ RJ-11 Telephone Connectors (4 pin) -4‬و‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﺸﺒﻚ اﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ أﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺳﻼك ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎت ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ Token Ring‬ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺘﻴﻦ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ 4 -1‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 16 -2‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑ‪jj‬ﺖ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ و اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم إﻃ‪jj‬ﺎرات أﻃ‪jj‬ﻮل و‬

‫ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت أآﺜﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ اﻟﺪرس‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪ Token Ring‬اﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎر ‪.IEEE 802.5‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﺮ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﺬي ﻳﺮﻏﺐ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﻀﻤﺎم اﻟﻰ اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺨﻤﺲ ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮن اﻹﻃﺎر ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ Token Ring‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮ أﻗﺴﺎم‪.‬‬

‫‪108‬‬
‫ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ Token Ring‬اﻷﺳ‪jj‬ﻼك ‪ STP‬و ‪ UTP‬و‬
‫اﻷﻟﻴﺎف اﻟﺒﺼﺮﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ آﺒﻴﺮة‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﻤ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺑﺴ‪jj‬ﺮﻋﺘﻴﻦ ‪ 4‬أو ‪ 16‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑ‪jj‬ﺖ‬

‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﻤﻘﺒﻞ ﺳﻴﻜﻮن إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ ﺣ‪j‬ﻮل ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪AppleTalk‬‬

‫و ‪. ARCnet‬‬

‫‪109‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ‬

‫ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪ AppleTalk‬و ‪ARCnet‬‬

‫ﺳﻨﺘﻨﺎول إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺷﺮح ﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ و ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪. AppleTalk‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺷﺮح ﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ و ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪.ARCnet‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ اﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﻨﺎت ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺮن اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺷﺮآﺔ ‪Apple‬‬

‫‪ Computer‬ﺑﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻣﻌﻤﺎرﻳﺔ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺻﻐﻴﺮة ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒ‪jjj‬ﺮ ﻗ‪jjj‬ﺪرات اﻟﺘﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻴﻚ ﻣﺪﻣﺠ‪jjj‬ﺔ داﺧ‪jjj‬ﻞ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jjj‬ﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﺸﺨﺼ‪jjj‬ﻲ‬

‫)‪ Apple Macintosh (Mac‬ﻣﻤ‪j‬ﺎ ﻳﺠﻌ‪j‬ﻞ ﻣﻌﻤﺎرﻳ‪j‬ﺔ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪Apple‬‬
‫أﺑﺴﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮهﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻤﺎرﻳﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪ Apple‬اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫‪.AppleTalk -1‬‬

‫‪.LocalTalk -2‬‬

‫‪.AppleShare -3‬‬

‫‪.EtherTalk -4‬‬

‫‪.TokenTalk -5‬‬

‫ﻳﺴ‪jjjjj‬ﻤﻰ اﻟﻤﻨ‪jjjjj‬ﺘﺞ اﻟ‪jjjjj‬ﺬي ﻃﻮرﺗ‪jjjjj‬ﻪ ﺷ‪jjjjj‬ﺮآﺔ ‪ Apple‬ﺧﺼﻴﺼ‪jjjjj‬ﺎ‬

‫ﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮهﺎ ‪ Mac‬و اﻟﺬي ﻳﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﺑﺸ‪j‬ﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣ‪j‬ﻞ ‪AppleTalk‬‬

‫‪110‬‬
 ‫‪ ،‬و ه‪j‬ﻮ ﻋﺒ‪j‬ﺎرة ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪j‬ﻮل ﻳ‪j‬ﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﻮزﻋ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﻨ‪j‬ﺪ ﻟﻠﻨ‪j‬ﺪ أو‬
‫‪. Distributed Peer to Peer‬‬

‫اﻟﻨﺴ‪jj‬ﺨﺔ اﻷوﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ه‪jj‬ﺬا اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮل أﺻ‪jj‬ﺪرت ﻋ‪jj‬ﺎم ‪ 1985‬و‬

‫ﺳﻤﻴﺖ ‪ AppleTalk Phase 1‬و ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺮة أﺻﺪرت اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺴ‪j‬ﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ هﺬا اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل و ﺳﻤﻴﺖ ‪. AppleTalk Phase 2‬‬

‫ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺒﺪاﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ آ‪jj‬ﺎن ‪ AppleTalk‬ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻘ‪jj‬ﻂ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻗﺒ‪jj‬ﻞ أﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰة‬

‫‪ Mac‬و اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﻠﻴﺰرﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ ، LaserWriter printers‬و ﻟﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻓﻴﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ أﺻﺒﺢ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎت أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬

‫و ﺣﻴ‪j‬ﺚ أن ﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎز ‪ Mac‬ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻤﻨﻔ‪j‬ﺬ اﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴ‪j‬ﻞ ‪RS-422‬‬

‫‪ Serial Port‬آﻮاﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻟﻠﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻓﻠ‪jj‬ﻴﺲ هﻨ‪jj‬ﺎك ﺣﺎﺟ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻹﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺎت‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻟﻺﻧﻀﻤﺎم اﻟﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪. AppleTalk‬‬

‫اﺷﺘﻬﺮت ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪ AppleTalk‬ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺁﺧﺮ ه‪j‬ﻮ ‪ LocalTalk‬و‬

‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم هﺬا اﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻚ ﻓﻲ ‪. AppleTalk‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻚ اﻷﻣﻮر اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻷﺳﻼك‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻟﻤﺸﺎﺑﻚ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬وﺻﻼت أو ﻣﻤﺪدات اﻷﺳﻼك ‪. Cable Extenders‬‬

‫ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ‪ LocalTalk‬اﻷﺳﻼك ‪ UTP, STP, Optic Cable‬و‬

‫ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ‪.STP‬‬

‫أﻗﺼﻰ ﻃﻮل ﻟﻠﺴﻠﻚ هﻮ ‪ 300‬ﻣﺘﺮ و ﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﻮﺻ‪j‬ﻞ أآﺜ‪j‬ﺮ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ‪ 32‬ﺟﻬﺎز ﻷي ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Segment‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺸﺎﺑﻚ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ‪:‬‬

‫‪111‬‬
 ‫‪ -1‬ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻚ ‪. 8 pin DIN‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪. 25 pin (DB25) -2‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪. 9 pin (DB9) -3‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪. RJ-11 (Telephone Jack) -4‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪112‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺸﺎﺑﻚ اﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪:Mac‬‬

‫‪. SCSI Port -1‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪.ADB Port -2‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪113‬‬
.‫أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‬. Modem Port -3

.‫أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‬.Printer Port -4

114
‫ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ‪ LocalTalk‬ﻧﻈ‪jj‬ﺎم اﻟﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻮل اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﻮﺳ‪jj‬ﻂ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻨ‪jj‬ﻮع‬
‫‪ CSMA/CA‬و ذﻟ‪jj‬ﻚ ﺑﻐ‪jj‬ﺾ اﻟﻨﻈ‪jj‬ﺮ ه‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﺘﺼ‪jj‬ﻤﻴﻢ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻧ‪jj‬ﻮع اﻟﻨﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﻞ أو‬
‫اﻟﻨﺠﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫هﻨ‪jj‬ﺎك ﻧ‪jj‬ﻮع ﻣﻨ‪jj‬ﺎﻓﺲ ل ‪ LocalTalk‬ه‪jj‬ﻮ ‪ PhoneNET‬اﻟ‪jj‬ﺬي‬

‫ﻃﻮرﺗ‪jjj‬ﻪ ﺷ‪jjj‬ﺮآﺔ ‪ Farallon Communications‬و ه‪jjj‬ﻮ ﻳﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫أﺳﻼك و ﻣﺸ‪j‬ﺎﺑﻚ اﻟﻬ‪j‬ﺎﺗﻒ اﻟﻌﺎدﻳ‪j‬ﺔ و ه‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﻌﻤ‪j‬ﻞ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﻨﺎﻗ‪j‬ﻞ أو اﻟﻨﺠﻤ‪j‬ﺔ و‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ 254‬ﺟﻬﺎزا‪.‬‬

‫‪ AppleShare‬ه‪jj‬ﻮ ﺑﺮﻧ‪jj‬ﺎﻣﺞ ﻣ‪jj‬ﺰود اﻟﻤﻠﻔ‪jj‬ﺎت ‪File Server‬‬

‫‪ Software‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪ ، AppleTalk‬أﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺰﺑﻮن ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣ‪j‬ﺪﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻈ‪jj‬ﺎم ‪ Apple‬اﻟﺘﺸ‪jj‬ﻐﻴﻠﻲ‪ ،‬و اﻟ‪jj‬ﺬي ﻳ‪jj‬ﺄﺗﻲ ﻣ‪jj‬ﺰودا أﻳﻀ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺑﺒﺮﻧ‪jj‬ﺎﻣﺞ ﻣ‪jj‬ﺰود‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ‪.AppleShare Print Server‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪ LocalTalk‬اﻟﺼ‪j‬ﻐﻴﺮة أن ﺗﺠﺘﻤ‪j‬ﻊ ﻣﻌ‪j‬ﺎ ﻟﺘﻜ‪j‬ﻮن‬

‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ آﺒﻴﺮة و ذﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ‪ Zones‬أو ﻧﻄﺎﻗﺎت ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺮدة ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﻐﺮهﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﻌﺮﻓ‪j‬ﺔ ﺑﺎﺳ‪j‬ﻢ ﻧﻄ‪j‬ﺎق ﺧ‪j‬ﺎص ﺑﻬ‪j‬ﺎ‬
‫‪. Zone Name‬و ﺑﺎﻟﺘ‪jjj‬ﺎﻟﻲ أي ﻣﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ أي ﺷ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪LocalTalk‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل اﻟﻰ ﺧﺪﻣﺎت ﺷﺒﻜﺔ أﺧ‪j‬ﺮى ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳ‪j‬ﺪ اﻟﻨﻄ‪j‬ﺎق اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﻨﺘﻤ‪j‬ﻲ‬
‫إﻟﻴ‪jj‬ﻪ‪.‬و ﺣﺘ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ Token Ring‬ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻹﻧﻀ‪jj‬ﻤﺎم اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت‬
‫‪ LocalTalk‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام هﺬﻩ اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪115‬‬
‫ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ أﻳﻀ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺗﻘﺴ‪jj‬ﻴﻢ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LocalTalk‬واﺣ‪jj‬ﺪة اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻋ‪jj‬ﺪة‬
‫أﻗﺴﺎم أو ‪ Zones‬و هﺬا ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ اﻟﺰﺣﺎم ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ Apple‬أن ﺗﻌﻤ‪jjjj‬ﻞ ﻣ‪jjjj‬ﻊ‬ ‫ﺗﺴ‪jjjj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ أﺟﻬ‪jjjj‬ﺰة أﺧ‪jjjj‬ﺮى ﻏﻴ‪jjjj‬ﺮ‬

‫‪ AppleTalk‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪ IBM PC -1‬و اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪.IBM Mainframes -2‬‬

‫‪Digital Equipment Corporation VAX‬‬ ‫‪-3‬‬

‫‪.Computers‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺑﻌﺾ أﺟﻬﺰة ‪.Unix‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ‪ EtherTalk‬وﺳﻴﻠﺔ أﺳﺮع و أآﺜﺮ ﺗﻜﻠﻔ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﺘﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻴﻚ أﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة‬

‫‪. Mac‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻈﻢ أﺟﻬﺰة ‪ Mac‬ﺳﺘﺤﺘﺎج اﻟﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺎت ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻟﻺﻧﻀ‪j‬ﻤﺎم اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ‬

‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪. EtherTalk‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ EtherTalk‬ﺑﺴ‪j‬ﺮﻋﺔ ‪ 10‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑ‪j‬ﺖ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ‪j‬ﺔ و‬

‫ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم اﻷﺳ‪j‬ﻼك )‪ ، Coaxial (Thick and Thin‬و ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﻤﺢ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫‪ EtherTalk‬ﻷﺟﻬﺰة ‪ Mac‬ﺑﺄن ﺗﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ إﺛﺮﻧﺖ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﻧ‪jj‬ﺎﻣﺞ ‪ EtherTalk‬ﻳﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﻣﻀ‪jj‬ﺎﻓﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ وه‪jj‬ﻮ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓ‪jj‬ﻖ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ‬

‫‪. AppleTalk Phase 2‬‬

‫أﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ TokenTalk‬ﻓﺘﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﺢ ﻷﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰة ‪ Mac‬ﺑ‪jj‬ﺄن ﺗﺘﺼ‪jj‬ﻞ‬

‫ﺑﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪ Token Ring‬و ﺑﺮﻧ‪j‬ﺎﻣﺞ ‪ TokenTalk‬ﻳﻜ‪j‬ﻮن أﻳﻀ‪j‬ﺎ ﻣﻀ‪j‬ﺎﻓﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ و ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ‪.AppleTalk Phase 2‬‬

‫‪116‬‬
‫آ‪jjj‬ﻞ ﺟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎز ﻋﻠ‪jjjj‬ﻰ ﺷ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪ AppleTalk‬ﻳﺤﺘ‪jjjj‬ﺎج اﻟ‪jjj‬ﻰ ﻋﻨ‪jjjj‬ﻮان‬
‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ ‪ ،‬و ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻟﻜﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﻀﻢ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫أول ﻣﺮة و ﻳﺘﻢ ذﻟﻚ آﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬أوﻻ ﻳﺨﺼﺺ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻤﻨﻀﻢ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﻨﻮاﻧ‪j‬ﺎ ﻳﺨﺘ‪j‬ﺎرﻩ ﻟﻨﻔﺴ‪j‬ﻪ‬

‫ﻋﺸﻮاﺋﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﻳﻘﻮم هﺬا اﻟﺠﻬ‪j‬ﺎز ﺑﻨﺸ‪j‬ﺮ ﻋﻨﻮاﻧ‪j‬ﻪ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻟﻴﺘﺄآ‪j‬ﺪ أن‬
‫اﻟﻌﻨﻮان ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺮر‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ إذا ﻟ‪j‬ﻢ ﻳﻜ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻌﻨ‪j‬ﻮان ﻣﻜ‪j‬ﺮرا ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن اﻟﺠﻬ‪j‬ﺎز ﻳﻘ‪j‬ﻮم ﺑﺘﺨ‪j‬ﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫هﺬا اﻟﻌﻨﻮان ﻟﻴﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺮات اﻟﻘﺎدﻣﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻨﻠﻖ ﻧﻈﺮة اﻵن ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌ‪j‬ﺔ‬

‫ﻋﻤﻞ ‪ AppleTalk‬و ﻧﻌﺮف ﻋﻤﻞ آﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ Datagram Delivery Protocol (DDP) -1‬و ه‪jjj‬ﻮ‬

‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮل اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺌﻮل ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ إﻳﺼ‪jj‬ﺎل ﺣ‪jj‬ﺰم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻷﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰة ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ Name Binding Protocol (NMP) -2‬و ه‪jjjj‬ﻮ‬

‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮل اﻟﻤﺴ‪jjj‬ﺌﻮل ﻋ‪jjj‬ﻦ ﺗﻮﻟﻴ‪jjj‬ﺪ و ﺻ‪jjj‬ﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺧ‪jjj‬ﺪﻣﺎت ﻗﺎﻋ‪jjj‬ﺪة اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jjj‬ﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮزﻋﺔ أو ‪ Distributed Database‬و اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ‪Names‬‬
‫‪ Directory‬و هﻲ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ أﺳ‪j‬ﻤﺎء اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ و ﻣ‪j‬ﻮاردهﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ اﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺎوﻳﻦ رﻗﻤﻴﺔ ‪. Numerical Addresses‬‬

‫‪ Zone Information Protocol (ZIP) -3‬و ه‪jjj‬ﻮ‬

‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل اﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮل ﻋﻦ إدارة ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻨﻄﺎﻗﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ AppleTalk Transaction Protocol (ATP) -4‬و ه‪j‬ﻮ‬

‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮل اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺌﻮل ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ إﻋﻄ‪jj‬ﺎء ﺗﺄآﻴ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻟﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻮل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺟﻬﺘﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮدة‪.‬‬

‫‪117‬‬
‫‪ AppleTalk Session Protocol (ASP) -5‬و ه‪jjj‬ﻮ‬
‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮل اﻟﻰ ﻣﺰود اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ Printer Access Protocol (PAP) -6‬و هﻮ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮل اﻟﻰ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ AppleTalk Filing Protocol (AFP) -7‬و ه‪jjjj‬ﻮ‬

‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل اﻟﺬي ﻳﺼﻒ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪات و ﺗﺮآﻴﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت ﻓﻲ ﻣﺰود اﻟﻤﻠﻔ‪j‬ﺎت‬
‫‪.‬‬

‫‪ AppleTalk Data Stream Protocol (ADSP) -8‬و‬

‫هﻮ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻣﺨﺼﺺ ﻹﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫‪ AppleTalk Echo Protocol (AEP) -9‬و ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم‬

‫ﻟﻤﺮاﻗﺒﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ و ﺣﺴﺎب أي ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ وﺻﻮل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ وﺟﻬﺎﺗﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ‪،‬‬
‫آﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ أن ﻟ‪jj‬ﻪ وﻇﻴﻔ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣﺸ‪jj‬ﺎﺑﻬﺔ ل ‪ PING‬ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻷﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰة اﻟﺸﺨﺼ‪jj‬ﻴﺔ و اﻟ‪jj‬ﺬي‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ أو وﺟﻮد ﺟﻬﺎز ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻣﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒ‪jjjj‬ﺮ ﺷ‪jjjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪Attached Resource Computer‬‬

‫)‪ Network (ARCNet‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻏﻴ‪j‬ﺮ اﻟﻤﻜﻠﻔ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎت اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬

‫وﻗﺪ ﻃﻮرت ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪ ARCNet‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷ‪j‬ﺮآﺔ ‪Datapoint‬‬

‫‪ Corporation‬ﻋ‪jj‬ﺎم ‪ .1977‬و أول ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ARCNet‬آﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮة ﻋﺎم ‪.1983‬‬

‫ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ ARCNet‬ﻧﻈ‪jj‬ﺎم ‪ Token Passing‬ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ‬

‫ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞ ‪ Bus‬أو ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪. Star Bus‬‬

‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﻣ‪j‬ﺪﻳﺮ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺘﺨﺼ‪j‬ﻴﺺ ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﻮان ﻣﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻘﻞ ﻟﻜ‪j‬ﻞ ﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎز ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ‬

‫اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،‬و ﻳﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ آ‪jjj‬ﻞ ﺟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎز اﻟﺘﻌ‪jjj‬ﺮف ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ ﻋﻨﻮاﻧ‪jjj‬ﻪ أو ﻣ‪jjj‬ﺎ ﻳﺴ‪jjj‬ﻤﻰ‬
‫)‪ Source Identifier (SID‬و آﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﻮان ﺟ‪j‬ﺎرﻩ اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﺎﻟﻲ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ أو ﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﻰ )‪ ، Next Identifier (NID‬و ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻀ‪j‬ﺎف‬

‫‪118‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎز ﺟﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ أو ﻳﺰال ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﺈن ﻋﻨﺎوﻳﻦ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة ﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺤﺘﺎج اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫إﻋﺎدة ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ و ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ و ﻟﻜﻦ هﺬا اﻷﻣﺮ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬

‫اﻹﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرات أو ﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺳ‪jj‬ﻤﻴﻨﺎﻩ ﺳ‪jj‬ﺎﺑﻘﺎ ‪ ، Token‬ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﻰ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت‬

‫‪ ARCNet‬ﺑﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﻢ ﺁﺧ‪jj‬ﺮ ه‪jj‬ﻮ دﻋ‪jj‬ﻮة ﻟﻺرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل أو ‪Invitation TO‬‬
‫)‪ ، Transmit (ITT‬وﺗﺘﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻹرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل و اﻹﺳ‪j‬ﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﺑﺸ‪j‬ﻜﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠ‪j‬ﻒ‬
‫آﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫إذا اﻓﺘﺮﺿﻨﺎ أن اﻟﺪور ﻗﺪ ﺟﺎء ﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ أن ﻳﺮﺳ‪j‬ﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗ‪j‬ﻪ‬

‫اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز ﺁﺧ‪jj‬ﺮ ﺑﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻮل ‪ ITT‬إﻟﻴ‪jj‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈن اﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز اﻷول ﻳﺮﺳ‪jj‬ﻞ إﻃ‪jj‬ﺎرا‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﻰ )‪ Free Buffer Enquiry (FBE‬اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺠﻬ‪j‬ﺎز اﻟﺜ‪j‬ﺎﻧﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﻔﺴ‪j‬ﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻦ وﺟﻮد ﻣﺘﺴ‪j‬ﻊ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠ‪j‬ﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت اﻟﺠﻬ‪j‬ﺎز اﻷول ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن ﺗﺒ‪j‬ﻴﻦ أن اﻟﺠﻬ‪j‬ﺎز‬
‫اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪ ﻹﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺈرﺳﺎل إﻃﺎر ﺁﺧﺮ اﻟﻰ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‬
‫اﻷول ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﻰ )‪ Acknowledgment Frame (ACK‬ﻳﺨﺒ‪jj‬ﺮﻩ أﻧ‪jj‬ﻪ‬
‫ﺟﺎهﺰ ﻹﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ‪ ،‬أﻣﺎ إن ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪا ﻹﺳ‪j‬ﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ﻓﺈﻧ‪j‬ﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺮﺳ‪j‬ﻞ إﻃ‪j‬ﺎرا ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﻤﻰ ‪Negative Acknowledgment Frame‬‬
‫)‪ (NAK‬ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻩ أﻧﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪ ﻹﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫اﻵن إن ﺗﻠﻘ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز اﻷول ‪ ACK‬ﻓﺴ‪jj‬ﻴﻘﻮم ﺑﺈرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل ﺣﺰﻣ‪jj‬ﺔ‬

‫واﺣ‪jj‬ﺪة ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز اﻟﺜ‪jj‬ﺎﻧﻲ ﺛ‪jj‬ﻢ ﻳﻨﺘﻈ‪jj‬ﺮ ﺣﺘ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻳﺤﺼ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ‬
‫‪ ACK‬ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻹرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل اﻟﺤﺰﻣ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت و هﻜ‪j‬ﺬا ﺣﺘ‪j‬ﻰ ﻳﻨﺘﻬ‪j‬ﻲ‬
‫ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ إرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗ‪jj‬ﻪ و ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﺪهﺎ ﻳﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم اﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز اﻷول ﺑﺘﻤﺮﻳ‪j‬ﺮ اﻹﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرة ‪ITT‬‬
‫اﻟﻰ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﺬي ﻳﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﺣﺰﻣ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ ARCNet‬ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻷﻗﺴ‪jj‬ﺎم‬

‫اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪119‬‬
‫‪ 508 -3‬ﺑﺎﻳ‪jjjj‬ﺖ ﻣ‪jjjj‬ﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jjjj‬ﺎت ‪ ،‬أﻣ‪jjjj‬ﺎ اﻟﻨﺴ‪jjjj‬ﺨﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛ‪jjjj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jjjj‬ﻦ‬
‫‪ ARCNet‬و اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ‪ ARCNet Plus‬ﻓﺘﺤﻤ‪j‬ﻞ آ‪j‬ﻞ ﺣﺰﻣ‪j‬ﺔ ‪4096‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺳ‪jj‬ﺮﻋﺔ ﻧﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ ARCNet‬اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ‪2.5‬‬

‫ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ و أﻣ‪j‬ﺎ ‪ ARCNet Plus‬ﻓﺘ‪j‬ﺪﻋﻢ ﺳ‪j‬ﺮﻋﺔ ‪ 20‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑ‪j‬ﺖ‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺴﻠﻚ اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ ARCNet‬ه‪j‬ﻮ اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﻠﻚ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺤ‪j‬ﻮري اﻟﺮﻗﻴ‪j‬ﻖ ‪ ، 93 ohm RG-62 A/U Coaxial Cable‬و‬
‫ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ أﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﻠﺘﻮي ‪ UTP‬و ﺳﻠﻚ اﻷﻟﻴﺎف اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﺳ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺴ‪jjj‬ﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﺤ‪jjj‬ﻮري و ﻣﺸ‪jjj‬ﺎﺑﻚ ‪ BNC‬ﻳﺼ‪jjj‬ﻞ اﻟﻄ‪jjj‬ﻮل‬

‫اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻠﺴﻠﻚ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﺗﺼ‪j‬ﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻨﺠﻤ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ‪ 610‬ﻣﺘ‪j‬ﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤ‪j‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺼﻞ اﻟﻰ ‪ 305‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ و ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣ‪jjj‬ﺎ ﺑﺎﺳ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺴ‪jjj‬ﻠﻚ ‪ UTP‬ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻊ ﻣﺸ‪jjj‬ﺎﺑﻚ ‪ RJ-11‬أو ‪RJ-45‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﺼﻞ ﻃﻮل اﻟﺴﻠﻚ اﻟﻰ ‪ 244‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺳﻮاء آﺎن اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻧﺠﻤﺔ أو ﻧﺎﻗﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ اﻟﺪرس‪:‬‬

‫‪ AppleTalk‬هﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺔ أﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﻷﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة ‪Mac‬‬

‫و ﺗﺘﻀ‪jj‬ﻤﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﺘﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ‪، AppleShare ، LocalTalk ، AppleTalk :‬‬
‫‪ EtherTalk‬و ‪.TokenTalk‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ ‪ EtherTalk‬أﺳ‪jj‬ﺮع و أآﺜ‪jj‬ﺮ ﺗﻜﻠﻔ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ‪ LocalTalk‬و‬

‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﻀﻤﺎم ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت إﺛﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ ‪ TokenTalk‬ﻓﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﻀﻤﺎم ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت ‪.Token Ring‬‬

‫هﻨ‪jj‬ﺎك ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮﻻت آﺜﻴ‪jj‬ﺮة ﺗﻌﻤ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺑﻴﺌ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ AppleTalk‬ﻟﻜ‪jj‬ﻞ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪120‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ARCNet‬ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺮﻧ‪jj‬ﺔ و ﻏﻴ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻣﻜﻠﻔ‪jj‬ﺔ و ﺗ‪jj‬ﺪﻋﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞ و ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻨﺠﻤﺔ\اﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺼﻞ ﺳ‪j‬ﺮﻋﺔ ﻧﻘ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ ARCNet‬اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ‪2.5‬‬

‫ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳ‪j‬ﺖ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ‪j‬ﺔ و ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﻨﺴ‪j‬ﺨﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺴ‪j‬ﻨﺔ ‪ ARCNet Plus‬ﺗﺼ‪j‬ﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻰ ‪ 20‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﻠﻚ اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ ARCNet‬ه‪jj‬ﻮ اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﻠﻚ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺤﻮري و ﻟﻜ‪j‬ﻦ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ‪j‬ﻦ اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﻠﺘ‪j‬ﻮي و ﺳ‪j‬ﻠﻚ اﻷﻟﻴ‪j‬ﺎف‬
‫اﻟﺒﺼﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪121‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺮاﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺣﻮل ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪.Network Adapter Cards‬‬

‫ﺳﻨﺘﻨﺎول ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ و وﺻﻒ ﻟﻤﻬﺎﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺷﺮح ﻟﺪور ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﺤﻀ‪j‬ﻴﺮ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ﻟﺒﺜﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ‬

‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬وﺻﻒ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﻪ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ إرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻹﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻻﺑ‪j‬ﺪ ﻟ‪j‬ﻪ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪ Network Adapter Card‬واﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﻳﻄﻠ‪j‬ﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬ‪j‬ﺎ أﻳﻀ‪j‬ﺎ‬
‫اﻷﺳﻤﺎء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪.Network Interface Card (NIC) -1‬‬

‫‪.LAN Card -2‬‬

‫‪.LAN Interface Card -3‬‬

‫‪.LAN Adapter -4‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒ‪jjj‬ﺮ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jjj‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ه‪jjj‬ﻲ اﻟﻮاﺟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺔ اﻟﺘ‪jjj‬ﻲ ﺗﺼ‪jjj‬ﻞ ﺑ‪jjj‬ﻴﻦ ﺟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎز‬

‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ و ﺳ‪j‬ﻠﻚ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬و ﺑ‪j‬ﺪوﻧﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮات اﻹﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺮآﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷ‪j‬ﻖ ﺗﻮﺳ‪j‬ﻊ ﻓ‪j‬ﺎرغ ‪Expansion Slot‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎز اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺛ‪j‬ﻢ ﻳ‪j‬ﺘﻢ وﺻ‪j‬ﻞ ﺳ‪j‬ﻠﻚ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﻴﺼ‪j‬ﺒﺢ‬

‫‪122‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﺼ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻓﻌﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﻤﺎدﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ و ﻳﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻹﻋ‪jj‬ﺪاد‬
‫اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻲ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻠﺨﺺ دور ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﻮر اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗﺤﻀﻴﺮ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻟﺒﺜﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬إرﺳﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺘﺪﻓﻖ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ و وﺳﻂ اﻹرﺳﺎل ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺗﺮﺟﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻹﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرات اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺳ‪jj‬ﻠﻚ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺑﺎﻳﺘ‪jj‬ﺎت‬

‫ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻣﻌ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﺞ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮ ‪ ،‬و ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻳ‪jj‬ﺪ إرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل ﺑﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻓﺈﻧﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺗﺘ‪jj‬ﺮﺟﻢ‬
‫إﺷﺎرات اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﻧﺒﻀ‪j‬ﺎت آﻬﺮﺑﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺳ‪j‬ﻠﻚ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻤﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫آ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﺗﻤﺘﻠ‪jj‬ﻚ ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﻮان ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻓﺮﻳ‪jj‬ﺪ ‪ ،‬و ه‪jj‬ﺬا اﻟﻌﻨ‪jj‬ﻮان‬
‫ﺗﺤ‪j‬ﺪدﻩ ﻟﺠﻨ‪j‬ﺔ ‪ ) IEEE‬و ه‪j‬ﺬا اﺧﺘﺼ‪j‬ﺎر ل ‪Institute of Electrical‬‬
‫‪ ، ( and Electronic Engineers‬و هﺬﻩ اﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺗﺨﺼﺺ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺼﻨﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﻨﻌﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ه‪jj‬ﺬا اﻟﻌﻨ‪jj‬ﻮان ﻣﻜﻮﻧ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ‪ 48‬ﺑ‪jj‬ﺖ و ﻳﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﻣﺨ‪jj‬ﺰن داﺧ‪jj‬ﻞ‬

‫ذاآﺮة اﻟﻘﺮاءة ﻓﻘﻂ ‪) ROM‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺣﻮل هﺬا اﻟﻨﻮع ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺬاآﺮة اﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﺔ ﻣﻮﺿ‪j‬ﻮﻋﻲ ﺣ‪j‬ﻮل اﻟ‪j‬ﺬاآﺮة اﻟﻤﻨﺸ‪j‬ﻮر ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﻤﺠﻠ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﺔ( ﻓﻲ آﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻳ‪j‬ﺘﻢ إﻧﺘﺎﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬و ﻳﺤﺘ‪j‬ﻮي أول ‪ 24‬ﺑ‪j‬ﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ ﺗﻌﺮﻳ‪jjj‬ﻒ ﻟﻠﻤﺼ‪jjj‬ﻨﻊ ﺑﻴﻨﻤ‪jjj‬ﺎ ﺗﺤﺘ‪jjj‬ﻮي ‪ 24‬ﺑ‪jjj‬ﺖ اﻷﺧ‪jjj‬ﺮى ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ اﻟ‪jjj‬ﺮﻗﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﻮم اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻨﺸﺮ ﻋﻨﻮاﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤ‪j‬ﺎ ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﻤﺢ ﻟﻸﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ و ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻰ وﺟﻬﺘﻬﺎ اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ آﻞ ﻣﻦ أﺟﺰاء ﻣﺎدﻳﺔ ‪ Hardware‬و‬

‫أﺟ‪jj‬ﺰاء ﺑﺮﻣﺠﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ ، Firmware Software‬و ه‪jj‬ﺬا اﻟﺠ‪jj‬ﺰء اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠ‪jj‬ﻲ‬

‫‪123‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮن ﻣﺨﺰﻧﺎ داﺧﻞ ذاآ‪j‬ﺮة ‪ ROM‬و ﻳﻜ‪j‬ﻮن ﻣﺴ‪j‬ﺌﻮل ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﻴ‪j‬ﻪ و ﺗﻨﻔﻴ‪j‬ﺬ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻬﺎم اﻟﻤﻮآﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻤ‪j‬ﺮات آﻬﺮﺑﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﻤﻰ ﻧﻮاﻗ‪j‬ﻞ‬

‫‪.Buses‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫آﻞ ﻧﺎﻗﻞ ﻳﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪة ﻣﻤ‪j‬ﺮات ﻣﺘﻮﺿ‪j‬ﻌﺔ ﺟﻨﺒ‪j‬ﺎ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﺟﻨ‪j‬ﺐ ‪ ،‬و‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻤﺮات ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ‪j‬ﻦ ﻧﻘ‪j‬ﻞ آﻤﻴ‪j‬ﺔ آﺒﻴ‪j‬ﺮة ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻗﻞ واﺣﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ أﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤ‪j‬ﺔ آﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺖ ﻧﻮاﻗ‪j‬ﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻗ‪jj‬ﺎدرة ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻧﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ ‪ 8‬ﺑ‪jj‬ﺖ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﻮﻗ‪jj‬ﺖ اﻟﻮاﺣ‪jj‬ﺪ ﺛ‪jj‬ﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻄﻮرت اﻟﻰ ‪ 16‬ﺑﺖ ﺛﻢ اﻟﻰ ‪ 32‬ﺑ‪j‬ﺖ و أﺧﻴ‪j‬ﺮا وﺻ‪j‬ﻠﺖ ﺑﻌ‪j‬ﺾ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺮآﺎت‬
‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻮاﻗﻞ ‪ 64‬ﺑﺖ أي أﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻧﻘﻞ ‪ 64‬ﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺮة اﻟﻮاﺣﺪة‪.‬‬

‫ﻷن اﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞ ﻗﺎدر ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﻧﻘ‪j‬ﻞ أﺟ‪j‬ﺰاء ﻋﺪﻳ‪j‬ﺪة ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﻧﻔ‪j‬ﺲ‬
‫اﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻧﻘﻮل أن اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺑﺸ‪j‬ﻜﻞ ﻣﺘ‪j‬ﻮازي ‪ ، Parallel‬و آﻠﻤ‪j‬ﺎ آ‪j‬ﺎن‬
‫اﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞ أوﺳﻊ آﺎن ﻣﻌﺪل ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت أﺳﺮع ‪.‬‬

‫‪124‬‬
‫ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺳ‪jj‬ﻠﻚ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﺣﻤ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺑ‪jj‬ﺖ واﺣ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﺮة‬
‫اﻟﻮاﺣﺪة و ه‪j‬ﺬا ﻳﻄﻠ‪j‬ﻖ ﻋﻠﻴ‪j‬ﻪ اﻟﺒ‪j‬ﺚ اﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴ‪j‬ﻞ ‪Serial Transmission‬‬
‫‪.‬آﻤﺎ أن اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻓﻲ اﺗﺠﺎﻩ واﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ هﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ ﺗﺤﻮﻳ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺠﺮﻳ‪j‬ﺎن‬

‫ﺑﺸ‪jj‬ﻜﻞ ﻣﺘ‪jj‬ﻮازي ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻧﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﺠﺮﻳ‪jj‬ﺎن ﺑﺸ‪jj‬ﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﺴﻠﺴ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ و اﻟﺬي ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﻬﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻬﻤ‪j‬ﺔ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ه‪j‬ﻮ اﻟﺮﺳ‪j‬ﻞ –‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ‪. Transceiver‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺘﻨﻈ‪j‬ﻴﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﺑ‪j‬ﺚ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ و‬

‫ذﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻰ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪا ﻟﺒﺜﻬﺎ اﻟﻰ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬إﺟﺮاء ﺗﻔﺎهﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮوط ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪j‬ﻠﺔ‬

‫و اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺘﺪﻓﻖ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫أوﻻ ﺗﻘ‪j‬ﻮم ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺈرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل إﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرة اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮ ﻃﺎﻟﺒ‪jj‬ﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻨ‪jj‬ﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻣﻌﻴﻨ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺛ‪jj‬ﻢ ﻳﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم ﻧﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﻨﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ذاآﺮة اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻰ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪125‬‬
‫ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮن ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ أآﺒ‪j‬ﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻰ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ‪ ،‬ﻟﻬﺬا ﻓﺈن ﺟ‪j‬ﺰءا ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺎ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ذاآ‪j‬ﺮة ‪ RAM‬ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ أن‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺜﻬﺎ اﻟﻰ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ ‪ ،‬هﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ‪.Buffering‬‬

‫و هﻨ‪jj‬ﺎك أﻣ‪jj‬ﺮ ﺁﺧ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻳﺠ‪jj‬ﺐ أن ﻳﺆﺧ‪jj‬ﺬ ﺑﻌ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ اﻹﻋﺘﺒ‪jj‬ﺎر ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﺪ ﺗﺒ‪jj‬ﺎدل‬

‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت أﻻ و هﻮ اﻟﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻣﻌﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪j‬ﺈذا آﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺖ‬
‫إﺣﺪى اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎت ﻗﺪﻳﻤﺔ و اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻷﺧﺮى ﺟﺪﻳ‪j‬ﺪة و أﺳ‪j‬ﺮع ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤ‪j‬ﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻹﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤ‪j‬ﺎ اﻹﺗﻔ‪j‬ﺎق ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﺳ‪j‬ﺮﻋﺔ واﺣ‪j‬ﺪة‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮن هﻲ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻷﺑﻄﺄ‪.‬‬

‫و ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳ‪j‬ﺘﻢ اﻟﺘﻮاﻓ‪j‬ﻖ ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺎت اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺼ‪j‬ﻠﺔ ﻣﻌ‪j‬ﺎ ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن آ‪j‬ﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﻄﻠﻖ إﺷﺎرة اﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺎت ﻣﻌﻠﻨ‪j‬ﺔ ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ ﺑﺎراﻣﺘﺮاﺗﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﻟﻜ‪j‬ﻲ ﻳ‪j‬ﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻏﻴﺮهﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎت‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﺗﺘﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬ‪j‬ﺎ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺎت ﻟﻜ‪j‬ﻲ ﻳ‪j‬ﺘﻢ اﻹﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل‬

‫ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ هﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﺤﺠﻢ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎت اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ إرﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻣﻘﺪار اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ إرﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺤﺼ‪j‬ﻮل ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﺗﺄآﻴ‪j‬ﺪ‬

‫ﻟﻮﺻﻮﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻓﺘﺮة اﻟﺰﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻔﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ إرﺳﺎل ﺣﺰم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﻓﺘﺮة اﻟﺰﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠ‪j‬ﺐ إﻧﺘﻈﺎره‪j‬ﺎ ﻗﺒ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟﺤﺼ‪j‬ﻮل ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﺗﺄآﻴ‪j‬ﺪ‬

‫وﺻﻮل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ -5‬ﻣﻘ‪jj‬ﺪار اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ آ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ اﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﻘﺒﺎﻟﻪ ﻗﺒ‪jj‬ﻞ أن‬

‫ﺗﻔﻴﺾ ‪.Overflow‬‬

‫‪ -6‬ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪126‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺠﺮد اﻹﺗﻔﺎق ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺗﺒ‪j‬ﺪأ ﻋﻤﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﺗﺒ‪j‬ﺎدل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎت‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﻌﺪد ﻣﻦ ﻣﻬﺎم اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻣﺮاﻗﺒﺔ وﺳﻂ اﻹﺗﺼﺎل‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻃﻠﺐ ﺣﺰم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت و اﻟﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠﻴﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄآ‪j‬ﺪ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ أن ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﻮان‬

‫اﻟﻮﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺟ‪jj‬ﻮد ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺤﺰﻣ‪jj‬ﺔ ه‪jj‬ﻮ ﻧﻔﺴ‪jj‬ﻪ ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﻮان اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺳﺘﺘﺴ‪jj‬ﻠﻢ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪-3‬اآﺘﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء و ﺣﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ اﻟﺪرس‪:‬‬

‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ هﻲ اﻟﻮاﺟﻬﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮ و وﺳ‪j‬ﻂ اﻹﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل و‬

‫ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت و ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺎ ﺛ‪j‬ﻢ ﺑﺜﻬ‪j‬ﺎ و ﺗ‪j‬ﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺘ‪j‬ﺪﻓﻘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳ‪j‬ﻞ ﺑ‪j‬ﺚ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺒ‪j‬ﺚ اﻟﻤﺘ‪j‬ﻮازي‬

‫اﻟﻰ اﻟﺒﺚ اﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ و ﻣﻦ اﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻰ ﻧﺒﻀﺎت آﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫اﻹرﺳﺎل و ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎل اﻹﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﺗﺘﻔﺎهﻢ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﻗﺒ‪j‬ﻞ أن‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺒﺎدل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﻣﻬﺎم اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟ‪jj‬ﺪرس اﻟﻤﻘﺒ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﻜﻮن إن ﺷ‪jj‬ﺎء اﷲ ﺑﻌﻨ‪jj‬ﻮان ﺗﺮآﻴ‪jj‬ﺐ و إﻋ‪jj‬ﺪاد‬

‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪127‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﻣﺴﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ‬

‫ﺗﺮآﻴﺐ و إﻋﺪاد ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫ﺳﻨﺘﻨﺎول ﻓﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬وﺻﻒ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬وﺻ‪jjj‬ﻒ ﻟﻸﻧ‪jjj‬ﻮاع اﻷرﺑ‪jjj‬ﻊ ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ ﺗﺼ‪jjj‬ﺎﻣﻴﻢ ﻧﺎﻗ‪jjj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jjj‬ﺎت ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ‬

‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪-3‬ﺷﺮح ﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺮآﻴﺐ و إﻋﺪاد ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺷ‪jj‬ﺮح ﻹﻋ‪jjj‬ﺪاد ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ وﻳﻨ‪jjj‬ﺪوز ‪ 4 NT‬و ﺣ‪jjj‬ﻞ‬

‫ﻣﺸﺎآﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﺎرض ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ ‪.Interrupt Conflict‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ أهﻢ ﻣﻜﻮﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬ‪j‬ﻲ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﻮاﺟﻬﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻗ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت اﻟ‪j‬ﺪاﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﺸﺨﺼ‪j‬ﻲ و ﺳ‪j‬ﻠﻚ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻜﻮن اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﻬﻤﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬أﺣ‪j‬ﺪ اﻟﺠﻮاﻧ‪j‬ﺐ ﻳﺘﺼ‪j‬ﻞ ﺑﻨﺎﻗ‪j‬ﻞ‬

‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ و اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻵﺧﺮ ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺴﻠﻚ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ه‪jj‬ﻮ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺌﻮل ﻋ ‪j‬ﻦ ﻧﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻌ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﺞ و‬

‫اﻟﺬاآﺮة ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ آﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﻻﺑﺪ أن ﺗﻜ‪j‬ﻮن ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻧﺎﻗﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺑﻴﺌ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻋﻤ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻷﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰة اﻟﺸﺨﺼ‪jj‬ﻴﺔ هﻨ‪jj‬ﺎك أرﺑ‪jj‬ﻊ أﻧ‪jj‬ﻮاع ﻟﺘﺼ‪jj‬ﻤﻴﻢ‬

‫ﻧﺎﻗﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ‪:‬‬

‫‪128‬‬
 ‫‪.ISA -1‬‬

‫‪.MCA -2‬‬

‫‪.EISA -3‬‬

‫‪.PCI -4‬‬

‫اﻟﺘﺼ‪jj‬ﻤﻴﻢ اﻷول ‪Industry Standard Architecture‬‬

‫)‪ (ISA‬ه‪j‬ﻮ اﻟﻨ‪j‬ﻮع اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟ‪j‬ﺬي آ‪j‬ﺎن ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ أﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة ‪IBM PC‬‬
‫‪ XT, AT‬و اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ‪ ISA‬ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎت و ﻧﺎﻗﻞ ﺳ‪j‬ﻌﺔ ‪ 8‬ﺑ‪j‬ﺖ أو ‪ 16‬ﺑ‪j‬ﺖ و ﺗﻨﻘ‪j‬ﻞ‬

‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪ 8‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣ‪j‬ﺎ اﻟﺘﺼ‪j‬ﻤﻴﻢ )‪Micro Channel Architecture (MCA‬‬

‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻃﻮرﺗﻪ ‪ IBM‬ﻋﺎم ‪ 1988‬وﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻧﺎﻗﻞ ﺳ‪j‬ﻌﺔ ‪ 16‬ﺑ‪j‬ﺖ أو ‪ 32‬ﺑ‪j‬ﺖ‬
‫و هﺬا اﻟﺘﺼ‪j‬ﻤﻴﻢ ﻏﻴ‪j‬ﺮ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓ‪j‬ﻖ ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ اﻟﺘﺼ‪j‬ﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻤﻌﻨ‪j‬ﻰ أن اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻤﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ أﺣﺪ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻵﺧﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ‪Extended Industry Standard Architecture‬‬

‫)‪ (EISA‬ﺗ‪jj‬ﻢ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤ‪jj‬ﻪ ﻋ‪jj‬ﺎم ‪ 1988‬ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻗﺒ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺛﻤ‪jj‬ﺎﻧﻲ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺮآﺎت آﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﺮة ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ‬
‫ﺿﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺷﺮآﺎت ‪ HP ، Compaq‬و ‪.NEC‬‬
‫هﺬا اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻧﺎﻗ‪j‬ﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ﺳ‪j‬ﻌﺔ ‪ 32‬ﺑ‪j‬ﺖ و ﺳ‪j‬ﺮﻋﺔ ﻧﻘ‪j‬ﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺗﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ ‪ 33‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﺑ‪j‬ﺖ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ‪j‬ﺔ و ه‪j‬ﻲ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ اﻟﺘﺼ‪j‬ﻤﻴﻢ‬
‫‪.ISA‬‬

‫‪Peripheral‬‬ ‫‪Component‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺼ‪jjjjjjj‬ﻤﻴﻢ اﻷﺧﻴ‪jjjjjjj‬ﺮ‬

‫)‪ Interconnect (PCI‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷﺮآﺔ ‪ Intel‬ﻋﺎم ‪،1992‬‬
‫و هﻲ ﺳﻌﺔ ‪ 32‬ﺑﺖ وﺗﺼﻞ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻰ ‪ 132‬ﻣﻴﺠ‪j‬ﺎ ﺑ‪j‬ﺖ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪129‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ هﺬا اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻷﺳﺮع و اﻷآﺜﺮ ﺗﻄﻮرا و ﻣﺮوﻧ‪j‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬و ه‪j‬ﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ أﻏﻠﺐ اﻹﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟ‪j‬ﺎت ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ‪j‬ﻖ وﻇﻴﻔ‪j‬ﺔ ‪ Plug and Play‬أو رآ‪j‬ﺐ و‬
‫ﺷ‪jj‬ﻐﻞ و ه‪jj‬ﻲ ﻋﺒ‪jj‬ﺎرة ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻮاﺻ‪jj‬ﻔﺎت ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﻹﻋ‪jj‬ﺪاد‬
‫اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻸﺟﻬﺰة و اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎت ﺑﻤﺠﺮد ﺗﺮآﻴﺒﻬﺎ و ذﻟ‪j‬ﻚ دون أي ﺗ‪j‬ﺪﺧﻞ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ‪ ،‬و ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ذﻟﻚ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻷﻣﻮر اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻳﺠ‪jjj‬ﺐ أن ﻳﻜ‪jjj‬ﻮن ‪Basic Input-Output System‬‬

‫)‪ (BIOS‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ‪. Plug and Play‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﻜﻮن ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻖ أﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪Plug and‬‬

‫‪ Play‬ﻣﺜﻞ وﻳﻨﺪوز ‪ 95‬و ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬أن ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ أو اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ ‪Plug and Play‬‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺘﺮآﻴ‪jj‬ﺐ اﻟﻔﻌﻠ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮ ﻳﺠ‪jj‬ﺐ أن ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ‬

‫ﺑﺤﺬر ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء اﻟﺴﺎآﻨﺔ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﻄﺐ اﻟﺮﻗﺎﺋﻖ اﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻬﺬا ﻳﺠﺐ اﻟﺘﺄآﺪ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﺗﻔﺮﻳ‪j‬ﻎ أي ﺷ‪j‬ﺤﻨﺎت ﺳ‪j‬ﺎآﻨﺔ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﺟﺴ‪j‬ﻤﻚ ﻗﺒ‪j‬ﻞ أن ﺗﺒ‪j‬ﺪأ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺮآﻴﺐ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬

‫أوﻻ ‪ :‬أزل ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء ‪.‬‬

‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ :‬أﻣﺴﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻲ اﻟﺨ‪j‬ﺎرﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﻜﻠﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﻳ‪j‬ﺪﻳﻚ‬

‫ﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ أي ﺷﺤﻨﺎت آﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺴﻤﻚ ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء‪.‬‬

‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜ‪jjj‬ﺎ‪ :‬أزل ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jjj‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ اﻟﻜ‪jjj‬ﻴﺲ اﻟﺒﻼﺳ‪jjj‬ﺘﻴﻜﻲ اﻟﻌ‪jjj‬ﺎزل‬

‫‪.Antistatic Plastic Bag‬‬

‫راﺑﻌ‪jj‬ﺎ‪ :‬رآ‪jj‬ﺐ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺑﺤ‪jj‬ﺬر ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ أي ﺷ‪jj‬ﻖ ﺗﻮﺳ‪jj‬ﻊ ﻓ‪jj‬ﺎرغ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓ‪jj‬ﻖ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻬﺎ‪ ،‬و ﺗﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﺣﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ دﺧﻠﺖ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺧﺎﻣﺴ‪jj‬ﺎ‪ :‬أﺣﻜ‪jj‬ﻢ رﺑ‪jj‬ﻂ اﻟﺒﺮﻏ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟ‪jj‬ﺬي ﻳﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻚ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻣ‪jj‬ﺆﺧﺮة‬

‫اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬

‫‪130‬‬
‫ﺳﺎدﺳ‪jjj‬ﺎ‪ :‬أﻋ‪jjj‬ﺪ اﻟﻐﻄ‪jjj‬ﺎء وأﻏﻠ‪jjj‬ﻖ اﻟﺠﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎز ﺛ‪jjj‬ﻢ أﻋ‪jjj‬ﺪ ﺗﻮﺻ‪jjj‬ﻴﻞ ﺳ‪jjj‬ﻠﻚ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‪.‬‬

‫اﻵن و ﺑﻌ‪jj‬ﺪ ﺗﺮآﻴ‪jj‬ﺐ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ و وﺻ‪jj‬ﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺴ‪jj‬ﻠﻚ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،‬هﻨ‪jj‬ﺎك‬

‫ﺑﻌﺾ اﻷﻣﻮر اﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ إﻋﺪادهﺎ و ﺧﺎﺻﺔ إذا آﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ أو ﻧﻈﺎم‬
‫اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻻ ﻳﺪﻋﻤﺎن ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ‪ ،Plug and Play‬هﺬﻩ اﻷﻣﻮر هﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ Interrupt -1‬أو اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ Base‬ﻋﻨ‪jjjjjj‬ﻮان ﻣﻨﻔ‪jjjjjj‬ﺬ‬ ‫‪I/O‬‬ ‫‪Port‬‬ ‫‪Address -2‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺪﺧﻞ\اﻟﻤﺨﺮج‪.‬‬

‫‪ DMA Channel -3‬ﻗﻨﺎة اﻟﻮﺻﻮل اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻟﻠﺬاآﺮة‪.‬‬

‫‪ Base Memory Address -4‬ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﺬاآﺮة اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ Transceiver -5‬اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ‪ -‬اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪ Interrupt‬أو اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻌ‪jjjj‬ﺔ ه‪jjjj‬ﻲ ﻋﺒ‪jjjj‬ﺎرة ﻋ‪jjjj‬ﻦ إﺷ‪jjjj‬ﺎرة ﺗﻮﺟﻬﻬ‪jjjj‬ﺎ‬

‫اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺗﺨﺒﺮﻩ ﺑﻬﺎ أﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺤﺘﺎج أن ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠ‪j‬ﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻬ‪j‬ﺎ‪ ،‬و‬
‫ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﺪهﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﻗ‪jj‬ﻒ اﻟﻤﻌ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﺞ ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻘﻴ‪jj‬ﺎم ﺑﻤﻬﺎﻣ‪jj‬ﻪ ﻣﺆﻗﺘ‪jj‬ﺎ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ أن ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﺛﻢ ﻳﻌﻮد ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ وﻇﺎﺋﻒ أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬

‫ﺧﻄ‪j‬ﻮط ﻃﻠ‪j‬ﺐ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠ‪j‬ﺔ أو )‪Interrupt Request (IRQ‬‬

‫‪ Lines‬ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ و ﻣﺮﻗﻤﺔ و ﻟﻬﺬا ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬ‪j‬ﺎ أﺣﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎت ‪، Levels‬و آﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ﻳﺠ‪j‬ﺐ ان ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﺧ‪j‬ﻂ ﻃﻠ‪j‬ﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻌ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ اﻵﺧﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﻃﻠﺐ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﺗﺘﻮزع آﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬

‫أ‪ 2 -‬أو ‪ 9‬ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔ ل ‪.EGA/VGA‬‬

‫‪131‬‬
 ‫ب‪ 4 -‬و ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔ ل ‪.COM1, COM3‬‬

‫ج‪ 6 -‬و ﺗﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﻣﺨﺼﺼ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﻘ‪jj‬ﺮص اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﺮن ‪Floppy‬‬

‫‪.Disk Controller‬‬

‫د‪ 7 -‬و ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻔﺬ اﻟﻤﺘﻮازي ‪.Parallel Port‬‬

‫ه‪jj‬ـ‪ 8 -‬و ﺗﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﻣﺨﺼﺼ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻮﻗ‪jj‬ﺖ اﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘ‪jj‬ﻲ ‪Real -‬‬

‫‪. Time Clock‬‬

‫و‪ 12 -‬و ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﺄرة‪.‬‬

‫‪Math‬‬ ‫ز‪ 13 -‬و ﺗﻜ‪jjjj‬ﻮن ﻣﺨﺼﺼ‪jjjj‬ﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻌ‪jjjj‬ﺎﻟﺞ اﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿ‪jjjj‬ﻲ‬

‫‪.Coprocessor‬‬

‫ح‪ 14 -‬و ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﺼﻠﺐ‪.‬‬

‫و هﺬﻩ اﻷرﻗﺎم ﺗﺸﻴﺮ اﻟﻰ أوﻟﻮﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ اذا ﺗﻠﻘﻰ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ‬
‫ﻃﻠﺒﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎزﻳﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔ‪j‬ﻴﻦ و ﻟﻜ‪j‬ﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤ‪j‬ﺎ رﻗ‪j‬ﻢ ﻣﺨﺘﻠ‪j‬ﻒ ﻓﺴ‪j‬ﻴﻘﻮم‬
‫ﺑﺨﺪﻣ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺠﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎز ذي اﻷﻟﻮﻳ‪jjj‬ﺔ اﻷآﺒ‪jjj‬ﺮ و ﻳﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ه‪jjj‬ﻮ ﺻ‪jjj‬ﺎﺣﺐ رﻗ‪jjj‬ﻢ ﻃﻠ‪jjj‬ﺐ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ اﻷﺻﻐﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ أﻏﻠﺐ اﻷﺣﻮال ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﺧ‪j‬ﻂ ﻃﻠ‪j‬ﺐ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻌ‪j‬ﺔ‬

‫رﻗﻢ ‪ IRQ3‬أو ‪ ،IRQ5‬ﻓﺈذا آﺎن آﻼهﻤﺎ ﻣﺸﻐﻮل ﻓﻤﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ‪j‬ﻦ اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫أي ﺧﻂ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﻓﺎرغ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ ‪ Base Input Output I/O Port‬ﻓﻬ‪jj‬ﻮ اﻟ‪jj‬ﺬي ﻳﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم‬

‫ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻗﻨ‪jj‬ﺎة ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ ﺗ‪jj‬ﺪﻓﻖ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ أﺟ‪jj‬ﺰاء اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮ و‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﻪ‪.‬‬

‫هﺬا اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ ‪ Port‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ آﻌﻨﻮان ﻣﻜﺘﻮب ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈ‪j‬ﺎم اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﺖ‬

‫ﻋﺸ‪jj‬ﺮي ‪ ، Hexadecimal format‬و آ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز ﻳﺠ‪jj‬ﺐ أن ﻳﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﻟ‪jj‬ﻪ‬
‫رﻗﻢ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪ Base I/O Port‬ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ اﻵﺧﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪132‬‬
 ‫اﻷرﻗﺎم اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪300 to 30F‬‬

‫‪310 to 31F‬‬

‫و ﻋﻠﻰ آﻞ ﻓﺄي رﻗﻢ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﻓﺎرغ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣ‪j‬ﺎ )‪ Direct Memory Access (DMA‬ﻓﻬ‪j‬ﻲ ﻗﻨ‪j‬ﺎة ﺗﻨﻘ‪j‬ﻞ‬

‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ أي ﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز ﻣﺜ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﺜﻼ و ذاآ‪jj‬ﺮة اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮ ‪،‬‬
‫وهﺬا اﻷﻣﺮ ﻳﺘﻢ دون أي ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ‪.‬‬

‫و ﻻ ﻳﺴ‪jjjj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺟﻬ‪jjjj‬ﺎزان اﺳ‪jjjj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﻧﻔ‪jjjj‬ﺲ اﻟﻘﻨ‪jjjj‬ﺎة ‪ ،‬ﻟﻬ‪jjjj‬ﺬا ﻳﺠ‪jjjj‬ﺐ‬

‫ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﻗﻨﺎة ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻤﺜ‪jj‬ﻞ ‪ Base Memory Address‬ﻣﻮﻗ‪jj‬ﻊ ﻣﺤ‪jj‬ﺪد ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ذاآ‪jj‬ﺮة‬

‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ‪ ، RAM‬و ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻓﻬ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم ه‪j‬ﺬا اﻟﻤﻮﻗ‪j‬ﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺨ‪jj‬ﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺆﻗ‪jj‬ﺖ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪jj‬ﻠﺔ و اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻘﺒﻠﺔ‪ ،‬و ﻳﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﻮان ه‪jj‬ﺬا‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﻗﺒ‪j‬ﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ه‪j‬ﻮ ‪ D8000‬و أﺣﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎ ﻳﻜﺘ‪j‬ﺐ‬
‫‪ ، D800‬و ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام أي ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﻗﺒ‪j‬ﻞ ﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎز‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬و ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎت ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺪار اﻟﺬاآﺮة اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jjj‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻗ‪jjj‬ﺪ ﺗﺤﺘ‪jjj‬ﻮي ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ أﺣ‪jjj‬ﺪ اﻷﻧ‪jjj‬ﻮاع اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ‬

‫‪ ، Transceiver‬و أﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ أآﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮع ‪:‬‬

‫‪.On-Board BNC -1‬‬

‫‪.On-Board RJ-45 -2‬‬

‫‪.On-Board AUI -3‬‬

‫‪133‬‬
‫ﻓﺈذا آﺎن ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ أآﺜ‪j‬ﺮ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﻧ‪j‬ﻮع و ﺑﺎﻟﺘ‪j‬ﺎﻟﻲ ﺗ‪j‬ﺪﻋﻢ أآﺜ‪j‬ﺮ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻮع ﻣﻦ اﻷﺳﻼك ﻓﺈﻧﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﻤﻰ ‪ ، Combo Card‬وﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳ‪j‬ﺪ اﻟﻨ‪j‬ﻮع اﻟ‪j‬ﺬي‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ ﻳﺠ‪j‬ﺐ اﺧﺘﻴ‪j‬ﺎرﻩ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﺧ‪j‬ﻼل اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﻌﻤﺎل ‪ Jumpers‬و اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻲ اﻷﻧﻮاع اﻷﻗ‪j‬ﺪم ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺎت أﻣ‪j‬ﺎ اﻷﻧ‪j‬ﻮاع اﻷﺣ‪j‬ﺪث اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗ‪j‬ﺪﻋﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت رآﺐ و ﺷﻐﻞ ﻓﺘﺘﻢ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ وﺻ‪jj‬ﻒ ‪ Jumpers‬آﻤﺸ‪jj‬ﺎﺑﻚ ﺻ‪jj‬ﻐﻴﺮة ﺗﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم ﺑ‪jj‬ﺮﺑﻂ‬

‫دﺑﻮﺳﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪد اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬أﻧﻈ‪j‬ﺮ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫و أﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻰ ‪ Jumpers‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺻﻐﻴﺮة ﻣﻦ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻔ‪j‬ﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﻤﻰ )‪ Dual In-Line Package (DIP‬ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻠ‪j‬ﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺈﻋﺪادات اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪134‬‬
‫ﻟﻨﻠﻖ ﻧﻈﺮة اﻵن ﻋﻠﻰ إﻋﺪاد ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ وﻳﻨ‪j‬ﺪوز ‪NT‬‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت رآﺐ و ﺷﻐﻞ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻌ‪jj‬ﺪ ﺗﺮآﻴ‪jj‬ﺐ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ و إﻋ‪jj‬ﺎدة ﺗﺸ‪jj‬ﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز اذه‪jj‬ﺐ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻟﻮﺣ‪jj‬ﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ وهﻨﺎك اﻧﻘﺮ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ أﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪. Network‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫ﺛﻢ اذهﺐ اﻟﻰ ‪.Adapters‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫و هﻨﺎك اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.ADD‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪135‬‬
‫و ﺑﻌﺪهﺎ اﺧﺘﺮ اﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮة ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪136‬‬
‫إذا ﻟ‪jj‬ﻢ ﻳﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻹﺳ‪jj‬ﻢ ﻣﺘ‪jj‬ﻮﻓﺮا اﺿ‪jj‬ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ‪ ، Have Disk‬و إﻻ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.OK‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪهﺎ ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﻧﺎﻓ‪j‬ﺬة أﺧ‪j‬ﺮى ﻟﺘﺤ‪j‬ﺪد ﻓﻴﻬ‪j‬ﺎ اﻷﻣ‪j‬ﻮر اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴ‪j‬ﺔ وﻓﻘ‪j‬ﺎ‬

‫ﻟﻨﻮع ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺘﻚ‪:‬‬

‫‪.I/O Port Address -1‬‬

‫‪.Interrupt Number -2‬‬

‫‪.Transceiver Type -3‬‬

‫ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ‪.OK‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪137‬‬
‫ﺑﻌ‪jjj‬ﺪهﺎ ﺳ‪jjj‬ﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓ‪jjj‬ﺬة ﻟﺘﺤ‪jjj‬ﺪد ﻓﻴﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎ ﻧ‪jjj‬ﻮع ﻧﺎﻗ‪jjj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jjj‬ﺎت ﻟ‪jjj‬ﺪﻳﻚ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻞ إﻟﻴ‪jj‬ﻪ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ ه‪jj‬ﻞ ه‪jj‬ﻮ ‪ ISA‬أو ‪ PCI‬أو ﻏﻴ‪j‬ﺮ ذﻟ‪jj‬ﻚ و رﻗ‪jj‬ﻢ ه‪jj‬ﺬا‬
‫اﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞ اﻟﻤﺮآﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪138‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ،OK‬و ﺑﻌﺪهﺎ ﺳﻴﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ إدﺧ‪j‬ﺎل اﻟﻘ‪j‬ﺮص اﻟﻤﻀ‪j‬ﻐﻮط‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﻳﻨ‪jj‬ﺪوز ‪ NT‬ﻟﻨﺴ‪jj‬ﺦ ﺑﻌ‪jj‬ﺾ اﻟﻤﻠﻔ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﻼزﻣ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﺖ ﻣﺸ‪jj‬ﻐﻼت اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻜ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﻌﻤ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺗﺤﺘ‪jj‬ﺎج اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮل ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﺪ‬

‫ﺗﻨﺼ‪jjjjjj‬ﻴﺐ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪jjjjjj‬ﺔ ﺳ‪jjjjjj‬ﺘﺠﺪ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjjjjj‬ﻮل ‪ ،NetBEUI‬و ﻹﺿ‪jjjjjj‬ﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت أﺧﺮى ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ TCP/IP‬و اﻟﺬي ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺟ‪j‬ﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄآﻴ‪j‬ﺪ إن رﻏﺒ‪j‬ﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ‪ ،‬اذهﺐ اﻟﻰ ‪ Protocols‬و اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ‪ Add‬و‬
‫اﺧﺘﺮ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل اﻟﻼزم‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ اﻹﻧﺘﻬﺎء اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Close‬و أﻋ‪j‬ﺪ ﺗﺸ‪j‬ﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺠﻬ‪j‬ﺎز ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﺪﻣﺎ‬

‫ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ‪.‬‬

‫‪139‬‬
‫ﻟﻨﻔﺘﺮض أﻧﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻟﻢ ﺗﻌﻤ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟ‪j‬ﺪﻳﻚ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﻔﺘﺮض أن اﻟﻤﺸ‪j‬ﻜﻠﺔ ﺳ‪j‬ﺒﺒﻬﺎ اﻟﺘﻌ‪j‬ﺎرض ‪ Conflict‬ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﻃﻠ‪j‬ﺐ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻌ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ أن ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺟﻬﺎز ﺁﺧﺮ ﺑﺎﻹﺿ‪j‬ﺎﻓﺔ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺸ‪j‬ﺘﺮآﺎن ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ رﻗﻢ ﻃﻠﺐ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ ‪ ، IRQ‬إذا أوﻻ آﻴﻒ ﻧﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ذﻟﻚ ؟‬

‫اذهﺐ اﻟﻰ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Windows NT Diagnostics‬آﻤﺎ هﻮ‬

‫ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫و ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧ‪jjjj‬ﺎﻣﺞ اذه‪jjjj‬ﺐ اﻟ‪jjjj‬ﻰ ‪، Resources‬و هﻨ‪jjjj‬ﺎك ﺳ‪jjjj‬ﺘﺠﺪ‬

‫ﺟﻬﺎزﻳﻦ ﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ رﻗﻢ ﻃﻠﺐ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪140‬‬
‫و ﻟﺤﻞ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻳﺠﺐ اﻟﻌﻮدة اﻟﻰ ﻟﻮﺣ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟ‪j‬ﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ‪Network‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ اﻟﻰ ‪ Adapters‬و ﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻳﺠﺐ اﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﺳ‪j‬ﻢ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ رﻗﻢ ﻃﻠﺐ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ اﻟﻰ رﻗﻢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﻐﻮل‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪141‬‬
‫و ﻻ ﺗﻨﺲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ إﻋﺪادات ﻃﻠ‪j‬ﺐ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻌ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ‪ DIP‬إن وﺟ‪j‬ﺪت‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ و ﺑﻬﺬا ﺗﺤﻞ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ اﻟﺪرس‪:‬‬

‫هﻨ‪jjjjjj‬ﺎك أرﺑ‪jjjjjj‬ﻊ أﻧ‪jjjjjj‬ﻮاع ﻣ‪jjjjjj‬ﻦ ﻧﻮاﻗ‪jjjjjj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jjjjjj‬ﺎت ه‪jjjjjj‬ﻲ ‪،ISA‬‬

‫‪ EISA،MCA‬و ‪.PCI‬‬

‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺮآﻴﺐ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺤ‪j‬ﺬر و اﻹﻧﺘﺒ‪j‬ﺎﻩ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻷﻣ‪j‬ﻮر و‬

‫ﺧﺎﺻﺔ إذا آﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ أو ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻻ ﻳﺪﻋﻤﺎن ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت رآﺐ و‬
‫ﺷﻐﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺠﺐ إﻋﺪاد اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ وﻳﻨ‪j‬ﺪوز ‪ NT‬و إﺿ‪j‬ﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪j‬ﻮﻻت‬

‫اﻟﻀﺮورﻳﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎ و ﻋﻨﺪ اﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺣﺪوث ﺗﻌﺎرض ﻓﻲ ‪ ،IRQ‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﺘﺄآﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.Windows NT Diagnostics‬‬

‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﻤﻘﺒﻞ ﺳﻴﻜﻮن إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان اﻟﻌﻮاﻣ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟﻤ‪j‬ﺆﺛﺮة ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ‬

‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪142‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺴﺎدﺳﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ‬

‫اﻟﻌﻮاﻣﻞ اﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮة ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس ﺳﻨﺘﻨﺎول إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺷﺮح ﻟﻠﻌﻮاﻣﻞ اﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮة ﻓﻲ أداء ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ آﻴﻒ أن أﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﻬ‪j‬ﺎ اﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟ‪j‬ﺎت‬

‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺨﺺ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺷﺮح ﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴ‪j‬ﺔ اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ و ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻷﺟﻬﺰة ﻋﺪﻳﻤﺔ اﻷﻗﺮاص‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ أن ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﺗ‪jj‬ﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺘ‪jj‬ﺪﻓﻖ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮ و‬

‫ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪،‬ﻓﺈن ﻟﻬﺎ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮا آﺒﻴﺮا ﻋﻠﻰ أداء اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪j‬ﺈذا آﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺖ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻄﻴﺌ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺆدي اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺑﻄ‪jj‬ﺊ ﻋ‪jj‬ﺎم ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،‬و ه‪jj‬ﺬا اﻷﻣ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻳﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن‬
‫واﺿ‪j‬ﺤﺎ ﺧﺎﺻ‪j‬ﺔ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﺗﺼ‪j‬ﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻨﺎﻗ‪j‬ﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻨ‪j‬ﺎك ﻻ ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ أي‬
‫أﺣﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺣﺮا ﻣﻦ أي إﺷ‪j‬ﺎرة ‪ ،‬و ﺑﺎﻟﺘ‪j‬ﺎﻟﻲ إذا‬
‫آﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﻓﺈن اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ آﻜﻞ ﺳﻴﻜﻮن ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ اﻹﻧﺘﻈﺎر ﻃﻮﻳﻼ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫أن ﺗﻨﻬﻲ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻌﻮاﻣﻞ اﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮة ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻷﺳﻠﻮب اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼت اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ‪.Driver Software‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺳﻌﺔ ﻧﺎﻗﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﻗﻮة اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮد ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -5‬ﻣﻘﺪار ذاآﺮة اﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪143‬‬
‫ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ اﻟﻌﻮاﻣ‪jjj‬ﻞ اﻟﻤﻬﻤ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ اﻟﺘ‪jjj‬ﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ ﺳ‪jjj‬ﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪jjj‬ﺔ ه‪jjj‬ﻮ‬
‫اﻷﺳﻠﻮب اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ ﺗﺒﺎدل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ و اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬

‫هﻨﺎك أرﺑﻊ ﻃﺮق ﻟﺘﺒﺎدل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ و ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫ﺳﻨﺴﺮدهﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺑﻄﺄ اﻟﻰ اﻷﺳﺮع ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﻤﺪﺧﻞ\اﻟﻤﺨﺮج اﻟﻤﺒﺮﻣﺞ ‪.Programmed I/O‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ذاآﺮة اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮآﺔ ‪.Shared Adapter Memory‬‬

‫‪ -3‬اﻟﻮﺻ‪j‬ﻮل اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷ‪j‬ﺮ ﻟﻠ‪j‬ﺬاآﺮة ‪Direct Memory Access‬‬

‫)‪.(DMA‬‬

‫‪ -4‬اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞ ‪.Bus Mastering‬‬

‫ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ ، Programmed I/O‬ﻳﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم ﻣﻌ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﺞ ﺧ‪jj‬ﺎص ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ‬

‫اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺠﺰء ﻣﻦ ذاآﺮة اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم ﻣﻌ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﺞ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎل ﺑﻤﻌ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﺞ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺧ‪jj‬ﻼل‬

‫ﻋﻨﻮان ﻣﺪﺧﻞ\ﻣﺨﺮج ‪ I/O Address‬اﻟﻤﻮﺟ‪j‬ﻮد ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﺠ‪j‬ﺰء اﻟﻤﺤ‪j‬ﺪد ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺬاآﺮة اﻟﺬي ﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ ﺗﺒ‪jj‬ﺎدل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻌ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﺠﻴﻦ ﺑﺴ‪jj‬ﺮﻋﺔ و ذﻟ‪jj‬ﻚ ﺑ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﻘﺮاءة و‬

‫اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﺠﺰء ﻣﻦ اﻟﺬاآﺮة‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪144‬‬
‫و ﻣﻴﺰة اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴ‪j‬ﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻄ‪j‬ﺮق اﻷﺧ‪j‬ﺮى ه‪j‬ﻮ اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫ﺟﺰء ﺿﺌﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺬاآﺮة‪.‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ ﻋﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﺘﻤﺜ‪j‬ﻞ ﺑﻀ‪j‬ﺮورة ﺗ‪j‬ﺪﺧﻞ ﻣﻌ‪j‬ﺎﻟﺞ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺔ‬

‫ﻧﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻣﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻳﺰﻳ‪jj‬ﺪ اﻟﻌ‪jj‬ﺐء ﻋﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﻪ و ﻳﻘﻠ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﺮﻋﺔ اﻹﺟﻤﺎﻟﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ ، Shared Adapter Memory‬ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈن ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﺗﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﺗﺤﺘ‪jj‬ﻮي ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ذاآ‪jj‬ﺮة ‪ RAM‬ﺗﺸ‪jj‬ﺎرك اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮ ﻓﻴﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻌ‪j‬ﺎﻟﺞ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻮﺻ‪j‬ﻮل اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷ‪j‬ﺮ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻟ‪j‬ﺬاآﺮة‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ و ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺄﺧﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ‪ ،‬و ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻣﻊ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺬاآﺮة و آﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺟ‪j‬ﺰء ﻓﻌﻠ‪j‬ﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ذاآﺮة اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪145‬‬
‫أﻣﺎ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪Direct Memory Access‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺗﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم ﺑﻨﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻣﺒﺎﺷ‪jj‬ﺮة ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ذاآ‪jj‬ﺮة اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟ‪jj‬ﺬاآﺮة‬
‫اﻟﻤﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ ،‬وهﻲ ﺗﻤﺮ ﺑﻤﺮﺣﻠﺘﻴﻦ ‪:‬‬

‫اﻷوﻟﻰ ‪ :‬ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﻦ ذاآﺮة اﻟﻨﻈ‪j‬ﺎم اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﻣ‪j‬ﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﻮﺻ‪j‬ﻮل‬

‫اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷ‪j‬ﺮ ﻟﻠ‪j‬ﺬاآﺮة ‪ ، DMA Controller‬ﻣﻬﻤ‪j‬ﺔ ه‪j‬ﺬا اﻟﻤ‪j‬ﺘﺤﻜﻢ ه‪j‬ﻲ ﻧﻘ‪j‬ﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ ذاآ‪jj‬ﺮة اﻟﻨﻈ‪jj‬ﺎم و أي ﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز ﺁﺧ‪jj‬ﺮ دون ﺗ‪jj‬ﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﻌ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﺞ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﻨﺘﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬أﻧﻈ‪jj‬ﺮ‬

‫اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪146‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻐﻨﻲ ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻌ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﺞ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﻨﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻳﺰﻳ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺳ‪jj‬ﺮﻋﺔ ﻧﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ‪ ،‬و ﻳﺰﻳ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﻌ‪jj‬ﺐء ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺮغ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎم ﺑﻤﻬﺎم أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬

‫أﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻷﺧﻴ‪jj‬ﺮة ‪ Bus Mastering‬و اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﻰ أﻳﻀ‪jj‬ﺎ‬

‫‪ Parallel Tasking‬و ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﻤﺆﻗ‪j‬ﺖ ﺑﻨﺎﻗ‪j‬ﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺪون أي ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻌ‪j‬ﺎﻟﺞ ‪ ،‬و ﺗﻘ‪j‬ﻮم ﺑﺘﺒ‪j‬ﺎدل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة ﺑﻴﻦ ذاآﺮة اﻟﻨﻈﺎم و اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫و ه‪jj‬ﺬا ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﺮع ﻋﻤ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮ ﻧﻈ‪jj‬ﺮا ﻟﺘﻔ‪jj‬ﺮغ اﻟﻤﻌ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﺞ و ﻣ‪jj‬ﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬

‫‪ ، DMA‬و ﺑﺸ‪jjj‬ﻜﻞ ﻋ‪jjj‬ﺎم ﻓ‪jjj‬ﺈن ه‪jjj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﺗﺤﺴ‪jjj‬ﻦ أداء اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺸ‪jjj‬ﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻠﺤﻮظ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم هﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﺤﺴﻦ أداءهﺎ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺗﺘ‪j‬ﺮاوح‬

‫ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ ‪ 20‬اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ‪ 70‬ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺌ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ‪jj‬ﺎت‬
‫اﻷﺧﺮى‪ ،‬و ﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﺗﻜﻮن أآﺒﺮ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎت ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻮع ‪ MCA ،EISA‬و ‪ PCI‬آﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪j‬ﺔ‬

‫‪.Bus Mastering‬‬

‫‪147‬‬
‫ﻣﺸ‪jj‬ﻐﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ أو ‪ Network Card Driver‬ه‪jj‬ﻮ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎرة ﻋﻦ ﺑﺮﻳﻤﺞ ﻳﺤﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ آﻞ آﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬و‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻤﻬﺎم اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ و ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﻤ‪j‬ﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺸ‪j‬ﻜﻞ اﻷﻣﺜ‪j‬ﻞ ‪ ،‬اﺧﺘﻴ‪j‬ﺎر‬
‫اﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ و إﻋﺪادﻩ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﻴﺪ ﻟﻪ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ آﺒﻴ‪j‬ﺮ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﺳ‪j‬ﺮﻋﺔ و أداء‬
‫اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻌﺔ ﻧﺎﻗ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌ‪j‬ﺪد اﻟﺒﺘﺘ‪j‬ﺎت ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ‬

‫ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﻨﺎﻗ‪j‬ﻞ ﺣﻤﻠﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﻤ‪j‬ﺮة اﻟﻮاﺣ‪j‬ﺪة‪ ،‬آﻠﻤ‪j‬ﺎ زادت ﺳ‪j‬ﻌﺔ اﻟﻨﺎﻗ‪j‬ﻞ آﻠﻤ‪j‬ﺎ‬
‫زادت آﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺮة اﻟﻮاﺣﺪة‪.‬ﻟﻬ‪j‬ﺬا ﻓﻨﺎﻗ‪j‬ﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﺳ‪jj‬ﻌﺔ ‪ 32‬ﺑ‪jj‬ﺖ ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻧﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﺑﺸ‪jj‬ﻜﻞ أﺳ‪jj‬ﺮع ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻧﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺳﻌﺔ ‪ 16‬ﺑﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺰﻳ‪j‬ﺎدة ﺳ‪jj‬ﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻨﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺗ‪jj‬ﺰداد ﺳ‪jj‬ﺮﻋﺔ ﻧﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ‬

‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،‬و ﻟﻜﻦ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ اﻟﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻓﺈذا آﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞ أآﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت‬
‫ﻓﺴﺘﺼﺒﺢ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺴ‪j‬ﺒﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﺸ‪j‬ﻜﻠﺔ ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﻤﻰ ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﻖ اﻟﺰﺟﺎﺟ‪j‬ﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫وﻟﺤﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ذاآ‪jj‬ﺮة اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ RAM Buffer‬ﻣﺮآﺒ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ‬

‫ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ إرﺳ‪j‬ﺎﻟﻬﺎ و آﻠﻤ‪j‬ﺎ زاد ﺣﺠ‪j‬ﻢ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻟ‪j‬ﺬاآﺮة آﻠﻤ‪j‬ﺎ‬
‫زادت ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻰ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻣﻌ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﺞ ﺧ‪jj‬ﺎص ﻣﺮآ‪jj‬ﺐ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻳﻤﺜ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻋﻘﻠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﺪﺑﺮ و‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮل ﻋﻦ اﻟﻘﻴﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻬﺎم اﻟﻤﻮآﻠﺔ إﻟﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬و آﻠﻤﺎ آﺎن هﺬا اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ أﻗﻮى‬
‫و أآﺜﺮ ﺗﻄﻮرا آﻠﻤﺎ ﺗﺤﺴﻦ أداء اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬

‫هﻨ‪jj‬ﺎك ﻧﻮﻋ‪jj‬ﺎن رﺋﻴﺴ‪jj‬ﻴﺎن ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺎت ‪.RISC‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺎت ‪.CISC‬‬

‫‪148‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺎت ‪ RISC‬ه‪j‬ﻲ اﺧﺘﺼ‪j‬ﺎر ل ‪Reduced Instruction‬‬
‫‪ Set Computing‬أو ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﻤﺒﺴﻄﺔ ‪ ،‬و ﺗﻘ‪j‬ﻮم‬
‫ﻓﻜﺮة هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ و ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎت ﺻﻐﻴﺮة و‬
‫ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪Complex‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤ‪jjjjj‬ﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠ‪jjjjj‬ﺎت ‪ CISC‬ه‪jjjjj‬ﻲ اﺧﺘﺼ‪jjjjj‬ﺎر ل‬

‫‪ Instruction Set Computing‬أو ﻣﺤﺎﺳ‪j‬ﺒﺔ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤ‪j‬ﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﻘﺪة ‪،‬و هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺎت ﺗﻜﻮن ﻗﺎدرة ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﻤﻌﻘﺪة و‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﻘﻴ‪jj‬ﺎم ﺑﻤﻬ‪jj‬ﺎم ﺷ‪jj‬ﺪﻳﺪة اﻟﺘﻌﻘﻴ‪jj‬ﺪ و اﻟﺼ‪jj‬ﻌﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬و ﻟﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻧﻈ‪jj‬ﺮا‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﻘﻴﺪ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﻜﻮن ﺑﻄﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋ‪j‬ﺎم ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠ‪j‬ﺎت ‪ RISC‬ﺗﻌﺘﺒ‪j‬ﺮ أﺳ‪j‬ﺮع ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠ‪j‬ﺎت‬

‫‪ CISC‬ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ ﺗﺸ‪jjj‬ﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤ‪jjjj‬ﺎت اﻟﺒﺴ‪jjj‬ﻴﻄﺔ ‪ ،‬و ﺣﻴ‪jjj‬ﺚ أن اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤ‪jjjj‬ﺎت أو‬
‫اﻷواﻣﺮ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﺎج ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬهﺎ هﻲ أواﻣﺮ ﺑﺴ‪j‬ﻴﻄﺔ ﻧﺴ‪j‬ﺒﻴﺎ ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن‬
‫اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠ‪jj‬ﺎت ‪ RISC‬ﺗﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن أﺳ‪jj‬ﺮع ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺗﻠ‪jj‬ﻚ اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺎت ‪.CISC‬‬

‫إذا آﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺖ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺘﻚ أو ﺑﻌ‪j‬ﺾ أﺟ‪j‬ﺰاء ﻣﻨﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﺑﺤﺎﺟ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ اﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟ‪j‬ﺎت‬

‫ﺧﺎﺻ‪jjjj‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧ‪jjjj‬ﻚ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴ‪jjjj‬ﺎرك ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪jjjj‬ﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ‪jjjj‬ﺒﺔ ﺗﺴ‪jjjj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺗﺤﻘﻴ‪jjjj‬ﻖ ه‪jjjj‬ﺬﻩ‬
‫اﻹﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎت‪ ،‬ﻓ‪j‬ﺒﻌﺾ أﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮ ﻣ‪j‬ﺜﻼ ﺗﺤﺘ‪j‬ﺎج اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺎت ﻏﺎﻟﻴ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺜﻤﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﺎج ﻏﻴﺮهﺎ إﻻ اﻟﻰ أرﺧﺺ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎت‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻌﺮف ﻣﺜﻼ أن اﻟﻤﺰودات ﺗﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ آﻤﻴﺎت آﺒﻴﺮة ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‬

‫‪ ،‬و ﻧﻌ‪j‬ﺮف أﻳﻀ‪j‬ﺎ أﻧ‪j‬ﻪ إذا آ‪j‬ﺎن اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﺰود ﺑﻄﻴﺌ‪j‬ﺎ ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ آﻜ‪j‬ﻞ ﺳﺘﺼ‪jj‬ﺒﺢ‬
‫ﺑﻄﻴﺌﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻬﺬا ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻀﺮوري اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎت ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺘﻄﻮرة‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺰود ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ اﻟﻌﺐء اﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ اﻟﺬي ﺳﻴﻠﻘﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﺗﻘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ‪j‬ﻦ اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺎت أﻗ‪j‬ﻞ ﺗﻜﻠﻔ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﻤﺤﻄ‪j‬ﺎت اﻟﻌﻤ‪j‬ﻞ‬

‫‪ Workstation‬اﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻮﻟ‪j‬ﺪ آﻤﻴ‪j‬ﺎت آﺒﻴ‪j‬ﺮة ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت و ﺗﺒﺜﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪149‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒ‪j‬ﺮ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﻼﺳ‪j‬ﻠﻜﻴﺔ ‪ ،Wireless LAN‬ﻧﻮﻋ‪j‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت‪ ،‬و ﻹﻧﺸ‪jj‬ﺎء ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻻﺳ‪jj‬ﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻻﺑ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻟ‪jj‬ﻚ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎت ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻷﻣﺮﻳﻦ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ آﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺴﻠﻜﻴﺔ و اﻹﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎت اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ هﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬وﺳﻂ اﻹرﺳﺎل اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻠﺒﺚ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻟﻤﻜ‪jjjj‬ﻮن اﻟﻤﺴ‪jjjj‬ﺌﻮل ﻋ‪jjjj‬ﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴ‪jjjj‬ﺔ اﻟﺒ‪jjjj‬ﺚ و ﻳﺴ‪jjjj‬ﻤﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﻤ‪jjjj‬ﻊ‬

‫اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ‪ Wireless Concentrator‬و هﻮ ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﻣﻬ‪j‬ﺎم اﻟﻤﻜ‪j‬ﻮن‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴ‪jjj‬ﻤﻰ ‪ Transceiver‬ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪jjj‬ﺎت اﻟﺴ‪jjj‬ﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬و ﻳﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﻤﺠﻤ‪jjj‬ﻊ‬
‫اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ أﻧﻮاع ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ وﺳﺎﺋﻂ اﻹرﺳﺎل ﺗﺸﻤﻞ‪:‬‬

‫‪-1‬ﻣﻮﺟﺎت اﻟﺮادﻳﻮ ‪.Radio Waves‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻣﻮﺟﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮو وﻳﻒ ‪.Microwaves‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻣﻮﺟﺎت اﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ اﻟﺤﻤﺮاء ‪.Infrared‬‬

‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﺪﻳﺮي اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت ﺑﺈزاﻟ‪j‬ﺔ أي ﻣﺤﺮآ‪j‬ﺎت أﻗ‪j‬ﺮاص ﻟﻴﻨ‪j‬ﺔ‬

‫آﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺖ أو ﺻ‪jj‬ﻠﺒﺔ أو ﺣﺘ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻣﻀ‪jj‬ﻐﻮﻃﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ أﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰة اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ‪،‬و ﻳﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن‬
‫اﻟﻬﺪف ﻣﻦ ذﻟﻚ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬زﻳﺎدة أﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ وﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﻴﺮوﺳﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ اﻹﺟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪150‬‬
 ‫‪ -3‬ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ اﻹدارة و اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﻬﺰة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫و ﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﺒﺮز ﻣﺸ‪j‬ﻜﻠﺔ ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﺪ اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام اﻷﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة ﻣﻨﺰوﻋ‪j‬ﺔ اﻷﻗ‪j‬ﺮاص‬

‫ﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﻓﻲ آﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ هﺬﻩ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة و آﻴ‪j‬ﻒ ﺳﺘﻨﻀ‪j‬ﻢ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﺑ‪j‬ﺪون‬
‫وﺟﻮد ﻗﺮص ﺻﻠﺐ و ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ أﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺨﺰن ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺪأ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ؟‬

‫ﻟﺤﻞ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎت ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺨ‪j‬ﺰن ﻋﻠﻴﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﺑﺮﻧ‪j‬ﺎﻣﺞ‬

‫ﺻﻐﻴﺮ ﻳﺸﻐﻞ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز و ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﻀﻤﺎم اﻟﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،‬هﺬﻩ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺎت‬
‫ﺗﻜ‪j‬ﻮن ﻣ‪j‬ﺰودة ﺑ‪j‬ﺬاآﺮة ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﻤﻰ ‪ Remote-Boot PROM‬ﻳﺨ‪j‬ﺰن ﻋﻠﻴﻬ‪j‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺪأ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ اﻟﺪرس‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺤ‪jjjjj‬ﺪد ﺳ‪jjjjj‬ﺮﻋﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jjjjj‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪jjjjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋ‪jjjjj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jjjjj‬ﻦ اﻟﻌﻮاﻣ‪jjjjj‬ﻞ‬

‫ﺗﺸﻤﻞ‪:‬أﺳﻠﻮب اﻹرﺳﺎل ‪،‬ﺑﺮﻧ‪j‬ﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺸ‪j‬ﻐﻞ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳ‪j‬ﻌﺔ اﻟﻨﺎﻗ‪j‬ﻞ ‪ ،‬اﻟ‪j‬ﺬاآﺮة‬
‫اﻹﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ و ﻗﻮة ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎت ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ أﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻨﺰوﻋﺔ اﻷﻗﺮاص ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎت ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﺰودة ب ‪ Remote-Boot PROM‬ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺒﺪأ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة‬
‫و ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﻀﻤﺎم اﻟﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳ‪jjj‬ﻴﻜﻮن اﻟ‪jjj‬ﺪرس اﻟﻤﻘﺒ‪jjj‬ﻞ إن ﺷ‪jjj‬ﺎء اﷲ ﺑﻌﻨ‪jjj‬ﻮان ﻣﺒ‪jjj‬ﺎدئ إرﺳ‪jjj‬ﺎل‬

‫اﻹﺷﺎرة‪.‬‬

‫‪151‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ‬

‫ﻣﺒﺎدئ إرﺳﺎل اﻹﺷﺎرة‬

‫ﺳﻨﺘﻨﺎول ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬وﺻﻒ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﺎدئ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻹرﺳﺎل اﻹﺷﺎرة‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻹﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎت ﺑﻴﻦ وﺳﻂ اﻹرﺳﺎل اﻟﺴﻠﻜﻲ و اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺳﺮد ﻟﻠﻌﻮاﻣﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ أﺧ‪j‬ﺬهﺎ ﺑﻌ‪j‬ﻴﻦ اﻹﻋﺘﺒ‪j‬ﺎر ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﺪ اﺧﺘﻴ‪j‬ﺎر‬

‫وﺳﻂ اﻹرﺳﺎل‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ أن ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﺟﻬﺎزا آﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻹﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﻌ‪j‬ﺎ ﻻﺑ‪j‬ﺪ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﺗ‪j‬ﻮﻓﺮ‬

‫ﺷﺮﻃﻴﻦ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬أن ﺗ‪jjj‬ﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﺟﻤ‪jjj‬ﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jjj‬ﺎت اﻟ‪jjj‬ﻰ إﺷ‪jjj‬ﺎرات ﻳﻤﻜ‪jjj‬ﻦ ﻧﻘﻠﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎ ﺑ‪jjj‬ﻴﻦ‬

‫اﻟﺠﻬﺎزﻳﻦ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎزﻳﻦ ﻗﻨﺎة ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﺎن ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ إرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل‬

‫و إﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻹﺷﺎرات‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﻤ‪jj‬ﺮ أو اﻟﻘﻨ‪jj‬ﺎة اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﺤﻤ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻹﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرات ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﻰ وﺳ‪jj‬ﻂ اﻹرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل‬

‫‪. transmission medium‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ أﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻷﻧﻮاع اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻹﺷﺎرات‬

‫ﻟﻺﺗﺼﺎل ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪ electrical pulses -1‬أو اﻟﻨﺒﻀﺎت اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ radio waves -2‬أو ﻣﻮﺟﺎت اﻟﺮادﻳﻮ‪.‬‬

‫‪ microwaves -3‬أو ﻣﻮﺟﺎت اﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮو وﻳﻒ‪.‬‬

‫‪152‬‬
 ‫‪ infrared light -4‬أو اﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ اﻟﺤﻤﺮاء‪.‬‬

‫هﻨﺎك ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ واﺣﺪة ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻹﺷ‪j‬ﺎرات اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔ‪j‬ﺔ و ه‪j‬ﻲ‬

‫أﻧﻬﺎ آﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﺎت آﻬﺮوﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ )‪electromagnetic (EM‬‬
‫‪.waves‬‬

‫و ﻳ‪jjj‬ﺘﻢ اﺳ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ه‪jjj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻮﺟ‪jjj‬ﺎت ﻟﻨﻘ‪jjj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jjj‬ﺎت ﻷﻧﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎ ﺗﺘﻤﺘ‪jjj‬ﻊ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ و اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام أﺷﺒﺎﻩ اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻼت‬

‫‪.semiconductor‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ آ‪j‬ﻼ اﻹﺷ‪j‬ﺎرات اﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ‪ analog‬و اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴ‪j‬ﺔ‬

‫‪.digital‬‬

‫اﻹﺷﺎرات اﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﻴﺔ هﻲ إﺷﺎرات ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮة ﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪j‬ﺎت‬

‫آﻤﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻹﺷﺎرات اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ و ﻣﺜﺎل ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫و اﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎت اﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣ‪jjj‬ﺎ اﻹﺷ‪jjj‬ﺎرات اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﻓﻬ‪jjj‬ﻲ إﺷ‪jjj‬ﺎرات ﻣﻨﻔﺼ‪jjj‬ﻠﺔ ‪ discrete‬و‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ هﻲ ﺻﻔﺮ أو واﺣﺪ ﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ اﻹﺷﺎرة اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮﺟ‪j‬ﺎت اﻟﻜﻬﺮوﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴ‪j‬ﻴﺔ ﺗﻀ‪jj‬ﻢ أﻧ‪j‬ﻮاع ﻋﺪﻳ‪jj‬ﺪة ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻮﺟ‪jj‬ﺎت‬

‫ﺗﺘﺮاوح ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ أﺷ‪j‬ﻌﺔ ﺟﺎﻣ‪j‬ﺎ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴ‪j‬ﺔ وﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺟ‪j‬ﺎت اﻟﺮادﻳ‪j‬ﻮ اﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬

‫هﺬا اﻟﻤﺪى اﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻮﺟ‪j‬ﺎت اﻟﻜﻬﺮوﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴ‪j‬ﻴﺔ ﻳﻄﻠ‪j‬ﻖ ﻋﻠﻴ‪j‬ﻪ‬

‫اﺳﻢ اﻟﻄﻴﻒ اﻟﻜﻬﺮوﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ‪.EM spectrum‬‬

‫ﺟﺰء ﻣﺤﺪود ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ هﺬا اﻟﻄﻴﻒ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪153‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ آﻬﺮوﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻄﻴﻒ ﺑﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻟﻬ‪jjjj‬ﺎ اﻟﻤ‪jjjj‬ﻮﺟﻲ ‪ wavelength‬و ﺗﺮدده‪jjjj‬ﺎ ‪ frequency‬و ﻃﺎﻗﺘﻬ‪jjjj‬ﺎ‬
‫‪.energy‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳ‪jjj‬ﺐ اﻟﺘ‪jjj‬ﺮدد و اﻟﻄ‪jjj‬ﻮل اﻟﻤ‪jjj‬ﻮﺟﻲ ﺗﻨﺎﺳ‪jjj‬ﺒﺎ ﻋﻜﺴ‪jjj‬ﻴﺎ ﻓﻜﻠﻤ‪jjj‬ﺎ زاد‬

‫اﻟﺘﺮدد ﻗﻞ اﻟﻄﻮل اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻲ و اﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﺮدد ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎ ﻃﺮدﻳﺎ ﻓﻜﻠﻤ‪j‬ﺎ زاد أﺣ‪j‬ﺪهﻤﺎ‬

‫زاد اﻵﺧﺮ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮﺟ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﻘ‪jj‬ﻊ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ أﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﻄﻴ‪jj‬ﻒ ﻳﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﺗﺮدده‪jj‬ﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌ‪jj‬ﺎ‬

‫وﻃﺎﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ و ﻃﻮﻟﻬﺎ اﻟﻤ‪j‬ﻮﺟﻲ ﺻ‪j‬ﻐﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤ‪j‬ﺎ اﻟﻤﻮﺟ‪j‬ﺎت اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﻘ‪j‬ﻊ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ‬
‫أﺳ‪jj‬ﻔﻞ اﻟﻄﻴ‪jj‬ﻒ ﻓﻴﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﺗﺮدده‪jj‬ﺎ و ﻃﺎﻗﺘﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀ‪jj‬ﺔ أﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻃﻮﻟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﻮﺟﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤ‪jjj‬ﺪد ﻃﺎﻗ‪jjj‬ﺔ و ﺗ‪jjj‬ﺮدد و ﻃ‪jjj‬ﻮل اﻟﻤﻮﺟ‪jjj‬ﺔ اﻟﺨﺼ‪jjj‬ﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟ‪jj‬ﺔ‪ ،‬و ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺨﺼ‪jj‬ﺎﺋﺺ ﺑ‪jj‬ﺪورهﺎ ﺗﺤ‪jj‬ﺪد ﻗ‪jj‬ﺪرة اﻟﻤﻮﺟ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺣﻤ‪jj‬ﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫آﻠﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﺗﻔﻊ اﻟﻰ أﻋﻠﻰ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﻄﻴ‪j‬ﻒ ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﺮدد ﻳ‪j‬ﺰداد ‪ ،‬و ﻟﻠﺘ‪j‬ﺮدد‬
‫ﻋﻼﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷ‪jj‬ﺮة ﺑﺎﻟﻘ‪jj‬ﺪرة ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺣﻤ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻠﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ازداد اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﺮدد ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈن‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎت اﻟﻜﻬﺮوﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻗﺎدرة ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت أآﺜﺮ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ اﻟﻄﻮل اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻲ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻹرﺗﻔﺎع اﻟﻰ أﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻄﻴﻒ‪،‬‬

‫ﻟﻬﺬا ﻓﺈن اﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎت ﻓﻲ أﺳﻔﻞ اﻟﻄﻴﻒ ﻟﻬﺎ أآﺒﺮ ﻃﻮل ﻣﻮﺟﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ اﻟﺮادﻳﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳ‪jjj‬ﺆﺛﺮ اﻟﻄ‪jjj‬ﻮل اﻟﻤ‪jjj‬ﻮﺟﻲ ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ ﻗ‪jjj‬ﺪرة اﻹﺷ‪jjj‬ﺎرات ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ اﺧﺘ‪jjj‬ﺮاق‬

‫اﻟﺠﺪران و اﻷﺟﺴﺎم ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﺸﻔﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬

‫آﻤ‪jjj‬ﺎ أن اﻟﻄ‪jjj‬ﻮل اﻟﻤ‪jjj‬ﻮﺟﻲ ﻳ‪jjj‬ﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ ﻗ‪jjj‬ﺪرة اﻹﺷ‪jjj‬ﺎرات ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ‬

‫اﻹﻧﺤﻨﺎء و اﻟﺪوران ﺣﻮل اﻟﻌﻘﺒﺎت و اﻟﺰواﻳﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪154‬‬
‫و ﺑﺸ‪jj‬ﻜﻞ ﻋ‪jj‬ﺎم ﻓﻜﻠﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ زاد اﻟﻄ‪jj‬ﻮل اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﻮﺟﻲ زادت ﻗ‪jj‬ﺪرة اﻹﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرة‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﺧﺘﺮاق اﻷﺳﻄﺢ ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﺸﻔﺎﻓﺔ و اﻟﺪوران ﺣﻮل اﻟﺰواﻳﺎ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣ‪j‬ﺎ اﻟﻤﻮﺟ‪jj‬ﺎت ذات اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﺮدد اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺑﺸ‪jj‬ﻜﻞ ﻋ‪jj‬ﺎم ﻏﻴ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻗ‪jj‬ﺎدرة‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻹﻧﺤﻨﺎء ﺣﻮل اﻟﺰواﻳ‪j‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺨﺎﺻ‪j‬ﻴﺔ ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﻤﻰ ‪ line-of-sight‬أو‬
‫ﻣﺮﻣﻰ اﻟﺒﺼﺮ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻬﺬا ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎت ذات اﻟﺘﺮدد اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﺜ‪j‬ﻞ ﻣﻮﺟ‪j‬ﺎت اﻟﻤﻴﻜ‪j‬ﺮو وﻳ‪j‬ﻒ‬

‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻹﻧﺘﻘﺎل إﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻄﻮط ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫إذا اﻓﺘﺮﺿﻨﺎ أن ﺟﻤﻴ‪j‬ﻊ اﻟﻌﻮاﻣ‪j‬ﻞ ﺛﺎﺑﺘ‪j‬ﺔ ﻓﺈﻧ‪j‬ﻪ ﺑﺰﻳ‪j‬ﺎدة اﻟﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ ﺗ‪j‬ﺰداد‬

‫ﻗﻮة و وﺿﻮح اﻹﺷﺎرة ‪ ،‬و ﻟﻬﺬا ﻓﺈن ﻣﻮﺟﺎت اﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮو وﻳﻒ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻨﻘ‪j‬ﺎوة‬
‫و وﺿﻮح وآﺜﺎﻓﺔ اﻹﺷﺎرة‪.‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎت ذات اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﺎت اﻟﺮادﻳ‪j‬ﻮ ﻓﺈﻧﻬ‪j‬ﺎ‬

‫أﻗ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻟﻠﺘ‪jj‬ﺪاﺧﻞ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻗﺒ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣﻮﺟ‪jj‬ﺎت أﺧ‪jj‬ﺮى ﻧﻈ‪jj‬ﺮا ﻟﻀ‪jj‬ﻌﻔﻬﺎ و ﻗﻠ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫وﺿﻮﺣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ اﻟﻤﻮﺟ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻋﺎﻟﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ ذات ﺗ‪jj‬ﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺳ‪jj‬ﻠﺒﻲ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺻ‪jj‬ﺤﺔ‬

‫اﻹﻧﺴ‪jj‬ﺎن ‪ ،‬و ﻟﻬ‪jj‬ﺬا ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈن أﺷ‪jj‬ﻌﺔ ﺟﺎﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻧﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻧﻈ‪jj‬ﺮا‬
‫ﻟﺨﻄﻮرﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺼﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ اﻷﻧ‪jj‬ﻮاع اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ وﺳ‪jj‬ﺎﺋﻂ اﻹرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل ﻣﻨﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺒﺔ ﻷﺟ‪jj‬ﺰاء‬

‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻄﻴﻒ اﻟﻜﻬﺮوﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﻊ وﺳﺎﺋﻂ اﻹرﺳﺎل ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺌﺘﻴﻦ رﺋﻴﺴﻴﺘﻴﻦ هﻤﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬وﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬وﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺗﻜ‪j‬ﻮن إﻣ‪j‬ﺎ أﺳ‪j‬ﻼك ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴ‪j‬ﺔ أو أﻟﻴ‪j‬ﺎف و ﺗﻮﺻ‪j‬ﻞ‬

‫اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء و اﻟﻀﻮء ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻮاﻟﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪155‬‬
‫أﻣﺎ اﻹرﺳﺎل اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻓﻴﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻐ‪j‬ﻼف اﻟﺠ‪j‬ﻮي آﻮﺳ‪j‬ﻂ إرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل‬
‫ﻟﻨﻘﻞ اﻹﺷﺎرة‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻮﺟﺎت اﻟﺮادﻳﻮ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻣﻮﺟﺎت اﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮو وﻳﻒ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬اﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ اﻟﺤﻤﺮاء‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻋ‪j‬ﺎدة ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﺼ‪j‬ﻐﻴﺮة‬

‫أﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻮاﺳ‪jj‬ﻌﺔ ﻓﺘﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻮﺳ‪jj‬ﺎﺋﻂ اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﻠﻜﻴﺔ و‬
‫اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫آﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ‪j‬ﻦ اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻮﺳ‪j‬ﺎﺋﻂ اﻟﻼﺳ‪j‬ﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ‪j‬ﻖ اﻹﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل‬

‫ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮات اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ و اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺒ‪jj‬ﻞ أن ﺗﺤ‪jj‬ﺪد وﺳ‪jj‬ﻂ اﻹرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل اﻷﻧﺴ‪jj‬ﺐ ﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺘﻚ ﻋﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﻚ اﻹﺟﺎﺑ‪jj‬ﺔ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ هﺬﻩ اﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻣﺎ ه‪j‬ﻮ ﻣﻘ‪j‬ﺪار ﺛﻘ‪j‬ﻞ أو ازدﺣ‪j‬ﺎم ﺣﺮآ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﻤ‪j‬ﺮور اﻟﻤﺘﻮﻗ‪j‬ﻊ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ‬

‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ؟‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻣ‪jjj‬ﺎ ه‪jjj‬ﻲ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jjj‬ﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﺘ‪jjj‬ﻲ ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ وﺳ‪jjj‬ﻂ اﻹﺗﺼ‪jjj‬ﺎل ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺘﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎ أو‬

‫اﻟﻮﺻﻮل أﻟﻴﻬﺎ؟‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻣﺎ هﻲ اﻹﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎت اﻷﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ؟‬

‫‪ -4‬ﻣﺎ هﻲ اﻟﻤﻴﺰاﻧﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻮﺳﻂ اﻹﺗﺼﺎل؟‬

‫‪156‬‬
‫اﻹﻋﺘﺒ‪jjj‬ﺎرات اﻟﺘ‪jjj‬ﻲ ﺗ‪jjj‬ﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ ﺳ‪jjj‬ﻌﺮ و أداء وﺳ‪jjj‬ﻂ اﻹرﺳ‪jjj‬ﺎل‬
‫ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ اﻹﻋﺪاد و اﻟﺘﺮآﻴﺐ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻣﺪى ﺳﻌﺔ ﻧﻄﺎق اﻟﺒﺚ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬اﻟﺘﻮهﻴﻦ أو ﺿﻌﻒ اﻹﺷﺎرة ‪.attenuation‬‬

‫‪ -4‬اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺪاﺧﻞ اﻟﻜﻬﺮوﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ‪immunity from‬‬

‫‪.electromagnetic interference‬‬

‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎم ﻓﺈن ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ وﺳﻂ اﻹرﺳﺎل ﺗﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻣﻊ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ و‬

‫وﻧﻘﺎوﺗﻪ و ﺗﺤﺴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى أﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺒ‪j‬ﺮ ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ ﻣ‪j‬ﺪى اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﺮددات اﻟﻤﻘﺎﺳ‪j‬ﺔ ﺑ‪j‬ﺎﻟﻬﻴﺮﺗﺰ )‪ hertz (HZ‬و‬

‫اﻟﺘ‪jjj‬ﻲ ﻳﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ وﺳ‪jjj‬ﻂ اﻹرﺳ‪jjj‬ﺎل ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴ‪jjj‬ﺎ إﺳ‪jjj‬ﺘﻴﻌﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﺴ‪jjj‬ﻌﺔ ﻧﻄ‪jjj‬ﺎق اﻟﺒ‪jjj‬ﺚ‬
‫‪.bandwidth‬‬

‫وه‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﻌ‪jj‬ﺮف ﺑ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﻔﺮق ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ أﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﺮددات و أﺧﻔﻀ‪jj‬ﻬﺎ و اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ‬

‫ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ وﺳﻂ اﻹرﺳﺎل ﺣﻤﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ه‪jjj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺴ‪jjj‬ﻌﺔ ﻗ‪jjj‬ﺪ ﺗﺘﻔ‪jjj‬ﺎوت وﻓﻘ‪jjj‬ﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺴ‪jjj‬ﺎﻓﺔ و ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﺑ‪jjj‬ﺚ اﻹﺷ‪jjj‬ﺎرة‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻌ‪jjjjjj‬ﺮف اﻟﺘ‪jjjjjj‬ﻮهﻴﻦ ‪ attenuation‬ﺑﺄﻧ‪jjjjjj‬ﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴ‪jjjjjj‬ﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺟ‪jjjjjj‬ﺎت‬

‫اﻟﻜﻬﺮوﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﻌﻒ و اﻟﺘﻼﺷﻲ ﺧﻼل اﻹرﺳﺎل‪.‬‬

‫ﺧ‪jj‬ﻼل ﻣ‪jj‬ﺮور اﻟﻤﻮﺟ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﻜﻬﺮوﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴ‪jj‬ﻴﺔ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ وﺳ‪jj‬ﻂ اﻹرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل‬

‫ﻳﺘﻌ‪jj‬ﺮض ﺟ‪jj‬ﺰء ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻃﺎﻗﺘﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻟﻺﻣﺘﺼ‪jj‬ﺎص و اﻟﺒﻌﺜ‪jj‬ﺮة ﺑﺴ‪jj‬ﺒﺐ اﻟﺨ‪jj‬ﻮاص‬
‫اﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺳﻂ‪.‬‬

‫‪157‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ اﻹﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻟﻬﺬا اﻷﻣﺮ ﺧﺎﺻ‪j‬ﺔ ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﺪ اﻟﺘﺨﻄ‪j‬ﻴﻂ ﻹﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام وﺳ‪j‬ﻂ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻔﺮوض أن ﻳﻐﻄﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺷﺎﺳﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺗﺴ‪jjjjjj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ أﻏﻠ‪jjjjjj‬ﺐ وﺳ‪jjjjjj‬ﺎﺋﻂ اﻹرﺳ‪jjjjjj‬ﺎل ﻋ‪jjjjjj‬ﺰل اﻟﻤﻮﺟ‪jjjjjj‬ﺎت‬

‫اﻟﻜﻬﺮوﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺘﺪاﺧﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻮﺟﺎت ﺧﺎرﺟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺤﺪث اﻟﺘﺪاﺧﻞ اﻟﻜﻬﺮوﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ‪EMI (electromagnetic‬‬

‫‪ (interference‬ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘ‪j‬ﻮم ﻣﻮﺟ‪j‬ﺎت آﻬﺮوﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴ‪j‬ﻴﺔ ﻏﻴ‪j‬ﺮ ﻣﺮﻏ‪j‬ﻮب‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻹﺷﺎرة اﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ وﺳﻂ اﻹرﺳﺎل‪.‬‬

‫آﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ أﻧ‪jj‬ﻪ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﻬﻞ إﻋﺘ‪jj‬ﺮاض اﻟﻤﻮﺟ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﻜﻬﺮوﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴ‪jj‬ﻴﺔ و‬

‫اﻟﺘﺼ‪jjj‬ﻨﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎ و ه‪jjj‬ﺬا أﻣ‪jjj‬ﺮ ﺧﻄﻴ‪jjj‬ﺮ إذا آﺎﻧ‪jjj‬ﺖ ﺷ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺘﻚ ﺗﺤﺘ‪jjj‬ﻮي ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺣﺴﺎﺳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ اﻟﺪرس‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎت اﻟﻜﻬﺮوﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت‬

‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬

‫هﻨﺎك ﻧﻮﻋﺎن ﻣﻦ وﺳﺎﺋﻂ اﻹرﺳﺎل‪ :‬ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ و ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﻹﻋﺘﺒﺎرات اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗ‪j‬ﺆﺛﺮ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﺧﺘﻴ‪j‬ﺎرك ﻟﻮﺳ‪j‬ﻂ اﻹرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل ﺗﺘﻀ‪j‬ﻤﻦ‪:‬‬

‫اﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﺮآﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺳﻌﺔ اﻟﻨﻄﺎق‪ ،‬اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻮهﻴﻦ و اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻋ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﺪاﺧﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻬﺮوﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﻜﻮن اﻟﺪرس اﻟﻤﻘﺒﻞ إن ﺷ‪j‬ﺎء اﷲ ﺑﻌﻨ‪j‬ﻮان‪ :‬أﻧ‪j‬ﻮاع و ﺧﺼ‪j‬ﺎﺋﺺ‬

‫أﺳﻼك اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪158‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ‬

‫أﻧﻮاع وﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ أﺳﻼك اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻨﺘﻨﺎول ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺳ‪jj‬ﺮد ﻷﻧ‪jj‬ﻮاع اﻟﻮﺳ‪jj‬ﺎﺋﻂ اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﻠﻜﻴﺔ و اﻟﻄ‪jj‬ﺮق اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ‬

‫إرﺳﺎل اﻹﺷﺎرات‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬وﺻﻒ ﻟﻠﺴﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﺤﻮري‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬وﺻﻒ ﻟﻸﺳﻼك اﻟﻤﻠﺘﻮﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻴﺔ و ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺳﺮد ﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰات و ﻋﻴﻮب أﺳﻼك اﻷﻟﻴﺎف اﻟﺒﺼﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -5‬وﺻﻒ ﻟﻨﻈﺎم ﺗﺸﺒﻴﻚ ‪.IBM‬‬

‫هﻨﺎك ﺛﻼث أﻧﻮاع رﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺳﻼك هﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻷﺳﻼك اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳﺔ ‪.Coaxial Cable‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻷﺳﻼك اﻟﻤﻠﺘﻮﻳﺔ ‪.Twisted Pair‬‬

‫‪ -3‬اﻷﻟﻴﺎف اﻟﺒﺼﺮﻳﺔ ‪.Fiber Optic‬‬

‫هﻨﺎك ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺘﺎن ﻹرﺳﺎل اﻹﺷﺎرة ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ هﻤﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬إرﺳﺎل اﻟﻨﻄﺎق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ‪.Baseband‬‬

‫‪ -2‬إرﺳﺎل اﻟﻨﻄﺎق اﻟﻮاﺳﻊ ‪.Broadband‬‬

‫‪159‬‬
‫أﻧﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﻨﻄﺎق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ‪ Baseband‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻹرﺳﺎل اﻟﺮﻗﻤ‪j‬ﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻺﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرة ﺑﻮاﺳ‪jj‬ﻄﺔ ﺗ‪jj‬ﺮدد واﺣ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻓﻘ‪jj‬ﻂ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴ‪jj‬ﺚ أن اﻹﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرة اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫آﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻌﺔ ﻧﻄﺎق اﻟﺒﺚ ‪.Bandwidth‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒ‪jjj‬ﺮ ﺷ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت إﺛﺮﻧ‪jjj‬ﺖ أوﺿ‪jjj‬ﺢ ﻣﺜ‪jjj‬ﺎل ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ اﺳ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪام إرﺳ‪jjj‬ﺎل‬

‫‪.Baseband‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام هﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﺒ‪j‬ﺚ ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ أي ﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎز ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫إرﺳ‪jjj‬ﺎل اﻹﺷ‪jjj‬ﺎرات ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ اﺗﺠ‪jjj‬ﺎهﻴﻦ ‪ ،bidirectional‬وﺑﻌ‪jjj‬ﺾ اﻷﺟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺰة‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ إرﺳﺎل و اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻹﺷﺎرة ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬

‫إذا آ‪jjj‬ﺎن ﻃ‪jjj‬ﻮل اﻟﺴ‪jjj‬ﻠﻚ آﺒﻴ‪jjj‬ﺮا هﻨ‪jjj‬ﺎك اﺣﺘﻤ‪jjj‬ﺎل ﻟﺤﺼ‪jj‬ﻮل ﺗ‪jjj‬ﻮهﻴﻦ‬

‫‪ attenuation‬ﻟﻺﺷﺎرة اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﺒﺐ ﺻ‪j‬ﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﺘﻌ‪j‬ﺮف ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮاه‪jjjjj‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻬ‪jjjjj‬ﺬا ﺗﺴ‪jjjjj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﺷ‪jjjjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ Baseband‬ﻣﻜ‪jjjjj‬ﺮرات إﺷ‪jjjjj‬ﺎرة‬
‫‪ Repeaters‬و اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺴﻠﻢ اﻹﺷﺎرة و ﺗﻘﻮﻳﻬﺎ ﺛﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ إرﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ أﻧﻈﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﻨﻄ‪jj‬ﺎق اﻟﻮاﺳ‪jj‬ﻊ ‪ Broadband‬ﻓﺘﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم اﻹرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل‬

‫اﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﻲ ﻟﻺﺷ‪j‬ﺎرة ‪ Analog‬ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ ﻣ‪j‬ﺪى أوﺳ‪j‬ﻊ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﺮددات‪ ،‬ﻣﻤ‪j‬ﺎ ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﻤﺢ‬
‫ﻷآﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ إﺷﺎرة أن ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬

‫آﻤﺎ أن ﺗﺪﻓﻖ اﻹﺷﺎرات ﻓﻲ أﻧﻈﻤﺔ ‪ Broadband‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﺗﺠ‪j‬ﺎﻩ‬

‫واﺣ‪jjjj‬ﺪ ﻓﻘ‪jjjj‬ﻂ ‪ unidirectional‬و ﻟﻜ‪jjjj‬ﻦ ﻟﺤ‪jjjj‬ﻞ ه‪jjjj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺸ‪jjjj‬ﻜﻠﺔ ﺗﺴ‪jjjj‬ﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﻴﻦ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﻴﻦ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺳﻠﻚ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ‪ dual-cable‬ﻓﻴﻜﻮن آﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ﻣﻮﺻﻞ‬

‫ﺑﺴﻠﻜﻴﻦ واﺣﺪ ﻟﻺرﺳﺎل و اﻵﺧﺮ ﻟﻺﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﺳ‪jj‬ﻠﻚ واﺣ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ ﺗﻘﺴ‪jj‬ﻴﻢ ﺳ‪jj‬ﻌﺔ اﻟﻨﻄ‪jj‬ﺎق اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻗﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﻴﻦ‬

‫‪ ، midsplit‬ﺑﺤﻴ‪jj‬ﺚ ﻳﺘ‪jj‬ﻮﻓﺮ ﻗﻨ‪jj‬ﺎﺗﻴﻦ و آ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻗﻨ‪jj‬ﺎة ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﺗ‪jj‬ﺮدد ﻣﺨﺘﻠ‪jj‬ﻒ ‪،‬‬
‫وﺗﻜﻮن واﺣﺪة ﻟﻺرﺳﺎل و اﻷﺧﺮى ﻟﻺﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪160‬‬
‫ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم أﻧﻈﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ Broadband‬أﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰة ﺧﺎﺻ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻹﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرة‬
‫اﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻣﻘﻮﻳﺎت أو ‪.amplifiers‬‬

‫إذا آﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺖ ﺳ‪jj‬ﻌﺔ اﻟﻨﻄ‪jj‬ﺎق آﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﺮة ﻓﺈﻧ‪jj‬ﻪ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ اﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﻋ‪jj‬ﺪة‬
‫أﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺑﺚ ﺗﻤﺎﺛﻠﻲ ﻣﺜ‪j‬ﻞ اﻹرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﻲ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮي و ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺘﻠﻔ‪j‬ﺎز‬
‫‪ Cable TV‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻜﻮن اﻷﺳﻼك اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ أﺑﺴﻂ ﺻﻮرهﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻣﺤ‪jjj‬ﻮر ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ اﻟﻨﺤ‪jjj‬ﺎس اﻟﺼ‪jjj‬ﻠﺐ ﻣﺤ‪jjj‬ﺎط ﺑﻤ‪jjj‬ﺎدة ﻋﺎزﻟ‪jjj‬ﺔ‪.‬أﻧﻈ‪jjj‬ﺮ‬

‫اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪161‬‬
 ‫‪ -2‬ﺿﻔﺎﺋﺮ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻏﻄ‪jjj‬ﺎء ﺧ‪jjj‬ﺎرﺟﻲ ﻣﺼ‪jjj‬ﻨﻮع ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻄ‪jjj‬ﺎط أو اﻟﺒﻼﺳ‪jjj‬ﺘﻴﻚ أو‬

‫اﻟﺘﻔﻠﻮن ‪.Teflon‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم اﻟﻀ‪jjj‬ﻔﺎﺋﺮ اﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﺑﺤﻤﺎﻳ‪jjj‬ﺔ اﻟﻤﺤ‪jjj‬ﻮر ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ ﺗ‪jjj‬ﺄﺛﻴﺮ اﻟﺘ‪jjj‬ﺪاﺧﻞ‬

‫اﻟﻜﻬﺮوﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴ‪jjjj‬ﻲ ‪ EMI‬و اﻹﺷ‪jjjj‬ﺎرات اﻟﺘ‪jjjj‬ﻲ ﺗﺘﺴ‪jjjj‬ﺮب ﻣ‪jjjj‬ﻦ اﻷﺳ‪jjjj‬ﻼك‬
‫اﻟﻤﺠﺎورة أو ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ‪. Crosstalk‬‬

‫‪162‬‬
‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺑﻌﺾ اﻷﺳﻼك اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳﺔ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ أو ﻃﺒﻘﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺼﺪﻳﺮ آﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ إﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫هﻨﺎك ﻧﻮﻋﺎن ﻣﻦ اﻷﺳﻼك اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﺴﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﺤﻮري اﻟﺮﻗﻴﻖ ‪.Thin‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻟﺴﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﺤﻮري اﻟﺜﺨﻴﻦ ‪.Thick‬‬

‫اﻟﻨﻮع اﻷول هﻮ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻣ‪j‬ﺮن رﻗﻴ‪j‬ﻖ ﻳﺼ‪j‬ﻞ ﻗﻄ‪j‬ﺮﻩ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ‪ 0.6‬ﺳ‪j‬ﻢ و‬

‫ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻋ‪jj‬ﺎدة ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ 10Base2‬و ﻳﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷ‪jj‬ﺮة اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ اﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺛﺨﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺐ و ﻏﻴ‪j‬ﺮ ﻣ‪j‬ﺮن و ﻳﺼ‪j‬ﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮﻩ اﻟﻰ ‪ 1.2‬ﺳﻢ و ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻋﺎدة ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪ 10Base5‬و ﻷﻧﻪ أﺛﺨ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻮع اﻷول ﻓﺈﻧ‪j‬ﻪ ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﻮﺻ‪j‬ﻮل اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﻣﺴ‪j‬ﺎﻓﺎت أﺑﻌ‪j‬ﺪ دون ﺗ‪j‬ﻮهﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻺﺷﺎرة ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺼﻞ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ اﻷول ﻷآﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 185‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻳﺼﻞ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ‬
‫اﻟﺜﺨﻴﻦ اﻟﻰ ‪ 500‬ﻣﺘﺮ‪.‬‬

‫هﻨﺎك ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت آﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﻸﺳﻼك اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳﺔ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ 50 -1‬أوم )أوم هﻲ وﺣﺪة ﻗﻴﺎس ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻤﺘﺮدد(‬

‫‪ RG-8‬و ‪) RG-11‬ﻟﻠﺴﻠﻚ اﻟﺜﺨﻴﻦ(‪.‬‬

‫‪ 50 -2‬أوم ‪ RG-58‬ﻟﻠﺴﻠﻚ اﻟﺮﻗﻴﻖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 75 -3‬أوم ‪ RG-59‬و ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﺴﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎز‪.‬‬

‫‪ 93 -4‬أوم ‪ RG-62‬و ﺗﺴ‪jjjjjjjjjj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻤﻮاﺻ‪jjjjjjjjjj‬ﻔﺎت ﺷ‪jjjjjjjjjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت‬

‫‪.ARCnet‬‬

‫‪163‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻷﺳﻼك اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻚ أو وﺻ‪j‬ﻼت ﺧﺎﺻ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﻮﺻ‪j‬ﻞ‬
‫اﻷﺳ‪jj‬ﻼك ﻣﻌ‪jj‬ﺎ و وﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻚ اﻷﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰة ﻣﻌﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﻰ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺸ‪jj‬ﺎﺑﻚ ‪BNC‬‬
‫)‪ ، (British Naval Connectors‬ﺗﺘﻀ‪jj‬ﻤﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﻠ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣﺸ‪jj‬ﺎﺑﻚ ‪BNC‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪.BNC cable connector -1‬‬

‫‪.BNC T connector -2‬‬

‫‪.BNC barrel connector -3‬‬

‫‪.BNC terminator -4‬‬

‫ﺗﺼ‪j‬ﻨﻒ اﻷﺳ‪jj‬ﻼك اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺻ‪j‬ﻨﻔﻴﻦ وﻓﻘ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻟﺘﺮآﻴ‪j‬ﺐ ﻏﻼﻓﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ و ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ اﻟﻤﻜﺎن اﻟﺬي ﺳﺘﺮآﺐ ﻓﻴﻪ و هﺬان اﻟﺼﻨﻔﺎن هﻤﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪.polyvinyl chloride (PVC) -1‬‬

‫‪.plenum -2‬‬

‫اﻟﻨ‪jjj‬ﻮع اﻷول ‪ PVC‬ﻣ‪jjj‬ﺮن و ﻣﻤﻜ‪jjj‬ﻦ اﺳ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ اﻷﻣ‪jjj‬ﺎآﻦ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ أو اﻟﻤﻌﺮﺿ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳ‪j‬ﺔ ﺟﻴ‪j‬ﺪة ‪ ،‬وﻟﻜ‪j‬ﻦ ﻧﻈ‪j‬ﺮا ﻷﻧ‪j‬ﻪ ﻗ‪j‬ﺪ ﺗﻨﺒﻌ‪j‬ﺚ ﻣﻨ‪j‬ﻪ‬
‫رواﺋﺢ ﺳ‪j‬ﺎﻣﺔ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﺣﺎﻟ‪j‬ﺔ ﺣ‪j‬ﺪوث ﺣﺮﻳ‪j‬ﻖ ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن ه‪j‬ﺬا اﻟﻨ‪j‬ﻮع ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﻏﻴ‪j‬ﺮ اﻟﻤﺤﺒ‪j‬ﺬ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ اﻷﻣﺎآﻦ اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻘﺔ أو ﺳﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ اﻟﻨ‪jj‬ﻮع اﻟﺜ‪jj‬ﺎﻧﻲ ‪ plenum‬ﻓﻬ‪jj‬ﻮ ﻣﺼ‪jj‬ﻨﻮع ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻮاد ﻣﻀ‪jj‬ﺎدة‬

‫ﻟﻠﺤﺮﻳ‪j j‬ﻖ ‪ ،‬وه‪jjj‬ﻲ ﺗﺴ‪jjj‬ﻤﻰ ﺑﻬ‪jjj‬ﺬا اﻹﺳ‪jjj‬ﻢ ﻧﺴ‪jjj‬ﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻜ‪jjj‬ﺎن اﻟ‪jjj‬ﺬي ﺗﺮآ‪jjj‬ﺐ ﻓﻴ‪jjj‬ﻪ‬
‫‪ plenum‬و هﻮ اﻟﻔﺮاغ اﻟﺬي ﻳﻔﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺴﻘﻒ و أرﺿﻴﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻖ اﻟ‪j‬ﺬي‬
‫ﻓﻮﻗﻪ و ﺗﻜ‪j‬ﻮن ﻣﺨﺼﺼ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﺘ‪j‬ﺪوﻳﺮ اﻟﻬ‪j‬ﻮاء اﻟﺒ‪j‬ﺎرد أو اﻟ‪j‬ﺪاﻓﺊ ﻋﺒ‪j‬ﺮ اﻟﺒﻨﺎﻳ‪j‬ﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫وهﺬﻩ اﻷﻣﺎآﻦ ﺗﻜﻮن ﺣﺴﺎﺳﺔ ﺟﺪا ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣ‪j‬ﺪوث ﺣﺮاﺋ‪j‬ﻖ ﻓﻠ‪j‬ﻮ اﻓﺘﺮﺿ‪j‬ﻨﺎ‬
‫أن اﻷﺳ‪jj‬ﻼك اﻟﻤﻤ‪jj‬ﺪة هﻨ‪jj‬ﺎك ﻏﻴ ‪j‬ﺮ ﻣﻀ‪jj‬ﺎدة ﻟﻠﺤﺮﻳ‪jj‬ﻖ ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈن اﻟﻐ‪jj‬ﺎزات اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺘﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﺒﻨﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪164‬‬
 ‫ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ‪ plenum‬أﻗﻞ ﻣﺮوﻧﺔ و أآﺜﺮ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪.PVC‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﺘﺨﺪم اﻷﺳﻼك اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳﺔ ﻋﺎدة ﻟﻸﻣﻮر اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﺼﻮت واﻟﺼﻮرة و اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬إﻳﺼ‪jjj‬ﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jjj‬ﺎت ﻟﻤﺴ‪jjj‬ﺎﻓﺎت أﺑﻌ‪jjj‬ﺪ ﻣﻤ‪jjj‬ﺎ ﺗﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻌﻪ اﻷﺳ‪jjj‬ﻼك‬

‫اﻟﻤﻠﺘﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺗﻮﻓﺮ أﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻘﻮل ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن اﻷﺳ‪jjj‬ﻼك اﻟﻤﻠﺘﻮﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ أﺑﺴ‪jj‬ﻂ ﺻ‪jjj‬ﻮرهﺎ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ زوج ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ‬

‫أﺳﻼك ﻧﺤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺰوﻟﺔ و ﻣﻠﺘﻔﺔ ﺣﻮل ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ اﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﻤﻞ هﺬا اﻹﻟﺘﻔﺎف ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﺪاﺧﻞ اﻟﻜﻬﺮوﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴ‪j‬ﻲ‬

‫ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ اﻷﺳﻼك اﻟﻤﻠﺘﻮﻳﺔ اﻟﻰ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻦ هﻤﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪ Unshielded -1‬أو ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪165‬‬
 .‫أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‬.‫ ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔ‬Shielded -2

Unshielded twisted pair (UTP) ‫ﻮع اﻷول‬j‫ﻮن اﻟﻨ‬j‫ﻳﺘﻜ‬

‫ﻮع‬j‫ﺬا اﻟﻨ‬j‫ﺘﺨﺪم ه‬j‫ و ﻳﺴ‬،‫ﻴﻂ‬j‫ﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺴ‬j‫ﺎء ﺑﻼﺳ‬j‫ﻣﻦ أﺳﻼك ﻣﻠﺘﻮﻳﺔ داﺧﻞ ﻏﻄ‬
.10BaseT ‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت‬

‫ﻨﺎﻋﺎت‬jjj‫ﺔ ﺻ‬jjj‫ﺔ و ﺟﻤﻌﻴ‬jjj‫ﻨﺎﻋﺎت اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴ‬jjj‫ﺔ اﻟﺼ‬jjj‫ﺖ ﺟﻤﻌﻴ‬jjj‫ﻗﺎﻣ‬

The Electronic Industries Association and the ‫اﻹﺗﺼﺎل‬
Telecommunications Industries Association
‫ﻦ‬jjj‫ﺔ ﻣ‬jjj‫ﺎ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳ‬jjj‫ﺎت وﻓﻘ‬jjj‫ﺲ ﻓﺌ‬jjj‫ﻰ ﺧﻤ‬jjj‫ اﻟ‬UTP ‫ﻴﻢ‬jjj‫( ﺑﺘﻘﺴ‬EIA/TIA)
: ‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ‬

166
‫‪ Category 1 -1‬اﻟﻔﺌﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ و ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﺼ‪j‬ﻮت ﻓﻘ‪j‬ﻂ و‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ Category 2 -2‬اﻟﻔﺌﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ و ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﺴ‪j‬ﺮﻋﺔ‬

‫‪ 4‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ Category 3 -3‬اﻟﻔﺌﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ و ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ﺑﺴ‪j‬ﺮﻋﺔ‬

‫‪ 10‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ Category 4 -4‬اﻟﻔﺌ‪jjj‬ﺔ اﻟﺮاﺑﻌ‪jjj‬ﺔ و ﺗﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻨﻘ‪jjj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jjj‬ﺎت‬

‫ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪16‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ Category 5 -5‬اﻟﻔﺌ‪jjj‬ﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﻣﺴ‪jjj‬ﺔ و ﺗﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻨﻘ‪jjj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jjj‬ﺎت‬

‫ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪ 100‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒ‪jjj‬ﺮ ‪ UTP‬ﻋﺮﺿ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﻟﻠﺘ‪jjj‬ﺪاﺧﻞ اﻟﻜﻬﺮوﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴ‪jjj‬ﻲ و ﺗ‪jjj‬ﺪاﺧﻞ‬

‫اﻹﺷﺎرات اﻟﻤﺠﺎورة ‪ ،‬وﻟﺤﻞ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳ‪j‬ﺔ ‪Shielding‬‬
‫‪ ،‬و ﻣﻦ هﻨﺎ ﻇﻬ‪j‬ﺮت اﻷﺳ‪j‬ﻼك اﻟﻤﻠﺘﻮﻳ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ‪Shielded-twisted‬‬
‫)‪ pair (STP‬و اﻟﺘﻲ هﻲ ﻋﺒﺎرة ﻋﻦ زوج ﻣﻦ اﻷﺳﻼك اﻟﻤﻠﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺑﻐﻼف ﺑﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ‪.‬‬

‫و ﺗﺘﻔﻮق ‪ STP‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ UTP‬ﻓﻲ أﻣﺮﻳﻦ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬أﻗﻞ ﻋﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺪاﺧﻞ اﻟﻜﻬﺮوﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ دﻋﻢ اﻹرﺳﺎل ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎت أﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﻈﺮوف ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺎت ﺑﺚ أآﺒﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻷﺳﻼك اﻟﻤﻠﺘﻮﻳﺔ ‪ TP‬ﻋﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﻻت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻴﺰاﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺤﺪودة ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪167‬‬
 ‫‪ -2‬هﻨﺎك ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ و ﺑﺴﺎﻃﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺮآﻴﺐ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻜ‪j‬ﻮن أﺳ‪j‬ﻼك اﻷﻟﻴ‪jj‬ﺎف اﻟﺒﺼ‪j‬ﺮﻳﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ إﺳ‪jj‬ﻄﻮاﻧﺔ رﻗﻴﻘ‪j‬ﺔ ﺟ‪j‬ﺪا ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ‬

‫اﻟﺰﺟﺎج أو اﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺑﺴﻤﻚ اﻟﺸﻌﺮة ﺗﺴﻤﻰ اﻟﺼﻤﻴﻢ ‪ Core‬و ﻳﻜﺴﻰ ه‪j‬ﺬا‬
‫اﻟﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺑﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺼﻤﻤﺔ ﻟﻌﻜﺲ اﻟﻀﻮء ﻋﻠﻴ‪j‬ﻪ‪ ،‬وﺗﻐﻄ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺛ‪jj‬ﻢ ﺑﻄﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣﻘ‪jj‬ﻮاة ‪ Kevlar‬و اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺑ‪jj‬ﺪورهﺎ ﺗﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﻣﺤﻤﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺑﻐﻄ‪jj‬ﺎء‬
‫ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫و ﺣﻴ‪jj‬ﺚ أن آ‪jj‬ﻞ ‪ Core‬ﻻ ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻧﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﻀ‪jj‬ﻮء أو اﻹﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرة إﻻ‬

‫ﻓﻲ اﺗﺠﺎﻩ واﺣﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺳﻠﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻷﻟﻴ‪j‬ﺎف اﻟﺒﺼ‪j‬ﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫واﺣﺪ ﻟﻺرﺳﺎل و اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻺﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﻓﺮ أﺳﻼك اﻷﻟﻴﺎف اﻟﺒﺼﺮﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﺰاﻳﺎ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻨﻴﻌ‪jjjj‬ﺔ ﺿ‪jjjj‬ﺪ اﻟﺘ‪jjjj‬ﺪاﺧﻞ اﻟﻜﻬﺮوﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴ‪jjjj‬ﻲ و اﻟﺘ‪jjjj‬ﺪاﺧﻞ ﻣ‪jjjj‬ﻦ‬

‫اﻷﺳﻼك اﻟﻤﺠﺎورة‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻣﻌﺪﻻت اﻟﺘﻮهﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺟﺪا‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺳﺮﻋﺔ إرﺳﺎل ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﺟ‪j‬ﺪا ﺑ‪j‬ﺪأت ب ‪ 100‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑ‪j‬ﺖ‬

‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ و ﻗﺪ وﺻﻠﺖ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎ اﻟﻰ ‪ 200000‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻷﻟﻴ‪jjj‬ﺎف اﻟﺒﺼ‪jjj‬ﺮﻳﺔ ﻳ‪jjj‬ﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﻮﻳ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jjj‬ﺎت اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ اﻟ‪jjj‬ﻰ‬

‫ﻧﺒﻀ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻀ‪jj‬ﻮء‪ ،‬و ﺣﻴ‪jj‬ﺚ أﻧ‪jj‬ﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻤ‪jj‬ﺮ ﺑﻬ‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻷﻟﻴ‪jj‬ﺎف أي إﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرات‬
‫آﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﺈن ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻷﻣﻦ اﻟﺬي ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻪ ﺿﺪ اﻟﺘﻨﺼﺖ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪168‬‬
‫أﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ اﻟﻌﻴ‪jj‬ﺐ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻟﻬ‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻷﺳ‪jj‬ﻼك ﻓﻬ‪jj‬ﻮ ﻧ‪jj‬ﺎﺑﻊ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺘﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺮآﻴﺐ هﺬﻩ اﻷﺳﻼك و ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎ أﻣﺮ ﻏﺎﻳ‪j‬ﺔ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﺼ‪j‬ﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﻓ‪j‬ﺄي آﺴ‪j‬ﺮ أو‬
‫اﻧﺤﻨﺎء ﺳﻴﺆدي اﻟﻰ ﻋﻄﺒﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻷﻟﻴﺎف اﻟﺒﺼﺮﻳﺔ ذات اﻟﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻤﺼﻨﻮع ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺒﻼﺳ‪j‬ﺘﻴﻚ‬

‫أﺳﻬﻞ ﺗﺮآﻴﺒﺎ و أﻗ‪j‬ﻞ ﻋﺮﺿ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺴ‪j‬ﺮ ‪ ،‬وﻟﻜﻨﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺣﻤ‪j‬ﻞ ﻧﺒﻀ‪j‬ﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻀﻮء ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺎت ﺷﺎﺳﻌﺔ آﺘﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﺰودة ﺑﺼﻤﻴﻢ زﺟﺎﺟﻲ‪.‬‬

‫و اﻷﻟﻴ‪jj‬ﺎف اﻟﺒﺼ‪jj‬ﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﺸ‪jj‬ﻜﻞ ﻋ‪jj‬ﺎم ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺘﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌ‪jj‬ﺔ آﺜﻴ‪jj‬ﺮا ﻗﻴﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺎ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻼك اﻟﻨﺤﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﺤﺒﺬ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻷﻟﻴﺎف اﻟﺒﺼﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﻻت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻴﺰاﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺤﺪودة‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻋﺪم ﺗﻮﻓﺮ اﻟﺨﺒﺮة اﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺮآﻴﺒﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﻮم ﺷﺮآﺔ ‪ IBM‬ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﺧﺎﺻ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎﺗﻬﺎ و ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﻋ‪j‬ﺎم‬

‫‪1984‬ﻗﺪﻣﺖ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻳﺎ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ آﻞ ﻣﻦ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻚ اﻷﺳﻼك‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻟﻮﺣﺎت اﻟﻮاﺟﻬﺔ ‪.Face Plates‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻟﻮﺣﺎت اﻟﺘﻮزﻳﻊ ‪.Distribution Panels‬‬

‫‪ -4‬أﻧﻮاع اﻷﺳﻼك‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ اﻟﻤﺸ‪jj‬ﺎﺑﻚ اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ‪ IBM‬ﻓﺮﻳ‪jj‬ﺪة ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻧﻮﻋﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻓﻬ‪jj‬ﻲ‬

‫ﻟﻴﺴ‪jjjjjjj‬ﺖ ﻣﺸ‪jjjjjjj‬ﺎﺑﻚ ذآﺮﻳ‪jjjjjjj‬ﺔ و ﻻ أﻧﺜﻮﻳ‪jjjjjjj‬ﺔ ﺑ‪jjjjjjj‬ﻞ هﺠﻴﻨ‪jjjjjjj‬ﺔ و ﺗﺴ‪jjjjjjj‬ﻤﻰ‬
‫‪. hermaphroditic‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪169‬‬
‫و ﻧﻈ‪jjj‬ﺮا ﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﻜﻠﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﻤﻴ‪jjj‬ﺰ ﻓﺈﻧﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎ ﺗﺤﺘ‪jjj‬ﺎج اﻟ‪jjj‬ﻰ ﻟﻮﺣ‪jjj‬ﺎت واﺟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻴﺰة‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫أﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ اﻟﻤﻌ‪jj‬ﺎﻳﻴﺮ اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ‪ IBM‬ﻟﺘﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻴﻒ أﺳ‪jj‬ﻼآﻬﺎ ﻓﻬ‪jj‬ﻲ‬

‫ﺗﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎر اﻟﺬي وﺿﻌﺘﻪ ﺷ‪j‬ﺮآﺔ ‪American Wire Gauge‬‬
‫)‪. (AWG‬‬

‫اﻷﻧﻮاع اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﺳﻼك اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪ IBM‬هﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪.Type 1 - STP for computers -1‬‬

‫‪.Type 2 - voice and data STP -2‬‬

‫‪.Type 3 - voice and data UTP -3‬‬

‫‪170‬‬
 ‫‪.Type 5 - fiber optic cable -4‬‬

‫‪.Type 6 - dual-shielded UTP -5‬‬

‫‪.Type 8 - STP for use under carpets -6‬‬

‫‪.Type 9 – plenum -7‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ اﻟﺪرس‪:‬‬

‫هﻨ‪jjj‬ﺎك ﺛ‪jjj‬ﻼث أﻧ‪jjj‬ﻮاع رﺋﻴﺴ‪jjj‬ﻴﺔ ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ اﻷﺳ‪jjj‬ﻼك ه‪jjj‬ﻲ اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳ‪jjj‬ﺔ و‬

‫اﻟﻤﻠﺘﻮﻳﺔ و اﻷﻟﻴﺎف اﻟﺒﺼﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫وﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻹرﺳﺎل ﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﻰ ‪ Baseband‬و ‪.Broadband‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ اﻷﺳﻼك اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳﺔ اﻟﻰ رﻗﻴﻘﺔ و ﺛﺨﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ اﻷﺳﻼك اﻟﻤﻠﺘﻮﻳﺔ اﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔ و ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﻓﺮ اﻷﻟﻴﺎف اﻟﺒﺼﺮﻳﺔ ﺳﺮﻋﺎت آﺒﻴﺮة و ﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﺮآﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﺻﻌﺐ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﺪم ‪ IBM‬ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﻜﻮن ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﺪرس اﻟﻤﻘﺒﻞ إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪171‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﺳﻌﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ‬

‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻨﺘﻨﺎول إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬وﺻﻒ ﻟﻠﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺳ‪jjj‬ﺮد ﻟﻤﻤﻴ‪jjj‬ﺰات و ﻋﻴ‪jjj‬ﻮب اﻟﺮادﻳ‪jjj‬ﻮ أﺣ‪jjj‬ﺎدي اﻟﺘ‪jjj‬ﺮدد آﻮﺳ‪jjj‬ﻂ‬

‫إرﺳﺎل ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺷﺮح ﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام رادﻳ‪j‬ﻮ اﻟﻄﻴ‪j‬ﻒ اﻹﻧﺘﺸ‪j‬ﺎري أو ﻣﺘﻌ‪j‬ﺪد‬

‫اﻟﺘﺮدد ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺳ‪jj‬ﺮد ﻟﻤﻤﻴ‪jj‬ﺰات و ﻋﻴ‪jj‬ﻮب ﻣﻮﺟ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻷﺷ‪jj‬ﻌﺔ ﺗﺤ‪jj‬ﺖ اﻟﺤﻤ‪jj‬ﺮاء‬

‫آﻮﺳﻂ أرﺳﺎل ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﻓﺮ اﻷﺳﻼك ﺧﻴ‪j‬ﺎرات ﻓﻌﺎﻟ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﺘﺒ‪j‬ﺎدل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت و اﻟﻤ‪j‬ﻮارد ﻋﺒ‪j‬ﺮ‬

‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت ‪ ،‬و ﻟﻜﻦ اﻷﺳﻼك آﻮﺳﻂ إرﺳﺎل ﻻ ﻳﺨﻠﻮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻴﻮب‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﺒ‪jjj‬ﺮ اﻟﻌﻴ‪jjj‬ﺐ اﻷﺳﺎﺳ‪jjj‬ﻲ ﻟﻸﺳ‪jjj‬ﻼك ه‪jjj‬ﻮ ﻋ‪jjj‬ﺪم ﻣﺮوﻧﺘﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪jjj‬ﺈن‬

‫اﻷﺳﻼك إذا ﻣﺪت و رآﺒﺖ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺼﻌﺐ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺎ إﻋ‪j‬ﺎدة ﺗﺮآﻴﺒﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻜ‪jj‬ﺎن ﺁﺧ‪jj‬ﺮ دون ﺑ‪jj‬ﺬل ﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺪ و ﻣﻀ‪jj‬ﺎﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬آﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ أﻧﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻻ ﺗ‪jj‬ﻮﻓﺮ‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ آﺜﻴﺮي اﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑ‪jj‬ﺪأت اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﻼﺳ‪jj‬ﻠﻜﻴﺔ ‪ Wireless LAN‬ﺗﺸ‪jj‬ﻜﻞ‬

‫ﺧﻴﺎرا ﻓﻌﺎﻻ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﺒﻴﻚ ﻓﻲ اﻵوﻧﺔ اﻷﺧﻴﺮة ‪ ،‬و اﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ذﻟﻚ ﻳ‪j‬ﺘﻠﺨﺺ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ‬
‫‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﺘﻄﻮرات اﻟﻤﺘﻼﺣﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎت و اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎت اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻹﻧﺨﻔﺎض اﻟﻤﺘﻮاﺻﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻷﺳﻌﺎر ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺮا ﻟﻠﺘﻨ‪j‬ﺎﻓﺲ اﻟﻤﺘﺰاﻳ‪j‬ﺪ‬

‫ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫‪172‬‬
‫‪ -3‬اﻟﻄﻠ‪jj‬ﺐ اﻟﻤﺘﺰاﻳ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﺑﺴ‪jj‬ﺒﺐ اﻟﺤﺮﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﻜﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﺮة‬
‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﺮهﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ دون أن ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ذﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺗﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻴﻪ اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻼﺳ‪jjj‬ﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎﺗﻒ اﻟﻤﺤﻤ‪jjj‬ﻮل‬

‫ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﻰ أي ﻣﻜﺎن ﻳﺤﻠﻮ ﻟﻪ و ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻣﻊ ذﻟﻚ ﻣﺘﺼ‪j‬ﻼ‬
‫ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺘﻪ ﻣﺎ دام ﻳﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺪى اﻟﺬي ﺗﻐﻄﻴﻪ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣﻀﻠﻞ ﻧﻮﻋ‪j‬ﺎ ﻣ‪j‬ﺎ ﻓﺄﻏﻠ‪j‬ﺐ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﻻ‬

‫ﺗﻜﻮن ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ أﻏﻠﺐ اﻷﺣﻴﺎن ﺗﻜﻮن هﺬﻩ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت ﻋﺒﺎرة ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻴﻂ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺄﺳﻼك و أﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة أﺧ‪j‬ﺮى ﻣﻮﺻ‪j‬ﻠﺔ ﻻﺳ‪j‬ﻠﻜﻴﺎ‪،‬‬
‫هﺬا اﻟﻨﻮع ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت هﺠﻴﻨﺔ ‪.Hybrid‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ أداء اﻟﻤﻬﺎم اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎﻻت ﻣﺆﻗﺘ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﺳ‪j‬ﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﺣ‪j‬ﺎل ﻓﺸ‪j‬ﻞ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ‬

‫اﻷﺳﻼك ﺑﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻹﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب ﻷي ﺳﺒﺐ آﺎن‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ اﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎز ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ درﺟﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻨﻘ‪j‬ﻞ ﻟ‪j‬ﺒﻌﺾ اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ‬

‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﻔﻴﺪة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﻻت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ إﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻓﻲ اﻷﻣﺎآﻦ اﻟﻤﺰدﺣﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ إﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ آﺜﻴﺮي اﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺑﻨﺎء ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻷﻣ‪j‬ﺎآﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﺰوﻟ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﻳﺼ‪j‬ﻌﺐ ﺗﻮﺻ‪j‬ﻴﻠﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺑﺄﺳﻼك‪.‬‬

‫‪173‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻄ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﻌﻤ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟﻼﺳ‪jj‬ﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺗﺒ‪j‬ﺪو و ﺗﻌﻤ‪j‬ﻞ ﺑﺸ‪jj‬ﻜﻞ ﻣﺸ‪j‬ﺎﺑﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻄ‪jj‬ﺎت‬
‫اﻟﺴﻠﻜﻴﺔ و اﻹﺧﺘﻼف اﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻳﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﻓﻲ وﺳﻂ اﻹرﺳﺎل اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪.‬‬

‫آ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻼﺳ‪jj‬ﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻳﺤﺘ‪jj‬ﻮي ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺮﺳﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ‪ Transceiver‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم ‪ Transceiver‬ﺑﺈذاﻋ‪jj‬ﺔ و اﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻹﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرات ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ و إﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ‬

‫أﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻬﺠﻴﻨ‪j‬ﺔ ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن ‪ Transceiver‬ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﻤﺢ ﻟﻸﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة‬

‫اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﻊ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﺴﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫هﻨ‪jj‬ﺎك ﺛ‪jj‬ﻼث ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪jj‬ﺎت أﺳﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﺔ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ إرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ‬

‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻮﺟ‪jjj‬ﺎت اﻟﺮادﻳ‪jjj‬ﻮ أﺣﺎدﻳ‪jjj‬ﺔ اﻟﺘ‪jjj‬ﺮدد ‪single-frequency‬‬

‫‪ radio‬و ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﻰ أﺣﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻣﻮﺟ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﺮادﻳ‪jj‬ﻮ ﻋﺎﻟﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﺮدد ﺿ‪jj‬ﻴﻘﺔ اﻟﻨﻄ‪jj‬ﺎق‬
‫‪.Narrow-Band High-Frequency Radio‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻣﻮﺟ‪j‬ﺎت رادﻳ‪jj‬ﻮ اﻟﻄﻴ‪jj‬ﻒ اﻹﻧﺘﺸ‪jj‬ﺎري ‪spread-spectrum‬‬

‫‪.radio‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻣﻮﺟﺎت اﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ اﻟﺤﻤﺮاء ‪.infrared‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﻤ‪j‬ﻞ اﻹﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل اﻟﺮادﻳ‪j‬ﻮي ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺸ‪j‬ﻜﻞ ﻣﺸ‪j‬ﺎﺑﻪ‬

‫ﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ه‪jj‬ﻮ ﻋﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﻪ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻹذاﻋ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻳﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم ﺑﺈرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل‬
‫إﺷ‪jj‬ﺎراﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﺗ‪jj‬ﺮدد ﻣﻌ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ و ﻳﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم اﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﻀ‪jj‬ﺒﻂ ﺗ‪jj‬ﺮددﻩ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺮدد اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻹﺷﺎرات‪.‬‬

‫اﻹﺧ‪jj‬ﺘﻼف اﻟﻮﺣﻴ‪jj‬ﺪ ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﺮادﻳﻮﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ و ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت‬

‫اﻹذاﻋﺔ هﻮ أن اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺮادﻳﻮﻳﺔ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺈرﺳﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت و ﻟﻴﺲ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ آﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻹذاﻋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪174‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻤ‪jjj‬ﻞ ‪ Transceiver‬أﺣ‪jjj‬ﺎدي اﻟﺘ‪jjj‬ﺮدد آﻤ‪jjj‬ﺎ ﻳﻈﻬ‪jjj‬ﺮ ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ اﺳ‪jjj‬ﻤﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺗﺮدد واﺣﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ أﻧﻈﻤ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﺮادﻳ‪j‬ﻮ أﺣ‪j‬ﺎدي اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﺮدد ‪single-frequency‬‬

‫‪ radio‬اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام أي ﺗ‪j‬ﺮدد ﻳﻨﺘﻤ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﻣ‪j‬ﺪى اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﺮددات اﻟﺮادﻳﻮﻳ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫‪ ،Radio Frequency (RF) Range‬و ﺑﺸ‪j‬ﻜﻞ ﻋ‪j‬ﺎم ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﺪى اﻟﻌ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﻲ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻃﻴ‪jj‬ﻒ اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﺮددات اﻟﺮادﻳﻮﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ و اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﻘ‪jj‬ﺎس‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻴﺠﺎهﻴﺮﺗﺰ )‪ ، GHz(10^9 Hz‬وذﻟﻚ ﻷﻧﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﺗ‪j‬ﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻌ‪j‬ﺪﻻت إرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل‬
‫أﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺸ‪jj‬ﻜﻞ ﻋ‪jj‬ﺎم ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈن أﻧﻈﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻹرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل اﻟﺮادﻳ‪jj‬ﻮي ﺳ‪jj‬ﻬﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﺮآﻴ‪jj‬ﺐ و‬

‫اﻹﻋﺪاد ‪ ،‬و ﻟﻜﻦ اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام أﻧﻈﻤ‪j‬ﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﺘﻐﻄﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣﺴ‪j‬ﺎﺣﺎت آﺒﻴ‪j‬ﺮة‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ أآﺜﺮ ﺗﻌﻘﻴﺪا ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم أﺟﻬﺰة ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺠﻬﺪ و ﺗﺤﺘﺎج اﻟﻰ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮة و أﻳﺪي ﻋﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺧﺒﻴﺮة‪.‬‬

‫اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻟﺴﻴﺊ ﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﺘﺮدد اﻷﺣﺎدي ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي اﻟﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬إﺷﺎرات ﻣﺰﻳﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬إﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻟﻘﻮة اﻹرﺳﺎل‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻣﻌﺪﻻت إرﺳﺎل ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤ‪jjj‬ﺪ اﻟﺘ‪jjj‬ﻮهﻴﻦ ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ اﻹﺷ‪jjj‬ﺎرات اﻟﺮادﻳﻮﻳ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ ﺗ‪jjj‬ﺮدد و ﻗ‪jjj‬ﻮة‬

‫اﻹﺷﺎرة اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻠﻤﺎ ارﺗﻔﻊ اﻟﺘﺮدد و ﻗﻮة اﻹﺷﺎرة آﻠﻤﺎ أﺻﺒﺢ اﻟﺘﻮهﻴﻦ‬
‫أﺿﻌﻒ‪.‬‬

‫و ﺣﻴﺚ أن أﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﺮادﻳﻮ ذات اﻟﺘﺮدد اﻷﺣ‪j‬ﺎدي رﺧﻴﺼ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟ‪j‬ﺜﻤﻦ‬

‫ﺗﻌﻤ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺑﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﺗ‪jj‬ﺮدد ﻣ‪jj‬ﻨﺨﻔﺾ و ﻗ‪jj‬ﻮة ﻣﺤ‪jj‬ﺪودة ﻓﺈﻧﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻋ‪jj‬ﺎدة ﺗﻌ‪jj‬ﺎﻧﻲ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻻت ﺗﻮهﻴﻦ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬و ﻟﻬﺬا ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ آﺒﻴﺮة و ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﻤﺮور ﺧﻼل اﻷﺟﺴﺎم اﻟﻜﺜﻴﻔﺔ و اﻟﻤﺼﻤﺘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪175‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎم ﺗﻌﺘﺒ‪j‬ﺮ أﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة اﻟﺮادﻳ‪j‬ﻮ أﺣ‪j‬ﺎدي اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﺮدد أﻗ‪j‬ﻞ ﺗﻜﻠﻔ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮه‪jj‬ﺎ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻮﺳ‪jj‬ﺎﺋﻂ اﻟﻼﺳ‪jj‬ﻠﻜﻴﺔ و ﺗﻌﻤ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺑﺘ‪jj‬ﺮددات أآﺜ‪jj‬ﺮ اﻧﺨﻔﺎﺿ‪jj‬ﺎ و ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺠﺎوز ﻗﻮة اﻹﺷﺎرة أآﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ وات واﺣﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘ‪jj‬ﺮاوح ﺳ‪jj‬ﺮﻋﺔ ﻧﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺮادﻳﻮﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ أﺣﺎدﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺘﺮدد ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 1‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ و ‪ 10‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒ‪jjjj‬ﺮ إﺷ‪jjjj‬ﺎرات اﻟﺮادﻳ‪jjjj‬ﻮ أﺣ‪jjjj‬ﺎدي اﻟﺘ‪jjjj‬ﺮدد ﻋﺮﺿ‪jjjj‬ﺔ ﻟﻠﺘ‪jjjj‬ﺪاﺧﻞ‬

‫اﻟﻜﻬﺮوﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ و ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺪى اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﺮدد اﻟﻤ‪j‬ﻨﺨﻔﺾ و اﻟ‪j‬ﺬي ﻳﺘ‪j‬ﺪاﺧﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻣﻮﺟﺎت أﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ أﺟﻬﺰة ﻓﺘﺢ أﺑﻮاب ﻣﺮﺁب اﻟﺴﻴﺎرات‪.‬‬

‫إﻋﺘ‪jj‬ﺮاض اﻹﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرات و اﻟﺘﺠﺴ‪jj‬ﺲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻷﻧﻈﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ أﻣ‪jj‬ﺮ‬

‫ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ إذا ﻋﺮف ﺗﺮدد اﻹرﺳﺎل‪.‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت رادﻳﻮ اﻟﻄﻴﻒ اﻹﻧﺘﺸﺎري أو ﻣﺘﻌﺪد اﻟﺘﺮدد ‪spread-‬‬

‫‪ spectrum radio‬ﻓﻬ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﻌﺘﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ‪j‬ﺔ اﻷآﺜ‪j‬ﺮ اﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪاﻣﺎ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬و ﻗﺪ ﻃﻮرت هﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ أول ﻣﺮة ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟﺠ‪j‬ﻴﺶ اﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜ‪j‬ﻲ‬
‫ﺧ‪jj‬ﻼل اﻟﺤ‪jj‬ﺮب اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻟﻤﻨ‪jj‬ﻊ ﻋﻤﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﺘﺠﺴ‪jj‬ﺲ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻹرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل‬
‫اﻟﺮادﻳﻮي‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺷﺒﻜﺎت رادﻳﻮ اﻟﻄﻴﻒ اﻹﻧﺘﺸﺎري ﻋﺪة ﺗﺮددات ﻣﻌﺎ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ‬

‫اﻹﺷﺎرة ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺸﺎآﻞ اﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻹرﺳﺎل أﺣﺎدي اﻟﺘﺮدد‪.‬‬

‫هﻨ‪jj‬ﺎك ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺘ‪jj‬ﺎن أﺳﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﺘﺎن ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎن ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت رادﻳ‪jj‬ﻮ اﻟﻄﻴ‪jj‬ﻒ‬

‫اﻹﻧﺘﺸﺎري هﻤﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﺘﺘﺎﺑﻊ اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ‪.Direct Sequence Modulation‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻟﻘﻔﺰات اﻟﺘﺮددﻳﺔ ‪.Frequency Hopping‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺘﺎﺑﻊ اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ أآﺜﺮ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ اﻷﺧﺮى‪.‬‬

‫‪176‬‬
‫ﺗﻘ‪jjj‬ﻮم ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ اﻟﺘﺘ‪jjj‬ﺎﺑﻊ اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷ‪jjj‬ﺮ ﺑﺈرﺳ‪jjj‬ﺎل ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎ اﻟﻤﺸ‪jjj‬ﻔﺮة ﻋﺒ‪jjj‬ﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺗ‪jj‬ﺮددات اﻟﺮادﻳ‪jj‬ﻮ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻧﻔ‪jj‬ﺲ اﻟﻮﻗ‪jj‬ﺖ و ﺗﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم أﻳﻀ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺑﺈﺿ‪jj‬ﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺘ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﻤ‪jjj‬ﺰورة اﻟﺘ‪jjj‬ﻲ ﻟ‪jj‬ﻴﺲ ﻟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎ أي ﻓﺎﺋ‪jj‬ﺪة ﺳ‪jjj‬ﻮى ﺗﻀ‪jjj‬ﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻷﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰة اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻘﺒﻠﺔ ﻏﻴ‪jj‬ﺮ اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﺮﺧﺺ ﻟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺑﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﻘﺒﺎل ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ‪ ،‬ﻳﻄﻠ‪jj‬ﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺒﺘﺎت اﻟﻤﺰورة اﺳﻢ ‪.chips‬‬

‫ﻳﻌ‪j‬ﺮف اﻟﺠﻬ‪j‬ﺎز اﻟﻤ‪j‬ﺮﺧﺺ ﻟ‪j‬ﻪ ﺑﺎﻹﺳ‪j‬ﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻣﺴ‪j‬ﺒﻘﺎ اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﺮددات اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ‬

‫ﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﺻ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻓﻴﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم ﺑﺠﻤ‪jj‬ﻊ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت و اﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺒﻌﺎد‬
‫اﻹﺷﺎرات ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﻘﻔ‪j‬ﺰات اﻟﺘﺮددﻳ‪j‬ﺔ ‪ Frequency Hopping‬ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن‬

‫اﻹﺷﺎرات ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮدد اﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ ‪ ،‬و ﻳﻜﻮن هﻨﺎك ﺗﻔﺎهﻢ ﻣﺴ‪j‬ﺒﻖ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ واﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﻧﻤ‪j‬ﻮذج ﻣﻌ‪j‬ﻴﻦ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اﻟﻘﻔ‪j‬ﺰات ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﺮددات اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔ‪j‬ﺔ و اﻟﻔﺘ‪j‬ﺮات اﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﻔﺼ‪j‬ﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ آﻞ ﻗﻔﺰة و أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﺒ‪jj‬ﻊ آ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣﺼ‪jj‬ﻨﻊ أو ﻣﻨ‪jj‬ﺘﺞ ﻧﻤﻮذﺟ‪jj‬ﻪ اﻟﺨ‪jj‬ﺎص ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺨﻮارزﻣﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺘﺒﻌ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﻘﻔ‪jj‬ﺰات اﻟﺘﺮددﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ اﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎزﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪jjj‬ﻞ و‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺳﻌﺔ ﻧﻄﺎق اﻟﺒﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﻘﻔﺰات اﻟﺘﺮددﻳﺔ أآﺒﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺘﺎﺑﻊ اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ و ذﻟﻚ ﻧﺘﻴﺠ‪j‬ﺔ ﻷن آ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﺮددات ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﻨﻄ‪j‬ﺎق ﺗﻜ‪j‬ﻮن‬
‫ﻣﺘﺎﺣ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﻺﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﻗﺒ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﻘﻔ‪j‬ﺰات اﻟﺘﺮددﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺑﻌﻜ‪j‬ﺲ ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﺘﺘ‪jj‬ﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺮددات و ﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺲ آﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ أﻧﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﻄﻴﻒ اﻹﻧﺘﺸﺎري ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺎ و ذﻟﻚ وﻓﻘﺎ‬

‫ﻟﻸﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘ‪jj‬ﺮاوح ﺳ‪jj‬ﺮﻋﺔ ﻧﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ه‪jj‬ﺬا اﻟﻨﻈ‪jj‬ﺎم ﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ ‪ 2‬و ‪6‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑ‪j‬ﺖ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ‪j‬ﺔ و ﻟﻜ‪j‬ﻦ ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﻃﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ أآﺒ‪j‬ﺮ و ﻧﻄ‪j‬ﺎق أﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺮدد ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺮﻋﺎت أآﺒﺮ ﺑﻜﺜﻴﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪177‬‬
‫و ﻟﻜ‪j‬ﻦ ﻧﻈ‪jj‬ﺮا ﻹﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﻃﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﻺرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮاﺿﻌﺔ اﻟﺘﻜ‪j‬ﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﻓﺈﻧﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﺗﻜ‪j‬ﻮن ﻋﺮﺿ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﻠﺘ‪j‬ﻮهﻴﻦ‪ ،‬أﻣ‪j‬ﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴ‪j‬ﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘ‪j‬ﺪاﺧﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻬﺮوﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻓﻨﻼﺣﻆ أن ﻧﻈﺎم رادﻳﻮ اﻟﻄﻴﻒ اﻹﻧﺘﺸﺎري ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ أآﺜﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺿﺪ هﺬا اﻟﺘﺪاﺧﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻷﻧﻈﻤ‪j‬ﺔ اﻷﺧ‪j‬ﺮى ‪ ،‬و ﻣﻤﻜ‪j‬ﻦ ﺗﻮﺿ‪j‬ﻴﺢ ذﻟ‪j‬ﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺄن اﻹﺷﺎرات ﻳﺘﻢ ﺑﺜﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺗﺮددات ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ و ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﺈن أي ﺗ‪j‬ﺪاﺧﻞ ﻗ‪j‬ﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻊ أﺣﺪ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﺮددات دون ﻏﻴﺮهﺎ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻹﺷﺎرة آﻜ‪j‬ﻞ و‬
‫اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﻣﻮزﻋ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺗ‪jj‬ﺮددات ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ ﻣﻼﺣﻈ‪jj‬ﺔ أﻧ‪jj‬ﻪ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ زﻳ‪jj‬ﺎدة‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪل ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﺮددات اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔ‪j‬ﺔ ﻳ‪j‬ﺰداد ﻣﻌ‪j‬ﺪل اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﺪاﺧﻞ ﻧﻈ‪j‬ﺮا‬
‫ﻟﺰﻳﺎدة ﻣﻌﺪل اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺘﺮددات اﻟﻤﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺪاﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ وﻗﺖ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫اﻋﺘ‪jjj‬ﺮاض إﺷ‪jjj‬ﺎرات رادﻳ‪jjj‬ﻮ اﻟﻄﻴ‪jjj‬ﻒ اﻹﻧﺘﺸ‪jjj‬ﺎري ﻣﻤﻜ‪jjj‬ﻦ و ﻟﻜ‪jjj‬ﻦ‬

‫اﻟﺘﺠﺴﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ هﺬﻩ اﻹﺷ‪j‬ﺎرات ﻓﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻪ ﻣﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺤﻴﻞ و ﺧﺎﺻ‪j‬ﺔ أن اﻟﻤﺘﺠﺴ‪j‬ﺲ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮف اﻟﺘﺮددات اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻹرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل و ﻻ ﻳﻌ‪j‬ﺮف اﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳ‪j‬ﻖ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ أو اﻟﻄﺎﻟﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ اﻟﻀ‪j‬ﻮء ﻟﻨﻘ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت و ه‪j‬ﻲ‬

‫ﻧﻮﻋﺎن‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ اﻟﺤﻤﺮاء‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻠﻴﺰر و هﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺎت ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺟ‪j‬ﺪا ﻟﻜ‪j‬ﻦ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺘﻬ‪j‬ﺎ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﺟﺪا أﻳﻀﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪Light‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺳ‪jjj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jjjj‬ﺎت ﺑﺎﺳ‪jjjj‬ﺘﺨﺪام دﻳ‪jjjj‬ﻮد ﺑ‪jjjj‬ﺎث ﻟﻠﻀ‪jjjj‬ﻮء‬

‫)‪ Emitting Diode (LED‬أو دﻳ‪jj‬ﻮد ﻗ‪jj‬ﺎذف ﻟﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺰر ‪Injection‬‬
‫)‪. Laser Diode (ILD‬‬

‫إﺷﺎرات اﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ اﻟﺤﻤﺮاء ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﺧﺘ‪j‬ﺮاق اﻟﺠ‪j‬ﺪران أو‬

‫اﻷﺟﺴ‪jj‬ﺎم اﻟﺼ‪jj‬ﻠﺒﺔ آﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ أﻧﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺗﻀ‪jj‬ﻌﻒ إذا ﺗﻌﺮﺿ‪jj‬ﺖ ﻹﺿ‪jj‬ﺎءة ﺷ‪jj‬ﺪﻳﺪة‪.‬أﻧﻈ‪jj‬ﺮ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪178‬‬
‫إذا اﻧﻌﻜﺴﺖ إﺷﺎرات اﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ اﻟﺤﻤﺮاء ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺠ‪j‬ﺪران ﻓﺈﻧﻬ‪j‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺴﺮ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻃﺎﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ آﻞ اﻧﻌﻜﺎس ‪ ،‬و ﻧﻈﺮا ﻟﻤﺪاهﺎ و ﺛﺒﺎﺗﻬ‪j‬ﺎ اﻟﻤﺤ‪j‬ﺪود‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻋﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮة‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﺮاوح اﻟﻤﺪى اﻟﺘﺮددي اﻟﺬي ﺗﻌﻤ‪j‬ﻞ ﻓﻴ‪j‬ﻪ اﻷﺷ‪j‬ﻌﺔ ﺗﺤ‪j‬ﺖ اﻟﺤﻤ‪j‬ﺮاء‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 100‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎهﺮﺗﺰ و ‪ 300‬ﺗﻴﺮاهﺮﺗﺰ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎ ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻷﺷ‪j‬ﻌﺔ ﺗﺤ‪j‬ﺖ اﻟﺤﻤ‪j‬ﺮاء ﺗ‪j‬ﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺳ‪j‬ﺮﻋﺎت إرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل‬

‫ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ و ﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎ ﻓﺈن اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ أﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة اﻹرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل‬
‫ﺑﺎﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ اﻟﺤﻤﺮاء أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ذﻟﻚ ﺑﻜﺜﻴﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤ‪jjj‬ﺪ ﺗﻜﻠﻔ‪jjjj‬ﺔ أﺟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺰة اﻷﺷ‪jjjj‬ﻌﺔ ﺗﺤ‪jjj‬ﺖ اﻟﺤﻤ‪jjjj‬ﺮاء ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ اﻟﻤ‪jjjj‬ﻮاد‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻨﻘﻴﺔ و ﺗﺮﺷﻴﺢ اﻷﺷﻌﺔ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﺷ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻹرﺳ‪jjj‬ﺎل ﺑﺎﺳ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪام اﻷﺷ‪jjj‬ﻌﺔ ﺗﺤ‪jjj‬ﺖ اﻟﺤﻤ‪jjj‬ﺮاء‬

‫ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺘﺎن هﻤﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ اﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ‪.Point to Point‬‬

‫‪ -2‬إرﺳﺎل ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ أو إذاﻋﻲ ‪.Broadcast‬‬

‫‪ -3‬اﻹرﺳﺎل اﻟﻌﺎآﺲ ‪.Reflective‬‬

‫‪179‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻄﻠ‪jj‬ﺐ ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻧﻘﻄ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻧﻘﻄ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺧﻄ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻣﺒﺎﺷ‪jj‬ﺮا ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﺢ ﻟﻜ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪jj‬ﻞ و اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ رؤﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ أﺣ‪jj‬ﺪهﻤﺎ اﻵﺧ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻟﻬ‪jj‬ﺬا ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ ﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﻮﻳﺒﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻗﺔ ﻟﻴﻮاﺟﻪ آﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ اﻵﺧﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈذا ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺧ‪j‬ﻂ ﻣﺒﺎﺷ‪j‬ﺮ ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ اﻟﺠﻬ‪j‬ﺎزﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻓﺴﻴﻔﺸﻞ اﻹﺗﺼﺎل ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫و ﻣﺜ‪jj‬ﺎل ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ه‪jj‬ﻮ ﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز اﻟ‪jj‬ﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻠﻔ‪jj‬ﺎز‪.‬و ﻧﻈ‪jj‬ﺮا‬

‫ﻟﻠﺤﺎﺟ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﺘﺼ‪jj‬ﻮﻳﺐ اﻟ‪jj‬ﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻟﻸﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰة ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈن ﺗﺮآﻴ‪jj‬ﺐ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻷﻧﻈﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻓﻴ‪jj‬ﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘ‪jj‬ﺮاوح ﺳ‪jj‬ﺮﻋﺔ ﻧﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﺑﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ ﺑﻀ‪jj‬ﻊ‬

‫آﻴﻠﻮﺑﺘﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ و ﻗﺪ ﺗﺼﻞ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ‪ 16‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑ‪j‬ﺖ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﻣ‪j‬ﺪى‬
‫آﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ واﺣﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻣﻘﺪار اﻟﺘﻮهﻴﻦ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ إﺷ‪j‬ﺎرات اﻷﺷ‪j‬ﻌﺔ ﺗﺤ‪j‬ﺖ اﻟﺤﻤ‪j‬ﺮاء ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ‬

‫آﺜﺎﻓﺔ و وﺿﻮح اﻷﺷﻌﺔ اﻟﻤﺒﺜﻮﺛ‪j‬ﺔ آﻤ‪j‬ﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﻤ‪j‬ﺪ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﻈ‪j‬ﺮوف اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺧﻴ‪j‬ﺔ و‬
‫اﻟﻌﻘﺒ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻃﺮﻳ‪jj‬ﻖ اﻷﺷ‪jj‬ﻌﺔ‪ ،‬و آﻠﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ آﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺖ اﻷﺷ‪jj‬ﻌﺔ ﻣﺼ‪jj‬ﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺸ‪jj‬ﻜﻞ أدق‬
‫آﻠﻤﺎ ﻗﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺘﻮهﻴﻦ آﻤﺎ أﻧﻪ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺼ‪j‬ﻌﺐ اﻋﺘ‪j‬ﺮاض اﻷﺷ‪j‬ﻌﺔ‬
‫أو اﻟﺘﺠﺴﺲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ اﻹرﺳﺎل اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻓﺈن اﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﺸ‪j‬ﺮهﺎ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﻣﺴ‪j‬ﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫واﺳ‪j‬ﻌﺔ و ﻳﻄﻠ‪j‬ﻖ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻹرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل ااﻣﻨﺘﺸ‪j‬ﺮ أﺣﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻷﺷ‪j‬ﻌﺔ‬

‫‪180‬‬
‫ﺗﺤ‪jjj‬ﺖ اﻟﺤﻤ‪jjj‬ﺮاء اﻟﻤﺒﻌﺜ‪jjj‬ﺮة ‪.Scatter Infrared Networks‬أﻧﻈ‪jjj‬ﺮ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫و ﻓﻲ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﻧﺠ‪j‬ﺪ أن ﻧﻘ‪j‬ﻞ اﻷﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة و وﺿ‪j‬ﻌﻬﺎ ﻳﻜ‪j‬ﻮن أآﺜ‪j‬ﺮ‬

‫ﻣﺮوﻧﺔ آﻤﺎ أن ﺟﻬﺎزا واﺣﺪا ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻹﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ أآﺜ‪j‬ﺮ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎز ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ‬
‫وﻗﺖ واﺣﺪ و هﺬا اﻷﻣﺮ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﻴﺰة ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ و ﻋﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴ‪j‬ﺔ أﺧ‪j‬ﺮى‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ أﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻹﻋﺘﺮاض اﻹﺷﺎرة و اﻟﺘﺠﺴﺲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫و ﻧﺠ‪jj‬ﺪ أن ﺳ‪jj‬ﺮﻋﺔ ﻧﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ أﻗ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣﻨﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺠﺎوز ‪ 1‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑ‪j‬ﺖ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ‪j‬ﺔ و ﻣﺮﺷ‪j‬ﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﺰﻳ‪j‬ﺎدة‬
‫ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪ ،‬وﻟﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈن إﻋ‪jj‬ﺪادهﺎ أﺳ‪jj‬ﺮع و أﺳ‪jj‬ﻬﻞ و أآﺜ‪jj‬ﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺮوﻧﺔ‪ ،‬و هﻲ أﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺳﻠﺒﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻮء اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ و ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻮاﻣ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟﺠﻮﻳ‪j‬ﺔ‪ ،‬و‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﺠﺎوز اﻟﻤﺪى اﻟﺬي ﺗﻐﻄﻴﻪ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ﻃﺎﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﺑﻀ‪j‬ﻊ‬
‫ﻋﺸﺮات ﻣﻦ اﻷﻣﺘﺎر‪.‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ اﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﺜﺎﻟ‪j‬ﺚ و ه‪j‬ﻮ اﻟﻌ‪j‬ﺎآﺲ ‪ Reflective‬ﻓﻬ‪j‬ﻮ ﻋﺒ‪j‬ﺎرة ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ‬

‫دﻣ‪jj‬ﺞ ﻟﻠﻨ‪jj‬ﻮﻋﻴﻦ اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﺎﺑﻘﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬و ﻓﻴ‪jj‬ﻪ ﻳﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم آ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز ﺑﺎﻹرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل ﻧﺤ‪jj‬ﻮ ﻧﻘﻄ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻨ‪jj‬ﺔ و ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻨﻘﻄ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻳﻮﺟ‪jj‬ﺪ ‪ Transceiver‬ﻳﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم ﺑﺈﻋ‪jj‬ﺎدة أرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل‬
‫اﻹﺷﺎرة اﻟﻰ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪181‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ اﻟﺪرس ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗ‪j‬ﻮﻓﺮ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻼﺳ‪j‬ﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻮاﺋ‪j‬ﺪ آﺜﻴ‪j‬ﺮة و ه‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﻨﻘﺴ‪j‬ﻢ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﺛ‪jj‬ﻼث‬

‫أﻧ‪jj‬ﻮاع ‪:‬اﻟﺮادﻳ‪jj‬ﻮ أﺣ‪jj‬ﺎدي اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﺮدد و رادﻳ‪jj‬ﻮ اﻟﻄﻴ‪jj‬ﻒ اﻹﻧﺘﺸ‪jj‬ﺎري و اﻷﺷ‪jj‬ﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ اﻟﺤﻤﺮاء‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺮادﻳﻮ أﺣﺎدي اﻟﺘﺮدد ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺗ‪j‬ﺮدد واﺣ‪j‬ﺪ ﺑﻴﻨﻤ‪j‬ﺎ‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺷﺒﻜﺎت رادﻳﻮ اﻟﻄﻴﻒ اﻹﻧﺘﺸﺎري ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺮددات و ه‪j‬ﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﻰ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻦ ‪ :‬اﻟﺘﺘﺎﺑﻊ اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ و اﻟﻘﻔﺰات اﻟﺘﺮددﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﻘﺴ‪jj‬ﻢ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻷﺷ‪jj‬ﻌﺔ ﺗﺤ‪jj‬ﺖ اﻟﺤﻤ‪jj‬ﺮاء اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻗﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﻴﻦ ‪ :‬ﻧﻘﻄ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ‬

‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ و اﻹرﺳﺎل اﻹﻧﺘﺸﺎري و اﻟﻌﺎآﺲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﻜﻮن اﻟ‪jj‬ﺪرس اﻟﻤﻘﺒ‪jj‬ﻞ إن ﺷ‪jj‬ﺎء اﷲ ﺑﻌﻨ‪jj‬ﻮان اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪182‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﺸﺮون‬

‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻌﺔ‬

‫ﺳﻨﺘﻨﺎول ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬وﺻ‪jj‬ﻒ ﻟﺠﺴ‪jj‬ﻮر اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﻼﺳ‪jj‬ﻠﻜﻴﺔ اﻹﻋﺘﻴﺎدﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ و‬

‫ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ اﻟﻤﺪى‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺷﺮح ﻟﻤﺒﺎدئ اﻟﻤﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬وﺻﻒ ﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮل ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬وﺻﻒ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮل و اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -5‬وﺻ‪jj‬ﻒ ﻟﻠﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮﻻت اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻮل و اﻟ‪jj‬ﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬

‫ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ‪j‬ﻦ ﺗﻮﺳ‪j‬ﻴﻊ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﺑﺎﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام أي ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬

‫اﻟﻄﺮق اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬إﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺎت ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬وﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬اﻟﻮﺻﻮل أو اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪.Remote Access‬‬

‫ﻟﻨﻠﻖ ﻧﻈﺮة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺪاﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻹﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ‪jj‬ﻖ إﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎل ﻻﺳ‪jj‬ﻠﻜﻲ ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز‬

‫ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺟﺴﺮ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻼﺳ‪j‬ﻠﻜﻲ ‪، Wireless LAN Bridge‬‬
‫و اﻟﺬي ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ و وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻈﺮوف اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺧﻴﺔ رﺑﻂ ﺷﺒﻜﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺗﺒﻌ‪j‬ﺪان‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺼﻞ اﻟﻰ ‪ 4.8‬آﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪183‬‬
 ‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم هﺬﻩ اﻟﺠﺴﻮر أﺣﺪ وﺳﺎﺋﻂ اﻹرﺳﺎل اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻮﺟ‪j‬ﺎت رادﻳ‪j‬ﻮ اﻟﻄﻴ‪j‬ﻒ اﻹﻧﺘﺸ‪j‬ﺎري ‪Spread Spectrum‬‬

‫‪.Radio‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ اﻟﺤﻤﺮاء ‪.Infrared‬‬

‫إذا أردت اﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺒﻌ‪j‬ﺪ ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ ﺑﻌﻀ‪j‬ﻬﺎ أآﺜ‪j‬ﺮ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫‪4.8‬آ‪j‬ﻢ ﻳﻤﻜ‪j‬ﻦ اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﺟﺴ‪j‬ﺮ ﻻﺳ‪j‬ﻠﻜﻲ ﻃﻮﻳ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟﻤ‪j‬ﺪى ‪Long Range‬‬
‫‪ Wireless Bridge‬و هﻮ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻮﺟ‪j‬ﺎت رادﻳ‪j‬ﻮ اﻟﻄﻴ‪j‬ﻒ اﻹﻧﺘﺸ‪j‬ﺎري‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺗﺒﻌﺪان ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺼﻞ اﻟﻰ ‪ 40‬آﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻣﻜﻮﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﺠﺴ‪jj‬ﻮر اﻟﻼﺳ‪jj‬ﻠﻜﻴﺔ اﻹﻋﺘﻴﺎدﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ و ﻃﻮﻳﻠ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﺪى‬

‫ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ اﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬و ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ آﻞ ﺣﺎل أرﺧﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻤﺪﻳﺪ اﻷﺳﻼك‬
‫أو اﻷﻟﻴﺎف اﻟﺒﺼﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪة ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ اﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺤﺘ‪jjj‬ﺎج ﻣﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jjj‬ﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﺤﻤ‪jjj‬ﻮل اﻟ‪jjj‬ﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ‬

‫اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎت ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ﺿﺮورﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺗﻬﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻟﻮﺻﻮل اﻟﻰ اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬إرﺳﺎل رﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‪.‬‬

‫و ﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻮﻓﻴﺮ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺨ‪jj‬ﺪﻣﺎت ﻗﺎﻣ‪jj‬ﺖ ‪ IT Industry‬ﺑﺘﻄ‪jj‬ﻮﻳﺮ ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪة ﺗﺴﻤﻰ اﻟﻤﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪.Mobile Computing‬‬

‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ‪j‬ﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟ‪j‬ﺔ ﻓﺈﻧ‪j‬ﻚ ﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺤﺘﺎج‬

‫اﻟﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺗﺮآﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎزك اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮل‪.‬‬

‫‪184‬‬
‫و ﻗ‪jjj‬ﺪ أﺻ‪jjj‬ﺒﺤﺖ ﻣﻮاﺻ‪jjj‬ﻔﺎت اﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪jjj‬ﺔ ذاآ‪jjj‬ﺮة‬
‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﺸﺨﺼ‪jj‬ﻲ ‪Personal Computer Memory Card‬‬
‫)‪ International Association (PCMCIA‬ه‪jjjj‬ﻲ اﻟﻤﻘﻴ‪jjjj‬ﺎس‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪jjjj‬ﺎت اﻟﺸ‪jjjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ أو اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪jjjj‬ﺎت اﻷﺧ‪jjjj‬ﺮى اﻟﻤﺴ‪jjjj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓ‪jjjj‬ﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮل‪.‬‬

‫هﻨﺎك أﻧﻮاع ﻋﺪﻳﺪة ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎت ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ PCMCIA‬و ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ‪:‬‬

‫‪.ISDN Adapter -1‬‬

‫‪.Fax Modem -2‬‬

‫‪.Ethernet and Fast Ethernet Cards -3‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻤﺎﺛﻼ ﻟﺤﺠﻢ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻹﺋﺘﻤﺎن و ﺗﺮآ‪j‬ﺐ‬

‫ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻖ ﺧﺎص ﻓﻲ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮل‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﺘﺼ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺑﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺘﻚ ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺑﻌ‪jj‬ﺪ ﺑﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام آﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮك اﻟﻤﺤﻤ‪j‬ﻮل ﻓﺈﻧ‪jj‬ﻚ‬

‫ﺳﺘﺤﺘﺎج اﻟﻰ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺷﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ اﻟﺴﻠﻜﻴﺔ أو أﺣﺪ اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺣﺎﻟ‪jj‬ﺔ اﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎﺗﻒ اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺤﺘﺎج اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻓ‪jj‬ﺎآﺲ‬

‫ﻣﻮدم أو ﻣﻮاﺋﻢ ‪ ،ISDN‬أﻣﺎ إذا آﺎن اﻹﺗﺼﺎل ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺎ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺮادﻳ‪jjj‬ﻮ أو ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ اﻟﺨﻠ‪jjj‬ﻮي ‪ ،Cellular‬و ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ ه‪jjj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﺳﺘﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫‪ Antenna‬ﺻﻐﻴﺮ ﻳﻘ‪j‬ﻮم ﺑﺎﻹﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ أﺑ‪j‬ﺮاج اﻟﺮادﻳ‪j‬ﻮ اﻟﻘﺮﻳﺒ‪j‬ﺔ و ﺑﻌ‪j‬ﺪهﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮم اﻷﻗﻤﺎر اﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪور ﻓﻲ ﻣﺪار ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻘﺎط اﻹﺷﺎرات ﻣﻦ‬
‫أﺑﺮاج اﻟﺮادﻳﻮ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ و ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺒﺜﻬﺎ اﻟﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑ‪j‬ﺔ‪ ،‬و ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﺑﻌ‪j‬ﺾ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺎﻻت ﺗﻘﻮم اﻷﻗﻤﺎر اﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻘﺎط اﻹﺷﺎرات ﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻤﺤﻤ‪j‬ﻮل‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة دون اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ اﻟﻰ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ أﺑﺮاج اﻟﺮادﻳﻮ و ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺒﺜﻬﺎ اﻟﻰ وﺟﻬﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻨﻠﻖ ﻧﻈﺮة اﻵن اﻟﻰ آﻴﻔﻴﺔ إرﺳﺎل و إﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل إﺷﺎرات اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮل اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻹﺷﺎرات اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ اﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪185‬‬
‫‪Packet-Radio‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬إﺗﺼ‪jjjjjjj‬ﺎﻻت اﻟﺤ‪jjjjjjj‬ﺰم اﻟﺮادﻳﻮﻳ‪jjjjjjj‬ﺔ‬
‫‪.Communication‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔ ‪.Cellular Networks‬‬

‫‪-3‬أﻧﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮو وﻳﻒ ‪.Microwave Systems‬‬

‫ﻳﻘ‪jjj‬ﻮم اﻟﻨﻈ‪jjj‬ﺎم اﻷول ‪Packet-Radio Communication‬‬

‫ﺑﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ اﻹرﺳﺎل اﻟﻰ ﺣﺰم ﺷﺒﻴﻬﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺰم ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺰم اﻷﻗﺴﺎم اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪Error-Correction‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪jjjj‬ﺎت ﺗﺼ‪jjjj‬ﺤﻴﺢ اﻷﺧﻄ‪jjjj‬ﺎء‬

‫‪.Information‬‬

‫‪ -4‬اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺛﻢ ﺗﻠﺘﻘﻂ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺰم ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﻗﺒ‪j‬ﻞ اﻷﻗﻤ‪j‬ﺎر اﻟﺼ‪j‬ﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﻌﻴ‪j‬ﺪ ﺑﺜﻬ‪j‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ‪ ،‬و ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ أي ﺟﻬﺎز ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﻌﺪات اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑ‪j‬ﺔ اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﻼم ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺰم و ذﻟﻚ ﻃﺒﻌﺎ إذا ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻋﻨﻮاﻧﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﺪل ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام هﺬا اﻟﻨﻈﺎم ﻳﺘﺮاوح ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 4‬و ‪19.2‬‬
‫آﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎل‬

‫ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﺣ‪j‬ﺰم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳ‪j‬ﺔ ‪Cellular Digital Packet‬‬
‫)‪ Data (CDPD‬و ﻓﻴﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﻳ‪j‬ﺘﻢ أﻳﻀ‪j‬ﺎ ﺗﻘﺴ‪j‬ﻴﻢ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﺣ‪j‬ﺰم ﺻ‪jj‬ﻐﻴﺮة‬

‫‪186‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺳﻞ ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎت اﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜ‪j‬ﻮن اﻟﻨﻈ‪j‬ﺎم‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﻐﻮل‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺼ‪jjj‬ﻞ ﺳ‪jjj‬ﺮﻋﺔ ﻧﻘ‪jjj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jjj‬ﺎت ﺑﺎﺳ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ه‪jjj‬ﺬا اﻟﻨﻈ‪jjj‬ﺎم اﻟ‪jjj‬ﻰ ‪9.8‬‬

‫آﻴﻠﻮﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ )و ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺤﺪﻳﺜ‪j‬ﺔ ﺗﻜ‪j‬ﻮن اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﺮﻋﺔ أآﺒ‪j‬ﺮ(و ه‪j‬ﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮع ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺄﺧﺮ ‪ delay‬ﻳﺘﺮاوح ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 1‬اﻟﻰ ‪ 5‬ﺛﻮاﻧﻲ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ اﻹﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎل اﻟﻼﺳ‪jj‬ﻠﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻮﺟ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮووﻳ‪jj‬ﻒ ﻓﺈﻧ‪jj‬ﻪ‬

‫ﻳﺸﺘﺮط ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻟﻜﻠﻲ اﻟﺠﻬﺎزﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ و اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ أﺣ‪j‬ﺪهﻤﺎ ﻧﺤ‪j‬ﻮ‬
‫اﻵﺧﺮ دون وﺟﻮد ﻋﺎﺋﻖ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﺎت اﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮووﻳ‪j‬ﻒ اﻟﻮﺳ‪j‬ﻴﻠﺔ اﻟﻤﺜﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﻟ‪j‬ﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﻨ‪j‬ﺎﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻌ‪j‬ﺎ‬

‫ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ‪ Receiver‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ آﻞ ﻋﻤﺎرة ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺪ اﻷﺳ‪j‬ﻼك‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ اﻷرض‪.‬آﻤﺎ أﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻔﻴﺪة ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﺣﺎﻟ‪j‬ﺔ ﺗ‪j‬ﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻹﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل ﻋﺒ‪j‬ﺮ اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺎﺣﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻮاﺳﻌﺔ و اﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ اﻷﺟﺴﺎم اﻟﻤﺎﺋﻴﺔ أو اﻟﺼﺤﺎري‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮن ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮووﻳﻒ ﻣﻦ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎزي ‪ Transceiver‬واﺣ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻹرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل اﻹﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرة و اﻷﺧ‪jj‬ﺮ‬

‫ﻹﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻃﺒﻘ‪jjj‬ﻴﻦ ﻻﻗﻄ‪jjj‬ﻴﻦ ﻟﻺﺷ‪jjj‬ﺎرة ﻳﻮﺟ‪jjj‬ﻪ آ‪jjj‬ﻞ ﻣﻨﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎ ﻧﺤ‪jjj‬ﻮ اﻵﺧ‪jjj‬ﺮ و‬

‫ﻳﻮﺿﻌﺎن ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎن ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻤﺔ ﺑﺮج أو ﺳﻄﺢ ﻋﻤﺎرة ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪187‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳ‪jj‬ﻒ اﻟﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻮل ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺑﻌ‪jj‬ﺪ ‪ Remote Access‬ﺑﺄﻧﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮل أو اﻹﻧﻀﻤﺎم اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﺑﺎﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫ﺧﻄ‪jjjj‬ﻮط اﻟﻬ‪jjjj‬ﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﺒ‪jjjj‬ﺮ ﻣ‪jjjj‬ﺰود اﺗﺼ‪jjjj‬ﺎﻻت ‪Communications‬‬
‫‪.Server‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻌ‪jjj‬ﺾ ﺑ‪jjj‬ﺮاﻣﺞ ﺧ‪jjj‬ﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻮﺻ‪jjj‬ﻮل ﻋ‪jjj‬ﻦ ﺑﻌ‪jjj‬ﺪ ﻣﺜ‪jjj‬ﻞ ‪Novell‬‬

‫‪ NetWare’s Remote Console Utility‬ﺗﺴ‪jjj‬ﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jjj‬ﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺰود اﻟﻮﺻﻮل ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ آﻤﺪﺧﻞ ﻳﻔﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺰﺑﻮن اﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ‬

‫و اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ آﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ و اﻟﺰﺑﻮن ﺣﺘﻰ و ﻟﻮ آﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫و ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ه‪jj‬ﺬا اﻟﻨﻈ‪jj‬ﺎم ﻳﻠﻌ‪jj‬ﺐ اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﻮدم ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز اﻟﺒﻌﻴ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻧﻔ‪jj‬ﺲ دور‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻓﺎرق اﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻮدم أﺑﻄﺄ ﺑﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻔﻴﺪا ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﻻت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﺤﺎﺟ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻟ‪jj‬ﺪﺧﻮل اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ و اﻟﺤﺼ‪jj‬ﻮل ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺑﻌ‪jj‬ﺾ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت‬

‫أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﺴﻔﺮ أو اﻟﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﻌﻴﺪا ﻋﻦ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻹﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ أو اﻟﻤﺘﻘﻄﻊ ﻟﻤﻮارد اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪188‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎم ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم أﻧﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ أﺣ‪j‬ﺪ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪j‬ﻮﻟﻴﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ اﻹﺗﺼﺎل‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮل اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧ‪jj‬ﺖ اﻟﺨﻄ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴ‪jj‬ﻞ ‪Serial Line‬‬

‫)‪.Internet Protocol (SLIP‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل ﻧﻘﻄﺔ اﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ‪Point-to-Point Protocol‬‬

‫)‪.(PPP‬‬

‫ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjj‬ﻮل ‪ SLIP‬ه‪jjj‬ﻮ ﻣﻘﻴ‪jjj‬ﺎس ﻳﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻌﻨﻮﻧ‪jjj‬ﺔ اﻹﺗﺼ‪jjj‬ﺎﻻت‬

‫ﺑﺎﺳ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjj‬ﻮل ‪ TCP/IP‬ﻋﺒ‪jjj‬ﺮ ﺧﻄ‪jjj‬ﻮط ﻣﺘﺴﻠﺴ‪jjj‬ﻠﺔ )ﻟﻤﺰﻳ‪jjj‬ﺪ ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪jj‬ﺎت أرﺟ‪jj‬ﻮ إﻧﺘﻈ‪jj‬ﺎر درس ﺧ‪jj‬ﺎص ﺑ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت( و ه‪jj‬ﻮ ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﺢ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺑﻌ‪jj‬ﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻮل اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧ‪jj‬ﺖ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺧ‪jj‬ﻼل ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺘﻪ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل ‪ PPP‬ﻟﻴﻜﻮن ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮا ﻟﻠﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‬

‫‪ ، SLIP‬ﻓﺤﻴ‪jjj‬ﺚ أن ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjj‬ﻮل ‪ SLIP‬ﻳﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻘ‪jjj‬ﻂ ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ اﻹﺗﺼ‪jjj‬ﺎﻻت‬
‫اﻟﺪاﻋﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮل ‪، TCP/IP‬ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈن ﺑﺮﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮل ‪ PPP‬ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣ‪jj‬ﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻊ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت‪.‬‬

‫اﻵن ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل ‪ PPP‬هﻮ اﻟﺨﻴﺎر اﻟﻤﻔﻀﻞ ﻟﻠﻮﺻ‪j‬ﻮل ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻈﺮا ﻟﺴﺮﻋﺘﻪ و ﻣﻮﺛﻮﻗﻴﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم أﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺳ‪j‬ﻴﻦ أﺳﺎﺳ‪j‬ﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ‪j‬ﻖ ﻧ‪j‬ﻮع‬

‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻔﺎهﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ وﺧﻄﻮط اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ‪ ،‬هﺬﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎن هﻤﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪.TAPI -1‬‬

‫‪.UniModem -2‬‬

‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ اﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎس ‪ TAPI‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷﺮآﺔ إﻧﺘﻞ و ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﺳ‪j‬ﻮﻓﺖ‬

‫و ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ آﺒﺎر ﺷﺮآﺎت اﻹﺗﺼﺎل واﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ و اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ‪.‬‬

‫‪189‬‬
 ‫ﻳﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎس ‪ TAPI‬اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻟﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﺮﻗﻢ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ‪Automatic Phone‬‬

‫‪.Dialing‬‬

‫‪ -3‬إرﺳﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻋﺒﺮ ﺧﻄﻮط اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬

‫‪-4‬اﻟﻮﺻﻮل اﻟﻰ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -5‬اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ‪.Voice-mail‬‬

‫‪ -6‬اﻟﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠﻰ رﻗﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ ‪.Caller Identification‬‬

‫‪ -7‬اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺴﻤﺢ اﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎس ‪ TAPI‬ﻟﻤﻄ‪j‬ﻮري اﻟﺒ‪j‬ﺮاﻣﺞ و اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘ‪j‬ﺎت ﺑﺈﻋ‪j‬ﺪاد‬

‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘ‪jj‬ﺎت ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻘﻠﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﻤﻄ‪jj‬ﻮر ﻓﻌﻠ‪jj‬ﻪ ه‪jj‬ﻮ أن ﻳﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺠﻪ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻋﻼ و ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺎ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎس ‪.TAPI‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻔﺎﻋ‪jj‬ﻞ ‪ TAPI‬ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎﺗﻒ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺧ‪jj‬ﻼل ﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﻰ ﻃﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ‬

‫ﻣﺰود اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ‪ Service Provider Layer‬و هﺬﻩ اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺗﻌﺮف ﺑﺈﺳﻢ‬
‫‪.UniModem‬‬

‫ﻳﻘﻮم ‪ UniModem‬ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﺘﺒ‪j‬ﺪﻳﻞ ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ ﺧ‪j‬ﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت و‬

‫اﻟﻔﺎآﺲ و اﻟﺼﻮت‪ ،‬وهﻮ ﻳﻘ‪j‬ﻮم أﻳﻀ‪j‬ﺎ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ‪j‬ﺎ ﺑﺈﺻ‪j‬ﺪار أواﻣ‪j‬ﺮ اﻹﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل و‬
‫اﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ و إﻋﺪاد اﻟﻤﻮدم ﻟﻴﺘﻔﺎهﻢ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺨﻂ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻔﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ اﻟﺪرس‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺠﺴﻮر اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﺮﺑﻂ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪190‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻷﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ‪j‬ﻖ اﻹﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل اﻟﻼﺳ‪j‬ﻠﻜﻲ أﻧﻈﻤ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺮادﻳﻮ و اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔ و ﻣﻮﺟﺎت اﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮووﻳﻒ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم أﻧﻈﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻮل ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺑﻌ‪jj‬ﺪ ﺑﺮﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮل ‪ SLIP‬أو ‪،PPP‬‬

‫آﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ ‪ TAPI‬و ‪ UniModem‬ﻟﻠﺘﻔ‪jj‬ﺎهﻢ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ ﺧﻄ‪jj‬ﻮط‬
‫اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﻜﻮن اﻟﺪرس اﻟﻤﻘﺒﻞ إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﺣﺰم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪191‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﻮاﺣﺪة و اﻟﻌﺸﺮون‬

‫ﺣﺰم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‬

‫ﺳﻨﺘﻨﺎول ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ اﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ ‪.Packet‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺷﺮح ﻟﺘﺮآﻴﺐ اﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺷﺮح ﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ إﻧﺸﺎء اﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ و آﻴﻔﻴﺔ إرﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ أﻏﻠﺐ اﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴﺎت ﻳﻘﻮم ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺎﺳ‪j‬ﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺒ‪j‬ﺎدل‬

‫اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت و اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ و اﻟﺘﻲ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﻣ‪j‬ﺎ ﺗﺤﺘ‪j‬ﻮي ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ آﺜﻴ‪j‬ﺮ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ‪ ،‬و‬
‫إرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻜﻤﻴ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﻜﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﺮة ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت دﻓﻌ‪jj‬ﺔ واﺣ‪jj‬ﺪة آﻔﻴ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺑﺈره‪jj‬ﺎق‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ و رﺑﻤ‪j‬ﺎ إزه‪j‬ﺎق روﺣﻬ‪j‬ﺎ و ﻳﺠﻌ‪j‬ﻞ إآﺘﺸ‪j‬ﺎف اﻷﺧﻄ‪j‬ﺎء و إﺻ‪j‬ﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫أﻣﺮا ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺼﻌﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﻔ‪jj‬ﺎدي ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺸ‪jj‬ﺎآﻞ أو ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻓﺈﻧ‪jj‬ﻪ ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺴ‪jj‬ﻴﻢ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ‬

‫أﺟﺰاء ﺻﻐﻴﺮة ﻳﺘﻢ إرﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ دون إرهﺎﻗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻷﺟ‪jj‬ﺰاء اﻟﺼ‪jj‬ﻐﻴﺮة ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻳﻄﻠ‪jj‬ﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ اﺳ‪jj‬ﻢ ﺣ‪jj‬ﺰم‬

‫‪ Packets‬أو أﻃﺮ ‪. Frames‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﺤﺰم هﻲ اﻟﻮﺣﺪات اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻺﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻤﻴﺰات ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻰ ﺣﺰم ﺻﻐﻴﺮة ه‪j‬ﻮ أﻧ‪j‬ﻪ ﺣﺘ‪j‬ﻰ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ رﻏﺒﺔ ﺟﻬﺎز ﻣﺎ ﺑﺈرﺳﺎل ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت آﺜﻴﺮة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻓﻠ‪j‬ﻦ ﻳ‪j‬ﺆدي ذﻟ‪j‬ﻚ‬
‫اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ إرﻏ‪jj‬ﺎم ﺑ‪jj‬ﺎﻗﻲ اﻷﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰة ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻹﻧﺘﻈ‪jj‬ﺎر ﻃ‪jj‬ﻮﻳﻼ ﺣﺘ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻳﻨﺘﻬ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز‬
‫اﻷول ﻣﻦ إرﺳﺎل ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻪ اﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮة ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﺘﻨﺎوب ﻋﻠﻰ إرﺳﺎل اﻟﺤﺰم‪.‬‬

‫‪192‬‬
‫ﻗﺒ‪jj‬ﻞ إرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺴ‪jj‬ﻴﻤﻬﺎ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺣ‪jj‬ﺰم ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻗﺒ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز‬
‫اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪jj‬ﻞ ‪ ،‬و ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﺪ اﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈن اﻟﺤ‪jj‬ﺰم ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ اﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ و إﻋ‪jj‬ﺎدة‬
‫ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻈ‪jj‬ﺎم ﺗﺸ‪jj‬ﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪jj‬ﻞ ه‪jj‬ﻮ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺌﻮل ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ‬

‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻰ ﺣﺰم ‪ ،‬آﻤﺎ أﻧ‪j‬ﻪ ﻳﻀ‪j‬ﻴﻒ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪j‬ﺎت ﺗﺤﻜ‪j‬ﻢ ﺧﺎﺻ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫آﻞ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﻳﺮﺳﻠﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬و ﺗﺴﻬﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ هﺬﻩ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ اﻷﻣﻮر اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬إرﺳﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ أﺟﺰاء ﺻﻐﻴﺮة‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬إﻋﺎدة ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴ‪j‬ﺐ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ‪j‬ﺐ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺗﻔﺤ‪jj‬ﺺ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﺑﻌ‪jj‬ﺪ ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻌﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ و اﻟﺘﺄآ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺧﻠﻮه‪jj‬ﺎ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ أي‬

‫أﺧﻄﺎء‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮي اﻟﺤﺰم ﻋﻠﻰ أﻧﻮاع ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت و اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ‪.Control Data‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺷﻴﻔﺮة اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﻞ ‪.Session Control Codes‬‬

‫ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﻣﻔﻬﻮم اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ‪ :‬اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ و اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﺑﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟ‪jj‬ﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪jj‬ﺎت ﺗﻮﻗﻴ‪jj‬ﺖ و ﺗﻮﺟﻴ‪jj‬ﻪ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم‬

‫ﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻰ وﺟﻬﺘﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣ‪jjj‬ﺎ ﺷ‪jjj‬ﻴﻔﺮة اﻟ‪jjj‬ﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ اﻟﻨﻘ‪jjj‬ﻞ ﻓﺘﺘﻀ‪jjj‬ﻤﻦ ﺷ‪jjj‬ﻴﻔﺮة ﻟﺘﺼ‪jjj‬ﺤﻴﺢ‬

‫اﻷﺧﻄﺎء ‪ Error Correction Codes‬و هﺬﻩ اﻟﺸﻴﻔﺮة هﻲ اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﺤ‪j‬ﺪد‬

‫‪193‬‬
‫اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ اﻟﻰ إﻋﺎدة إرﺳﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻣ‪j‬ﻪ ﻧﻈ‪j‬ﺮا ﻟﻮﺟ‪j‬ﻮد أو اﻟﺨﻠ‪j‬ﻮ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫أﺧﻄﺎء ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ اﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺰﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪j‬ﻮل اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ‬

‫اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫و ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎم ﻓﺈن هﻨﺎك أﻣﻮرا ﻣﺸﺘﺮآﺔ ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠ‪j‬ﻒ اﻟﺤ‪j‬ﺰم‬
‫و ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ ‪.Source Address‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ‪.Destination Address‬‬

‫آﻤﺎ أن آﻞ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺗﻮﻓﺮ اﻷﻣﻮر‬

‫اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬إﻋﻄ‪jjj‬ﺎء ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤ‪jjj‬ﺎت ﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧ‪jjj‬ﺎت اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻴ‪jjj‬ﺎن آﻴﻔﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﺗﻤﺮﻳ‪jjj‬ﺮ‬

‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬إﺧﺒﺎر اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﺑﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﺎط اﻟﺤﺰم و إﻋﺎدة ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻌﻬ‪j‬ﺎ‬

‫ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺗﻔﺤﺺ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت و اﻟﺘﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻮهﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺧﻄﺎء‪.‬‬

‫آﻞ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ ﺗﻮزع ﻋﻠﻰ أﻗﺴﺎم ﺛﻼث‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﺮأس ‪.The Header‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ‪.The Data‬‬

‫‪ -3‬اﻟﺬﻳﻞ ‪.The Tailor‬‬

‫‪194‬‬
 ‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮن اﻟﺮأس ﻣﻦ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬إﺷﺎرة ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ أن اﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ إرﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﻗﺴ‪jj‬ﻢ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ إرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﻬﺎ و اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ‬

‫ﻳﺘﺮاوح ﻣﻘﺪارهﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 512‬ﺑﺎﻳﺖ و ‪ 4‬آﻴﻠﻮﺑﺎﻳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮى اﻷﺳﺎﺳ‪j‬ﻲ ﻟﻘﺴ‪j‬ﻢ اﻟ‪j‬ﺬﻳﻞ ﻳﻌﺘﻤ‪j‬ﺪ آﺜﻴ‪j‬ﺮا ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪j‬ﻮل‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ اﻹرﺳﺎل و هﻮ ﻋﺎدة ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﻮن ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ وﺟﻮد‬
‫أﺧﻄﺎء ﻳﺴﻤﻰ )‪. Cyclical Redundancy Check (CRC‬‬

‫‪ CRC‬ه‪jjj‬ﻮ ﻋﺒ‪jjj‬ﺎرة ﻋ‪jjj‬ﻦ رﻗ‪jjj‬ﻢ ﻳ‪jjj‬ﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴ‪jjj‬ﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺳ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﺣﺴ‪jjj‬ﺎﺑﺎت‬

‫رﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﺤﺪدة ﻳ‪j‬ﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠ‪j‬ﻪ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺤﺰﻣ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﻗﺒ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪j‬ﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺼﻞ اﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ اﻟﻰ وﺟﻬﺘﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ إﻋﺎدة إﺟﺮاء ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺴ‪j‬ﺎﺑﺎت ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪j‬ﺈذا‬
‫آﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺖ ﻧﺘﻴﺠ‪jj‬ﺔ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺴ‪jj‬ﺎﺑﺎت ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﺪ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﺎت ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻓﻬﺬا ﻳﻌﻨﻲ أن اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻗﺪ ﺗ‪j‬ﻢ إرﺳ‪j‬ﺎﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺪون أﺧﻄﺎء ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈذا اﺧﺘﻠﻔﺖ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﺎت ﻓﻬ‪j‬ﺬا ﻳﻌﻨ‪j‬ﻲ أن اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺔ و ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ إﻋﺎدة إرﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻈﻢ اﻟﺤﺰم ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺔ اﻟﻰ آﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺤﺪد‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺮى ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ آ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟﺤ‪j‬ﺰم اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﻤ‪j‬ﺮ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﻮﺻ‪j‬ﻞ‬
‫إﻟﻴﻬﺎ و ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ اﻹرﺳﺎل ﻓﻘﻂ إذا آﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻧﺔ إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪195‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ أﻳﻀﺎ أن ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻧﺔ إﻟﻰ أآﺜﺮ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎز‬
‫ﻓﻲ وﻗﺖ واﺣﺪ و ﻓﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﺈن هﺬا اﻟﻌﻨﻮان ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻋﻨﻮان إﻧﺘﺸﺎري‬
‫اﻟﻨﻮع ‪.Broadcast Type Address‬‬

‫ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت آﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﺮة ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈن اﻟﺤ‪jj‬ﺰم ﻗ‪jj‬ﺪ ﺗﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﻣﻀ‪jj‬ﻄﺮة‬

‫ﻟﻺﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﻋﺒﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺎت ﻗﺒﻞ أن ﺗﺼﻞ اﻟﻰ وﺟﻬﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻹﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎل و اﻟﺘﺒ‪jj‬ﺪﻳﻞ ﺗﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ه‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ اﺧﺘﻴ‪jj‬ﺎر‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻪ اﻷﻧﺴﺐ وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻌﻨﻮﻧ‪j‬ﺔ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﺤﺰﻣ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪j‬ﻠﺔ ﻹﻳﺼ‪j‬ﺎﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺟﻬﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫هﻨﺎك ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺎن أﺳﺎﺳﻴﺘﺎن ﺗﻌﻤﻼن ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺄآﻴ‪j‬ﺪ وﺻ‪j‬ﻮل اﻟﺤ‪j‬ﺰم اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ‬

‫وﺟﻬﺘﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬هﺎﺗﺎن اﻟﻤﻬﻤﺘﺎن هﻤﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ اﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ ‪.Packet Forwarding‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻓﻠﺘﺮة اﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ ‪.Packet Filtering‬‬

‫ﻳﻘﺼ‪jj‬ﺪ ﺑﺘﻮﺟﻴ‪jj‬ﻪ اﻟﺤﺰﻣ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪:‬ﻧﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﺤ‪jj‬ﺰم ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔ‪jj‬ﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻠﺤﺰﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻘﺮاءة اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪j‬ﺎت ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ رأس اﻟﺤﺰﻣ‪j‬ﺔ ﻳ‪j‬ﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺟﻴ‪j‬ﻪ اﻟﺤﺰﻣ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ‬

‫‪196‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﻮن اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻷﻧﺴﺐ واﻟﺬي ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑ‪j‬ﺪورﻩ ﺑﺈﻳﺼ‪j‬ﺎل اﻟﺤﺰﻣ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ وﺟﻬﺘﻬ‪j‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎ أﻗﺼﺮ اﻟﻄﺮق‪.‬‬

‫أﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻓﻠﺘ‪jj‬ﺮة اﻟﺤﺰﻣ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻓﻬ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﻘ‪jj‬ﺮار اﻟ‪jj‬ﺬي ﻳﺘﺨ‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻘ‪jj‬ﺎط‬

‫اﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ أو ﺗﺮآﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻬﺎ و ﻳﺘﻢ ذﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺒﺎر ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﻮان اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ ﻓﺈن آﺎن ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺎ ﻟﻌﻨﻮان اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﺬي ﻣﺮت ﻋﻠﻴﻪ اﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ ﻓﺈﻧ‪j‬ﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺈﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ و ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﺤﺘﻮاهﺎ‪ ،‬و إﻻ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ ﺑﺈهﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ اﻟﺪرس ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻰ ﺣﺰم ﺻﻐﻴﺮة ﻗﺒﻞ إرﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن اﻟﺤﺰﻣ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻋ‪jj‬ﺎدة ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺛ‪jj‬ﻼث أﻗﺴ‪jj‬ﺎم‪ :‬اﻟ‪jj‬ﺮأس و اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت و‬

‫اﻟﺬﻳﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ إرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل اﻟﺤﺰﻣ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ آﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮ واﺣ‪jj‬ﺪ أو ﻋ‪jj‬ﺪة آﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮات‬

‫ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة‪.‬‬

‫اﻟ‪jjjjjj‬ﺪرس اﻟﻤﻘﺒ‪jjjjjj‬ﻞ ﺳ‪jjjjjj‬ﻴﻜﻮن إن ﺷ‪jjjjjj‬ﺎء اﷲ ﺑﻌﻨ‪jjjjjj‬ﻮان ﻣﺒ‪jjjjjj‬ﺎدئ‬

‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت‪.‬‬

‫‪197‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ و اﻟﻌﺸﺮون‬

‫ﻣﺒﺎدئ ﻋﻤﻞ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت‬

‫ﺳ‪jjj‬ﻨﺘﻨﺎول ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ ه‪jjj‬ﺬا اﻟ‪jjj‬ﺪرس إن ﺷ‪jjj‬ﺎء اﷲ اﻟﻮﻇ‪jjj‬ﺎﺋﻒ اﻷﺳﺎﺳ‪jjj‬ﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻠﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjj‬ﻮﻻت ه‪jjj‬ﻲ ﻋﺒ‪jjj‬ﺎرة ﻋ‪jjj‬ﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ اﻟﻘ‪jjj‬ﻮاﻧﻴﻦ و‬

‫اﻹﺟ‪jj‬ﺮاءات اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻺﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎل ‪ ،‬و ﺣﻴ‪jj‬ﺚ أﻧﻨ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻧﻌﻠ‪jj‬ﻢ أن اﻟﺪﺑﻠﻮﻣﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﺔ‬
‫آﻤﺜﺎل ﺗﺤﺘﺎج ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺗﺤﺪد آﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﺎم اﻟﺪﺑﻠﻮﻣﺎﺳﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ دول‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻞ و اﻟﺘﻔﺎهﻢ و اﻹﺗﺼﺎل ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈن اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻧﻔ‪j‬ﺲ اﻟﻤﻬﻤ‪j‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﺤ‪j‬ﺪد اﻟﻘ‪j‬ﻮاﻧﻴﻦ و اﻹﺟ‪j‬ﺮاءات‬
‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻹﺗﺼﺎل و اﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮات اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫هﻨﺎك ﺑﻌﺾ اﻷﻣﻮر ﻳﺠﺐ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﻓﻴﻤ‪j‬ﺎ ﻳﺨ‪j‬ﺺ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪j‬ﻮﻻت‬

‫هﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬هﻨ‪jjj‬ﺎك اﻟﻜﺜﻴ‪jjjj‬ﺮ ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjjj‬ﻮﻻت اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﻓ‪jjjj‬ﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻬ‪jjjj‬ﺎ‬

‫ووﻇﻴﻔﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻋﺪة ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻌﺎ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل ﻣﺰاﻳﺎﻩ و ﻋﻴﻮﺑﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻄﻠ‪jj‬ﻖ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮﻻت اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﻌﻤ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺳ‪jj‬ﻮﻳﺎ اﺳ‪jj‬ﻢ‬

‫‪ Protocol Stack‬أو ‪.Protocol Suite‬‬

‫و ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺨﻴﻞ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪j‬ﻮﻻت آﺒﻨ‪j‬ﺎء ﻣﻜ‪j‬ﻮن‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪة ﻃﻮاﺑ‪j‬ﻖ و ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ آ‪j‬ﻞ ﻃﺒﻘ‪j‬ﺔ ﻳﻮﺟ‪j‬ﺪ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪j‬ﻮل ﻣﻌ‪j‬ﻴﻦ ﻳﻘ‪j‬ﻮم ﺑﻮﻇﻴﻔ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪدة وﻳﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت ﻓﻲ اﻟﻄﻮاﺑﻖ اﻷﺧﺮى‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﻨﻘ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﺗﻤ‪j‬ﺮ ﺑﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬

‫اﻟﺨﻄﻮات‪ ،‬و ﻓﻲ آﻞ ﺧﻄﻮة ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺗﻨﻔﺬ ﻣﻬﺎم ﻣﺤﺪدة ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻨﻔﻴ‪j‬ﺬهﺎ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ‬

‫‪198‬‬
‫ﺧﻈ‪jjjjj‬ﻮة أﺧ‪jjjjj‬ﺮى‪ ،‬و ﻟﻜ‪jjjjj‬ﻞ ﺧﻄ‪jjjjj‬ﻮة ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjjjj‬ﻮل ﻣﺤ‪jjjjj‬ﺪد أو ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ‪jjjjj‬ﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت ﺗﺤﺪد آﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﻟﻤﻬﺎم اﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ اﻟﺨﻄﻮة‪ ،‬آﻤﺎ أن هﺬﻩ‬
‫اﻟﺨﻄﻮات ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺘﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬آﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ أن‬
‫اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎع هﺬﻩ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات ﻣﻦ اﻷﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻰ اﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺑﻴﻨﻤ‪j‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎع هﺬﻩ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات ﺑﺸ‪j‬ﻜﻞ ﻣﻌﻜ‪j‬ﻮس ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻷﺳ‪j‬ﻔﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻰ اﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺗﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮﻻت ﻣﺴ‪jj‬ﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻘﻴ‪jj‬ﺎم‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻬﺎم اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻰ ﺣﺰم‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻌﻨﻮﻧﺔ اﻟﻰ اﻟﺤﺰم‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺗﺤﻀﻴﺮ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻟﻺرﺳﺎل‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﻮم اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﺘﻘﺎط ﺣﺰم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﻦ وﺳﻂ اﻹﺗﺼﺎل‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬إدﺧ‪jjj‬ﺎل ﺣ‪jjj‬ﺰم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jjj‬ﺎت اﻟ‪jjj‬ﻰ داﺧ‪jjj‬ﻞ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jjj‬ﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﺒ‪jjj‬ﺮ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jjj‬ﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊ آﻞ ﺣﺰم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ و ﻗﺮاءة ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟ‪j‬ﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻀﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻰ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺰم‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﻧﺴﺦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﺰم اﻟﻰ ذاآﺮة ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﻹﻋﺎدة ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -5‬ﺗﻤﺮﻳ‪jj‬ﺮ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﻤﻌ‪jj‬ﺎد ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻌﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﺒ‪jj‬ﺮاﻣﺞ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺻ‪jj‬ﻮرة‬

‫ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻣﺔ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻺﺳﺘﺨﺪام‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺘ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻣﻨﺘﺼ‪jj‬ﻒ اﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﻨ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻘ‪jj‬ﺮن اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﺎﺑﻖ آﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺖ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت‬

‫اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣﻌﺰوﻟ‪jj‬ﺔ و ﻏﻴ‪jjj‬ﺮ ﻗ‪jj‬ﺎدرة ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻹﺗﺼ‪jjj‬ﺎل ﻣﻌ‪jj‬ﺎ‪ ،‬اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ أن ﺗﻘ‪jjj‬ﺪﻣﺖ‬

‫‪199‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت و أﺻ‪j‬ﺒﺤﺖ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﻗ‪j‬ﺎدرة ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫اﻹﺗﺼﺎل ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت أآﺒﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻄﻠ‪jj‬ﻖ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺣﺮآ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺼ‪jj‬ﺪر اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ ﻋﺪة ﻣﺴﺎرات اﺳﻢ اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ أو ‪.Routing‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ اﻹﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة اﻟﻤﺴﺎرات ﺑﻴﻦ‬

‫اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻓﺘﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﻰ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮﻻت اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺟﻴ‪jj‬ﻪ ‪Routable‬‬
‫‪ ،Protocols‬و ﻧﻈ‪jj‬ﺮا ﻷن ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮﻻت ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ رﺑ‪jj‬ﻂ ﻋ‪jj‬ﺪة‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ واﺳﻌﺔ ﻓﺈن أهﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ازدﻳﺎد ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎم اﻟﻰ ﻗﺴﻤﻴﻦ‪:‬‬

‫‪.Connection-Oriented -1‬‬

‫‪.Connectionless -2‬‬

‫ﻳﻘﻮم اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻮع اﻷول ‪Connection-Oriented‬‬

‫ﺑﺈﻋ‪jj‬ﺪاد اﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎل ﻣﺒﺎﺷ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﻰ داﺋ‪jj‬ﺮة ﻇﺎهﺮﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ أو اﻓﺘﺮاﺿ‪jj‬ﻴﺔ ‪Virtual‬‬
‫‪ Circuit‬ﺑﻴﻦ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫و ﻳﺤﻘﻖ هﺬا اﻹﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻣﻮﺛﻮﻗﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت و‬

‫ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي اﻟﻰ ﺑﻄﺊ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ و أداء اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪Transmission‬‬ ‫‪Control‬‬ ‫ﻳﻌﺘﺒ‪jjjjjjj‬ﺮ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjjjjjj‬ﻮل‬

‫)‪ Protocol(TCP‬ﻣﺜ‪jj‬ﺎﻻ واﺿ‪jj‬ﺤﺎ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮﻻت ﻣﺤ‪jj‬ﺪدة وﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫اﻹﺗﺼﺎل ‪.Connection-Oriented‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ‪ Connectionless‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ‬

‫ﻻ ﺗ‪j‬ﻮﻓﺮ اﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎﻻ ﻣﺒﺎﺷ‪jj‬ﺮا ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻗﺒ‪j‬ﻞ إرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ أن اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ أآﺒﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﺴﻦ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ أداء اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬و‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺛﻮﻗﻴﺔ ﻧﻈﺮا ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺳ‪j‬ﺒﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓ‪j‬ﺔ ﻓﻴﻤ‪j‬ﺎ‬
‫إذا ﺣﺪﺛﺖ أﺧﻄﺎء أﺛﻨﺎء اﻹرﺳﺎل أم ﻟﻢ ﺗﺤﺪث‪.‬‬

‫‪200‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﺒ‪j‬ﺮ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪j‬ﻮل )‪ Internet Protocol (IP‬ﻣﺜ‪j‬ﺎﻻ واﺿ‪j‬ﺤﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت ﻋﺪﻳﻤﺔ اﻹﺗﺼﺎل ‪.Connectionless‬‬

‫ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﻨﻈﻢ ﻋﻤﻞ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺣﺘ‪j‬ﻰ ﻻ ﻳﺤ‪j‬ﺪث أي‬

‫ﺗﻌﺎرض أو ﻧﻘﺺ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻄﻠ‪jj‬ﻖ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺗﻨﻈ‪jj‬ﻴﻢ اﻟﻤﻬ‪jj‬ﺎم ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮﻻت اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔ‪jj‬ﺔ اﺳ‪jj‬ﻢ‬

‫‪. layering‬‬

‫آﻤ‪j‬ﺎ ذآ‪jj‬ﺮت ﺳ‪jj‬ﺎﺑﻘﺎ ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈن ‪ Protocol Stack‬ه‪jj‬ﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ‬

‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت اﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﺎ‪ ،‬و آﻞ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤ‪jj‬ﺪد اﻟﻄﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﻔﻠﻰ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ‪ Protocol Stack‬اﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ‬

‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﻲ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت إﻋﺪاد أﺟﻬﺰﺗﻬﻢ ﻟﻺﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﻊ أﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة ﻣﺼ‪j‬ﻨﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ و ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎت اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻰ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋ‪j‬ﺔ اﺳ‪j‬ﻢ‬
‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى ‪.Low-Level Protocols‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺗﺤ‪jj‬ﺪد اﻟﻄﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﻌﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ‪ Protocol Stack‬اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻔﺎهﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻹﺗﺼﺎل‪ ،‬و ﻳﻄﻠ‪j‬ﻖ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪j‬ﻮﻻت اﻟﻄﺒﻘ‪j‬ﺎت‬
‫‪High-Level‬‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻠﻴ‪jjjjj‬ﺎ اﺳ‪jjjjj‬ﻢ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjjjj‬ﻮﻻت ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌ‪jjjjj‬ﺔ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jjjjj‬ﺘﻮى‬
‫‪.Protocols‬‬

‫آﻠﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ارﺗﻔﻌﻨ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻃﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺎت ‪ Protocol Stack‬آﻠﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ زاد ﺗﻌﻘﻴ‪jj‬ﺪ‬

‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت ﻓﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎت‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻄﻠ‪jj‬ﻖ ﻣﺼ‪jj‬ﻄﻠﺢ ‪ Binding‬ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺘ ‪j‬ﻲ ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ ﺑﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ رﺑ‪jj‬ﻂ‬

‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت و ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﺎ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ‪.Protocol Stack‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ رﺑﻂ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت ﻣﻌﺎ ﻳﺤﺪد اﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﺬي ﻳﺴﻠﻜﻪ ﻧﻈﺎم‬

‫اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻩ ﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪201‬‬
‫ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈذا آﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺖ هﻨ‪jj‬ﺎك ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮﻻت ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣﻌ‪jj‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن ه‪j‬ﺬا اﻹرﺗﺒ‪j‬ﺎط ﻳﺤ‪j‬ﺪد اﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴ‪j‬ﺐ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﺸ‪j‬ﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫هﺬﻩ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻧﺎﺟﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻠﻮ اﻓﺘﺮﺿﻨﺎ أن ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل ‪ TCP/IP‬ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬

‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت اﻷﺧ‪j‬ﺮى ﺑﺤﻴ‪j‬ﺚ ﻳﻜ‪j‬ﻮن ه‪j‬ﻮ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪j‬ﻮل اﻷول اﻟ‪j‬ﺬي ﻳ‪j‬ﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈذا ﻓﺸﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ اﻹﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ اﻟﻰ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل اﻟ‪j‬ﺬي ﻳﻠﻴ‪j‬ﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﻣﻌﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ رﺑﻂ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت ﻣﻌﺎ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﻤﻘﺪار آﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺮوﻧ‪j‬ﺔ‬

‫ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ إﻋ‪jj‬ﺪاد اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬آﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ إﻋ‪jj‬ﺪاد ﻋﻤﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟ‪jj‬ﺮﺑﻂ ﻟﺘﺘﻨﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺐ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ‬
‫اﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪ ،‬و ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻨﻈ‪j‬ﻴﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟ‪j‬ﺮﺑﻂ ﻟﺘﺘﻨﺎﺳ‪j‬ﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت أو ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت ﺟﺪﻳﺪة‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻨﻠﻖ ﻧﻈﺮة ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم أﺟﻬﺰﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪j‬ﻮﻟﻲ ﻧﻘ‪j‬ﻞ‬

‫هﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ‪ TCP/IP‬و ‪ NetBEUI‬أو ‪NetBIOS Extended User‬‬
‫‪ ، Interface‬آ‪jjjj‬ﻞ ﻣ‪jjjj‬ﻦ ه‪jjjj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjjj‬ﻮﻻت ﻟ‪jjjj‬ﻪ ﺧﺼ‪jjjj‬ﺎﺋﺺ ﻗ‪jjjj‬ﻮة ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮل ‪ TCP/IP‬ﻓﻌ‪jj‬ﺎل ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻧﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻋﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧ‪jj‬ﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل ‪ NetBEUI‬ﻓﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮﻩ ﻓﻌﺎل أآﺜ‪j‬ﺮ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﻧﻘ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ﻋﺒ‪j‬ﺮ‬
‫اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻣﺜ‪jj‬ﻞ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ إذا أراد اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮن اﻹﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎل‬
‫ﻋﺒ‪jjj‬ﺮ اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﻓﺒﺈﻣﻜ‪jjj‬ﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﺟﻌ‪jjj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjj‬ﻮل ‪ NetBEUI‬ه‪jjj‬ﻮ‬
‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل اﻹﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ ‪ ،‬و إذا أرادوا اﻹﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧ‪j‬ﺖ ﻓ‪j‬ﺈﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮن ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل ‪.TCP/IP‬‬

‫ﻳﻄﻠ‪jj‬ﻖ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮﻻت اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻗﺒ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣﺼ‪jj‬ﻨﻌﻴﻦ و‬

‫ﻣﻨﺘﺠﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻴﻦ اﺳﻢ ‪.Protocol Standards‬‬

‫اﻟﺠﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎت اﻟﻤﺨﻮﻟ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺗﻔ‪jjj‬ﺎق ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ ﻣﺜ‪jjj‬ﻞ ه‪jjj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjj‬ﻮﻻت‬

‫ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ‪:‬‬

‫‪The International Standards Organization -1‬‬

‫)‪.(ISO‬‬

‫‪202‬‬
The Institute of Electrical and Electronic -2
.Engineers (IEEE)

International Telecommunications Union -3

.(ITU)

:‫ﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت ﺣﺴﺐ وﻇﻴﻔﺘﻬﺎ اﻟﻰ ﺛﻼث أﻗﺴﺎم‬

.Application Protocols ‫ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت‬-1

.Transport Protocols ‫ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت ﻧﻘﻞ‬-2

.Network Protocols ‫ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬-3

‫ﻦ‬jjjj‫ﺎ ﻣ‬jjjj‫ﺎت اﻟﻌﻠﻴ‬jjjj‫ﻲ اﻟﻄﺒﻘ‬jjjj‫ﺎت ﻓ‬jjjj‫ﻮﻻت اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘ‬jjjj‫ﻞ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‬jjjj‫ﺗﻌﻤ‬

‫ﻖ‬jj‫ﺎت و ﺗﺤﻘﻴ‬jj‫ﺎدل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‬jj‫ﻲ ﺗﺒ‬jj‫ﺎ ﻓ‬jj‫ﺘﻠﺨﺺ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﻬ‬jj‫ و ﺗ‬Protocol Stack
:‫اﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت و ﻣﻦ أﻣﺜﻠﺘﻬﺎ‬

.Server Message Block (SMB) -1

.Novell’s NetWare Core Protocols (NCPs) -2

File Transfer Access and Management -3

.Protocol (FTAMP)

: ‫و ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬

.File Transfer Protocol (FTP) -1

.Telnet -2

203
‫أﻣﺎ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت اﻟﻨﻘ‪j‬ﻞ ﻓﺘﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺟﻠﺴ‪j‬ﺎت اﻹﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮات ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ و ه‪jj‬ﻲ ﻣﺴ‪jj‬ﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺻ‪jj‬ﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺟ‪jj‬ﻮدة و دﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة‪ ،‬و ﻣﻦ أﻣﺜﻠﺘﻬﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﺳﻮﻓﺖ ‪.NWLink‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل ‪.NetBEUI‬‬

‫‪.Sequenced Packet Exchange (SPX) -3‬‬

‫‪.Transmission Control Protocol(TCP) -4‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪم ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺧﺪﻣﺎت رﺑﻂ ‪Link Services‬‬

‫و ﺗﺘﻠﺨﺺ ﻣﻬﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻋﻨﻮﻧﺔ و ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ إﺧﻄﺎء ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻹرﺳﺎل‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻃﻠﺒﺎت إﻋﺎدة اﻹرﺳﺎل‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻮاﻧﻴﻦ اﻹﺗﺼﺎل ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌ‪j‬ﺎت ﻣﺤ‪j‬ﺪدة ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﻣﺜ‪j‬ﻞ‬

‫إﺛﺮﻧﺖ و ‪.Token Ring‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ اﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻﺗﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪.Internet Protocol (IP) -1‬‬

‫‪.Internetwork Packet Exchange (IPX) -2‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ اﻟﺪرس‪:‬‬

‫‪204‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻘﺴ‪jj‬ﻢ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮﻻت اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻣﻮﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺔ و ﻋﺪﻳﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻹﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎل و ﺗﻘﺴ‪jj‬ﻢ‬
‫وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺘﻬﺎ اﻟﻰ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮﻻت ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘ‪jj‬ﺎت و ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮﻻت ﻧﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ و ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮﻻت‬

‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳ‪jjjjjj‬ﻴﻜﻮن اﻟ‪jjjjjj‬ﺪرس اﻟﻤﻘﺒ‪jjjjjj‬ﻞ ﺑ‪jjjjjj‬ﺈذن اﷲ ﺑﻌﻨ‪jjjjjj‬ﻮان ﺧﺼ‪jjjjjj‬ﺎﺋﺺ‬

‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت اﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪205‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ و اﻟﻌﺸﺮون‬

‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت اﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ‬

‫ﺳﻨﺘﻨﺎول ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬وﺻﻒ ﻟﺒﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت ‪.TCP/IP‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺳﺮد ﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ‪ NetBIOS‬و ‪.NetBEUI‬‬

‫‪ -3‬وﺻﻒ ﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت ‪ IPX/SPX‬و ‪.NWLink‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺳﺮد و وﺻﻒ ﻟﻠﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت اﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ اﻷﺧﺮى‬

‫ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjjjj‬ﻮل اﻟ‪jjjjj‬ﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻹرﺳ‪jjjjj‬ﺎل\ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjjjj‬ﻮل اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧ‪jjjjj‬ﺖ أو‬

‫‪Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol‬‬
‫)‪ (TCP/IP‬هﻮ ﻋﺒﺎرة ﻋﻦ ﺑﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺎت‬
‫و اﻷﻧﻮاع اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة ﺑﺎﻹﺗﺼﺎل ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳ‪jjjj‬ﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjjj‬ﻮل ‪ TCP/IP‬ﺧﺼ‪jjjj‬ﺎﺋﺺ ﺗﺸ‪jjjj‬ﺒﻴﻚ و ﺗﻮﺟﻴ‪jjjj‬ﻪ و‬

‫وﺻﻮل ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ و اﻹﺳﺘﻔﺎدة ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮاردهﺎ‪.‬‬

‫و ﻗﺪ ﻃﻮر ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل ‪ TCP/IP‬أﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎم ‪ 1969‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬

‫وآﺎﻟ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣﺸ‪jj‬ﺎرﻳﻊ اﻟﺒﺤ‪jj‬ﻮث اﻟﻤﻄ‪jj‬ﻮرة ﻟﻠ‪jj‬ﺪﻓﺎع اﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜ‪jj‬ﻲ ‪US Defense‬‬
‫)‪.Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA‬‬

‫و ﻗﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ه‪j‬ﺬا اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪j‬ﻮل ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﺒﺪاﻳ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﺒﻨ‪j‬ﺎء ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺸ‪j‬ﺎرﻳﻊ‬

‫اﻟﺒﺤ‪jjj‬ﻮث اﻟﻤﻄ‪jjj‬ﻮرة ﻟﻠ‪jjj‬ﺪﻓﺎع اﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜ‪jjj‬ﻲ ‪Advanced Research‬‬
‫)‪ ، Projects Agency Network (ARPANET‬و ه‪jj‬ﻲ ﻋﺒ‪jj‬ﺎرة‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ آﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺖ ﺗ‪j‬ﺮﺑﻂ ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ أرﺑ‪j‬ﻊ ﺟﺎﻣﻌ‪j‬ﺎت أﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﺗﺠ‪j‬ﺮي ﺑﺤ‪j‬ﻮث ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎل اﻟﺪﻓﺎع‪.‬‬

‫‪206‬‬
‫و ﻣﻨﺬ ذﻟﻚ اﻟﺤﻴﻦ أﺻﺒﺢ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل ‪ TCP/IP‬هﻮ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪j‬ﻮل‬
‫اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻀﻤﺎن اﻟﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻷﻧﻮاع اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة‪ ،‬و‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻓﺈن أﻏﻠﺐ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ و اﻟﻮاﺳﻌﺔ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ هﺬا اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻜ‪jjjj‬ﻮن ﺑﺎﻗ‪jjjj‬ﺔ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjjj‬ﻮﻻت ‪ TCP/IP‬ﻣ‪jjjj‬ﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ‪jjjj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jjjj‬ﻦ‬

‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjjjjj‬ﻮﻻت ‪ ،‬وﻟﻜ‪jjjjjj‬ﻦ ﺗﻌﺘﺒ‪jjjjjj‬ﺮ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjjjjj‬ﻮﻻت ‪ TCP‬و ‪ IP‬ه‪jjjjjj‬ﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺒﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﺒ‪jjjj‬ﺮ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjjj‬ﻮل ‪ TCP‬ﻣﺨﺼﺼ‪jjjj‬ﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﻘ‪jjjj‬ﻞ ‪Transport‬‬

‫‪ Protocol‬وهﻮ ﻳﻮﻓﺮ اﺗﺼﺎﻻ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺎ ‪ Connection- Oriented‬و‬
‫ﻳ‪j‬ﺪﻋﻢ اﻹﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل ﻣ‪j‬ﺰدوج اﻹﺗﺠ‪j‬ﺎﻩ ‪ Full Duplex‬و ﻳ‪j‬ﻮﻓﺮ ﺗﺤﻜﻤ‪j‬ﺎ ﺑﺘ‪j‬ﺪﻓﻖ‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤ‪jjj‬ﺎ ‪ IP‬ه‪jjj‬ﻮ ﻋﺒ‪jjj‬ﺎرة ﻋ‪jjj‬ﻦ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjj‬ﻮل ﺷ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪Network‬‬

‫‪ Protocol‬وه‪jjjjjj‬ﻮ ﻳ‪jjjjjj‬ﻮﻓﺮ ﺗﺴ‪jjjjjj‬ﻠﻴﻢ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jjjjjj‬ﺎت دون اﺗﺼ‪jjjjjj‬ﺎل ﻣﺴ‪jjjjjj‬ﺒﻖ‬
‫‪.Connectionless‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﻠﻚ ﺣﺰم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﺴﺎرات ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪j‬ﻞ و‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧ‪j‬ﺖ و ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﺪ و ﺻ‪j‬ﻮل اﻟﺤ‪j‬ﺰم اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ وﺟﻬﺘﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن‬
‫ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل ‪ IP‬هﻮ اﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮل ﻋﻦ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ و ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﺤﺰم ﻟﻠﺤﺼ‪j‬ﻮل‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪207‬‬
‫ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻧﻔ‪jj‬ﺲ اﻟﻄﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮل ‪ IP‬ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺑﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮﻻت‬
‫‪ TCP/IP‬آﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺼ‪jj‬ﻮرة اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻧﺠ‪jj‬ﺪ أن هﻨ‪jj‬ﺎك ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮﻻ ﻣﻜﻤ‪jj‬ﻼ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤ‪jjj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjj‬ﻮل ‪ IP‬و ه‪jjj‬ﻮ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjj‬ﻮل ‪Internet Control‬‬
‫)‪ ، Message Protocol (ICMP‬و ﺣﻴ‪jj‬ﺚ ﻳ‪jj‬ﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮل ‪IP‬‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﺪﻳﻤ‪j‬ﺔ اﻹﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل ‪ ، Connectionless‬ﻓ‪j‬ﺈذا ﺣﺼ‪j‬ﻠﺖ أي ﻣﺸ‪j‬ﺎآﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻹرﺳﺎل ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ أي ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل ‪ IP‬ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺸﺎآﻞ أو ﺣﻠﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬و هﻨ‪j‬ﺎ ﻳ‪j‬ﺄﺗﻲ دور ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪j‬ﻮل ‪ ICMP‬ﻟﻴﻜ‪j‬ﻮن ﻣﻜﻤ‪j‬ﻼ‬
‫ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻋﻤﻠ‪jj‬ﻪ ﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮل ‪ ،IP‬و ه‪jj‬ﻮ ﻋﺒ‪jj‬ﺎرة ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮل ﻗﻴﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻳ‪jj‬ﺆﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺮاﺳﻞ ﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل ‪.IP‬‬

‫ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈذا اﻓﺘﺮﺿ‪jj‬ﻨﺎ أن ﺣﺰﻣ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮل ‪ IP‬ﻗ‪jj‬ﺪ ﺗ‪jj‬ﻢ ﻋﻨﻮﻧﺘﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺑﺸ‪jj‬ﻜﻞ‬

‫ﺧﺎﻃﺊ و أرﺳﻠﺖ ﻟﻮﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺔ ﺧﺎﻃﺌ‪j‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن دور ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪j‬ﻮل ‪ ICMP‬ﻳﺘﻤﺜ‪j‬ﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺻ‪jj‬ﺪار ﺗﻘﺮﻳ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﺸ‪jj‬ﻜﻠﺔ و ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﺮﻧ‪jj‬ﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﻲ ﻟﺤ‪jj‬ﻞ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻬﺬا ﻧﺠﺪ أن ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل ‪ ICMP‬ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺛﻮﻗﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﻋﻤ‪j‬ﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل ‪ IP‬ﻓﻲ إرﺳﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮل ‪ TCP‬ﺑﻄﻴﺌ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻋﻤﻠ‪jj‬ﻪ ﻟﻬ‪jj‬ﺬا آ‪jj‬ﺎن ﻻﺑ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ‬

‫ﺗ‪j‬ﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮل ﺁﺧ‪j‬ﺮ أﺳ‪jj‬ﺮع ﻳﻜ‪j‬ﻮن ﻋﻤﻠ‪jj‬ﻪ ﻣﻜﻤ‪j‬ﻼ ﻟﻬ‪jj‬ﺬا ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﻧﻔ‪jj‬ﺲ ﻃﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮل ‪ TCP‬ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺣﺰﻣ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ TCP/IP‬آﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺼ‪jj‬ﻮرة اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻧﺠ‪jj‬ﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮﻻ ﺁﺧ‪jj‬ﺮ ه‪jj‬ﻮ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮل ‪User Datagram Protocol‬‬
‫)‪ (UDP‬و ه‪jjjjjjjjj‬ﻮ ﻳ‪jjjjjjjjj‬ﻮﻓﺮ ﺧﺪﻣ‪jjjjjjjjj‬ﺔ ﺳ‪jjjjjjjjj‬ﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻋﺪﻳﻤ‪jjjjjjjjj‬ﺔ اﻹﺗﺼ‪jjjjjjjjj‬ﺎل‬
‫‪ Connectionless‬ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻧﻔﺲ وﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل ‪.TCP‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻀ‪jjj‬ﻤﻦ اﻟﻄﺒﻘ‪jjj‬ﺎت اﻟﻌﻠﻴ‪jjj‬ﺎ ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ ﺑﺎﻗ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjj‬ﻮﻻت ‪، TCP/IP‬‬

‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪.SMTP -1‬‬

‫‪.FTP -2‬‬

‫‪.SNMP -3‬‬

‫‪208‬‬
 ‫‪.Telnet -4‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﺒ‪j‬ﺮ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪j‬ﻮل ‪Simple Mail Transfer Protocol‬‬

‫)‪ (SMTP‬هﻮ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺌﻮل ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ إرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل اﻟﺒﺮﻳ‪j‬ﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧ‪j‬ﻲ و‬
‫هﻮ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻟﻲ ‪ TCP‬و ‪ IP‬ﻟﺘﺒﺎدل اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮل )‪ File Transfer Protocol (FTP‬ه‪jj‬ﻮ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮل ﻋﻦ ﻧﺴﺦ اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎز و ﺁﺧ‪j‬ﺮ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ و ه‪j‬ﻮ ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﻤﺢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻷﻣﻮر اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﺪﺧﻮل اﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎز ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪات‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ و ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻷواﻣﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت‪.‬‬

‫أﻣ‪jjj‬ﺎ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjj‬ﻮل ‪Simple Network Management‬‬

‫‪Internet‬‬ ‫)‪ Protocol (SNMP‬و اﻟ‪jjjjj‬ﺬي ﻃ‪jjjjj‬ﻮر ﻣ‪jjjjj‬ﻦ ﻗﺒ‪jjjjj‬ﻞ‬
‫)‪ Engineering Task Force (IETF‬ﻓﻬ‪jjj‬ﻮ ﻣﺨﺼ‪jjj‬ﺺ ﻹدارة‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ و ﻳﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم ﺑﺠﻤ‪jj‬ﻊ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻹدارة ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ آ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ و هﻮ أﻳﻀﺎ اﻟﺬي ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ اﻟﺘﻘﺎرﻳﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺪوث ﻣﺸﺎآﻞ أو‬
‫أﺧﻄ‪jj‬ﺎء ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،‬وه‪jj‬ﺬا اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮل ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ ﻋ‪jj‬ﺪة‬
‫ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫‪.IP -1‬‬

‫‪.IPX -2‬‬

‫‪.AppleTalk -3‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت ‪.OSI‬‬

‫‪209‬‬
 ‫‪.DECnet -5‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ وﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل ‪ Telnet‬ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ‪ FTP‬ﻓﻬﻮ‬

‫ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺧﻮل اﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎز ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ و ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫أهﻢ ﻣﻤﻴ‪j‬ﺰات ﺣﺰﻣ‪j‬ﺔ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪j‬ﻮﻻت ‪ TCP/IP‬ه‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﻤﻮﺛﻮﻗﻴ‪j‬ﺔ و‬

‫اﻹﻧﺘﺸﺎر و هﻮ أﻳﻀﺎ ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﻮﺻﻮل اﻟﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻟﻮﺻﻮل اﻟﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ اﻹﻧﺘﺮاﻧﺖ ‪.Intranet‬‬

‫‪ -3‬دﻋﻢ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺣﺰم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ‪.Routing‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺗ‪jjjj‬ﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﻴ‪jjjj‬ﺔ ﻟﻺﺗﺼ‪j jj‬ﺎل ﻷﻧﻈﻤ‪jjjj‬ﺔ اﻟﺘﺸ‪jjjj‬ﻐﻴﻞ و اﻷﺟﻬ‪jjjj‬ﺰة‬

‫اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -5‬اﻟﺪﻋﻢ و اﻟﺘﻔﺎهﻢ ﻣﻊ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت‪.‬‬

‫أﻣ‪jjj‬ﺎ اﻟﻌﻴ‪jjj‬ﻮب اﻷﺳﺎﺳ‪jjj‬ﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﺰﻣ‪jjj‬ﺔ ‪ TCP/IP‬ﻓﺘﺘﻤﺜ‪jjj‬ﻞ ﺑ‪jjj‬ﺎﻷﻣﺮﻳﻦ‬

‫اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ اﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ و ﺗﻌﻘﻴﺪهﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ اﻟﻤﺘﻮاﺿﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴ‪j‬ﺒﺔ ﻟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎﺗﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺸ‪jj‬ﻜﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻘ‪jj‬ﺪ أﺻ‪jj‬ﺒﺤﺘﺎ أﻗ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺗ‪jj‬ﺄﺛﻴﺮا ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ اﻟﺘﻄ‪jj‬ﻮر‬

‫اﻟﺬي ﺣﺼﻞ ﻓﻲ أﻧﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻨﺘﻨ‪jj‬ﺎول اﻵن ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮﻻ ﺁﺧ‪jj‬ﺮ و ه‪jj‬ﻮ ‪Network Basic‬‬

‫)‪ Input/Output System (NetBIOS‬و هﻮ ﻳﻌﺘﺒ‪j‬ﺮ ‪high-level‬‬
‫)‪ Application Program Interface (API‬و ﻗ‪jj‬ﺪ ﺻ‪jj‬ﻤﻢ ﻟﻴﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﺢ‬

‫‪210‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﻦ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت و ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ ﺷﺒﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﺜ‪j‬ﻞ وﻳﻨ‪j‬ﺪوز ‪ 95‬و ﻣ‪j‬ﺎ أﺗ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪهﺎ‪.‬‬

‫و ه‪jj‬ﻮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻟ‪jj‬ﻴﺲ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮﻻ ﺑ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ اﻟﻤﻔﻬ‪jj‬ﻮم و ﻟﻜﻨ‪jj‬ﻪ أﻗ‪jj‬ﺮب‬

‫ﻟﻴﻜﻮن واﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ‪ LAN Interface‬و هﻮ ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﺘﺰوﻳ‪j‬ﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻷواﻣﺮ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺟﻠﺴﺎت إﺗﺼﺎل‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻹرﺳﺎل و إﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫و ﻗﺪ أﺻﺒﺢ ‪ NetBIOS‬ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺳ‪j‬ﺎ ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ آﺜﻴ‪j‬ﺮ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺮآﺎت‬

‫ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ‪ NetBIOS‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﺳﻮﻓﺖ و ‪ Novell‬و‬
‫‪ ، IBM‬و اﻟﻌﻴﺐ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻬﺬا اﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎس هﻮ ﻋﺪم دﻋﻤ‪j‬ﻪ ﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴ‪j‬ﻪ اﻟﺤ‪j‬ﺰم‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت ‪.Routing‬‬

‫ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻴﺎر ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﺳﻮﻓﺖ اﻟﻤﺘﻮاﻓ‪j‬ﻖ ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ ‪ NetBIOS‬اﺳ‪j‬ﻢ‬

‫)‪ NetBIOS Extended User Interface (NetBEUI‬و ه‪jj‬ﻮ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎرة ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪j‬ﻮل ﻧﻘ‪j‬ﻞ ﺻ‪j‬ﻐﻴﺮ و ﻟ‪j‬ﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻬ‪j‬ﻮ ﺳ‪j‬ﺮﻳﻊ و ﻓﻌ‪j‬ﺎل و ﻳ‪j‬ﻮﻓﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺘﺪﻓﻖ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت و ﺗﻔﺤﺺ ﺑﺤﺜﺎ ﻋﻦ اﻷﺧﻄﺎء‪ ،‬و هﻮ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ آﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت و ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﺳﻮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ اﻟﻌﻴﺐ اﻷﺳﺎﺳ‪j‬ﻲ ﻟﻬ‪j‬ﺬا اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪j‬ﻮل ﻓﻬ‪j‬ﻮ ﻋ‪j‬ﺪم دﻋﻤ‪j‬ﻪ ﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴ‪j‬ﻪ‬

‫ﺣﺰم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ‪ Routing‬و ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻤﺴﺎر اﻷﻓﻀﻞ ﻟﻌﺒﻮر ﺣﺰم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ اﻟﺤﺰم ﻋﺒﺮ هﺬا اﻟﻤﺴﺎر اﻟﻰ وﺟﻬﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫و ﻧﻈ‪jj‬ﺮا ﻟﻌ‪jj‬ﺪم دﻋ‪jj‬ﻢ اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴ‪jj‬ﻪ ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈن ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮل ‪ NetBEUI‬ﻳﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم‬

‫ﺑﺒﺚ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ و ﻧﺸﺮهﺎ ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻰ آ‪j‬ﻞ اﻷﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة ﺑ‪j‬ﺪﻻ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﻬ‪j‬ﺎ‬

‫‪211‬‬
‫اﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎز ﻣﺤﺪد‪ ،‬و ﻟﻬﺬا ﻧﺠﺪ أن هﺬا اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ أآﺜﺮ ﻟﻠﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت‬
‫اﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮة) ‪ 20‬اﻟﻰ ‪ 200‬ﺟﻬﺎز(‪.‬‬

‫و ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻴﻮب اﻷﺧﺮى ﻟﻬﺬا اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل أﻧﻪ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت‬

‫ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﺳﻮﻓﺖ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬

‫‪Internetwork Packet‬‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺘﻨ‪jjjjj‬ﺎول اﻵن ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjjjj‬ﻮل‬

‫)‪ Exchange / Sequenced Packet Exchange (IPX/SPX‬و‬
‫ه‪jjj‬ﻮ ﻋﺒ‪jjj‬ﺎرة ﻋ‪jjj‬ﻦ ﺣﺰﻣ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjj‬ﻮﻻت اﻟﻤﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ ﺷ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت‬
‫‪ Novell‬و ﻗﺪ ﻃﻮرت أﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷﺮآﺔ ‪.Xerox Corporation‬‬

‫ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺰﻣ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺗﺘﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮﻻت و ﻟﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ‬

‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻟﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳﻴﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ هﻤﺎ ‪ IPX‬و ‪.SPX‬‬

‫ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮل ‪ IPX‬ه‪jj‬ﻮ ﻋﺒ‪jj‬ﺎرة ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮل ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ و ﻣﻌﻈ‪jj‬ﻢ‬

‫ﺧ‪jj‬ﺪﻣﺎت ‪ NetWare‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻋﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﻪ ‪ ،‬و ه‪jj‬ﻮ ﻳﻘ‪jj‬ﺪم ﺧﺪﻣ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺳ‪jj‬ﺮﻳﻌﺔ و ﻋﺪﻳﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫اﻹﺗﺼﺎل ‪ Connectionless‬و ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل ‪ SPX‬ﻋﺒﺎرة ﻋﻦ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﺤﺪد وﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺔ‬

‫اﻹﺗﺼﺎل ‪ Connection-Oriented‬و ﻳ‪j‬ﻮﻓﺮ ﺗﺤﻜ‪j‬ﻢ ﺑﺘ‪j‬ﺪﻓﻖ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت و‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪرة ﻋﻠﻰ اآﺘﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء و ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻠﺨﺺ ﻣﻤﻴﺰات ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ‪ IPX/SPX‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬دﻋﻢ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ و اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻷﺧﻄﺎء‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ اﻹدارة‪.‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻴﻮﺑﻪ ﻓﺘﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬إﻧﺘﺸﺎرﻩ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪ NetWare‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬

‫‪212‬‬
 ‫‪ -2‬ﻻ ﻳﻮﻓﺮ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮل ‪ NWLink‬ﻓﻬ‪jj‬ﻮ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮل اﻟ‪jj‬ﺬي ﺻ‪jj‬ﻤﻤﺘﻪ‬

‫ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﺳ‪jjjj‬ﻮﻓﺖ ﻟﻴﻜ‪jjjj‬ﻮن ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘ‪jjjj‬ﺎ ﻣ‪jjjj‬ﻊ ‪ IPX/SPX‬و ه‪jjjj‬ﻮ ﻋﺒ‪jjjj‬ﺎرة ﻋ‪jjjj‬ﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjj‬ﻮل ﻧﻘ‪jjj‬ﻞ ﺻ‪jjj‬ﻐﻴﺮ و ﺳ‪jjj‬ﺮﻳﻊ و ﻳ‪jjj‬ﺪﻋﻢ ﺧﺎﺻ‪jjj‬ﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴ‪jjj‬ﻪ و ﻣﻴﺰﺗ‪jjj‬ﻪ‬
‫اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ هﻲ أﻧﻪ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ‪j‬ﻦ اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﺒﻴﺌ‪j‬ﺎت اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﺤﺘ‪j‬ﻮي ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت آ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﺳ‪jj‬ﻮﻓﺖ و ‪ ، Novell‬و ﻟﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻳﺠ‪jj‬ﺐ ﻣﻼﺣﻈ‪jj‬ﺔ أن‬
‫‪ NWLink‬ﺑﻤﻔ‪jj‬ﺮدﻩ ﻻ ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ أن ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﺢ ﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز ﻳﺸ‪jj‬ﻐﻞ ﻧﻈ‪jj‬ﺎم وﻳﻨ‪jj‬ﺪوز‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻮل اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﻤﻠﻔ‪jj‬ﺎت أو اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺧ‪jj‬ﻼل ﻣ‪jj‬ﺰود ‪ NetWare‬أو‬
‫اﻟﻌﻜ‪jjjjj‬ﺲ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻬ‪jjjjj‬ﺬا ﻓﺄﻧ‪jjjjj‬ﺖ ﺑﺤﺎﺟ‪jjjjj‬ﺔ اﻟ‪jjjjj‬ﻰ ‪ Redirector‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿ‪jjjjj‬ﺎﻓﺔ اﻟ‪jjjjj‬ﻰ‬
‫‪. NWLink‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ‪ Redirector‬ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺟﺰء ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﻪ‬

‫اﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻃﻠﺒ‪jj‬ﺎت ‪ Input/Output‬ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻔ‪jj‬ﺎت ﺛ‪jj‬ﻢ إﻋ‪jj‬ﺎدة ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ آﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺑﻨﻈﺎم ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬و ﻣﻦ اﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪:‬‬

‫‪Microsoft Client Service for NetWare -1‬‬

‫)‪.(CSNW‬‬

‫‪.Novell NetWare Client for NT -2‬‬

‫ﺑﺪأت ﺷﺮآﺔ أﺑﻞ ﺑﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪j‬ﻮﻻت اﻹﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل‬

‫ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ أواﺋ‪jjj‬ﻞ ‪ 1980‬و آ‪jjj‬ﺎن اﻟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺪف ﻣﻨﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎ ﺗﺤﻘﻴ‪jjj‬ﻖ اﺗﺼ‪jjj‬ﺎل ﺑ‪jjj‬ﻴﻦ أﺟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺰة‬
‫ﻣﺎآﻨﺘﻮش اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ و أﺟﻬﺰة ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﻨﻌﻴﻦ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،‬و ﻳﻄﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ ﺣﺰﻣ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjj‬ﻮﻻت أﺑ‪jjj‬ﻞ اﺳ‪j j‬ﻢ ‪ AppleTalk‬و ه‪jjj‬ﻲ ﺗﺘﻀ‪jjj‬ﻤﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ AppleTalk Filing Protocol (AFP) -1‬و ه‪jjj‬ﻮ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮل ﻋﻦ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل اﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ AppleTalk Transaction Protocol (ATP) -2‬و ه‪j‬ﻮ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮل ﻋﻦ إﻋﻄﺎء ﺗﺄآﻴﺪ ﻟﻮﺻﻮل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺘﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮدة‪.‬‬

‫‪213‬‬
‫‪ Name Binding Protocol (NBP) -3‬و هﻮ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪j‬ﻮل‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ و اﺗﺼﺎل‪.‬‬

‫‪ AppleTalk Session Protocol (ASP) -4‬و هﻮ ﻳﻌﻤ‪j‬ﻞ‬

‫آﺰﺑﻮن ﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل ‪.ATP‬‬

‫‪ Datagram Delivery Protocol (DDP) -5‬و ه‪jjj‬ﻮ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮل ﻋﻦ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪Digital Equipment‬‬ ‫أﻣ‪jjjjj‬ﺎ ﺣﺰﻣ‪jjjjj‬ﺔ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjjjj‬ﻮﻻت‬

‫)‪ Corporation Net (DECnet‬ﻓﻘ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻃ‪jj‬ﻮرت ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﺒﻌﻴﻨﻴﺎت ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻘﺮن اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻟﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﺷ‪j‬ﺮآﺔ دﻳﺠﻴﺘ‪j‬ﺎل و ه‪j‬ﻲ ﺗ‪j‬ﺪﻋﻢ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺷﺒﻜﺎت إﺛﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺷ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪Fiber Distributed Data Interface‬‬

‫)‪Metropolitan Area Networks (FDDI MANs‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪ WAN‬اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ و اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬‬

‫و ﺗ‪jjj‬ﺪﻋﻢ ‪ DECnet‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿ‪jjj‬ﺎﻓﺔ اﻟ‪jjj‬ﻰ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻﺗﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎ آ‪jjj‬ﻼ ﻣ‪jjjj‬ﻦ‬

‫ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت ‪ TCP/IP‬و ‪ ،OSI‬و ﺗﺪﻋﻢ أﻳﻀﺎ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت اﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ اﻷﺧﺮى ﻧﺬآﺮ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjjj‬ﻮل ‪ IBM‬اﻟﻤﺴ‪jjjj‬ﺌﻮل ﻋ‪jjjj‬ﻦ اﻟﻨﻘ‪jjjj‬ﻞ و اﻟﻤﺴ‪jjjj‬ﻤﻰ‬

‫‪Advanced Program-to-Program Communication‬‬
‫)‪.(APPC‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل )‪ Xerox Network System (XNS‬و هﻮ‬

‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل اﻟﻤﺨﺼﺺ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت إﺛﺮﻧﺖ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺸﺮآﺔ ‪.Xerox‬‬

‫‪214‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪j‬ﻮل )‪ Server Message Block (SMB‬و ه‪j‬ﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺷﺮآﺎت ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﺳﻮﻓﺖ و إﻧﺘ‪j‬ﻞ و ‪ IBM‬و ه‪j‬ﻮ ﻳﻌ‪j‬ﺮف ﺳﻠﺴ‪j‬ﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﻷواﻣﺮ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺑﻴﻦ أﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjj‬ﻮل )‪ Data Link Control (DLC‬و ه‪jjj‬ﻮ‬

‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺘﻴﻦ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬

‫أ‪ -‬اﻟﻮﺻﻮل ل ‪.IBM Mainframe‬‬

‫ب‪ -‬اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺑﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﻃﺎﺑﻌ‪jj‬ﺔ )‪Hewlett-Packard (HP‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة اﻟﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ اﻟﺪرس‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻜ‪jjj‬ﻮن ﺣﺰﻣ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjj‬ﻮﻻت ‪ TCP/IP‬ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjj‬ﻮﻻت‬

‫اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪TCP, IP, ICMP, UDP, SMTP, FTP, SNMP,‬‬

‫‪Telnet‬‬

‫و ﻣﻦ ﻋﻴﻮﺑﻬﺎ آﺒﺮ اﻟﺤﺠﻢ و اﻟﺒﻄﺊ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل ‪ NetBEUI‬ﻣﺨﺼ‪j‬ﺺ ﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﺳ‪j‬ﻮﻓﺖ و ﻻ‬

‫ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت ‪ IPX/SPX‬ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪Novell‬‬

‫و ﻻ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل اﻟﻰ اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻜﻮن ﺣﺰﻣ‪j‬ﺔ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪j‬ﻮﻻت ‪ AppleTalk‬ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪j‬ﻮﻻت‬

‫اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪AFP, ATP, NBP, DDP‬‬

‫‪215‬‬
‫هﻨﺎك ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪j‬ﻮﻻت اﻷﺧ‪j‬ﺮى اﻟﻤﻬﻤ‪j‬ﺔ و اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺎﺋﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ‪:‬‬

‫‪DECnet, APPC, XNS, SMB, DLC‬‬

‫ﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﻜﻮن اﻟ‪jj‬ﺪرس اﻟﻤﻘﺒ‪jj‬ﻞ إن ﺷ‪jj‬ﺎء اﷲ ﺑﻌﻨ‪jj‬ﻮان ﻣﺒ‪jj‬ﺎدئ و أﺳ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﻴﺐ‬

‫اﻟﻮﺻﻮل ﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ اﻹﺗﺼﺎل‪.‬‬

‫‪216‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺮاﺑﻌﺔ و اﻟﻌﺸﺮون‬

‫ﻣﺒﺎدئ و أﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل ﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ اﻹرﺳﺎل‬

‫ﺳﻨﺘﻨﺎول ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻦ وﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل ‪.Access Methods‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺷﺮح ل ‪ CSMA/CD‬و ‪.CSMA/CA‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺎت ﺣﻮل ‪.Token Passing‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺷﺮح ﻟﻌﻤﻞ أوﻟﻮﻳﺔ اﻟﻄﻠﺐ ‪.Demand Priority‬‬

‫وﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﻠﺔ اﻟﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻮل أو ‪ ، Access Method‬ه‪jj‬ﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ‬

‫اﻟﻘﻮاﻋ‪jj‬ﺪ أو اﻟﻘ‪jj‬ﻮاﻧﻴﻦ اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﺤ‪jj‬ﺪد اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻀﻊ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ وﺳﻂ اﻹرﺳﺎل‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔ‪jjj‬ﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴ‪jjj‬ﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺳ‪jjj‬ﻴﻠﺔ اﻟﻮﺻ‪jjj‬ﻮل ه‪jjj‬ﻲ ﺗﻨﺴ‪jjj‬ﻴﻖ اﻟ‪jjj‬ﺪﺧﻮل أو‬

‫اﻟﻮﺻﻮل اﻟﻰ وﺳﻂ اﻹرﺳﺎل‪ ،‬و اﻟﺘﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ أن آﻞ اﻷﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ إرﺳﺎل و اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﻨﺠﺎح‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ آﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت ﺗﺘﺸﺎرك اﻷﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة ﺑﺴ‪j‬ﻠﻚ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ وﺣﻴ‪j‬ﺪ ‪ ،‬و‬

‫ﻟﻬﺬا إذا ﺣﺎول ﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎزان أن ﻳﻀ‪j‬ﻌﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻬﻤ‪j‬ﺎ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﻠﻚ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ وﻗ‪j‬ﺖ واﺣ‪j‬ﺪ‬
‫ﻓﺈن هﺬا ﺳ‪j‬ﻴﺆدي اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﺣﺼ‪j‬ﻮل ﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎدم ﻣﻤ‪j‬ﺎ ﻳ‪j‬ﺆدي إﻟ‪j‬ﻰ إﻋﻄ‪j‬ﺎب اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ آﻠﻲ اﻟﺠﻬﺎزﻳﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻬ‪jj‬ﺬا و ﻟﻜ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ إرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﻨﺠ‪jj‬ﺎح ﻻﺑ‪jj‬ﺪ أن‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﻮﺻﻮل اﻟﻰ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺑﺪون اﻟﺘﺪاﺧﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬

‫‪217‬‬
‫‪ -2‬أن ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﻠﻴﻤﻬﺎ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ دون أن ﺗﻔﺴ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻷي اﺻﻄﺪام‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jjj‬ﻮﺗﺮات ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻳﺠ‪jjj‬ﺐ أن ﺗﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻧﻔ‪jjj‬ﺲ وﺳ‪jjj‬ﻴﻠﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻮﺻﻮل‪.‬‬

‫هﻨﺎك ﻧﻮﻋﺎن ﻣﻦ وﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬وﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺲ ‪.Contention Methods‬‬

‫‪ -2‬وﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ‪.Control Methods‬‬

‫ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﻨ‪jj‬ﻮع اﻷول ﻳﺠ‪j‬ﺐ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻷﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰة ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ أن ﺗﺘﻨ‪jj‬ﺎﻓﺲ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮل اﻟﻰ وﺳﻂ اﻹرﺳﺎل و ﻟﻜﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ﺣﻘﻮق ﻣﺘﺴ‪j‬ﺎوﻳﺔ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﻤﺤﺎوﻟ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻹرﺳﺎل ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬و أول ﺟﻬﺎز ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ أن ﻳﻀﻊ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻳﻜﻮن‬
‫ﻟﻪ اﻟﺤﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﻨ‪j‬ﻮع اﻟﺜ‪j‬ﺎﻧﻲ آﻤ‪j‬ﺎ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ Token Ring‬ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن أي‬
‫ﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز ﻻ ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ إرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗ‪jj‬ﻪ إﻻ إذا آ‪jj‬ﺎن ﻟﺪﻳ‪jj‬ﻪ ﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺮﻳﺢ ﺑ‪jj‬ﺬﻟﻚ ‪ ،‬و‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻹرﺳﺎل ﺗﺘﻢ وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ أو ﺗﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﺤﺪد ﻟﻸﺟﻬﺰة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫هﻨﺎك وﺳﺎﺋﻞ وﺻﻮل ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ و ﻣﻦ أهﻤﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫‪CSMA/CD ( Carrier-Sense Multiple -1‬‬

‫)‪ Access/Collision Detection‬أو ﺗﺤﺴﺲ اﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞ ﻣﺘﻌﺪد اﻟﻮﺻﻮل‬
‫ﻣﻊ اآﺘﺸﺎف اﻟﺘﺼﺎدم ‪.‬‬

‫‪CSMA/CA ( Carrier-Sense Multiple -2‬‬

‫)‪ Access/Collision Avoidance‬أو ﺗﺤﺴ‪jjjjj‬ﺲ اﻟﻨﺎﻗ‪jjjjj‬ﻞ ﻣﺘﻌ‪jjjjj‬ﺪد‬
‫اﻟﻮﺻﻮل ﻣﻊ ﺗﺠﻨﺐ اﻟﺘﺼﺎدم‪.‬‬

‫‪.Token Passing -3‬‬

‫‪218‬‬
 ‫‪ -4‬أوﻟﻮﻳﺔ اﻟﻄﻠﺐ ‪.Demand Priority‬‬

‫ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺼ‪j‬ﻄﻠﺢ ‪ CSMA‬أو ﺗﺤﺴ‪j‬ﺲ اﻟﻨﺎﻗ‪j‬ﻞ ﻣﺘﻌ‪j‬ﺪد اﻟﻮﺻ‪j‬ﻮل‬

‫أن اﻷﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻟ‪j‬ﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺣﻘ‪j‬ﻮق ﻣﺘﺴ‪j‬ﺎوﻳﺔ ﻹرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ‬
‫وﺳﻂ اﻹرﺳﺎل ﻟﻬﺬا هﻲ ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة اﻟﻮﺻﻮل ‪ ،‬آﻤﺎ أن هﺬﻩ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺴﺲ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻟﺘﻌﺮف ﻓﻴﻤﺎ إذا آﺎن هﻨﺎك أي إﺷﺎرات ﺗﻤﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ ‪ CSMA‬اﻟﻰ ﻗﺴﻤﻴﻦ ‪:‬‬

‫‪.CSMA/CD -1‬‬

‫‪.CSMA/CA -2‬‬

‫آﻼ اﻟﻨﻮﻋﺎن اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﺎﺑﻘﺎن ﻳﻨﺘﻤﻴ‪j‬ﺎن اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﻨ‪j‬ﻮع اﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴ‪j‬ﻲ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ وﺳ‪j‬ﺎﺋﻞ‬

‫اﻟﻮﺻﻮل ‪.Contention Methods‬‬

‫إذا أراد اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jjjjj‬ﻮﺗﺮ أن ﻳﺮﺳ‪jjjjj‬ﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗ‪jjjjj‬ﻪ ﺑﺎﺳ‪jjjjj‬ﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻮﺳ‪jjjjj‬ﻴﻠﺔ‬

‫‪ CSMA/CD‬ﻓﺈن ﻋﻠﻴﻪ أوﻻ أن ﻳﺘﺴﻤﻊ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ وﺳ‪j‬ﻂ اﻹرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل ﻟﻴﺘﺄآ‪j‬ﺪ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻮﻩ ﻣﻦ اﻹﺷﺎرات ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈن وﺟﺪ أي إﺷﺎرات ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻤﻂ اﻹﻧﺘﻈﺎر‬
‫‪.Defer Mode‬‬

‫ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ أول ﻓﺮﺻ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻳﺘﺤﺴ‪jj‬ﺲ ﻓﻴﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ اﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز أن اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﻠﻚ ﻓ‪jj‬ﺎرغ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ أي‬
‫إﺷﺎرة ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺈرﺳﺎل ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺮﺻﺔ ﺣﺪوث إﺻﻄﺪام ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت واردة ﺑﺎﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘ‪j‬ﺔ‬

‫ﻷﻧ‪jj‬ﻪ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ أي ﻟﺤﻈ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ هﻨ‪jj‬ﺎك اﺣﺘﻤ‪jj‬ﺎل أن ﻳﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم ﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎزان ﺑﺘﺤﺴ‪jj‬ﺲ اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﻠﻚ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺠ‪jj‬ﺪاﻩ ﻓﺎرﻏ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ أي إﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرات ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺑﺈرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻬﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻣﻌ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ وﻗ‪jj‬ﺖ‬
‫واﺣﺪ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﺘﺼﺎدم‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ اآﺘﺸﺎف اﻟﺘﺼﺎدم ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﻟﺠﻬﺎزان ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ إرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت و‬

‫ﻳﺮﺳﻼن ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ذﻟﻚ إﺷﺎرة ‪ Jam Signal‬اﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة ﻹﻋﻼﻣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺪوث اﻟﺘﺼﺎدم و ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﻬﺎ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﻋ‪j‬ﺪم ﻧﺴ‪j‬ﺦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﻠﻚ ﻷن ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻗﺪ أﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﻣﻌﻄﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﺘﺼﺎدم‪.‬‬

‫‪219‬‬
‫اﻵن ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺠﻬﺎزﻳﻦ أن ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮا ﻓﺘﺮة ﻋﺸ‪j‬ﻮاﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻜ‪j‬ﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤ‪j‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺒ‪jj‬ﻞ أن ﻳﻌﻴ‪jj‬ﺪا ﻣﺤﺎوﻟ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻹرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل ﻣﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻳﻘﻠ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﺣﺘﻤ‪jj‬ﺎل ﺣ‪jj‬ﺪوث ﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎدم‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻈﺮا ﻟﻠﺘﻮهﻴﻦ اﻟﺬي ﻳﺼﻴﺐ اﻹﺷﺎرات اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ اﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻌﻴﺪة‬

‫ﻓﺈن ﺁﻟﻴﺔ اآﺘﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء ﻓﻲ ‪ CSMA/CD‬ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺣ‪j‬ﺪود ﻣﺴ‪j‬ﺎﻓﺔ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ‪ 2.5‬آﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ‪ CSMA/CD‬وﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮل و ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ زﻳ‪j‬ﺎدة‬

‫ﺣﺠ‪jj‬ﻢ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈن ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻮﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﻠﺔ ﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺒﺢ ﻏﻴ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻟ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻧﻈ‪jj‬ﺮا ﻷن اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت‬
‫اﻷآﺒﺮ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻋﺮﺿﺔ أآﺜﺮ ﻟﺤﺼ‪j‬ﻮل ﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎدم ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت و ذﻟ‪j‬ﻚ راﺟ‪j‬ﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻸﻣﻮر اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻷن ﻋ‪jj‬ﺪدا أآﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﺤ‪jj‬ﺎوﻟﻮن اﻟﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻮل اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ‬

‫وﺳﻂ اﻹرﺳﺎل‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻷن ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت أآﺜﺮ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪهﺎ و ﺗﺒﺎدﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻬﺬا ﻓﺈن وﺳﻴﻠﺔ ‪ CSMA/CD‬ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮة‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻮﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﻠﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ CSMA/CA‬ﺗﺤ‪jj‬ﺎول ﻣﻨ‪jj‬ﻊ ﺣ‪jj‬ﺪوث اﻟﺘﺼ‪jj‬ﺎدم و‬

‫ذﻟﻚ ﺑﺄن آﻞ آﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻳﺮﺳﻞ إﺷﺎرة ﺗﺸﻴﺮ اﻟﻰ ﻧﻴﺘﻪ ﺑﺈرﺳﺎل ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت و ذﻟ‪j‬ﻚ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ أن ﻳﻘﻮم ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﺑﺈرﺳﺎل ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬و هﻮ ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﺈرﺳﺎل إﺷﺎرة ﺣﺠ‪j‬ﺰ‬
‫‪ Reservation Burst‬ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻗﺒﻞ اﻹرﺳﺎل ‪ ،‬ﺗﺨﺒﺮ هﺬﻩ اﻹﺷﺎرة ﺑﺎﻗﻲ‬
‫اﻷﺟﻬﺰة أن هﻨﺎك إرﺳﺎل ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ وﺷﻚ اﻟﺤ‪j‬ﺪوث ﻷﻻ ﻳﻘ‪j‬ﻮم ﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎز‬
‫ﺁﺧ‪jj‬ﺮ ﺑﺈرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗ‪jj‬ﻪ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻧﻔ‪jj‬ﺲ اﻟﻮﻗ‪jj‬ﺖ و ه‪jj‬ﺬا اﻷﻣ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻳﻘﻠ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﺣﺘﻤ‪jj‬ﺎل‬
‫ﺣﺪوث ﺗﺼﺎدم و ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻨﻌﻪ ﺑﺸ‪j‬ﻜﻞ آﺎﻣ‪j‬ﻞ ﻷﻧ‪j‬ﻪ إذا ﻻﺣﻈ‪j‬ﺘﻢ ﻣﻌ‪j‬ﻲ ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن‬
‫هﻨﺎك اﺣﺘﻤﺎل أن ﻳﻘ‪j‬ﻮم ﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎزان ﺑﺈرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل إﺷ‪j‬ﺎرة اﻟﺤﺠ‪j‬ﺰ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﻧﻔ‪j‬ﺲ اﻟﻮﻗ‪j‬ﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻳ‪jj‬ﺆدي ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺟﺪﻳ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻟﺤﺼ‪jj‬ﻮل ﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎدم ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ اﻹﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرﺗﻴﻦ و ﻳﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺠﻬﺎزﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺎوﻟﺔ اﻹرﺳﺎل ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪220‬‬
‫ﻧﻈ‪jj‬ﺮا ﻷن آ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز ﻳﺤﺘ‪jj‬ﺎج اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ إرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل إﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرة ﻗﺒ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻹرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل‬
‫اﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻓﺈن هﺬﻩ اﻟﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺑﻄﻴﺌﺔ و ﻟﻬﺬا ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ أﻗ‪j‬ﻞ اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪاﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮهﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ وﺳﻴﻠﺔ ‪ Token Passing‬ﻓﺈن آﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ﻳﺮﺳﻞ ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة‬

‫ﺛﻢ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ دورﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳ‪j‬ﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﺟﻤﻴ‪j‬ﻊ اﻷﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة‬
‫ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ إرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ دون أي اﺣﺘﻤ‪jj‬ﺎل ﻟﺤ‪jj‬ﺪوث ﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎدم ‪ ،‬وه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻮﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ اﻟﻰ وﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗ‪jj‬ﺪ ﺳ‪jj‬ﺒﻖ أن ﺷ‪jj‬ﺮﺣﺖ ﻃﺮﻳﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻋﻤ‪jj‬ﻞ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻮﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﻠﺔ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟ‪jj‬ﺪرس‬

‫اﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ و اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻓﻠﻴﺮﺟﻊ إﻟﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫أﺣﺐ أن أﺿﻴﻒ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺨﺺ وﺳﻴﻠﺔ ‪ Token Passing‬أﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ آ‪j‬ﻞ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ذات ﺗﺼ‪j‬ﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻨﺎﻗ‪j‬ﻞ و ﺗﺼ‪j‬ﻤﻴﻢ‬
‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻹﺳﺘﺨﺪام ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻮﺳ‪j‬ﻴﻠﺔ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻨﺎﻗ‪j‬ﻞ ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن آ‪j‬ﻞ ﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎز ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻳﺨﺼﺺ ﻟﻪ رﻗﻢ ﻣﺤﺪد و ﺗﺮﺗﺐ أرﻗﺎم اﻷﺟﻬﺰة ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﻨﺎزﻟﻲ ‪ ،‬و‬
‫ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ ﺗﻤﺮﻳ‪jj‬ﺮ اﻹﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرة ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟ‪jj‬ﺮﻗﻢ اﻟﻜﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﺮ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻷﺻ‪jj‬ﻐﺮ ﻣﻨ‪jj‬ﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴ‪jj‬ﺐ أﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ‬
‫اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﺻﺎﺣﺐ اﻟﺮﻗﻢ اﻷﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﺮر اﻹﺷﺎرة اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﺻﺎﺣﺐ أآﺒﺮ رﻗﻢ‪.‬‬

‫آﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﺟ‪j‬ﺪول ﺑﻌﻨ‪j‬ﺎوﻳﻦ اﻷﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﺒﻘﻪ و‬

‫اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺤﻠﻘ‪j‬ﺔ ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن اﻹﺷ‪j‬ﺎرة ﺗﻨﺘﻘ‪j‬ﻞ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎز اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﺁﺧ‪j‬ﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪار اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ اﻷﺧﻴﺮة وهﻲ أوﻟﻮﻳﺔ اﻟﻄﻠﺐ أو ‪Demand Priority‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ وﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺎ و ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻊ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت إﺛﺮﻧﺖ اﻟﺴﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮع‬
‫‪ 100VG-AnyLAN‬و هﻲ ﺗﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎر ‪.IEEE 802.12‬‬

‫‪221‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻮﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﻠﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ وﺳ‪jj‬ﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﻨ‪jj‬ﺎﻓﺲ ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪jj‬ﺎﻹﺟﻬﺰة ﺗﺘﻨ‪jj‬ﺎﻓﺲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮل اﻟﻰ اﻟﻮﺳﻂ و هﻨ‪j‬ﺎك اﺣﺘﻤ‪j‬ﺎل أن ﻳﻘ‪j‬ﻮم أآﺜ‪j‬ﺮ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎز ﺑﺈرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ و ﻟﻜﻦ دون ﺣﺪوث ﺗﺼﺎدم ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ 100VG-AnyLAN‬ﻣﻜ‪j‬ﺮرات اﻹﺷ‪j‬ﺎرة أو‬

‫اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻌﺎت ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة ﻓﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻰ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫أي ﺟﻬﺎز ﻳﺮﻳﺪ اﻹرﺳﺎل ﻳﻘ‪j‬ﺪم ﻃﻠﺒ‪j‬ﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻤ‪j‬ﻊ ﻟﻴﻘ‪j‬ﻮم ﺑﺘﻮﺟﻴﻬ‪j‬ﻪ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز اﻟﻤﻄﻠ‪jj‬ﻮب و آ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻃﻠ‪jj‬ﺐ ﻳﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﻟ‪jj‬ﻪ أوﻟﻮﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣﺤ‪jj‬ﺪدة ﺑﺤﻴ‪jj‬ﺚ إذا ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﻠﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎزﻳﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔ‪j‬ﻴﻦ ﻓﺈﻧ‪j‬ﻪ ﻳﻘ‪j‬ﻮم ﺑﺨﺪﻣ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﻄﻠ‪j‬ﺐ ﺻ‪j‬ﺎﺣﺐ‬
‫اﻷوﻟﻮﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻷﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈذا ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺎوى اﻟﻄﻠﺒ‪jj‬ﺎن ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻷوﻟﻮﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻓﺈﻧ‪jj‬ﻪ ﻳﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم ﺑﺨﺪﻣ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺠﻬﺎزﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻮازن‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ أآﺜﺮ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮهﺎ ﻧﻈﺮا ﻟﻠﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻚ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻔﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻋﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻌﺎت ﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻹرﺳﺎل‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻮﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﻠﺔ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻷﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰة أن ﺗﺮﺳ‪jj‬ﻞ و ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ‬

‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔ‪j‬ﺲ اﻟﻮﻗ‪j‬ﺖ و ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ‪j‬ﻖ ذﻟ‪j‬ﻚ ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن آ‪j‬ﻞ ﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎز ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﺣﺰﻣ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ أرﺑﻊ أزواج ﻣﻦ اﻷﺳﻼك ﻟﻴﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫آ‪jj‬ﻞ زوج ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻷﺳ‪jj‬ﻼك ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ إرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل اﻹﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرات ﺑﺘ‪jj‬ﺮدد ‪25‬‬

‫ﻣﻴﺠﺎهﻴﺮﺗﺰ‪.‬‬

‫‪222‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ اﻟﺪرس‪:‬‬

‫هﻨ‪jj‬ﺎك ﻧﻮﻋ‪jj‬ﺎن ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ وﺳ‪jj‬ﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻮل هﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ‪ :‬وﺳ‪jj‬ﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﻨ‪jj‬ﺎﻓﺲ و‬

‫وﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬

‫اﻷﻧﻮاع اﻷرﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻹﺗﺼﺎل هﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ CSMA/CD‬اﻟﺘﺼﺎدم ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞ‬

‫‪ CSMA/CA‬اﻟﺘﺼﺎدم أﻗﻞ اﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻ‬

‫‪ Token Passing‬ﻻ ﻳﺤﺪث ﺗﺼﺎدم‬

‫‪ Demand Priority‬ﻻ ﻳﺤﺪث ﺗﺼﺎدم‬

‫ﻏ‪jj‬ﺪا ﺑ‪jj‬ﺈذن اﷲ ﺳ‪jj‬ﺄﻃﺮح اﺧﺘﺒ‪jj‬ﺎر دورة ‪ MCSE‬اﻟﺜ‪jj‬ﺎﻧﻲ اﻟﺮﺟ‪jj‬ﺎء‬

‫اﻟﻤﺸﺎرآﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﻘﺎدم ﺑﻌﺪ اﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎر ﺳﻴﻜﻮن إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان‬

‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧ‪jjjjj‬ﺎت اﻟﺸ‪jjjjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻮاﺳ‪jjjjj‬ﻌﺔ ‪ :‬أوﻻ اﻟﻤﻮدﻣ‪jjjjj‬ﺎت و ﻣﻜ‪jjjjj‬ﺮرات‬
‫اﻹﺷﺎرة‪.‬‬

‫‪223‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﻣﺴﺔ و اﻟﻌﺸﺮون‬

‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻮاﺳﻌﺔ‪:‬‬

‫أوﻻ ‪ :‬اﻟﻤﻮدﻣﺎت و ﻣﻜﺮرات اﻹﺷﺎرة‬

‫ﺳﻨﺘﻨﺎول ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬وﺻﻒ ﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪ LAN‬ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻨﻄﺎق‬

‫اﻟﻮاﺳﻊ ‪.WAN‬‬

‫‪ -2‬وﺻﻒ ﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ اﻟﻤﻮدﻣﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬وﺻﻒ ﻟﻠﻤﻮدﻣﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺰاﻣﻨ‪j‬ﺔ ‪ Synchronous‬و اﻟﻤﻮدﻣ‪j‬ﺎت‬

‫ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﺰاﻣﻨﺔ ‪.Asynchronous‬‬

‫‪ -4‬وﺻ‪jjjj‬ﻒ ﻟﻤﺎهﻴ‪jjjj‬ﺔ ﻣﻜ‪jjjj‬ﺮرات اﻹﺷ‪jjjj‬ﺎرة و ذآ‪jjjj‬ﺮ ﻣﻤﻴﺰاﺗﻬ‪jjjj‬ﺎ و‬

‫ﻋﻴﻮﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜ‪jjj‬ﻦ ﺑﺎﺳ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻜﻮﻧ‪jjj‬ﺎت اﺗﺼ‪jjj‬ﺎل ﺧﺎﺻ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﺗﻮﺳ‪jjj‬ﻴﻊ اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت‬

‫اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ إﻳﺼﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻋﺒﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺎت ﺑﻌﻴ‪j‬ﺪة‪،‬‬
‫و ه‪jjj‬ﺬا ﻣ‪jjj‬ﺎ ﻳﻄﻠ‪jjj‬ﻖ ﻋﻠﻴ‪jjj‬ﻪ ﺷ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻨﻄ‪jjj‬ﺎق اﻟﻮاﺳ‪jjj‬ﻊ ‪Wide Area‬‬
‫)‪.Networks (WAN‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﻮم ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪ WAN‬ﻋ‪j‬ﺎدة ﺑ‪j‬ﺎﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ LAN‬ﺗﻔﺼ‪j‬ﻞ‬

‫ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺎت ﺷﺎﺳﻌﺔ ‪ ،‬و هﺬﻩ اﻟﺮواﺑﻂ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬أﺳﻼك أﻟﻴﺎف ﺑﺼﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻣﻮﺟﺎت ﻣﻴﻜﺮووﻳﻒ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻋﺒﺮ اﻷﻗﻤﺎر اﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪224‬‬
 ‫‪ -4‬أﻧﻈﻤﺔ اﻷﺳﻼك اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ ﻧﻤ‪jj‬ﻮ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺮآﺎت و ﺗﻮﺳ‪jj‬ﻌﻬﺎ ﺗﻨﻤ‪jj‬ﻮ ﻣﻌﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎﺗﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬و‬

‫هﻨﺎك ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﻤﻈﺎهﺮ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ أن ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺘﻚ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺔ أﺻ‪j‬ﺒﺤﺖ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓﺔ اﻹﻧﻬﻴﺎر و أن ﻗ‪j‬ﺪرة اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﻴﻌﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﺷ‪j‬ﺎرﻓﺖ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻹﻧﺘﻬ‪j‬ﺎء ‪ ،‬و ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻈﺎهﺮ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬أن ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ أﺻﺒﺢ ﻣﺰدﺣﻤﺎ ﺑﺤﺮآﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻣﻬﺎم اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﺤﺘﺎج اﻟﻰ و ﻗﺖ إﻧﺘﻈﺎر ﻃﻮﻳﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺗﺤﺘﺎج اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت اﻟﻰ وﻗﺖ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﻟﻺﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ أو ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ أداءهﺎ ﺑﻤﺠﺮد إﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬

‫ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮات أو اﻷﺳﻼك ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫هﻨ‪jj‬ﺎك ﺑﻌ‪jj‬ﺾ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ زﻳ‪jj‬ﺎدة ﺣﺠ‪jj‬ﻢ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ و‬

‫ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﻗﺪراﺗﻬﺎ و ذﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ اﻟﻰ ﻋﺪة أﻗﺴﺎم ﺑﺤﻴﺚ‬

‫ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬رﺑﻂ ﺷﺒﻜﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬رﺑﻂ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﺑﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﻣﻌﺎ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ آﺒﻴﺮة ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﻤﻮدﻣﺎت ‪.Modems‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻣﻜﺮرات اﻹﺷﺎرة ‪.Repeaters‬‬

‫‪225‬‬
 ‫‪ -3‬ﺟﺴﻮر ‪.Bridges‬‬

‫‪ -4‬اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺎت ‪.Routers‬‬

‫‪ -5‬اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬ‪jjjjjjjjj‬ﺎت ﻣﺘﻌ‪jjjjjjjjj‬ﺪدة اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjjjjjjjj‬ﻮﻻت ‪ Brouters‬أو‬

‫‪.Multiprotocol Routers‬‬

‫‪ -6‬اﻟﺒﻮاﺑﺎت ‪.Gateways‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮات أو اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت ﺑﻌﻴﺪة ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ ﺑﻌ‪j‬ﺾ ﻟﺪرﺟ‪j‬ﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺼﻌﺐ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ رﺑﻄﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﻣﻌ‪j‬ﺎ ﺑﺎﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام أﺳ‪j‬ﻼك اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻹﻋﺘﻴﺎدﻳ‪j‬ﺔ ﻓﺈﻧ‪j‬ﻪ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام أﺳﻼك اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﻤﻰ هﺬﻩ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة أو اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﺜﻞ ه‪j‬ﺬا اﻹﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل‬

‫‪ ) Modems‬وه‪jj‬ﺬا اﻹﺳ‪jj‬ﻢ ﻣ‪jj‬ﺄﺧﻮذ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ آﻠﻤﺘ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ هﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ‪ MOdulator‬و‬
‫‪ ،( DEModulator‬ﻓ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮات ﺑﻤﻔﺮده‪jjj‬ﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺑﻤﻔﺮده‪jjj‬ﺎ أن‬
‫ﺗﺘﺒﺎدل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻋﺒﺮ ﺧﻄﻮط اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮات ﺗﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‬
‫آﻨﺒﻀ‪jjj‬ﺎت إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ رﻗﻤﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻤ‪jjj‬ﺎ ﺧﻄ‪jjj‬ﻮط اﻟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎﺗﻒ ﻻ ﺗﺤﻤ‪jjj‬ﻞ ﺳ‪jjj‬ﻮى‬
‫اﻟﻨﺒﻀﺎت اﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻨﺒﻀ‪jjj‬ﺎت اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﻟﻬ‪jjjj‬ﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺘ‪jjj‬ﺎن ﻓﻘ‪jjj‬ﻂ ﺻ‪jjjj‬ﻔﺮ أو واﺣ‪jjj‬ﺪ ﺑﻴﻨﻤ‪jjjj‬ﺎ‬

‫اﻹﺷﺎرات اﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﻴﺔ هﻲ ﻋﺒﺎرة ﻋﻦ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أن ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﻋﺪدا ﻻ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻨﺮ آﻴﻒ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﻤﻮدم ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ ﻳﻘﻮم اﻟﻤﻮدم ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ إﺷﺎرات اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬

‫اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻰ إﺷﺎرات ﺗﻤﺎﺛﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ هﺬﻩ اﻹﺷﺎرات اﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺧﻄﻮط اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﺪ اﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻳﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﻮدم ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻋﻜﺴ‪jj‬ﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﺤ‪jj‬ﻮل‬

‫اﻹﺷﺎرات اﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻰ إﺷﺎرات رﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻬﺎ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪226‬‬
 ‫ﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﻤﻮدﻣﺎت اﻟﻰ ﻗﺴﻤﻴﻦ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ Internal -1‬داﺧﻠﻲ و ﻳﺮآﺐ داﺧﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪ External -2‬ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ و ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﺳ‪j‬ﻠﻚ‬

‫ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ ‪.RS-232‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﺼﻞ اﻟﻤﻮدﻣﺎت ﺑﺨ‪j‬ﻂ اﻟﻬ‪j‬ﺎﺗﻒ ﺑﺎﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻚ ‪.RJ-11‬أﻧﻈ‪j‬ﺮ‬

‫اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫هﻨ‪jjj‬ﺎك ﻧﻮﻋ‪jjj‬ﺎن ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ ﺧﻄ‪jjj‬ﻮط اﻟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎﺗﻒ ﻳﻤﻜ‪jjj‬ﻦ اﺳ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ ﻣ‪jjjj‬ﻊ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮدﻣﺎت‪:‬‬

‫‪227‬‬
‫‪ dial-up network lines -1‬و ه‪jjj‬ﻲ ﺧﻄ‪jjj‬ﻮط اﻟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫اﻹﻋﺘﻴﺎدﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ leased lines -2‬اﻟﺨﻄﻮط اﻟﻤﺆﺟﺮة‪.‬‬

‫ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻊ اﻟﻨ‪jjj‬ﻮع اﻷول أي ﺧﻄ‪jjj‬ﻮط اﻟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎﺗﻒ اﻹﻋﺘﻴﺎدﻳ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﻓ‪jjj‬ﺈن ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم أن ﻳﺠﺮي إﺗﺼﺎﻻ ﻓﻲ آ‪j‬ﻞ ﻣ‪j‬ﺮة ﻳﺮﻳ‪j‬ﺪ ﻓﻴﻬ‪j‬ﺎ اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤ‪j‬ﻮدم‪ ،‬و‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺑﻄﻴﺌ‪jj‬ﺔ و ﻏﻴ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻟ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ إرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت و أآﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺠﺎوز ‪ 56‬آﻴﻠﻮﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ اﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ أو اﻟﺨﻄﻮط اﻟﻤﺆﺟﺮة ﻓﻬﻲ ﺟ‪j‬ﺎهﺰة ﻃ‪j‬ﻮال ‪24‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﻋﺔ و ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﺎج ﻹﺟﺮاء أي اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﻊ آ‪j‬ﻞ اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﻟﻠﻤ‪j‬ﻮدم ‪ ،‬آﻤ‪j‬ﺎ أن‬
‫ﺟ‪jj‬ﻮدة ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺨﻄ‪jj‬ﻮط أآﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺟ‪jj‬ﻮدة ﺧﻄ‪jj‬ﻮط اﻟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎﺗﻒ اﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻟﻨﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮت ‪ ،‬أﻣ‪j‬ﺎ ﺳ‪j‬ﺮﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻬ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﺘ‪j‬ﺮاوح ﻣ‪j‬ﺎ ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ ‪ 64‬آﻴﻠﻮﺑ‪j‬ﺖ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ‪j‬ﺔ و‬
‫‪ 45‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ أو أآﺜﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻘ‪j‬ﺎس ﺳ‪jj‬ﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﻮدم ﺑﺎﻟﺒ‪j‬ﺖ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ أو ﺑﻤﻘﻴ‪j‬ﺎس ﺁﺧ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﻰ‬

‫ﺑ‪jj‬ﺎود ‪ Baud‬ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻓﻬ‪jj‬ﻢ اﻟﺒ‪jj‬ﺎود ﺑﺄﻧ‪jj‬ﻪ ﺳ‪jj‬ﺮﻋﺔ ﺗﺬﺑ‪jj‬ﺬب ﻣﻮﺟ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ اﻟﺒﺖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ﻋﺒ‪j‬ﺮ ﺧﻄ‪j‬ﻮط اﻟﻬ‪j‬ﺎﺗﻒ ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﺑﺪاﻳ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﻨ‪jjj‬ﺎت آ‪jjj‬ﺎن ﻣﻌ‪jjj‬ﺪل اﻟﺒ‪jjj‬ﺖ ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ و ﻣﻌ‪jjj‬ﺪل اﻟﺒ‪j j‬ﺎود ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺴﺎوﻳﻴﻦ ﻓﻜﻞ ﻗﻤﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ أو ﻗﺎﻋﻬﺎ آﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﺎدرة ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺑﺖ واﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ‪ ،‬أﻣﺎ اﻵن و ﻣﻊ ﺗﻄﻮرات ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن آ‪j‬ﻞ ﻗﻤ‪j‬ﺔ أو‬
‫ﻗﺎع ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺣﻤﻞ أآﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺖ واﺣﺪ ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎ إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮدم ﺗﺴﺎوي ‪ 28.800‬ﺑ‪j‬ﺎود ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﻓﺈﻧ‪j‬ﻪ ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ إرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت‬
‫ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺼﻞ اﻟﻰ ‪ 115.200‬ﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﻨ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻗ‪jj‬ﺎم اﻹﺗﺤ‪jj‬ﺎد اﻟ‪jj‬ﺪوﻟﻲ ﻟﻺﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎﻻت ‪the‬‬

‫‪(International Telecommunications Union (ITU‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻟﻴﺘﻢ دﻋﻤﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒ‪j‬ﻞ ﻣﺼ‪j‬ﻨﻌﻲ اﻟﻤﻮدﻣ‪j‬ﺎت‬
‫‪ ،‬و ﺗﻌﺮف هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ﺑﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ‪ V‬و ﺗﺘﻜﻮن ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ رﻗ‪j‬ﻢ ﻳﺤ‪j‬ﺪد اﻟﻤﻌﻴ‪j‬ﺎر‬
‫اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب‪ ،‬و ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪228‬‬
 ‫‪V.22bis - 2400 bps -1‬‬

‫‪V.32‬‬ ‫‪- 9600 bps -2‬‬

‫‪V.32bis - 14,400 bps -3‬‬

‫‪V.32terbo - 19,000 bps -4‬‬

‫‪V.34‬‬ ‫‪- 28,800 bps -5‬‬

‫‪V.34bis - 33.600 bps -6‬‬

‫‪V.90‬‬ ‫‪- 57,000 bps -7‬‬

‫هﻨ‪jj‬ﺎك ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺘ‪jj‬ﺎن ﻹرﺳ ‪j‬ﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﻤﺎ اﻟﻤﻮدﻣ‪jj‬ﺎت وﻓﻘ‪jj‬ﺎ‬

‫ﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ اﻹﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺰاﻣﻨﺔ ‪.asynchronous‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻣﺘﺰاﻣﻨﺔ ‪.synchronous‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ اﻹﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﺰاﻣﻨﺔ ﺗﺮﺳ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﺷ‪j‬ﻜﻞ ﺗﻴ‪j‬ﺎر‬

‫ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻊ و ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻹﺷﺎرات و ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ آﻞ رﻣ‪j‬ﺰ أو ﺣ‪j‬ﺮف أو رﻗ‪j‬ﻢ‬
‫اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﺳﻠﺴ‪jj‬ﻠﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﺒﺘ‪jj‬ﺎت و ﻳ‪j‬ﺘﻢ اﻟﻔﺼ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ آ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺳﻠﺴ‪j‬ﻠﺔ واﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﻠﻴﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺑﺒ‪jj‬ﺖ‬
‫ﻳﺸ‪jj‬ﻴﺮ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺑﺪاﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺴﻠﺴ‪jj‬ﻠﺔ ‪ Start Bit‬و ﺑ‪jj‬ﺖ ﻳﺸ‪jj‬ﻴﺮ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺴﻠﺴ‪jj‬ﻠﺔ‬
‫‪ ، Stop Bit‬و ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ آﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤ‪j‬ﻮدم اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪j‬ﻞ و اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ أن ﻳﺘﻔﻘ‪j‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺑﺖ اﻟﺒﺪاﻳﺔ و اﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬و هﺬﻩ اﻹﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻏﻴ‪j‬ﺮ ﻣﺘﺰاﻣﻨ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم أي ﻧﻈﺎم ﻟﻠﺘﻮﻗﻴﺖ ﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ اﻹرﺳﺎل ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺠﻬ‪j‬ﺎز اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪j‬ﻞ‬
‫و اﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز اﻷول ﺑﺒﺴ‪jj‬ﺎﻃﺔ ﻳﺮﺳ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت و اﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز‬
‫اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ اﻟﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﺛﻢ ﻳﺠﺮي ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ اﺧﺘﺒﺎرا ﻟﻴﺘﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄ‪j‬ﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ و اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﺔ و ﻳﻜﻮن رﺑﻊ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﻋﺒ‪j‬ﺎرة ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺗﺤﻜﻢ و ﻧﻈﺮا ﻹﺣﺘﻤ‪j‬ﺎل ﺣ‪j‬ﺪوث أﺧﻄ‪j‬ﺎء ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪j‬ﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﺗﺤﺘ‪jj‬ﻮي ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺑ‪jj‬ﺖ ﺧ‪jj‬ﺎص ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﻰ ‪ Parity Bit‬ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻐ‪jj‬ﺮض‬

‫‪229‬‬
‫ﻓﺤﺺ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت و اﻟﺘﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻮهﺎ ﻣﻦ أﺧﻄﺎء و ذﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺴﺎوي‬
‫ﻋﺪد اﻟﺒﺘﺎت اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ واﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺼﻞ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ إرﺳﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻹﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎﻻت اﻟﻼﻣﺘﺰاﻣﻨ‪j‬ﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻰ ‪ 33.400‬ﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ و ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎت اﻟﻀ‪j‬ﻐﻂ ﺗﺼ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻰ ‪ 115.200‬ﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ أداء اﻹﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻟﻼﻣﺘﺰاﻣﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ‪:‬‬

‫‪ Channel Speed -1‬أو ﺳ‪jj‬ﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻘﻨ‪jj‬ﺎة و ه‪jj‬ﻮ اﻟﻌﺎﻣ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟ‪jj‬ﺬي‬

‫ﻳﺼﻒ ﻣﺪى ﺳﺮﻋﺔ وﺿﻊ اﻟﺒﺘﺎت ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻋﻠﻰﻗﻨﺎة اﻹﺗﺼﺎل‪.‬‬

‫‪ Throughput -2‬و ه‪jjj‬ﻮ ﻣﻘﻴ‪jjj‬ﺎس ﻟﻤﻘ‪jjj‬ﺪار اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪jjj‬ﺎت اﻟﻤﻔﻴ‪jjj‬ﺪة‬

‫اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﻌﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻗﻨ‪jj‬ﺎة اﻹﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎل و ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ زﻳ‪jj‬ﺎدة ه‪jj‬ﺬا اﻟﻤﻘ‪jj‬ﺪار ﺑﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎت اﻟﻀﻐﻂ و اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﻌﺎﻃﻠﺔ و ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﻔﻴﺪة‬
‫أو اﻷﺟﺰاء اﻟﻔﺎرﻏﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫و ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺠﻴ‪j‬ﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻌ‪j‬ﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﺎﺑﻘﻴﻦ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ‪j‬ﻦ ﺗﺤﺴ‪j‬ﻴﻦ اﻷداء‬

‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻠﺤﻮظ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣ‪jjj‬ﺎ اﻹﺗﺼ‪jjj‬ﺎﻻت اﻟﻤﺘﺰاﻣﻨ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﻓﺘﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻧﻈ‪jjj‬ﺎم ﺗﻮﻗﻴ‪jjj‬ﺖ ﻟﺘﻨﺴ‪jjj‬ﻴﻖ‬

‫اﻹﺗﺼ‪jjj‬ﺎل ﺑ‪jjj‬ﻴﻦ اﻟﺠﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎزﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪jjj‬ﻞ و اﻟﻤﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ ه‪jjj‬ﺬا اﻟﻨ‪jjj‬ﻮع ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ‬
‫اﻹﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎﻻت ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈن ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﺒﺘ‪jj‬ﺎت ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﻰ إﻃ‪jj‬ﺎرات ‪ Frames‬ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻓﺼ‪j‬ﻠﻬﺎ و إرﺳ‪j‬ﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﺒ‪j‬ﺮ اﻷﺳ‪jj‬ﻼك ‪ ،‬و ﺣﻴ‪j‬ﺚ أن اﻟﺒﺘ‪j‬ﺎت ﺗﺮﺳ‪j‬ﻞ و ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎم زﻣﻨﻲ ﻣﺤﺪد ﻓﻠﻴﺲ هﻨﺎك ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻹﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﺖ ﺑﺪاﻳﺔ و ﺑﺖ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻹرﺳﺎل ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ اﻹﻃﺎر و ﻳﺒﺪأ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻊ ﺑﺪاﻳﺔ إﻃ‪j‬ﺎر ﺟﺪﻳ‪j‬ﺪ‬
‫‪ ،‬و ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟ‪j‬ﺔ ﺣ‪j‬ﺪوث أﺧﻄ‪j‬ﺎء ﻳ‪j‬ﺘﻢ ﺑﺒﺴ‪j‬ﺎﻃﺔ إﻋ‪j‬ﺎدة إرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت و ه‪j‬ﺬا‬
‫اﻟﻨﻈﺎم ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ أآﺜﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮﻻت اﻷﺳﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ه‪jj‬ﺬا اﻟﻨ‪jj‬ﻮع ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ‬

‫اﻹﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻓﻬﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫‪.Synchronous Data Link Control (SDLC) -1‬‬

‫‪230‬‬
 ‫‪.High-level Data Link Control (HDLC) -2‬‬

‫‪Binary Synchronous‬‬ ‫‪Communications -3‬‬

‫)‪.Protocol (Bisync‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت اﻹﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻟﻤﺘﺰاﻣﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴ‪j‬ﺎم ﺑﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻬﺎم ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ اﻹﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻟﻼﻣﺘﺰاﻣﻨﺔ وهﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻰ إﻃﺎرات‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺗﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻓﺤﺺ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻷﺧﻄﺎء‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒ‪j‬ﺮ اﻟﻤﻮدﻣ‪j‬ﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺰاﻣﻨ‪j‬ﺔ أﻏﻠ‪j‬ﻰ و أآﺜ‪j‬ﺮ ﺗﻜﻠﻔ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻮدﻣ‪jj‬ﺎت‬

‫اﻟﻼﻣﺘﺰاﻣﻨﺔ و ذﻟﻚ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت ﺧﺎﺻ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ‪j‬ﻖ اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﺰاﻣﻦ‪،‬‬
‫و ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﻮدﻣﺎت ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﺰاﻣﻨﺔ اﻷآﺜﺮ إﻧﺘﺸﺎرا‪.‬‬

‫آﻤ‪jjjjj‬ﺎ ذآﺮﻧ‪jjjjj‬ﺎ ﻓ‪jjjjj‬ﻲ دروس ﺳ‪jjjjj‬ﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻓ‪jjjjj‬ﺈن ﻣﻜ‪jjjjj‬ﺮرات اﻹﺷ‪jjjjj‬ﺎرة‬

‫‪ Repeaters‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺗ‪j‬ﻮهﻴﻦ اﻹﺷ‪j‬ﺎرة ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﺪ اﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻬ‪j‬ﺎ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺴ‪jj‬ﺎﻓﺔ ﻃﻮﻳﻠ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻓﺘﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻜ‪jj‬ﺮرات ﺑﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﻘﺒﺎل ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻹﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرات ﺛ‪jj‬ﻢ ﺗﻌﻴ‪jj‬ﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴ‪jj‬ﺪهﺎ و ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺘﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺛ‪jj‬ﻢ ﺗﺮﺳ‪jj‬ﻠﻬﺎ ﻣ‪jj‬ﺮة أﺧ‪jj‬ﺮى ﻣﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﺢ ﻟﻬ‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻹﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرات‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻮل اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻣﺴ‪jj‬ﺎﻓﺎت ﺑﻌﻴ‪jj‬ﺪة دون أن ﺗﻀ‪jj‬ﻌﻒ أو ﺗﺘﻼﺷ‪jj‬ﻰ ‪ ،‬و ﻳﻌﺘﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻜﺮرات اﻹﺷﺎرة وﺳ‪j‬ﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﺳ‪j‬ﻴﻊ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺔ و ﻟﻜ‪j‬ﻦ ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ‬
‫اﺷﺘﺮاط ﻹﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت ﻋﻠﻰ آﻠﻲ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺘﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻮﺻ‪j‬ﻮﻟﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﻜﺮر اﻹﺷﺎرة ﻟﻬﺬا ﻓﻤﻜﺮر اﻹﺷﺎرات ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ إﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل‬
‫ﺑ‪jjj‬ﻴﻦ ﺷ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت إﺛﺮﻧ‪jjj‬ﺖ و ﺷ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ ،Token Ring‬آﻤ‪jjj‬ﺎ أن ﻣﻜ‪jjj‬ﺮرات‬
‫اﻹﺷﺎرة ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ أو ﻓﻠﺘﺮة اﻹﺷﺎرات آﻤﺎ أن آﻠﻲ أﻗﺴﺎم اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﻜﺮر اﻹﺷﺎرة ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻧﻔﺲ وﺳﻴﻠﺔ اﻟﻮﺻ‪j‬ﻮل‬
‫ﻟﻮﺳ‪jj‬ﻂ اﻹرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل ‪ ،Access Method‬و ﻟﻜﻨﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ‬
‫أﻧﻮاع ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ وﺳﺎﺋﻂ اﻹﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل ﻣﺜ‪j‬ﻞ اﻷﺳ‪j‬ﻼك اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ أﺳ‪j‬ﻼك‬
‫اﻷﻟﻴﺎف اﻟﺒﺼﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪231‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻣﻜ‪jj‬ﺮرات اﻹﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرة وﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﻠﺔ ﻏﻴ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻣﻜﻠﻔ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﻊ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ و ﻟﻜﻨﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﻗ‪j‬ﺪ ﺗﻌ‪j‬ﺎﻧﻲ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﺑﻌ‪j‬ﺾ اﻟﻤﺸ‪j‬ﺎآﻞ ﻓﻬ‪j‬ﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻔﻠﺘ‪j‬ﺮ و ﻻ ﺗﻤﻨ‪j‬ﻊ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﻣﺮور اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﻌﻄﻮﺑﺔ أو اﻟﻤﺴﺒﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺎآﻞ و ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﺈن ﺣﺪﺛﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ أﺣﺪ أﻗﺴﺎم اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ اﻟﻰ ﺑ‪j‬ﺎﻗﻲ اﻷﻗﺴ‪j‬ﺎم ‪ ،‬آﻤ‪j‬ﺎ أﻧﻬ‪j‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺳ‪j‬ﺘﻤﺮر ﻋﺎﺻ‪j‬ﻔﺔ إﻧﺘﺸ‪j‬ﺎرﻳﺔ ‪ Broadcast Storm‬اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﺟﻤﻴ‪j‬ﻊ اﻷﻗﺴ‪j‬ﺎم و‬
‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺪث ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺮﺳ‪j‬ﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴ‪jjj‬ﻊ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺤﻴ‪jjj‬ﺚ ﻳﺼ‪jjj‬ﺒﺢ ﻋ‪jjj‬ﺪدهﺎ ﻣﻘﺎرﺑ‪jjj‬ﺎ ﻟﻠﻘ‪jjj‬ﺪرة اﻹﺳ‪jjj‬ﺘﻴﻌﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ اﻟﺪرس‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﻤﻮدﻣﺎت اﻟﻰ داﺧﻠﻴﺔ و ﺧﺎرﺟﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬و وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻨﻮع اﻹﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل‬

‫ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﻰ ﻣﺘﺰاﻣﻨﺔ و ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺰاﻣﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻣﻜ‪jj‬ﺮرات اﻹﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرة وﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﻠﺔ ﻏﻴ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻣﻜﻠﻔ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﻊ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت‬

‫اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺔ و ﻟﻜﻨﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺗﻌ‪jj‬ﺎﻧﻲ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺑﻌ‪jj‬ﺾ اﻟﻤﺸ‪j‬ﺎآﻞ ﻧﻈ‪jj‬ﺮا ﻷﻧﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم ﺑﻔﻠﺘ‪jj‬ﺮة‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﻜﻮن اﻟ‪jj‬ﺪرس اﻟﻤﻘﺒ‪jj‬ﻞ إن ﺷ‪jj‬ﺎء اﷲ ﺑﻌﻨ‪jj‬ﻮان ‪ :‬ﻣﻜﻮﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻮاﺳﻌﺔ ‪ :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ اﻟﺠﺴﻮر‪.‬‬

‫‪232‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺴﺎدﺳﺔ و اﻟﻌﺸﺮون‬

‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻮاﺳﻌﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ :‬اﻟﺠﺴﻮر‬

‫ﺳﻨﺘﻨﺎول ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس إن ﺷﺎء اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬وﺻﻒ ﻟﻤﺎهﻴﺔ اﻟﺠﺴﻮر و آﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬وﺻﻒ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻮر اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ و ﺑﻌﻴﺪة اﻟﻤﺪى‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺷ‪jjj‬ﺮح ﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﻗﻴ‪jjj‬ﺎم اﻟﺠﺴ‪jjj‬ﻮر ﺑﺈﻧﺸ‪jjj‬ﺎء و اﺳ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﺟ‪jjj‬ﺪاول‬

‫اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬وﺻﻒ ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﺠﺴﻮر و آﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺎت‬

‫اﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺠﺴ‪jj‬ﺮ ه‪jj‬ﻮ ﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز ﻳﻤﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ اﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ ﻟﻠ‪jj‬ﺮﺑﻂ ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ‬

‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬و ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻠﺨﻴﺺ أهﺪاف ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺗﻘﺴ‪jj‬ﻴﻢ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ أآﺜ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻗﺴ‪jj‬ﻢ و ﺗﻮزﻳ‪j‬ﻊ ﺣﺮآ‪jj‬ﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺮور ﺑﻴﻦ هﺬﻩ اﻷﻗﺴﺎم‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺠﺴﺮ ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﺰاﻳﺎ ﻣﻜﺮرات اﻹﺷﺎرة ﻣﺜﻞ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ أﺳﻼك اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ و اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫و هﻮ ﻳﺘﻔﻮق ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺮر اﻹﺷﺎرة ﻓﻲ اﻷﻣﻮر اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪233‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ اﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎر ‪ 802.3‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺨﺺ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻌﺪد‬
‫اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮح ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻹﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت و ﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ أداء أﻓﻀﻞ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬اﻟﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎﻣﻴﻢ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣﺜ‪jj‬ﻞ إﺛﺮﻧ‪jj‬ﺖ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ‬

‫‪ Token Ring‬و ﺗﻮ ﺟﻴﻪ ﺣﺰم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜ‪jjj‬ﻦ ﺗﻔ‪jjjj‬ﺎدي ﺣ‪jjjj‬ﺪوث أزﻣ‪jjjj‬ﺔ ﻋﻨ‪jjjj‬ﻖ اﻟﺰﺟﺎﺟ‪jjjj‬ﺔ ﻓ‪jjjj‬ﻲ اﻟﺸ‪jjjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت‬

‫اﻟﻤﺰدﺣﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺟﺴﺮ ﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﻗﺴ‪j‬ﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻤ‪j‬ﺎ ﻳ‪j‬ﻮزع ﺣﺮآ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺮور ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ و ﻳﺨﻔ‪j‬ﺾ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻹزدﺣ‪j‬ﺎم ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ آ‪j‬ﻞ ﻗﺴ‪j‬ﻢ و ﺳ‪j‬ﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﻬﻤ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺠﺴﺮ اﻟﺴﻤﺎح ﺑﻤﺮور ﺣﺰم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺴ‪j‬ﻢ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﺁﺧ‪j‬ﺮ ﺑﺸ‪j‬ﺮط‬
‫أن ﻳﻜﻮن ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺰم ﻳﻨﺘﻤ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﻘﺴ‪j‬ﻢ اﻟ‪j‬ﺬي ﺳ‪j‬ﺘﻤﺮر إﻟﻴ‪j‬ﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ أﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺢ ﺑﻤﺮور ﺣﺰم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﻨﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺴﻢ اﻷول و ﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﻮان وﺟﻬﺘﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻳﺸ‪jj‬ﻴﺮ أﻳﻀ‪jj‬ﺎ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﻘﺴ‪jj‬ﻢ اﻷول ﻣﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻳﻌﻨ‪jj‬ﻲ أﻧ‪jj‬ﻪ ﻻ ﺣﺎﺟ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺰم اﻟﻰ اﻟﻘﺴ‪j‬ﻢ اﻟﺜ‪j‬ﺎﻧﻲ و ﺑﺎﻟﺘ‪j‬ﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﻘ‪j‬ﻮم اﻟﺠﺴ‪j‬ﺮ ﺑﻤﻨﻌﻬ‪j‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺮور ﺑﻌﻜﺲ ﻣﻜﺮر اﻹﺷﺎرة اﻟﺬي ﺳﻴﻘﻮم ﺑﻜﻞ ﺑﺴ‪j‬ﺎﻃﺔ ﺑﺘﻤﺮﻳ‪j‬ﺮ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺰم ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺆدي اﻟﻰ ﺷﻐﻞ اﻟﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ دون ﺣﺎﺟﺔ إﻟﻰ ذﻟﻚ‪ ،‬و هﻨﺎ ﻧﺠ‪j‬ﺪ‬

‫‪234‬‬
‫أن اﻟﺠﺴﺮ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﺗﺤﺴ‪j‬ﻴﻦ و زﻳ‪j‬ﺎدة ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻷن آ‪j‬ﻞ ﻗﺴ‪j‬ﻢ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫أﻗﺴﺎم اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺳﻮف ﻳﺤﻘﻖ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺪد أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﺰم‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻋﺪد أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺼﺎدﻣﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ أآﺒﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﺠﺴ‪jj‬ﻮر اﻟ‪jj‬ﺮﺑﻂ ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﺗﻌﻤ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮﻻت‬

‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ IPX‬و ‪ TCP/IP‬و ‪.OSI‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﺠﺴﻮر اﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔ‪j‬ﺔ و ﻟﻬ‪j‬ﺬا‬

‫ﻓﻬﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ أو اﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل اﻟﻰ ﺁﺧ‪j‬ﺮ أﺛﻨ‪j‬ﺎء ﺗﻤﺮﻳ‪j‬ﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺰم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺑ‪j‬ﻞ ﺗﻘ‪j‬ﻮم ﺑ‪j‬ﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺔ اﻟﻴﻪ اﻟﺤﺰم ﺑﻘﺮاءة ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ رأس اﻟﺤﺰﻣ‪j‬ﺔ و ﺗﺘ‪j‬ﺮك‬
‫ﻣﻬﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل ﻟﻠﺠﻬ‪j‬ﺎز اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﻄ‪j‬ﺮف اﻵﺧ‪j‬ﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﺠﺴﻮر اﻟﻰ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻦ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬داﺧﻠﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ و ﺗﺮآ‪jjj‬ﺐ داﺧ‪jjj‬ﻞ ﺟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎز اﻟﻤ‪jjj‬ﺰود ‪ ،‬و ﺑﻌ‪jjj‬ﺾ أﻧﻈﻤ‪jjj‬ﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام أآﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺴﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻤﺰود‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺧﺎرﺟﻴﺔ و ﺗﻜﻮن ﻋﺒﺎرة ﻋﻦ أﺟﻬﺰة ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫و ﺗﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﺠﺴﻮر ﺣﺴﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ اﻟﻰ ﻗﺴﻤﻴﻦ هﻤﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺟﺴﻮر ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ‪.Local‬‬

‫‪-2‬ﺟﺴﻮر ﺑﻌﻴﺪة اﻟﻤﺪى ‪.Remote‬‬

‫‪235‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮم اﻟﺠﺴﻮر اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﺑ‪j‬ﺎﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ اﻷﺳ‪j‬ﻼك اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﺜﺨﻴﻨ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻸﻗﺴ‪jj‬ﺎم اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،‬و ﺗﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻷﻗﺴ‪jj‬ﺎم ﻣﺘﺼ‪jj‬ﻠﺔ ﺑﺸ‪jj‬ﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ اﻟﺠﺴ‪jj‬ﻮر ﺑﻌﻴ‪jj‬ﺪة اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﺪى ﻓﺈﻧﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺗﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم ﺑ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ اﻷﺳ‪jj‬ﻼك‬

‫اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺜﺨﻴﻨﺔ و اﻷﺳﻼك ﺑﻌﻴﺪة اﻟﻤﺪى ﻣﺜﻞ أﺳﻼك اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ اﻟﻤﺆﺟﺮة‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺴﺨﺪم هﺬا اﻟﻨﻮع ﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﺴﻮر ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺪة ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻔﺼﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺴ‪j‬ﺎﻓﺎت ﺷﺎﺳ‪j‬ﻌﺔ‪ ،‬و ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟ‪j‬ﺔ ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن اﻟﺠﺴ‪j‬ﺮ ﺑﻌﻴ‪j‬ﺪ اﻟﻤ‪j‬ﺪى ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻤﻞ و ﺣﺪﻩ ﺑﻞ ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺟﺴ‪j‬ﺮان ﻣﻌ‪j‬ﺎ آ‪j‬ﺰوج و آ‪j‬ﻞ ﺟﺴ‪j‬ﺮ ﻳﺠ‪j‬ﺐ‬
‫أن ﻳﺘﺼ‪jjj‬ﻞ ﺑﻤ‪jjj‬ﻮدم ﻣﺘ‪jjj‬ﺰاﻣﻦ و اﻟ‪jjj‬ﺬي ﻳﺘﺼ‪jjj‬ﻞ ﺑ‪jjj‬ﺪورﻩ ﺑﺨﻄ‪jjj‬ﻮط اﻟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺆﺟﺮة‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪236‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺠﺴﻮر ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺒ‪j‬ﺪأ أن آ‪j‬ﻞ ﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎز ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻟ‪j‬ﻪ ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﻮان‬
‫ﻓﺮﻳﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ اﻟﺤﺰم وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻬﺬا اﻟﻌﻨﻮان‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻤﺘﻠ‪jjj‬ﻚ اﻟﺠﺴ‪jjj‬ﻮر ﺑﻌ‪jjj‬ﺾ اﻟﺴ‪jjj‬ﻤﺎت اﻟﺬآﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﻓﻬ‪jjj‬ﻲ ﺗﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺟﻤ‪jjj‬ﻊ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻋﻦ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،‬و ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻓﻲ‬
‫آﻞ ﻣﺮة ﻳ‪j‬ﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﻧﻘ‪j‬ﻞ اﻷﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة أو إﺿ‪j‬ﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،‬وﻳﻄﻠ‪j‬ﻖ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ‬
‫اﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ اﺳﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ اﻟﺠﺴﻮر ‪.Bridge Learning‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻌﺮف اﻟﺠﺴﻮر ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﺑ‪j‬ﺄن ﺗﻘ‪j‬ﻮم ﺑﺈرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل‬

‫رﺳ‪jj‬ﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ آ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻷﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰة ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ و ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ‬
‫اﻷﺟﻬﺰة ﺑﺎﻟﺮد ﻓﺈن اﻟﺠﺴ‪j‬ﻮر ﺗﺘﻌ‪j‬ﺮف ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﻋﻨﺎوﻳﻨﻬ‪j‬ﺎ و ﻣﻮاﻗﻌﻬ‪j‬ﺎ‪ ،‬و ﺗﻘ‪j‬ﻮم‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺟﻤﻊ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺟ‪j‬ﺪاول ﺗﻮﺟﻴ‪j‬ﻪ ‪Routing‬‬
‫‪.Table‬‬

‫و هﻨ‪jj‬ﺎك ﻃﺮﻳﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ أﺧ‪jj‬ﺮى ﺗ‪jj‬ﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ اﻟﺠﺴ‪jj‬ﻮر و ه‪jj‬ﻲ اﻹﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﻤﺎع و‬

‫اﻟﻜﺸ‪jj‬ﻒ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺣ‪jj‬ﺰم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﺎرة ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨ‪jj‬ﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺴ‪jj‬ﻠﻢ اﻟﺠﺴ‪jj‬ﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﻤﻘﺎرﻧ‪j‬ﺔ ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﻮان اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪j‬ﻞ ﻟﻠﺤﺰﻣ‪j‬ﺔ و اﻟ‪j‬ﺬي‬
‫ﻳﻘﺮأﻩ ﻣﻦ رأس اﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪول اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈذا ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﺜﺮ اﻟﺠﺴﺮ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ه‪j‬ﺬا اﻟﻌﻨ‪j‬ﻮان ﺿ‪j‬ﻤﻦ ﺟ‪j‬ﺪول اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴ‪j‬ﻪ ﻓﺈﻧ‪j‬ﻪ ﻳﻘ‪j‬ﻮم‬
‫ﺑﺈﺿ‪jjj‬ﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﺠ‪jjj‬ﺪول و هﻜ‪jjj‬ﺬا ﻳﻘ‪jjj‬ﻮم اﻟﺠﺴ‪jjj‬ﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤ‪jjj‬ﺪﻳﺚ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﻤﺮ ﻟﺠ‪jjj‬ﺪول‬
‫اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫آﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻳﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم اﻟﺠﺴ‪jj‬ﺮ ﺑﻤﻌﺎﻳﻨ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﻮان اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ و اﻟ‪jj‬ﺬي‬

‫ﻳﻘﺮأﻩ أﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻦ رأس اﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﺴ‪j‬ﻠﻤﻬﺎ و اﻵن ﻟﻨ‪j‬ﺮ ﻣ‪j‬ﺎذا ﺳ‪j‬ﻴﻔﻌﻞ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺎﻻت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫أوﻻ‪ :‬ﻧﻔﺘﺮض أن اﻟﺠﺴﺮ ﻗﺪ وﺟﺪ ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺟ‪j‬ﺪول‬

‫اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ هﻨﺎك اﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻن‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬أن ﻳﻮﺟﻪ اﻟﺠﺴﺮ اﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﻋﻨﻮاﻧﻬ‪j‬ﺎ اﻟﻤﻄﻠ‪j‬ﻮب و ذﻟ‪j‬ﻚ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ‬

‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ أن آﺎن ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺘﻤﻲ اﻟﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻘﺴﻢ اﻟ‪j‬ﺬي ﻳﻨﺘﻤ‪j‬ﻲ إﻟﻴ‪j‬ﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ أي أن اﻟﺠﻬﺎزﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ و اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻳﻨﺘﻤﻴﺎن اﻟﻰ أﻗﺴ‪j‬ﺎم‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪237‬‬
‫‪ -2‬أن ﻳﻘﻮم اﻟﺠﺴﺮ ﻳﺘﺠﺎهﻞ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺰﻣ‪j‬ﺔ و ﺗ‪j‬ﺪﻣﻴﺮهﺎ و ذﻟ‪j‬ﻚ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ أن آﺎن ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﻮان اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻳﻨﺘﻤ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﻧﻔ‪j‬ﺲ اﻟﻘﺴ‪j‬ﻢ اﻟ‪j‬ﺬي ﻳﻨﺘﻤ‪j‬ﻲ إﻟﻴ‪j‬ﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﻮان اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻓﻔ‪jj‬ﻲ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻻ داﻋ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻹﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺠﺴ‪jj‬ﺮ ﺣﻴ‪jj‬ﺚ أﻧ‪jj‬ﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ أﻗﺴﺎم ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ اﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻘﺴ‪j‬ﻢ و ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ اﻟﻰ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺁﺧﺮ ‪،‬و ه‪j‬ﺬا ﻳﻌﻨ‪j‬ﻲ أن اﻟﺠﺴ‪j‬ﺮ ﻳﻘ‪j‬ﻮم ﺑﻔﻠﺘ‪j‬ﺮة ﺣ‪j‬ﺰم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت‬
‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﻧﻔﺘﺮض أن اﻟﺠﺴﺮ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺠﺪ ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺿ‪j‬ﻤﻦ ﺟ‪j‬ﺪول‬

‫اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻘﻮم اﻟﺠﺴﺮ ﺑﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ اﻟﻰ آﻞ أﻗﺴ‪j‬ﺎم‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪى اﻟﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﺬي ﻳﻨﺘﻤﻲ إﻟﻴﻪ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ ﻟﻠﺤﺰﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﻮﺳ‪j‬ﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﺟﺴ‪j‬ﺮ واﺣ‪j‬ﺪ ﺑﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻮى آﺒﻴ‪j‬ﺮ‬

‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ و ﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻘﻴﺪهﺎ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻊ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻋﺪة ﺟﺴﻮر‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻣﻌﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻋﺪة ﺟﺴﻮر ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼل ﺛﻼث ﺗﺼﺎﻣﻴﻢ أﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ هﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﻌﻤﻮد اﻟﻔﻘﺮي ‪.Backbone‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻟﺘﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪.Cascade‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪238‬‬
 ‫‪ -3‬اﻟﻨﺠﻤﺔ ‪.Star‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺘﺼ‪jj‬ﻤﻴﻢ اﻷول ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻧ‪jj‬ﻮع اﻟﻌﻤ‪jj‬ﻮد اﻟﻔﻘ‪jj‬ﺮي ﺗﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن اﻟﺠﺴ‪jj‬ﻮر‬

‫ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﻣﻌﺎ ﺑﺎﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﺳ‪j‬ﻠﻚ ﻣﻨﻔﺼ‪j‬ﻞ ﺑﻤ‪j‬ﺎ ﻳﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻪ اﻟﻌﻤ‪j‬ﻮد اﻟﻔﻘ‪j‬ﺮي آﻤ‪j‬ﺎ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮرةاﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪239‬‬
‫ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﻳﻜﻮن ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﻌﻤ‪j‬ﻮد اﻟﻔﻘ‪j‬ﺮي ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻷﻟﻴ‪j‬ﺎف اﻟﺒﺼ‪j‬ﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻮﻓﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ آﺒﻴﺮة ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎت ﺑﻌﻴﺪة‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺴﻤﺢ هﺬا اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻮر ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻷﻧ‪j‬ﻮاع اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬

‫ﺣﺮآﺔ اﻟﻤ‪j‬ﺮور اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ اﻷﻗﺴ‪j‬ﺎم اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔ‪j‬ﺔ و ه‪j‬ﺬا ﻳﻘﻠ‪j‬ﻞ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ إزدﺣ‪j‬ﺎم‬
‫اﻟﻤﺮور ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ آﻜﻞ ﻷن ﺣﺰم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﻗﺴ‪j‬ﻢ‬
‫اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺁﺧ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻟﻴﺴ‪jj‬ﺖ ﻣﺠﺒ‪jj‬ﺮة ﺑ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﻤﺮور ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ أﻗﺴ‪jj‬ﺎم أﺧ‪jj‬ﺮى ﻗﺒ‪jj‬ﻞ أن ﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻰﻣﺮادهﺎ ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﺘﺘ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﻲ ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈن أﻗﺴ‪jj‬ﺎم اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ و اﻟﺠﺴ‪jj‬ﻮر‬

‫ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻣﻌ‪j‬ﺎ واﺣ‪j‬ﺪا ﺗﻠ‪j‬ﻮ اﻵﺧ‪j‬ﺮ ﻟﺘﻜ‪j‬ﻮﻳﻦ ﺧ‪j‬ﻂ ﻣﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻤﺮ و ﻣﺘﺘ‪j‬ﺎﻟﻲ ‪ ،‬و‬
‫هﺬا اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻳﺤﺘﺎج اﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺪات ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ و ﻟﻜ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫ﺣ‪j‬ﺰم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﻤﻨﺘﻘﻠ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻗﺴ‪jj‬ﻢ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﺁﺧ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻳﺠ‪jj‬ﺐ أن ﺗﻤ‪j‬ﺮ ﺑ‪jj‬ﺄي أﻗﺴ‪jj‬ﺎم أو‬
‫ﺟﺴﻮر ﺗﻔﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻹزدﺣﺎم ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﺘﺼ‪j‬ﻤﻴﻢ اﻷﺧﻴ‪j‬ﺮ و ه‪j‬ﻮ ﺗﺼ‪j‬ﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻨﺠﻤ‪j‬ﺔ ﻓﻴﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﺟﺴ‪j‬ﺮ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻌ‪jj‬ﺪد اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓ ‪j‬ﺬ ‪ Multiport Bridge‬ﻟﻠ‪jj‬ﺮﺑﻂ ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ ﻋ‪jj‬ﺪة أﺳ‪jj‬ﻼك و ه‪jj‬ﻮ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ﺣﺮآﺔ اﻟﻤﺮور ﺧﻔﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﺠﺴﻮر ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻌﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈن هﻨﺎك اﺣﺘﻤﺎل ﻟﺤﺪوث‬

‫ﺣﻠﻘﺎت ﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﻟﺘﺪوﻳﺮ ﺣ‪j‬ﺰم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ﻋﺒ‪j‬ﺮ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻤ‪j‬ﺎ ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﺒﺐ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﻌﻄ‪j‬ﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪240‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺘ‪jj‬ﺮض اﻟﺠﺴ‪jj‬ﻮر وﺟ‪jj‬ﻮد ﻣﺴ‪jj‬ﺎر وﺣﻴ‪jj‬ﺪ ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ أي ﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎزﻳﻦ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ و ﻟﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ إذا ﺗ‪jj‬ﻮﻓﺮ أآﺜ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻣﺴ‪jj‬ﺎر ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈن ه‪jj‬ﺬا ﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﺆدي اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺣ‪jj‬ﺪوث‬
‫ازدواج ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺣ‪jj‬ﺰم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت و ه‪jj‬ﺬا ﻗ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻳ‪jj‬ﺆدي اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ إﻋ‪jj‬ﺎدة ﺗ‪jj‬ﺪوﻳﺮ ﻻ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺰم ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻤ‪j‬ﺎ ﻗ‪j‬ﺪ ﻳ‪j‬ﺆدي اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﺣ‪j‬ﺪوث ‪ Broadcast Storm‬و‬
‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﺷﺮﺣﻨﺎهﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫و ﻟﺤﻞ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺸ‪j‬ﻜﻠﺔ ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺠﺴ‪j‬ﻮر ﺧﻮارزﻣﻴ‪j‬ﺎت ذآﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﺗﻘ‪j‬ﻮم‬

‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اآﺘﺸﺎف ﺣﺪوث ﺣﻠﻘﺎت ﺗﺪور ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ اﻟﺤﺰم‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬إﻏﻼق أي ﻣﺴﺎرات إﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻋﺒﺮهﺎ اﻟﺤﺰم ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ‬

‫ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺳﻮى ﻣﺴﺎر وﺣﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫أﺣ‪jjj‬ﺪ اﻟﺨﻮارزﻣﻴ‪jjj‬ﺎت اﻟﻤﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ه‪jjj‬ﻲ ‪Spanning Tree‬‬

‫)‪ Algorithm (STA‬و ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺠﺴﺮ ﻗﺎدرا ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﻌﻮر ﺑﻮﺟ‪jj‬ﻮد أآﺜ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻣﺴ‪jj‬ﺎر ﺛ‪jj‬ﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳ‪jj‬ﺪ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺎر اﻷﻓﻀ‪jj‬ﻞ و إﻋ‪jj‬ﺪاد‬
‫اﻟﺠﺴ‪jjj‬ﺮ ﻹﺳ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ه‪jjj‬ﺬا اﻟﻤﺴ‪jjj‬ﺎر و ﺟﻌﻠ‪jjj‬ﻪ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jjj‬ﺎر اﻷﺳﺎﺳ‪jjj‬ﻲ أﻣ‪jjj‬ﺎ ﺑ‪jjj‬ﺎﻗﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺎرات ﻓﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬و ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ إﻋﺎدة وﺻﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪم ﺗ‪j‬ﻮﻓﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺎر اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪241‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ اﻟﺪرس‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻔﻮق اﻟﺠﺴﻮر ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺮرات اﻹﺷﺎرة ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﻤﺢ ﺑ‪j‬ﺎﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ‬

‫ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺗﺼﺎﻣﻴﻢ و ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﺠﺴﻮر اﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ و ﺑﻌﻴﺪة اﻟﻤﺪى‪.‬‬

‫هﻨ‪jj‬ﺎك ﺛ‪jj‬ﻼث أﻧ‪jj‬ﻮاع ﻟﺘﺼ‪jj‬ﺎﻣﻴﻢ اﻟﺠﺴ‪jj‬ﻮر ه‪jj‬ﻲ‪ :‬اﻟﻌﻤ‪jj‬ﻮد اﻟﻔﻘ‪jj‬ﺮي و‬

‫اﻟﺘﺘﺎﻟﻲ و اﻟﻨﺠﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺠﺴﻮر ﺧﻮارزﻣﻴﺎت ذآﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﺤ‪j‬ﻞ ﻣﺸ‪j‬ﻜﻠﺔ ﺣﻠﻘ‪j‬ﺎت ﺗ‪j‬ﺪوﻳﺮ‬

‫ﺣﺰم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫ﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﻜﻮن اﻟ‪jj‬ﺪرس اﻟﻤﻘﺒ‪jj‬ﻞ إن ﺷ‪jj‬ﺎء اﷲ ﺑﻌﻨ‪jj‬ﻮان ﻣﻜﻮﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻮاﺳﻌﺔ‪ :‬ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺎت و اﻟﺒﻮاﺑﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪242‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ و اﻟﻌﺸﺮون‬

‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻮاﺳﻌﺔ‬

‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ‪ :‬اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺎت و اﻟﺒﻮاﺑﺎت‬

‫ﺳﻨﺘﻨﺎول ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬وﺻﻒ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺎت ‪.Routers‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺳﺮد ﻟﻺﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎت ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺠﺴﻮر و اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺎت و اﻟﺤﺎﻻت اﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻴﻬﺎ آﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬وﺻ‪jjj‬ﻒ ﻟﻌﻤ‪jjj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻮاﺑ‪jjj‬ﺎت ‪ Gateways‬و ﺳ‪jjj‬ﺮد ﻣﻴﺰاﺗﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎ و‬

‫ﻋﻴﻮﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻪ ‪ Router‬هﻮ ﺟﻬﺎز ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﺘﻮﺳ‪j‬ﻴﻊ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺔ و‬

‫ﻳﺤﻘﻖ اﺗﺼﺎﻻ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ أﻗﺴﺎم ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ذوات ﺗﺼﺎﻣﻴﻢ و‬
‫ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﻮم اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺎت ﺑﺄﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻮر ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻓﻠﺘﺮة ﺣﺮآﺔ اﻟﻤﺮور ﺑﻴﻦ أﻗﺴﺎم اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬رﺑﻂ أﻗﺴﺎم اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻌﺎ‪.‬‬

‫و ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ و ﺑﻌﻜ‪j‬ﺲ اﻟﺠﺴ‪j‬ﻮر ﻻ ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﻤﺢ ﺑﻤ‪j‬ﺮور اﻟﺮﺳ‪j‬ﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺔ‬

‫ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ‪.Broadcast Messages‬‬

‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎم ﺗﻮﻓﺮ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺎت ﺗﺤﻜﻤ‪j‬ﺎ أﻓﻀ‪j‬ﻞ ﺑﺤﺮآ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﻤ‪j‬ﺮور ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ‬

‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪243‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺎت ﻗﺮاءة اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪j‬ﺎت اﻟﻤﻌﻘ‪j‬ﺪة ﻟﻌﻨﻮﻧ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ و‬
‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺣﺰم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ‪ ،‬آﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ أن ﺗﻮ ﺟﻪ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺰم ﻋﺒﺮ ﻋﺪة‬
‫ﺷ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت و ﺗﻘ‪jjj‬ﻮم ﺑ‪jjj‬ﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﺒ‪jjj‬ﺎدل ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪jjj‬ﺎت ﻣﺤ‪jjj‬ﺪدة ﻟﻠﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjj‬ﻮﻻت ﺑ‪jjj‬ﻴﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫آﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﻮم اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺎت ﺑﻤﺸﺎرآﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎت‬

‫اﻷﺧﺮى ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬وذﻟ‪j‬ﻚ ﻳﺘ‪j‬ﻴﺢ ﻟﻬ‪j‬ﺎ اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪j‬ﺎت ﻹﻋ‪j‬ﺎدة‬
‫اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺣﻮل رواﺑﻂ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻮاﺳ‪j‬ﻌﺔ اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﻔﺸ‪j‬ﻞ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﺤﻘﻴ‪j‬ﻖ اﻹﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل‪،‬‬
‫آﻤﺎ ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪j‬ﺎت ﻹﺧﺘﻴ‪j‬ﺎر اﻟﻤﻨﻔ‪j‬ﺬ و اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺎر اﻷﻧﺴ‪j‬ﺐ ﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴ‪j‬ﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺰم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻠﻘﺎهﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟ‪jj‬ﺮﺑﻂ ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ و اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت‬

‫اﻟﻮاﺳ‪jj‬ﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴ ‪j‬ﺎم ﺑﺘﺮﺟﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮل ‪ TCP/IP‬أو ﺑﻤﻌﻨ‪jj‬ﻰ أدق ﺗﺮﺟﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨ‪jjj‬ﻮان اﻟﻮﺟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ ﺣﺰﻣ‪jjj‬ﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jjj‬ﺎت ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ ﺻ‪jjj‬ﻴﻐﺔ ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjj‬ﻮل‬
‫‪ TCP/IP‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﺻ‪j‬ﻴﻐﺔ ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪j‬ﻮل ‪Frame‬‬
‫‪ Relay‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻮاﺳﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم اﻟﻤﻮﺟ‪jj‬ﻪ ﺑﻤﺮاﻗﺒ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺎرات ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ و ﺗﺤﺪﻳ‪jj‬ﺪ أﻗﻠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ‬

‫إزدﺣﺎﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴ‪jj‬ﻪ ﺣ‪jj‬ﺰم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻋﺒﺮه‪jj‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬و ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺣﺎﻟ‪jj‬ﺔ أن أﺻ‪jj‬ﺒﺢ ه‪jj‬ﺬا‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺎر اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ اﺧﺘﻴﺎرﻩ ﻣﺰدﺣﻤﺎ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻓﺈﻧ‪j‬ﻪ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ‪j‬ﻦ اﺧﺘﻴ‪j‬ﺎر‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎر ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺎت ﺟﺪاول اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﻮان وﺟﻬﺔ اﻟﺤ‪j‬ﺰم‬

‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﺟﺪول اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﻨﺎوﻳﻦ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬آﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﻹﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻷﺧﺮى‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬اﻟﻤﺴﺎرات اﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮة ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪244‬‬
 ‫‪ -4‬ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ إرﺳﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻋﺒﺮ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺴﺎرت‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻌﺮف اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ أرﻗﺎم اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﺪث‬

‫ﻣﻊ ﻏﻴﺮهﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،‬و ﺗﺘﻌ‪j‬ﺮف آ‪j‬ﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﺎوﻳﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ آﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻬ‪jjj‬ﻢ أن ﻧﻼﺣ‪jjj‬ﻆ أن ﺟ‪jjj‬ﺪاول اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴ‪jjj‬ﻪ اﻟﺘ‪jjj‬ﻲ ﺗﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺎت ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ اﻟﺠﺴﻮر‪ ،‬و ﻳﻜﻤﻦ اﻹﺧ‪j‬ﺘﻼف‬
‫ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ أن ﺟ‪jj‬ﺪاول اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴ‪jj‬ﻪ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺠﺴ‪jj‬ﻮر ﺗﺤﺘ‪jj‬ﻮي ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﺎوﻳﻦ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮل‬
‫‪ MAC‬ﻟﻜ‪jjjj‬ﻞ ﺟﻬ‪jjjj‬ﺎز ﻋﻠ‪jjjj‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪jjjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤ‪jjjj‬ﺎ ﺗﺤﺘ‪jjjj‬ﻮي ﺟ‪jjjj‬ﺪاول اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴ‪jjjj‬ﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﻬﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﺎوﻳﻦ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﻣﻌﺎ و ﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﻮان آ‪j‬ﻞ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎز ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺎت ﺧﻮارزﻣﻴﺎت ‪ Algorithms‬ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔ‪j‬ﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻊ ﺟﺪاول اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬و هﺬﻩ اﻟﺨﻮارزﻣﻴﺎت ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ‪:‬‬

‫‪OSPF (Open Shortest Path First) -1‬‬

‫‪RIP (Routing Information Protocol) -2‬‬

‫‪NLSP (NetWare Link Services Protocol) -3‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ ﺧﻮارزﻣﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ OSPF‬ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻨ‪jj‬ﻮع اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﻰ ﺣﺎﻟ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟ‪jj‬ﺮﺑﻂ أو‬

‫‪ Link-State‬و هﺬا اﻟﻨﻮع ﻣﻦ اﻟﺨﻮارزﻣﻴﺎت ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﺎح ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎت ﺑﺎﻹﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻷي ﺗﻐﻴﻴ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻳﺤ‪jj‬ﺪث‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻧﻈﺮا ﻹﺣﺘﻮاﺋﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت آﺒﻴﺮة و ﻣﻌﻘ‪j‬ﺪة ﻟﺘﺼ‪j‬ﺎﻣﻴﻢ‬

‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ آﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﻬﺎت ﺑﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﻹﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻐﻴﺮهﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪245‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺧﻮارزﻣﻴﺔ ‪ OSPF‬ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل ‪.TCP/IP‬‬

‫ﺗﻘ‪jjj‬ﻮم ه‪jjj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺨﻮارزﻣﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﺑ‪jjj‬ﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ ﻋ‪jjj‬ﺪد اﻟﻤﺴ‪jjj‬ﺎرات أو‬

‫اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ اﻟﺤﺰم و اﺧﺘﻴﺎر أﻧﺴﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻋﺪد اﻟﻘﻔﺰات ‪ Hops‬ﺑﻴﻦ اﻷﻗﺴﺎم اﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﻣﻌﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺎر‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺣﺮآﺔ اﻟﻤﺮور ﻋﻠﻰ آﻞ ﻣﺴﺎر ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺗﻜﻠﻔ‪jj‬ﺔ اﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام آ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣﺴ‪jj‬ﺎر و ﻣﻘ‪jj‬ﺪارهﺎ ﻳﺤ‪jj‬ﺪد ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻗﺒ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣ‪jj‬ﺪﻳﺮ‬

‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ ﺧﻮارزﻣﻴﺔ ‪ RIP‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﻨﺘﻤ‪j‬ﻲ ﻟﻠﻨ‪j‬ﻮع اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﻤﻰ اﻟﺨﻮارزﻣﻴ‪j‬ﺎت‬

‫ﻣﻮﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺎﻓﺔ ‪ Distance-Vector Algorithms‬و ه‪j‬ﻲ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت ‪ TCP/IP‬و ‪ IPX‬و ه‪j‬ﻲ آﻤ‪j‬ﺎ ه‪j‬ﻮ واﺿ‪j‬ﺢ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﺳ‪j‬ﻤﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺎب اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ ﺧﻮارزﻣﻴﺔ ‪ NLSP‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﻨ‪j‬ﻮع اﻷول ‪Link-State‬‬

‫و هﻲ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل ‪.IPX‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺧﻮارزﻣﻴﺎت ‪ Link-State‬أآﺜﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ و ﺗﺤﻘﻖ إزدﺣﺎﻣﺎ‬

‫أﻗﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻮارزﻣﻴﺎت ‪.Distance-Vector‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺎت أﺑﻄﺄ ﻣﻦ أﻏﻠﺐ اﻟﺠﺴﻮر و ذﻟﻚ ﻷن اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺎت‬

‫ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻣﻌﻘﺪة ﻋﻠﻰ آﻞ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺗﺘﻠﻘﺎهﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﺴﻠﻢ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺎت ﺣﺰم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت و اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺔ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ‬

‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﻌﻴﺪة ﻓﺈن اﻟﻤﻮﺟ‪j‬ﻪ اﻷول ﻳﻘ‪j‬ﻮم ﺑﺘﻮﺟﻴ‪j‬ﻪ اﻟﺤﺰﻣ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﻤﻮﺟ‪j‬ﻪ اﻟ‪j‬ﺬي‬
‫ﻳﺪﻳﺮ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪة اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ اﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪246‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺗﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم ﺣ‪jj‬ﺰم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﺑ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﻤﺮور ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻣﻮﺟ‪jj‬ﻪ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺁﺧ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻳﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺮاج ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ و اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ وﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫هﻴﺌﺘﻬﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺑﺸ‪jj‬ﻜﻞ ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮل اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻘﺒﻠﺔ ﻓﻬﻤ‪jj‬ﻪ و اﻟﺘﻮاﻓ‪jj‬ﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻪ‪ ،‬و ﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻢ و ﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ و إﻧﻤ‪j‬ﺎ ﺗﻌﺘﻤ‪j‬ﺪ ﻓﻘ‪j‬ﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ و اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺰم ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻨﻊ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﻌﻄﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺮور ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ إزدﺣﺎم ﺣﺮآﺔ اﻟﻤﺮور ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪام أآﺜﺮ آﻔﺎءة ﻟﻠﻮﺻ‪j‬ﻼت ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ‬

‫اﻟﺠﺴﻮر‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ‪j‬ﻦ اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﻧﻈ‪j‬ﺎم ﻋﻨﻮﻧ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺟ‪j‬ﻪ ﻟﺘﻘﺴ‪j‬ﻴﻢ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ آﺒﻴ‪j‬ﺮة‬

‫إﻟﻰ أﻗﺴﺎم أﺻﻐﺮ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﺎدة ‪.Subnets‬‬

‫و ﺣﻴﺚ أن اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎت ﺗﻤﻨ‪j‬ﻊ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﻣ‪j‬ﺮور اﻟﺮﺳ‪j‬ﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ‬

‫آ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ‪ Broadcast Messages‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﻤﻨ‪jj‬ﻊ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺪوث ﻋﻮاﺻﻒ ‪.Broadcast Storms‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺎت‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺎت ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ‪:‬‬

‫‪.DECnet -1‬‬

‫‪.TCP/IP -2‬‬

‫‪.IPX -3‬‬

‫‪.OSI -4‬‬

‫‪247‬‬
 ‫‪.XNS -5‬‬

‫‪.AppleTalk -6‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺎت ﻓﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪ Local Area Transport (LAT) -1‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮآﺔ دﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎل‪.‬‬

‫‪.NetBIOS -2‬‬

‫‪.NetBEUI -3‬‬

‫هﻨﺎك ﻧﻮﻋﺎن رﺋﻴﺴﻴﺎن ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﻬﺎت ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺎت ﺳﺎآﻨﺔ ‪.Static‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺎت دﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ‪.Dynamic‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺎت اﻟﺴﺎآﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻘﻴﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬إﻋﺪاد ﺟﺪاول اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ و اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎت و اﻟﻤﺴﺎرات اﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫و ﻧﻈﺮا ﻷن هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻬﺎم ﻣﻮآﻠﺔ ﻟﻤ‪j‬ﺪﻳﺮ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن ﻣﻘ‪j‬ﺪار اﻷﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬

‫ﻳﻜﻮن أآﺒﺮ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺎت اﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﺘﻌﺮف ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎت و‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺎرات ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬و ﻟﻬ‪jj‬ﺬا ﻓﻬ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﺤﺘ‪jj‬ﺎج اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻣﻘ‪jj‬ﺪار ﺿ‪jj‬ﺌﻴﻞ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪاد و ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ أآﺜﺮ ﺗﻌﻘﻴﺪا ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎت اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﺎآﻨﺔ‪ ،‬و ه‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﻘ‪j‬ﻮم‬
‫ﺑﺈﺧﺘﺒﺎر اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎت اﻷﺧ‪j‬ﺮى ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻟﺘﺘﺨ‪j‬ﺬ اﻟﻘ‪j‬ﺮار‬

‫‪248‬‬
‫اﻷﻧﺴﺐ ﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ اﻟﺤﺰم ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ و ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ هﺬا اﻟﻘﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪة ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻣﻘﺪار اﻹزدﺣﺎم ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺎرات اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫هﻨﺎك ﺻﻔﺎت و وﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻣﺸﺘﺮآﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺠﺴﻮر و اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺎت ‪ ،‬و‬

‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ اﻟﺤﺰم ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬إرﺳﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻋﺒﺮ وﺻﻼت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻮاﺳﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫و أﺣﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻗ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻳﺨﻠ‪jj‬ﻂ اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﺮء ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ اﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎزﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬و ﻟﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻳﻜﻤ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺳ‪jj‬ﺮ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺰم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت و اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﺎهﻴﺔ اﻟﺠﺴﻮر و اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺠﺴﻮر و اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬اﺗﺨ‪jj‬ﺎذ اﻟﻘ‪jj‬ﺮار اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺐ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﺧﺘﻴ‪jj‬ﺎر اﻟﺠﺴ‪jj‬ﻮر أو اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎت‬

‫ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ اﻟﻐﺮض اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ رؤﻳﺔ اﻟﻔﺮق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ إذا ﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎ أن اﻟﺠﺴﺮ ﻻ ﻳﺮى ﺳ‪j‬ﻮى‬

‫ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ و ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ و إذا ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﺤﺰﻣ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ آ‪j‬ﻞ اﻷﻗﺴ‪j‬ﺎم‬
‫ﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻋ‪jj‬ﺪى اﻟﻘﺴ‪jj‬ﻢ اﻟ‪jj‬ﺬي اﻧﻄﻠﻘ‪jj‬ﺖ ﻣﻨ‪jj‬ﻪ ‪ ،‬اﻵن إذا آﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺖ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﺻ‪jj‬ﻐﻴﺮة و‬
‫أﻗﺴﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﻼ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ و ﻟﻜﻦ إذا آﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ آﺒﻴﺮة و أﻗﺴ‪j‬ﺎﻣﻬﺎ آﺜﻴ‪j‬ﺮة‬
‫ﻓﺈن إرﺳﺎل ﻣﺜ‪j‬ﻞ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺰﻣ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ آ‪j‬ﻞ اﻷﻗﺴ‪j‬ﺎم و اﻷﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺆدي اﻟﻰ إﺑﻄﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻠﺤﻮظ ﺑﻞ رﺑﻤﺎ أدى ذﻟﻚ ﺗﻮﻗﻔﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪249‬‬
‫أﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴ‪jj‬ﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻓﻬ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻌ‪jj‬ﺮف ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳ‪jj‬ﺪ أﻳ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻳﻘ‪jj‬ﻊ آ‪jj‬ﻞ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎز ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ و ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ذﻟﻚ ﺗﻌﺮف ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﻮان اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻮاﺳﻌﺔ آﻤﺎ ﺗﻌ‪j‬ﺮف آ‪j‬ﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﺎوﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎت اﻷﺧ‪j‬ﺮى‬
‫اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت ﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ اﻟﺤﺰم اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ إﻟﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬آﻤ‪j‬ﺎ أﻧﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻤ‪j‬ﺮر‬
‫أﺑﺪا اﻟﺮﺳ‪j‬ﺎﺋﻞ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ آ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ و ﺗﻤﻨ‪j‬ﻊ ﺑ‪j‬ﺬﻟﻚ ﺣ‪j‬ﺪوث ‪Broadcast‬‬
‫‪.Storm‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﻌ‪jj‬ﺮف اﻟﺠﺴ‪jj‬ﻮر إﻻ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻣﺴ‪jj‬ﺎر وﺣﻴ‪jj‬ﺪ ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت أﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺎت ﻓﺘﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺎرات اﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮة و ﺗﺨﺘﺒﺮه‪j‬ﺎ ﻹﺧﺘﻴ‪j‬ﺎر‬
‫اﻷﻓﻀﻞ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬و ﻟﻜﻦ ﻧﻈﺮا ﻟﺘﻌﻘﻴﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺎت ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻤﺮر اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ أﺑﻄﺄ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﺴﻮر‪.‬‬

‫إﻧﻄﻼﻗﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﻌﻮاﻣﻞ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻚ ﻟﺴ‪j‬ﺖ ﺑﺤﺎﺟ‪j‬ﺔ ﻹﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺎت إﻻ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﻻت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗﺤﺘﻮي أﻗﺴﺎم اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 20‬ﺟﻬﺎزا أو أآﺜﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬آ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻷﻗﺴ‪jj‬ﺎم أو ﺑﻌﻀ‪jj‬ﻬﺎ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮﻻت ﻣﻌﻘ‪jj‬ﺪة ﻣﺜ‪jj‬ﻞ‬

‫‪.TCP/IP‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺗﺤﺘﺎج اﻟﻰ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﻣﻊ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪.WAN‬‬

‫هﻨﺎك ﺟﻬﺎز ﻳﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰات آﻞ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺠﺴ‪j‬ﻮر و اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎت و‬

‫ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﻰ ‪ Brouter‬أو ‪ ،Multiprotocol Router‬و ه‪jj‬ﻮ ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ أن‬
‫ﻳﻌﻤﻞ آﻤﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل و آﺠﺴﺮ ﻣﻊ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮن هﻨﺎك ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻹﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻘﻮم ‪ Brouter‬ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻬﺎم اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت ﻣﺨﺘﺎرة و ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻳﻌﻤﻞ آﺠﺴﺮ ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎح ﺑﻤﺮور اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪j‬ﻮﻻت ﻏﻴ‪j‬ﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﻮاﻓﻘ‪j‬ﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪250‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻳﺤﻘﻖ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ أﻗﻞ و آﻔ‪j‬ﺎءة أآﺒ‪j‬ﺮ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﺟﺴ‪j‬ﺮ و ﻣﻮﺟ‪j‬ﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣ‪jjj‬ﺎ اﻟﺒﻮاﺑ‪jjj‬ﺔ أو ‪ Gateway‬ﻓﻬ‪jjj‬ﻲ ﺟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎز ﻳ‪jjj‬ﺮﺑﻂ ﺑ‪jjj‬ﻴﻦ ﻧﻈ‪jjj‬ﺎﻣﻴﻦ‬

‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎن‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﻟﺤﺰم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻟﻐﺎت ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺗﺼﺎﻣﻴﻢ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻨﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﺜﺎﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﻮاﺑﺎت و ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺑﻮاﺑﺔ اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫أوﻻ ‪ :‬ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ اﻟﺒﻮاﺑﺔ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴ‪jjj‬ﺎ‪ :‬ﺗﺘ‪jjj‬ﺮﺟﻢ اﻟﺮﺳ‪jjj‬ﺎﻟﺔ اﻟ‪jjj‬ﻰ ﺷ‪jjj‬ﻜﻞ ﺟﺪﻳ‪jjj‬ﺪ ﻳﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ‬

‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ‪ :‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﺒﻮاﺑﺎت رﺑ‪j‬ﻂ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﻌﻤ‪j‬ﻞ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﺑﻴﺌ‪j‬ﺎت ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨ‪j‬ﺔ‬

‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺰود وﻳﻨﺪوز ‪ NT‬و ﺷﺒﻜﺔ أﻧﻈﻤﺔ ‪ IBM‬و هﻲ ﺗﻔﻌﻞ ذﻟﻚ ﺑﺄن ﺗﻘﻮم‬
‫ﺑﺘﺴ‪jj‬ﻠﻢ ﺣ‪jj‬ﺰم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻷوﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺛ‪jj‬ﻢ ﺗﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم ﺑﺈزاﻟ‪jj‬ﺔ آ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪jj‬ﺎت‬
‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮل ﻣﻨﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺛ‪jj‬ﻢ ﺗﻌﻴ‪jj‬ﺪ ﺗﺸ‪jj‬ﻜﻴﻞ اﻟﺤﺰﻣ‪jj‬ﺔ و ﺗﻀ‪jj‬ﻴﻒ إﻟﻴﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪jj‬ﺎت‬
‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﺔ ‪ ،‬إذًا ﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮم اﻟﺒﻮاﺑﺔ ﺑ‪j‬ﻪ ﺣﻘ‪j‬ﺎ‬
‫هﻮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ آﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل اﻟﻰ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ اﻟﺒﻮاﺑ‪jj‬ﺎت ذوات ﻣﻬﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣﺤ‪jj‬ﺪدة ‪ ،‬وﻏﺎﻟﺒ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ ﺗ‪jj‬ﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻣ‪jj‬ﺰود‬

‫ﺧ‪jj‬ﺎص ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻮاﺳ‪jj‬ﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻌ‪jj‬ﺐ دور اﻟﺒﻮاﺑ‪jj‬ﺔ و ﻧﻈ‪jj‬ﺮا ﻷن اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺎت‬

‫‪251‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﻬﺎ اﻟﺒﻮاﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﻮﻳ‪j‬ﻞ ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪j‬ﻮﻻت ﻳﻌﺘﺒ‪j‬ﺮ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻷﻣ‪j‬ﻮر‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﺔ ﻟﺬاآﺮة و ﻣﻮارد اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﺴﻦ أن ﻳﻜﻮن اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻘ‪j‬ﺎﺋﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺪور اﻟﺒﻮاﺑﺔ ﻣﺨﺼﺺ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ و أن ﻻ ﺗﻮآﻞ إﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻬﺎم أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﻣﺰاﻳﺎ اﻟﺒﻮاﺑﺎت ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻘﻮم اﻟﺒﻮاﺑﺎت ﺑﻤﻬﻤﺘﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة ﺑﻜﻔﺎءة و ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺗﺨﻔﻒ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة‪.‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ اﻟﻌﻴﻮب ﻓﺘﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬أن ﻣﻬﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﺤﺪودة ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺑﻄﺊ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻣﻜﻠﻔﺔ اﻟﺜﻤﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ اﻟﺪرس‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﻮم اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺎت ﺑﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺪة ﺷﺒﻜﺎت و هﻲ ﻧﻮﻋ‪j‬ﺎن‬

‫‪ :‬ﺳ‪jj‬ﺎآﻨﺔ و دﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ وه‪jj‬ﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻌ‪jj‬ﺮف إﻻ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﻮان اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ و ﻟ‪jj‬ﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﺠﻬﺎز و ﺗﻤﻨﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪوث ﻋﻮاﺻﻒ اﻧﺘﺸﺎر اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ و ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ أﻗﻞ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﺴﻮر‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز اﻟ‪jj‬ﺬي ﻳﺠﻤ‪jj‬ﻊ ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ ﻣﺰاﻳ‪jj‬ﺎ اﻟﺠﺴ‪jj‬ﻮر و اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﻰ‬

‫‪.Brouter‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﻮم اﻟﺒﻮاﺑﺎت ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﻜﻮن اﻟﺪرس اﻟﻤﻘﺒﻞ إن ﺷ‪j‬ﺎء اﷲ ﺑﻌﻨ‪j‬ﻮان ﻣﺒ‪j‬ﺎدئ اﻹرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ‬

‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻮاﺳﻌﺔ‪ :‬أوﻻ اﻹﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪252‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻣﻨﺔ و اﻟﻌﺸﺮون‬

‫ﻣﺒﺎدئ اﻹرﺳﺎل ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻮاﺳﻌﺔ‬

‫أوﻻ‪ :‬اﻹﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺳﻨﺘﻨﺎول ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺷ‪jjjj‬ﺮح رواﺑ‪jjjj‬ﻂ اﻹﺗﺼ‪jjjj‬ﺎل ‪ Dial-up‬آﻘﻨ‪jjjj‬ﻮات ﻹﺗﺼ‪jjjj‬ﺎﻻت‬

‫‪.WAN‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺷﺮح ﻟﻠﺨﻄﻮط اﻟﻤﺆﺟﺮة آﻘﻨﻮات ﻹﺗﺼﺎﻻت ‪.WAN‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺳﺮد ﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰات و ﻋﻴﻮب ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﺎﺳ‪j‬ﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺼ‪j‬ﻠﺔ ﺑﺸ‪j‬ﻜﻞ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ‪ Online‬و اﻟﻤﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ‪.Offline‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮات اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﺧﻄ‪j‬ﻮط اﻟﻬ‪j‬ﺎﺗﻒ اﻟﻤﺘ‪j‬ﻮﻓﺮة ﺣﺎﻟﻴ‪j‬ﺎ‬

‫ﻷﻏﺮاض اﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻚ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻬ‪j‬ﺎﺗﻒ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴ‪j‬ﺔ اﺳ‪j‬ﻢ ‪Public Switched‬‬

‫)‪ ،Telephone Network (PSTN‬و ﻷن ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻗ‪jj‬ﺪ أﻧﺸ‪jj‬ﺄت‬
‫أﺻﻼ ﻟﻨﻘ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟﺼ‪j‬ﻮت ﻓﺈﻧﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﺑﺸ‪j‬ﻜﻞ أﺳﺎﺳ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﺧﻄﻮﻃ‪j‬ﺎ و اﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎﻻت‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﺛﻠﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻬﺬا ﻓﺄﻧﺖ ﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﻣ‪j‬ﻮدم ﻟﻴﻘ‪j‬ﻮم ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳ‪j‬ﻞ إﺷ‪j‬ﺎرات اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻰ إﺷﺎرات ﺗﻤﺎﺛﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻹﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﻋﺒﺮ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺷﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻄﻠ‪jj‬ﻖ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻹﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎل اﻟ‪jj‬ﺬي ﺗﺠﺮﻳ‪jj‬ﻪ ﺑﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﻮدم اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ رﻗ‪jj‬ﻢ‬

‫ه‪jj‬ﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﺘﺼ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺑ‪jj‬ﺪورﻩ ﺑﻤ‪jj‬ﻮدم ﺁﺧ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻟﻠ‪jj‬ﺪﺧﻮل اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮ اﺳ‪jj‬ﻢ‬
‫‪.Dial-up‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﺗﺼﺎل ‪ Dial-up‬و اﻹﺷﺎرات اﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﺈن ﺳ‪j‬ﺮﻋﺎت‬

‫ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺤﺪودة ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﻮدم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم و اﻟ‪j‬ﺬي ﻻ ﺗﺘﺠ‪j‬ﺎوز‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ ‪ 56‬آﻴﻠﻮﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪253‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪ PSTN‬ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟ‪jj‬ﺪواﺋﺮ اﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪Circuit-‬‬
‫‪.Switched Network‬‬

‫ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﻘﻴ‪jj‬ﻖ اﻹﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎل ﺑﻮاﺳ‪jj‬ﻄﺔ ﻣﺮآ‪jj‬ﺰ اﻟﺘﺒ‪jj‬ﺪﻳﻞ ‪Switching‬‬

‫‪ Center‬اﻟ‪jj‬ﺬي ﻳﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم ﺑ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ ﻃﺮﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻹﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎل و ﻳﺤ‪jj‬ﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ه‪jj‬ﺬا‬
‫اﻹﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﺎدام هﻨﺎك ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﻪ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻹﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل ﻋﺒ‪j‬ﺮ ه‪j‬ﺬا اﻟﻨ‪j‬ﻮع ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ه‪j‬ﻮ‬
‫ﻋﺪم اﻟﺜﺒﺎت ﻓﻲ ﺟﻮدة اﻹﺗﺼﺎل ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮة و ﻣﺘﺬﺑﺬﺑﺔ ﻃﻮال ﻓﺘ‪j‬ﺮة‬
‫اﻹﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺳﻠﺒﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ و ﺟﻮدة ﻧﻘ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ﻋﺒ‪j‬ﺮ ﺧﻄ‪j‬ﻮط‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻘ ‪j‬ﺪم اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺮآﺔ اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﺰودة ﻟﺨ‪jj‬ﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎﺗﻒ ﺗﺸ‪jj‬ﻜﻴﻠﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ أﻧ‪jj‬ﻮاع و‬

‫ﺟﻮدات ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﺨﻄﻮط اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﻨﻮع اﻷول ‪ Type 1‬و ﻳﻘﺪم ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻟﻨ‪jj‬ﻮع اﻟﺜ‪jj‬ﺎﻧﻲ ‪ Type 2‬و ﻳ‪jj‬ﻮﻓﺮ ﺧﺪﻣ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺻ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ ﺑﻌ‪jj‬ﺾ‬

‫اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻮدة‪.‬‬

‫‪254‬‬
 ‫‪ -3‬اﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ‪ Type 3‬ﻟﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﺼﻮت و ﻣﻮﺟﺎت اﻟﺮادﻳﻮ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬اﻟﻨ‪jj‬ﻮع اﻟﺮاﺑ‪jj‬ﻊ ‪ Type 4‬ﻟﻨﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﺑﺴ‪jj‬ﺮﻋﺔ ﺗﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ‬

‫‪ 1200‬ﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -5‬اﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ ‪ Type 5‬ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺴ‪j‬ﺮﻋﺎت‬

‫أآﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1200‬ﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -6‬اﻟﻨ‪jj‬ﻮع اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﺎدس ‪ Type 6‬ﺧﺪﻣ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻟﻨﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﺼ‪jj‬ﻮت و اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت‬

‫ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎت اﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪة‪.‬‬

‫‪ -7‬اﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ‪ Type 7‬ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت و اﻟﺼﻮت ﻋﺒ‪j‬ﺮ‬

‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -8‬اﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ ‪ Type 8‬ﻟﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت و اﻟﺼﻮت ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ أﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة‬

‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -9‬اﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ‪ Type 9‬ﻟﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﺼﻮت و اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -10‬اﻟﻨ‪j‬ﻮع اﻟﻌﺎﺷ‪j‬ﺮ ‪ Type 10‬ﻣﺨﺼﺼ‪j‬ﺔ ﻹﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﺑ‪j‬ﺮاﻣﺞ و‬

‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣ‪j‬ﺎ اﻟﺨﻄ‪jj‬ﻮط اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﺆﺟﺮة ﻓﻬ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺧﻄ‪j‬ﻮط ‪ PSTN‬داﺋﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺗ‪jj‬ﺮﺑﻂ ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ‬

‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﻦ و ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺎدة ﺗﺄﺟﻴﺮهﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺪم ﺧﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ و اﻟ‪j‬ﺬي ﻳ‪j‬ﻮﻓﺮ أﻳﻀ‪j‬ﺎ‬
‫أدوات و أﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰة ﺧﺎﺻ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻹﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرات اﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﻟ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻋﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ‬
‫اﻟﺨﻄﻮط ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻮهﻴﻦ و اﻟﻀﻮﺿ‪j‬ﺎء و اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﺪاﺧﻞ‪ ،‬و ﺗﻜ‪j‬ﻮن ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺨﻄ‪j‬ﻮط‬
‫ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺄﺟﺮﻳﻦ و ﻻ ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻏﻴ‪j‬ﺮهﻢ اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺨﻄ‪jj‬ﻮط‪ ،‬و ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺨﻄ‪jj‬ﻮط ﺗﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﻣﻜﻠﻔ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻧﻈ‪jj‬ﺮا ﻷن ﻣﻘ‪jj‬ﺪم اﻟﺨﺪﻣ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺨﺼﺺ ﻣﻮارد ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ اﻟﺨﻄﻮط ﺳﻮاء ﺗﻢ اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ أو ﻟ‪j‬ﻢ ﻳ‪j‬ﺘﻢ‪ ،‬و‬
‫ﻟﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺗﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﻏﻴ‪jj‬ﺮ ذات ﻗﻴﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ إذا آﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺖ اﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺄﺟﺮة‬
‫ﺗﻨﻘ‪j‬ﻞ آﻤﻴ‪j‬ﺎت آﺒﻴ‪j‬ﺮة ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت أو ﺗﺤﺘ‪j‬ﺎج اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ اﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل ﻣﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﻘﻮاﻋ‪jj‬ﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﺗﺒﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪255‬‬
‫و ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ‪jj‬ﻖ اﻹﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎل ﺑﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺨﻄ‪jj‬ﻮط اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﺆﺟﺮة ﻟ‪jj‬ﻴﺲ هﻨ‪jj‬ﺎك‬
‫ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻹﺟﺮاء اﺗﺼﺎل ﻟﻔﺘﺢ اﻟﺨﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﻦ آﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ‪Dial-‬‬
‫‪ ، up‬ﻓﻔﻲ اﻟﺨﻄﻮط اﻟﻤﺆﺟﺮة ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﺨﻄﻮط ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻃﻮال اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗ‪jj‬ﻮﻓﺮ اﻟﺨﻄ‪jj‬ﻮط اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﺆﺟﺮة ﺳ‪jj‬ﺮﻋﺎت اﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎل أآﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺧﻄ‪jj‬ﻮط‬

‫اﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎﻻت ‪ Dial-up‬ﻧﻈ‪jj‬ﺮا ﻹرﺗﻔ‪jj‬ﺎع و ﺛﺒ‪jj‬ﺎت ﺟﻮدﺗﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ و ﻟﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺗﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﻰ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ‬
‫اﻟﺴﺮﻋﺎت ﻣﺤﺪودة ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﻮدم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﻓﺮ أﻏﻠﺐ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺧﻴﺎر ﺑﺘﺄﺟﻴﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺧﺎﺻ‪j‬ﺔ ﻇﺎهﺮﻳ‪j‬ﺔ‬

‫)‪. Virtual Private Network (VPN‬‬

‫اﻟﺪواﺋﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل ‪ VPN Dial-up‬ﺗﺒ‪j‬ﺪو و‬

‫آﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻄﻮط ﻣﺆﺟﺮة و ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺧﻄﻮط ﻋﺎدﻳﺔ وﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎدة ﻗﺼﻮى ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺎم ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻬ‪j‬ﺎﺗﻒ اﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺧﺪﻣ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣﺸ‪j‬ﺎﺑﻬﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﺨﻄﻮط اﻟﻤﺆﺟﺮة‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ اﺧﺘﻴﺎرك ﻟﻠﺨﻄﻮط اﻟﻤ‪j‬ﺆﺟﺮة أو اﻹآﺘﻔ‪j‬ﺎء ﺑﺨﻄ‪j‬ﻮط اﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل‬

‫‪ Dial-up‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ هﻤﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬آﺜﺎﻓﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﺎر اﻟﺨﻄﻮط اﻟﻤﺆﺟﺮة إذا آﻨ‪j‬ﺖ ﺗﺤﺘ‪j‬ﺎج اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ اﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺪار ‪ 24‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ‪ ،‬أﻣﺎ إذا آﺎن اﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﻚ ﻟﻺﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﺘﻘﻄﻌﺎ أو ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺘ‪j‬ﺮات‬
‫ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪة ﻓﻴﻜﻮن اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ‪ Dial-up‬ﻳﻔﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺮض‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺨﻄﻮط اﻟﻤﺆﺟﺮة اﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﻴﺔ أﺻﺒﺤﺖ أﻗﻞ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﺎ و ﺣﻞ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺨﻄﻮط اﻟﻤﺆﺟﺮة اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪256‬‬
‫هﻨ‪jj‬ﺎك ﻧﻮﻋ‪jj‬ﺎن ﻹﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎﻻت اﻟﻤﺤﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺒﺔ هﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ‪ :‬اﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎﻻت ﻣﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻤﺮة‬
‫‪ ، Online‬اﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎﻻت ﻏﻴ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻣﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻤﺮة وه‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﻌﻤ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ اﻧﻘﻄ‪jj‬ﺎع اﻟﺨ‪jj‬ﻂ أو‬
‫اﻹﺗﺼﺎل ‪.Offline‬‬

‫ﻟﻨﻔﺘﺮض وﺟﻮد ﻣﺼﺮف )إﺳﻼﻣﻲ( و ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻓﺮوع ﺣﻮل اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ ‪،‬‬

‫ﻳﻘﻮم اﻟﺰﺑﺎﺋﻦ ﺑﺈﺟﺮاء ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻼت اﻟﻰ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺗﻬﻢ أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻨﻬ‪j‬ﺎر و ﻳ‪j‬ﺘﻢ ﺗﺨ‪j‬ﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻼت ﻓﻲ أﺟﻬﺰة ﻣﺤﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﻓ‪j‬ﺮوع اﻟﺒﻨ‪j‬ﻚ‪ ،‬و‬
‫إذا ﻋﺮﻓﻨ‪jjj‬ﺎ أن اﻟﻤﺤﺎﺳ‪jjj‬ﺒﺔ ﻏﻴ‪jjj‬ﺮ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﻤﺮة ‪ Offline‬ﻻ ﺗﻘ‪jjj‬ﻮم ﺑﺘﺤ‪jjj‬ﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻓﻮرﻳﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻨﻜﻨﺎ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ دوام اﻟﺒﻨﻚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت‬
‫اﻟﺘﺤ‪jj‬ﻮﻳﻼت اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﺮآ‪jj‬ﺰي ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﻔ‪jj‬ﺮع اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻨ‪jj‬ﻚ ﻟﻴ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺤ‪jj‬ﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﺣﺴ‪jj‬ﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﺰﺑ‪jj‬ﺎﺋﻦ و ﻟﻬ‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻐﺎﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻳﻜﻔ‪jj‬ﻲ اﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﺧﻄ‪jj‬ﻮط‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ‪ Dial-up‬ﻹﺗﻤﺎم ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫آﺘﺎﺑﺔ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ و ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﺮ اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ هﻮ ﻣﺜ‪j‬ﺎل ﺁﺧ‪j‬ﺮ‬

‫ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎﻻت ‪ Offline‬ﻓﻌﻨ‪jj‬ﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﺘ‪jj‬ﺐ رﺳ‪jj‬ﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺒﺮﻳ‪jj‬ﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻻ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻷن ﺗﻜﺘﺒﻬﺎ أﺛﻨﺎء اﺗﺼﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺑﻞ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ آﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ و ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎزك و ﻳﻜﻔﻲ أن ﺗﺠﺮي اﻹﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل ﻓﻘ‪j‬ﻂ ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻳ‪j‬ﺪ إرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ‬
‫اﻟﺮﺳ‪jj‬ﺎﺋﻞ ‪ ،‬و ﺑ‪jj‬ﻨﻔﺲ اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻟ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺗﺘﺴ‪jj‬ﻠﻢ رﺳ‪jj‬ﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺒﺮﻳ‪jj‬ﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ‬
‫أرﺳ‪jj‬ﻠﺖ إﻟﻴ‪jj‬ﻚ إﻻ ﺑﻌ‪jj‬ﺪ أن ﺗﺘﺼ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ و ﺗ‪jj‬ﺪﺧﻞ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺣﺴ‪jj‬ﺎب ﺑﺮﻳ‪jj‬ﺪك‬
‫اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻨﻠﻖ ﻧﻈﺮة اﻵن ﻋﻠﻰ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻟﻤﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮة ‪.Online‬‬

‫ﻟﻨﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻧﻔ‪jj‬ﺲ ﻣﺜ‪jj‬ﺎل اﻟﻤﺼ‪jj‬ﺮف اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﺎﺑﻖ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ اﺧ‪jj‬ﺘﻼف ﺑﺴ‪jj‬ﻴﻂ أن‬

‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻼت اﻟﺰﺑﺎﺋﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة اﻟﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﺮآ‪j‬ﺰي ﻟﻴ‪j‬ﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺤ‪jj‬ﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﺤﺴ‪jj‬ﺎﺑﺎت ﺑﺸ‪jj‬ﻜﻞ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻮري ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈذا ﻗ‪jj‬ﺎم زﺑ‪jj‬ﻮن ﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺑﺈﻳ‪jj‬ﺪاع أو‬
‫ﺳﺤﺐ ﻣﺒﻠﻎ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺈن ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪j‬ﺎت رﺻ‪j‬ﻴﺪﻩ ﻳ‪j‬ﺘﻢ ﺗﺤ‪j‬ﺪﻳﺜﻬﺎ ﻓ‪j‬ﻮرا و ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ‪j‬ﻖ ذﻟ‪j‬ﻚ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺧﻄﻮط ﻣﺆﺟﺮة أو ﺷﺒﻜﺔ آﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗ‪jjj‬ﺪ ﺗﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﺑﻌ‪jjj‬ﺾ اﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴ‪jjj‬ﺎت آﻠ‪jjj‬ﻲ اﻟﻨ‪jjj‬ﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﺎﺳ‪jjj‬ﺒﺔ‬

‫‪ Online‬و ‪ Offline‬وﻓﻘﺎ ﻹﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎت أﻗﺴﺎم اﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪257‬‬
‫هﻨ‪jj‬ﺎك ﺧﻴ‪jj‬ﺎر ﺁﺧ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻹﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎﻻت ‪ WAN‬و ه‪jj‬ﻮ ﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻳﻄﻠ‪jj‬ﻖ ﻋﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﻪ‬
‫‪ Multiplexing‬و ه‪jj‬ﻮ اﻟ‪jj‬ﺬي ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﺢ ﺑﺈﻋ‪jj‬ﺪاد ﺧ‪jj‬ﻂ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت واﺣ‪jj‬ﺪ ﺛ‪jj‬ﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎرآﺔ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام هﺬا اﻟﺨﻂ‪.‬‬

‫و هﺬا ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺼ‪j‬ﻄﻠﺢ ‪ Multilinking‬و اﻟ‪j‬ﺬي ﻳﻌﻨ‪j‬ﻲ أن‬

‫ﻋﺪة ﺧﻄﻮط ﺗﻤﺎﺛﻠﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﺎ ﻟﺰﻳﺎدة ﺳﻌﺔ اﻟﻨﻄ‪j‬ﺎق ﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل‬
‫أﺳﺮع‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ اﻟﺪرس‪:‬‬

‫هﻨ‪jj‬ﺎك ﻧﻮﻋ‪jj‬ﺎن رﺋﻴﺴ‪jj‬ﻴﺎن ﻹﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎﻻت ﺧﻄ‪jj‬ﻮط اﻟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎﺗﻒ اﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ و‬

‫هﻤﺎ ‪ Dial-up :‬و اﻟﺨﻄﻮط اﻟﻤﺆﺟﺮة‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﻘﺴ‪jj‬ﻢ اﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎﻻت اﻟﻤﺤﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺒﺔ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ‪ Online‬و ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺨﻄ‪jj‬ﻮط‬

‫اﻟﻤﺆﺟﺮة ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ‪ Offline‬اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ‪.Dialup‬‬

‫هﻨﺎك ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎن ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎن ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺧﻴ‪j‬ﺎرات إﺿ‪j‬ﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻺﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل‬

‫اﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﻲ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت ‪ WAN‬و هﻤﺎ ‪ Multiplexing‬و ‪.Multilinking‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﻜﻮن اﻟﺪرس اﻟﻤﻘﺒﻞ إن ﺷ‪j‬ﺎء اﷲ ﺑﻌﻨ‪j‬ﻮان ﻣﺒ‪j‬ﺎدئ اﻹرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ‬

‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻮاﺳﻌﺔ ‪ :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ اﻹﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪258‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﺳﻌﺔ و اﻟﻌﺸﺮون‬

‫ﻣﺒﺎدئ اﻹرﺳﺎل ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻮاﺳﻌﺔ‬

‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ :‬اﻹﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺳﻨﺘﻨﺎول ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺷﺮح ﻣﻔﻬﻮم ‪.Pulse Code Modulation‬‬

‫‪ -3‬وﺻﻒ ﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎت ‪.T1, E1, T3, Switched 56‬‬

‫‪ -4‬وﺻﻒ ل ‪ DS-0‬و ‪ DS-1‬آﺄﺟﺰاء ﻣﻦ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ‪.T1‬‬

‫‪ -5‬ﺷﺮح ﻟﺪور ‪ CSU‬و ‪ DSU‬ﻓﻲ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ‪.T1‬‬

‫ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻊ أن ﺑﻌ‪jjj‬ﺾ ﺷ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jjj‬ﻮﺗﺮ ﻣ‪jjj‬ﺎ زاﻟ‪jjj‬ﺖ ﺗﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﻘﻮل أن اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺪأت ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ واﺳ‪j‬ﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﻹﻧﺘﺸﺎر‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻘ‪jj‬ﺪم اﻟﺨﻄ‪jj‬ﻮط اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻧﻘ‪jj‬ﻼ أﺳ‪jj‬ﺮع و أآﺜ‪jj‬ﺮ أﻣﻨ‪jj‬ﺎ و ﺧﻠ‪jj‬ﻮًا ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ‬

‫اﻷﺧﻄﺎء ﻣﻦ اﻟﺨﻄﻮط اﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ اﻟﺨﻄ‪j‬ﻮط اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ‪ Point to Point‬و ه‪j‬ﻲ ﻋﺒ‪j‬ﺎرة‬

‫ﻋﻦ ﺧﻄﻮط رﻗﻤﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﻳ‪j‬ﺘﻢ اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺌﺠﺎرهﺎ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﺷ‪j‬ﺮآﺎت اﻹﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل و ﺗﺼ‪j‬ﻞ ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗ‪jjj‬ﻊ اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪jjj‬ﻠﺔ و اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﻘﺒﻠﺔ و ﻳﻜ‪jjj‬ﻮن اﻹرﺳ‪jjj‬ﺎل ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ‬
‫اﻹﺗﺠﺎهﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ ‪.Fullduplex‬‬

‫اﻹﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﺎج اﻟﻰ ﻣﻮدم ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻹﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل و ﺑ‪j‬ﺪﻻ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ذﻟﻚ ﻓﺈن اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺗﺮﺳﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺴﺮ أو ﻣﻮﺟﻪ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﺧ‪j‬ﻼل ﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎز ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﻤﻰ‬
‫وﺣ‪jj‬ﺪة ﺧﺪﻣ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﻘﻨ‪jj‬ﺎة \وﺣ‪jj‬ﺪة ﺧﺪﻣ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت أو ‪Channel Service‬‬

‫‪259‬‬
‫)‪ Unit/Data Service Unit (CSU/DSU‬و ﻣﻬﻤ‪j‬ﺔ ه‪j‬ﺬا اﻟﺠﻬ‪j‬ﺎز‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ اﻹﺷﺎرت اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻰ إﺷﺎرات رﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺰاﻣﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ Synchronous‬و ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﻘﻄﺒﻴﺔ ‪.Bipolar‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﺑﺄن ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺘﻚ اﻟﺼﻮت و اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻧﻔ‪j‬ﺲ‬

‫اﻟﺨﻄﻮط اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬و ﺣﻴﺚ أن اﻟﺼﻮت ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ إﺷﺎرات ﺗﻤﺎﺛﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ أوﻻ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ اﻟﻰ إﺷﺎرات رﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺘﺴﻨﻰ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﺨﻄﻮط اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫هﺬا اﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻹﺷﺎرات اﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻰ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ‪Pulse‬‬

‫)‪ Code Modulation (PCM‬و هﻮ ﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﺜﻼث ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬أﺧﺬ ﻋﻴﻨﺎت ‪.Sampling‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ اﻟﻘﻴﻢ ‪.Quantizing‬‬

‫‪ -3‬اﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ ‪.Encoding‬‬

‫ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻷوﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ أﺧ‪jj‬ﺬ ﻋﻴﻨ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻹﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرة اﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰﻓﺘ‪jj‬ﺮات ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬و آﻠﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ آ‪jj‬ﺎن ﻣﻌ‪jj‬ﺪل أﺧ‪jj‬ﺬ اﻟﻌﻴﻨ‪jj‬ﺎت أآﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ آﻠﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ آ‪jj‬ﺎن‬
‫ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ اﻹﺷﺎرة اﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﻴﺔ أﻓﻀﻞ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪260‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﻗﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎت اﻟﻤﺄﺧﻮذة ﻣﻦ اﻹﺷﺎرة‬
‫اﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻰ أﻗﺮب ﻋﺪد ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻷﺧﻴ‪jj‬ﺮة ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﻮﻳ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﻘ‪jj‬ﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﺪدﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺼ‪jj‬ﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ‬

‫اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻌﺸﺮي اﻟﻰ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻲ )اﻟﻤﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺮ و واﺣﺪ( ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺑﺜﻬﺎ‬
‫آﺈﺷﺎرات رﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪261‬‬
‫آ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺑ‪jj‬ﺖ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻳﺤﺘ‪jj‬ﻮي إﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﻘﻴﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺻ‪jj‬ﻔﺮ أو اﻟﻘﻴﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫واﺣﺪ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ آﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎت اﻟﻤﺄﺧﻮذة و اﻟﻤﻘﺮﺑ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ أﻗ‪j‬ﺮب‬

‫ﻋﺪد ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ‪ 8‬ﺑﺖ )‪ 8‬ﺑﺖ ﻳﺴﺎوي ‪ 1‬ﺑﺎﻳﺖ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻨﻠﻖ ﻧﻈﺮة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ‪ ، T1‬و اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم زوﺟ‪j‬ﻴﻦ‬

‫ﻣﻦ اﻷﺳﻼك ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل ﺑﺎﺗﺠ‪j‬ﺎهﻴﻦ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﻧﻔ‪j‬ﺲ اﻟﻮﻗ‪j‬ﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺣ‪j‬ﺪ اﻷزواج‬
‫ﻣﺨﺼﺺ ﻟﻺرﺳﺎل و اﻟﺰوج اﻵﺧﺮ ﻟﻺﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪262‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ ﺧﻄ‪jj‬ﻮط ‪ T1‬ه‪jj‬ﻲ اﻷآﺜ‪jj‬ﺮ ﺷ‪jj‬ﻴﻮﻋﺎ ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ اﻟﺨﻄ‪jj‬ﻮط اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ و هﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﺼﻮت و اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺳ‪jj‬ﻌﺔ اﻟﻨﻄ‪jj‬ﺎق ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺧﻄ‪jj‬ﻮط ‪ T1‬اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ‪ 1.544‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑ‪jj‬ﺖ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ‬

‫اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ و ه‪jj‬ﻲ ﻣﻘﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﺔ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ‪ 24‬ﻗﻨ‪jj‬ﺎة ﻇﺎهﺮﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ و آ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻗﻨ‪jj‬ﺎة ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻧﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺗﺼﻞ اﻟﻰ ‪ 64‬آﻴﻠﻮﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﺧﻄ‪j‬ﻮط ‪ T1‬ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﻮﻻﻳ‪j‬ﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺤ‪j‬ﺪة و اﻟﻴﺎﺑ‪j‬ﺎن و ﺟﻨ‪j‬ﻮب‬

‫أﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ أﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺪول ﻓﺘﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﻤﻰ ‪ E1‬و‬
‫هﻲ ﻣﻜﻮﻧ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ‪ 32‬ﻗﻨ‪j‬ﺎة و ﺗﺼ‪j‬ﻞ ﺳ‪j‬ﻌﺔ اﻟﻨﻄ‪j‬ﺎق اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﻬ‪j‬ﺎ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ‪2.048‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬و ﻓﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺨﻄﻮط ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻗﻨﺎﺗﺎن ﻟﺤﻤﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪j‬ﺎت‬
‫اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺨﻄﻮط اﻷﺧﺮى ﻟﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﺳﺘﺌﺠﺎر ﺧﻂ ‪ T1‬آﺎﻣﻞ أو ﺟﺰء ﻣﻨﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﻤﻰ آﻞ ﺟ‪j‬ﺰء‬

‫)‪ Fractional T1 (FT1‬و ﺗﻜﻮن ﺳﻌﺔ ﻧﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﻪ ‪ 64‬آﻴﻠﻮﺑ‪j‬ﺖ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫أو ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻔﺎت ﻟﻬﺬا اﻟﺮﻗﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪263‬‬
‫أﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺧﺪﻣ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ T3‬ﻓﺘ‪jj‬ﻮﻓﺮ ﺧﻄ‪jj‬ﻮط رﻗﻤﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻟﻨﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﺼ‪jj‬ﻮت واﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت‬
‫ﺑﺴ‪jjj‬ﺮﻋﺔ ﺗﺘ‪jjj‬ﺮاوح ﺑ‪jjj‬ﻴﻦ ‪ 6‬و ‪ 45‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑ‪jjj‬ﺖ ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬و ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ‪jjj‬ﻦ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺧﻂ ‪ T3‬ﻟﻴﺤﻞ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻋﺪة ﺧﻄﻮط ‪.T1‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ‪ Switched 56‬ﻓﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺗﺼﻞ اﻟﻰ ‪56‬‬

‫آﻴﻠﻮﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬و هﻲ أﻗﻞ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ و ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﺪ اﻟﻄﻠ‪j‬ﺐ و ﻻ داﻋ‪j‬ﻲ‬
‫ﻹﺳ‪jjj‬ﺘﺌﺠﺎرهﺎ ‪ ،‬و آ‪jjj‬ﻞ ﺟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎز ﻳﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ه‪jjj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺨﺪﻣ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﻳﺤﺘ‪jjj‬ﺎج اﻟ‪jjj‬ﻰ ﺟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎز‬
‫‪ CSU/DSU‬و اﻟ‪jjj‬ﺬي ﻳﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻺﺗﺼ‪jjj‬ﺎل ﺑ‪jjj‬ﺎﻟﻤﻮاﻗﻊ اﻷﺧ‪jjj‬ﺮى ﻟﺨﺪﻣ‪jjj‬ﺔ‬
‫‪.Switched 56‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ‪ T1‬ﻟﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﺼﻮت ﻓﺈن ﺳﻌﺔ ﻧﻄﺎق ‪ T1‬ﺗﻘﺴﻢ‬

‫اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ‪ 24‬ﻗﻨ‪jj‬ﺎة ﺻ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﻴﺔ و ﻣﻌ‪jj‬ﺪل اﻟﻨﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻟﻜ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻘﻨ‪jj‬ﻮات ﻳﻄﻠ‪jj‬ﻖ ﻋﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﻪ‬
‫‪.DS-0 Link‬‬

‫ﻳﻘ‪j‬ﻮم ‪ DS-0 Link‬ﺑﺄﺧ‪j‬ﺬ ﻣ‪j‬ﺎ ﻣﻌﺪﻟ‪j‬ﻪ ‪ 8000‬ﻋﻴﻨ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻹﺷ‪j‬ﺎرة‬

‫اﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ اﻟﻮاﺣﺪة أي ﺑﺘﺮدد ‪ 8‬آﻴﻠﻮهﻴﺮﺗﺰ و ﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﻌﻠ‪j‬ﻢ أن آ‪j‬ﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻴﻨ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺑﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ‪ 8‬ﺑ‪jj‬ﺖ إذًا ﻳﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﻣﻌ‪jj‬ﺪل اﻟﻨﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ آ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻗﻨ‪jj‬ﺎة‬
‫ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ‪ 64000‬ﺑﺖ أو ‪ 64‬آﻴﻠﻮﺑﺖ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﻮﻻﻳ‪j‬ﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺤ‪j‬ﺪة‬
‫آﻞ ﻗﻨﺎة ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﻘﻞ ‪ 56‬آﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﺖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻤ‪j‬ﺎ اﻟﻤﻘ‪j‬ﺪار‬
‫اﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﻣﻦ ‪ 64‬آﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﺖ أي ‪ 8‬آﻴﻠﻮﺑﺖ ﻓﻴﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻨﻘ‪j‬ﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪j‬ﺎت اﻟ‪j‬ﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻨﺎة‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن )‪ Digital Signal level 1 (DS-1‬ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ‪ 24‬ﻗﻨ‪jj‬ﺎة‬

‫‪ DS-0‬أي ‪ 1.544‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑ‪j‬ﺖ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ‪j‬ﺔ و ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ ه‪j‬ﻲ ﺳ‪j‬ﻌﺔ اﻟﻨﻄ‪j‬ﺎق اﻟﻜﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺨﻂ ‪.T1‬‬

‫ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ اﻟ‪jj‬ﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺘﻮزﻳ‪jj‬ﻊ ﺳ‪jj‬ﻌﺔ ﻧﻄ‪jj‬ﺎق ﺧﻄ‪jj‬ﻮط ‪ T1‬ﺑﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز‬

‫ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﻰ )‪ Network Resource Manager (NRM‬و ه‪jj‬ﻮ ﻳﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم‬
‫ﺑﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺳﻌﺔ اﻟﻨﻄﺎق اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺒﻬﺎ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ T1‬ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ Multiplexing‬ﻟﺘﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﺢ ﻟﻤﻘ‪jj‬ﺪﻣﻲ‬

‫اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﺤﻤﻞ أآﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺳﻠﻚ واﺣﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪264‬‬
‫ﺗﻘ‪j‬ﻮم ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ‪ Multiplexing‬ﺑﺠﻤ‪j‬ﻊ ﻋ‪j‬ﺪة إﺷ‪j‬ﺎرات ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﻣﺼ‪j‬ﺎدر‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ داﺧﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ‪ Multiplexer‬و اﻟﺬي ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﺠﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻌ‪j‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺒ‪jjj‬ﺚ ﺧ‪jjj‬ﻼل ﺳ‪jjj‬ﻠﻚ واﺣ‪jjj‬ﺪ و ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ اﻟﻄ‪jjj‬ﺮف اﻟﻤﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻳ‪jjj‬ﺘﻢ اﻷﻣ‪jjj‬ﺮ ﺑﺸ‪jjj‬ﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻜﻮس‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ‪j‬ﻦ ﺗﺠﻤﻴ‪j‬ﻊ ﻋ‪j‬ﺪة ﺧﻄ‪j‬ﻮط ‪ T1‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼ‪j‬ﻮل ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﻣﻌ‪j‬ﺪﻻت‬

‫إرﺳﺎل ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ و هﻨﺎك أرﺑﻊ أﻧﻮاع ﻟﻬﺬﻩ اﻟﺨﻄﻮط اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻌﺔ ﻣﻌﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫‪.Digital Signal Level 1C (DS-1C) -1‬‬

‫‪Digital Signal Level 2-Facility (DS-2) -2‬‬

‫‪Digital Signal Level 3-Facility (DS-3) -3‬‬

‫‪Digital Signal Level 4-Facility (DS-4) -4‬‬

‫و ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ آﻞ ﻧﻮع أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﻰ اﻟﺠﺪول اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪265‬‬
‫ﻓ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﻨﻮع اﻷول ‪ DS-1C‬ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻧﻈ‪jj‬ﺎم اﻟﺤﻤ‪jj‬ﻞ ‪ T1C‬و ﻳﺘﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﻨﺎﺗﻲ ‪ T1‬و ﻗﺎدر ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻤﻞ ‪ 48‬ﻗﻨﺎة ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ وﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‬
‫ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪ 3.152‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ اﻟﻨ‪jj‬ﻮع اﻟﺜ‪jj‬ﺎﻧﻲ ‪ DS-2‬ﻓﻴﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻧﻈ‪jj‬ﺎم اﻟﺤﻤ‪jj‬ﻞ ‪ T2‬و ﻳﺘﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن‬

‫ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ‪ 4‬ﻗﻨ‪jj‬ﻮات ‪ T1‬و ﻗ‪jj‬ﺎدر ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺣﻤ‪jj‬ﻞ ‪ 96‬ﻗﻨ‪jj‬ﺎة ﺻ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﻴﺔ و ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻧﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪ 6,312‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ اﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ‪ DS-3‬ﻓﻴﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺤﻤﻞ ‪ T3‬و ﻳﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ‬

‫‪ 28‬ﻗﻨﺎة ‪ T1‬و ﻗﺎدر ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻤﻞ ‪ 672‬ﻗﻨﺎة ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ وﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‬
‫ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪ 44,736‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ اﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﺮاﺑﻊ ‪ DS-4‬ﻓﻴﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺤﻤﻞ ‪ T4‬و ﻳﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ‬

‫‪ 168‬ﻗﻨ‪jj‬ﺎة ‪ T1‬و ﻗ‪jj‬ﺎدر ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺣﻤ‪jj‬ﻞ ‪ 4032‬ﻗﻨ‪jj‬ﺎة ﺻ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﻴﺔ و ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻧﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪ 274,760‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺚ إﺷﺎرات اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﺧﻄ‪j‬ﻮط ‪ T1‬ﻳﺠ‪j‬ﺐ أن‬

‫ﺗﻤﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ Multiplexer‬أو ‪. Mux‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ إﺷﺎرات اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴ‪j‬ﺔ أﺣﺎدﻳ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﻘﻄﺒﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ‪Unipolar‬‬
‫ﺧ‪jjjj‬ﻼل وﺻ‪jjjj‬ﻠﺔ ‪ RS-232C‬اﻟ‪jjjj‬ﻰ ‪ Multiplexer‬ﻟﻴ‪jjjj‬ﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻠﻬ‪jjjj‬ﺎ اﻟ‪jjjj‬ﻰ‬
‫إﺷ‪jj‬ﺎرات ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﻘﻄﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ Bipolar‬و ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ ذﻟ‪jj‬ﻚ ﺑﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن داﺧ‪jj‬ﻞ‬
‫‪ Multiplexer‬ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﻤﻰ )‪ Digital Service Unit (DSU‬و ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﻤﻰ‬
‫هﺬﻩ اﻹﺷﺎرات ‪.DS-1 Signals‬‬

‫‪266‬‬
‫أﻣ‪j‬ﺎ )‪ Channel Service Unit (CSU‬ﻓﻴﻘ‪j‬ﺪم واﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺔ ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ‬
‫‪ DSU‬و ﻣﻘﺪم اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ‪.Service Provider‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﻘﺪم اﻟﺨﺪﻣ‪j‬ﺔ ه‪j‬ﻮ اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺌﻮل ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ ﺻ‪j‬ﻴﺎﻧﺔ أﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة و ﻣﻌ‪j‬ﺪات‬

‫اﻹﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎر اﻹرﺳﺎل اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ و اﻟﺘﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻮﻩ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ أي ﻣﺸ‪j‬ﺎآﻞ ﻳ‪j‬ﺘﻢ‬

‫إﺟﺮاء ﺑﻀﻌﺔ اﺧﺘﺒﺎرات ‪ Loopback‬و اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺧﻼﻟﻬ‪j‬ﺎ إرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل إﺷ‪j‬ﺎرة‬
‫آﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﺨﻂ اﻟﻰ ﺟﻤﻴ‪j‬ﻊ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ﺑﺸ‪j‬ﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﺴﻠﺴ‪j‬ﻞ ﻓ‪j‬ﺈذا اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺠﺎب‬
‫اﻟﺠﻬﺎز أو اﻟﻤﻜﻮن ﻟﻬﺬﻩ اﻹﺷﺎرة ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﻴﺪ و ﻳﺘﻢ اﻹﻧﺘﻘﺎل اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﺬي ﻳﻠﻴﻪ اﻟﻰ أن ﻳﻌﺜﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎز ﻻ ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺠﻴﺐ ﻟﻺﺷ‪j‬ﺎرة ﻓﻴﻌ‪j‬ﺮف‬
‫أﻧﻪ هﻮ اﻟﻤﺴﺒﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫أﻧ‪jj‬ﻮاع ﺧﻄ‪jj‬ﻮط ‪ T1‬اﻷوﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ آ‪jj‬ﺎن ﻋﻠﻴﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﺮور ﻋﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻣﺒ‪jj‬ﺪﻻت‬

‫ﺗﻤﺎﺛﻠﻴﺔ ‪ Analog Switches‬ﻗﺒﻞ أن ﺗﺼﻞ اﻟﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻘﺒﻠﺔ ﻟﻬ‪j‬ﺬا‬
‫آﺎن ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺟﻬﺎز ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ‪Compressor/Decompressor‬‬
‫)‪ (Codec‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ آﻞ وﺻﻠﺔ رﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﻘﻮم ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻹﺷ‪j‬ﺎرات‬
‫اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ و اﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﻴﺔ ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺤﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﻓﺘﻜﻮن رﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ أوﻟﻬﺎ اﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺮهﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪267‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ اﻟﺪرس‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺧﺪﻣ‪j‬ﺔ ‪ T1‬اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﻨﻘ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت و اﻟﺼ‪j‬ﻮت و اﻟﻔﻴ‪j‬ﺪﻳﻮ‬

‫ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪ 1,544‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻴﻬﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ و اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺧﺎرج اﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة و‬

‫اﻟﻴﺎﺑﺎن و ﺟﻨﻮب أﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ ﻓﻬﻲ ‪.E1‬‬

‫هﻨﺎك ﻋ‪j‬ﺪة ﺧ‪j‬ﺪﻣﺎت رﻗﻤﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﻧﺎﺗﺠ‪j‬ﺔ ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ ﺗﺠﻤﻴ‪j‬ﻊ ﻋ‪j‬ﺪة ﺧﻄ‪j‬ﻮط ‪T1‬‬
‫هﻲ ‪ T-1C‬و ‪ T2‬و ‪ T3‬و ‪.T4‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﻜﻮن اﻟﺪرس اﻟﻤﻘﺒﻞ إن ﺷ‪j‬ﺎء اﷲ ﺑﻌﻨ‪j‬ﻮان ﻣﺒ‪j‬ﺎدئ اﻹرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ‬

‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻮاﺳﻌﺔ ‪ :‬ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ‪ :‬دواﺋﺮ اﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪268‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺜﻼﺛﻮن‬

‫ﻣﺒﺎدئ اﻹرﺳﺎل ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻮاﺳﻌﺔ‬

‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ‪ :‬دواﺋﺮ اﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ‬

‫ﺳﻨﺘﻨﺎول ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺷﺮح ﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪.Circuit-Switching‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺷﺮح ﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪.Message-Switching‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺷﺮح ﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪.Packet-Switching‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺷ‪jj‬ﺮح ﻟﻌﻤ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮل ‪ X.25‬ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﺗﺒ‪jj‬ﺪﻳﻞ اﻟﺤ‪jj‬ﺰم‬

‫‪.Packet-Switching‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﻮم أﻧﻈﻤﺔ اﻹﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﻣﺒ‪j‬ﺪأ ﺗ‪j‬ﻮﻓﻴﺮ إﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪j‬ﻞ و‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ و ه‪jj‬ﺬا ﻳﻨﻄﺒ‪jj‬ﻖ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻹﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎﻻت اﻟﺼ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﻴﺔ آﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻳﻨﻄﺒ‪jj‬ﻖ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ‬
‫إﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻬﻤﺎ آﺎن وﺳﻂ اﻹرﺳﺎل اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈن اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ أن ﺗﻮﻓﺮ‬

‫ﻧﻮﻋﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤ‪j‬ﺎت ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔ‪j‬ﺔ ﺑﻴ‪j‬ﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫و ﻳﺘﻢ هﺬا ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﺎط اﻹﻟﺘﻘﺎء‪.‬‬

‫هﻨﺎك ﺛ‪j‬ﻼث وﺳ‪j‬ﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﺘﺒ‪j‬ﺪﻳﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ‪ Switching Data‬ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ‬

‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪.Circuit-Switching -1‬‬

‫‪.Message-Switching -2‬‬

‫‪.Packet-Switching -3‬‬

‫‪269‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ اﻷوﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻴﻬﺔ ﺑﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻬ‪j‬ﺎﺗﻒ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨ‪j‬ﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺠ‪j‬ﺮي اﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎﻻ‬
‫هﺎﺗﻔﻴﺎ ﻓﺈن اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺗﺨﺼ‪j‬ﺺ ﻗﻨ‪j‬ﺎة ﺧﺎﺻ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤ‪j‬ﺔ ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﺣﺼ‪j‬ﺮﻳﺎ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻠﻚ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﺪ اﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ‪ Circuit-Switching‬ﻟﻨﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈن ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ‬

‫آﻠ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎزﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪jj‬ﻞ و اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ أن ﻳﻜﻮﻧ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻣﺘﻔ‪jj‬ﺮﻏﻴﻦ ﻟﻨﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ إﻧﺸﺎء ﺗﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﻣﻦ اﻟ‪j‬ﺪواﺋﺮ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﻧﻘﻄ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ أﺧ‪j‬ﺮى‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺠﻬﺎزﻳﻦ و ﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺪواﺋﺮ ﻣﻌﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺗﺒ‪j‬ﺪﻳﻞ‪،‬‬
‫وﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ اﻹﺗﺼﺎل ﻓﻮر اﻹﻧﺘﻬ‪j‬ﺎء ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﻓﺘ‪j‬ﺮة ﺻ‪j‬ﻐﻴﺮة ﻟﻺﻋ‪j‬ﺪاد‪ ،‬و ﺗﻜ‪j‬ﻮن‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺠﻬﺎزﻳﻦ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫ﺗ‪jj‬ﻮﻓﺮ أﻧﻈﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ Circuit-Switching‬اﻟﺨﺼ‪jj‬ﺎﺋﺺ و اﻟﻤﻤﻴ‪jj‬ﺰات‬

‫اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﺘﻐ‪jj‬ﺮﻳﻢ اﻟﻌﻜﺴ‪jj‬ﻲ ‪ Reverse Charging‬أو ﺗﺤﻮﻳ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻗﻴﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻄﺮف اﻵﺧﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ اﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ‪.Call Redirect‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎت واردة ﻓﻘﻂ ‪.Incoming Calls only‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎت ﺻﺎدرة ﻓﻘﻂ ‪.Outgoing Calls Only‬‬

‫‪ -5‬إﻏﻼق ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻄﻠﺐ ‪.‬‬

‫‪270‬‬
 ‫‪ -6‬إﺗﺼﺎل ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺘﻔﺮغ ‪.Connect when free‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ ﻋﻴﻮب هﺬا اﻟﻨﻈﺎم ﻓﺘﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ زﻳ‪jj‬ﺎدة ﺣﺮآ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﺮور ﻋﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈن ﻣﻌ‪jj‬ﺪﻻت ﻧﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ‬

‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ أي ﺗﻘﻞ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬إذا آﺎن اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻻ أو آﺎﻧﺖ دواﺋ‪j‬ﺮ اﻟﺘﺒ‪j‬ﺪﻳﻞ‬

‫ﻣﺰدﺣﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈن ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻹﻧﺘﻈ‪jj‬ﺎر رﺑﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻃ‪jj‬ﻮﻳﻼ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ أن‬
‫ﻳﻔﺮغ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ أو دواﺋﺮ اﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬و ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﻌﻴ‪j‬ﺐ اﻷﺳﺎﺳ‪j‬ﻲ ه‪j‬ﻮ أن ه‪j‬ﺬا اﻟﻨﻈ‪j‬ﺎم ﻳﺨﺼ‪j‬ﺺ ﻗﻨ‪j‬ﺎة‬

‫ﻟﻺﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎل ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ اﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎزﻳﻦ ﺑﻐ‪jj‬ﺾ اﻟﻨﻈ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ آﻤﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ‬
‫إرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ اﻟﻘﻨ‪jj‬ﺎة ﻣﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻳﻌﻨ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺳ‪jj‬ﻮء اﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﻌﺔ اﻟﻨﻄ‪jj‬ﺎق ﻓﻘ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ‬
‫اﻹﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺠﻬﺎزﻳﻦ و ﻟﻜﻦ دون إرﺳﺎل أي ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﻋﻠ‪jjjj‬ﻰ اﻟﺠﻬ‪jjjjj‬ﺎزﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪jjjjj‬ﻞ و اﻟﻤﺴ‪jjjj‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ اﺳ‪jjjjj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﻧﻔ‪jjjjj‬ﺲ‬

‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ اﻹﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣ‪jjjj‬ﺎ ﻓ‪jjjj‬ﻲ ﻧﻈ‪jjjj‬ﺎم ‪ ، Message-Switching‬ﻓﺈﻧ‪jjjj‬ﻪ ﻟ‪jjjj‬ﻴﺲ ﻣ‪jjjj‬ﻦ‬

‫اﻟﻀﺮورة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ و اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ أن ﻳﻜﻮﻧﺎ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﻴﻦ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﻧﻔ‪j‬ﺲ‬
‫اﻟﻮﻗ‪j‬ﺖ و ﺑ‪j‬ﺪﻻ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ذﻟ‪j‬ﻚ ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن اﻟﺮﺳ‪j‬ﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﻨﺘﻘ‪j‬ﻞ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤ‪j‬ﺎ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﻮﻗ‪j‬ﺖ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ‪j‬ﺐ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻠﻴﻬﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬آﻤ‪jjj‬ﺎ أﻧ‪jjj‬ﻪ ﻟﻴﺴ‪jjj‬ﺖ هﻨ‪jjj‬ﺎك ﺣﺎﺟ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻟﺘﺨﺼ‪jjj‬ﻴﺺ ﻗﻨ‪jjj‬ﺎة إﺗﺼ‪jjj‬ﺎل ﺑ‪jjj‬ﻴﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺠﻬﺎزﻳﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﻧﻔﻬﻢ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ هﺬا اﻟﻨﻈﺎم ﻟﻨﻔﺘﺮض أﻧﻚ ﺗﺮﺳﻞ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺎ‬
‫اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﻜﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ ﺑﺪاﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ إرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل اﻟﺮﺳ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﺔ آﻮﺣ‪jj‬ﺪة آﺎﻣﻠ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎزك اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ‬
‫أﻗﺮب ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘ‪j‬ﻮم ﻣﻔﺘ‪j‬ﺎح اﻟﺘﺒ‪j‬ﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻘ‪j‬ﺮاءة ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﻮان اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ و ﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ اﻟﺘﺒ‪j‬ﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈذا آ‪jj‬ﺎن اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺎر اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﻨﻘﻄ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣﺸ‪jj‬ﻐﻮﻻ ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈن اﻟﺮﺳ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﺔ ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺬاآﺮة اﻟﻰ أن ﻳﻔﺮغ اﻟﻤﺴﺎر و ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ إرﺳﺎل اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ و‬
‫ﻳﻄﻠ‪jjjj‬ﻖ ﻋﻠ‪jjjj‬ﻰ ه‪jjjj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ‪jjjj‬ﺔ ‪Store-and-Forward Message-‬‬
‫‪ ،Switching‬و ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام هﺬا اﻟﻨﻈﺎم ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺪوث أي ﻣﺸ‪j‬ﻜﻠﺔ أﺛﻨ‪j‬ﺎء‬

‫‪271‬‬
‫إرﺳﺎل اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ إﻋﺎدة إرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل اﻟﺮﺳ‪j‬ﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺗﻤﺮ ﺑﻬﺎ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ اﻹﺣﺘﻔﺎظ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﺴﺨﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺚ إن ﺣﺼﻠﺖ أي ﻣﺸ‪j‬ﻜﻠﺔ ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن أﻗ‪j‬ﺮب ﻧﻘﻄ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﻤﻮﻗ‪j‬ﻊ ﺣﺼ‪j‬ﻮل اﻟﻤﺸ‪j‬ﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺈﻋﺎدة إرﺳﺎل اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻰ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻀﻤﻦ هﺬا اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﺎ أﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﺴﻌﺔ اﻟﻨﻄﺎق و ﻳﻌﺘﺒ‪j‬ﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳ‪j‬ﺒﺎ‬

‫ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘ‪jj‬ﺎج اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ اﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎل ﻣﺒﺎﺷ‪jj‬ﺮ أو‬
‫ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻓﻮري ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ ﻋﻴﺐ هﺬا اﻟﻨﻈﺎم ﻓﻴﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﻓﻲ أن اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻟ‪j‬ﻴﺲ ﻟ‪j‬ﻪ أي ﺗﺤﻜ‪j‬ﻢ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﻋﺪ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻹرﺳﺎل ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﻨﻈﺎم ﻻ ﺗﻤﺮ ﺑﻔﺘﺮة إﻋﺪاد و ﻟﻜ‪j‬ﻦ هﻨ‪j‬ﺎك‬

‫وﻗﺖ أدﻧﻰ ﻟﻨﻘ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟﺮﺳ‪j‬ﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺒ‪j‬ﺮ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ و ﻳﻌﺘﻤ‪j‬ﺪ ه‪j‬ﺬا اﻟﻮﻗ‪j‬ﺖ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﺳ‪j‬ﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻮﺻﻼت ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻘ‪j‬ﺎط اﻟﺘﺒ‪j‬ﺪﻳﻞ و ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﻮﻗ‪j‬ﺖ اﻟ‪j‬ﺬي ﻳﻤ‪j‬ﺮ ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﺪ آ‪j‬ﻞ ﻧﻘﻄ‪j‬ﺔ و‬
‫اﻟﺬي ﻳﺘﻢ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﻗﺮاءة اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ و اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟ‪j‬ﺬاآﺮة ﻗﺒ‪j‬ﻞ ﻧﻘ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟﺮﺳ‪j‬ﺎﻟﺔ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫و ﻣﻦ ﻣﻤﻴﺰات هﺬا اﻟﻨﻈﺎم أﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ أن ﺗﻮﻓﺮ أآﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴ‪j‬ﺎر‬

‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ و آﺎن أﺣﺪ هﺬﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺎرﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻻ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ‪j‬ﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﻴ‪j‬ﻪ‬
‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺎر اﻵﺧﺮ‪.‬‬

‫آﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ إﻋﻄﺎء درﺟﺔ ﻷهﻤﻴﺔ و أوﻟﻮﻳﺔ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ‬

‫إرﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ أﺧﺮى أﻗﻞ أهﻤﻴﺔ و أوﻟﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ اﻟﻨﻈ‪j‬ﺎم اﻷﺧﻴ‪j‬ﺮ وه‪j‬ﻮ ‪ Packet-Switching‬ﻓﻴﻌﺘﺒ‪j‬ﺮ أﺳ‪j‬ﺮع‬

‫ﺑﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻴﻦ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬و ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﻨﻈﺎم ﻻ ﺗﺮﺳﻞ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ آﻮﺣ‪j‬ﺪة‬
‫ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺑ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺴ‪jj‬ﻴﻤﻬﺎ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺣ‪jj‬ﺰم ﺻ‪jj‬ﻐﻴﺮة و إرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﻬﺎ و ﻳﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم اﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﺈﻋﺎدة ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻷﺻ‪j‬ﻠﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬و ﻳﻀ‪j‬ﺎف اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ آ‪j‬ﻞ‬
‫ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ و اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ و ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺗﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔ‪j‬ﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﺘﺒ‪j‬ﺪﻳﻞ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ه‪j‬ﺬا اﻟﻨﻈ‪j‬ﺎم اﺳ‪j‬ﻢ ﻣﻌ‪j‬ﺪات اﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت )‪ ، Data Communication Equipment(DCE‬و ﺣﻴﺚ‬

‫‪272‬‬
‫أن ﺣﺰم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ﻳ‪j‬ﺘﻢ إرﺳ‪j‬ﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺸ‪j‬ﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼ‪j‬ﻞ ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن آ‪j‬ﻞ ﺣﺰﻣ‪j‬ﺔ ﻗ‪j‬ﺪ ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﻠﻚ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎرا ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ أن ﺗﺼﻞ اﻟﻰ وﺟﻬﺘﻬﺎ و ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﺤﺰم‬
‫ﻗﺒ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺣ‪jj‬ﺰم أﺧ‪jj‬ﺮى أرﺳ‪jj‬ﻠﺖ ﻗﺒﻠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬و ﻟﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻳﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم ﺑﺈﻋ‪jj‬ﺎدة‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻬﺎ وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤ‪j‬ﺰم و ذﻟ‪j‬ﻚ ﺑﺎﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻤﻴﺰات هﺬا اﻟﻨﻈﺎم ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬أﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺠﻬﺎزﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ و اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﻧﻔ‪j‬ﺲ‬

‫اﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ و اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت ﻟﻴﺘﺼﻼ ﻣﻌﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺑﻤﺎ أن ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﺤﺰم ﺻﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺣﺪوث ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺈن إﻋ‪j‬ﺎدة‬

‫إرﺳﺎل اﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ أﺳﻬﻞ ﺑﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ إﻋﺎدة إرﺳﺎل رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺄآﻤﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬اﻟﺤﺰم ﺗﺸﻐﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺎرات أو ﻧﻘﺎط اﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻟﻔﺘﺮة زﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻗﺼﻴﺮة‬

‫ﻧﻈﺮا ﻟﺼﻐﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺰم‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴ‪jjjj‬ﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻌﺪﻳ‪jjjj‬ﺪ ﻣ‪jjjj‬ﻦ ﺷ‪jjjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ه‪jjjj‬ﺬا اﻟﻨﻈ‪jjjj‬ﺎم دواﺋ‪jjjj‬ﺮ ﻇﺎهﺮﻳ‪jjjj‬ﺔ‬

‫)‪ Switched Virtual Circuits (SVC‬ﺗﺘﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺳﻠﺴ‪jj‬ﻠﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻼت اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ اﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎزﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪jj‬ﻞ و اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ و ﺗﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﻰ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ‬
‫اﻟﺪواﺋﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺎدام هﻨﺎك ﺗﺤﺎور ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺠﻬ‪j‬ﺎزﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬وهﻨ‪j‬ﺎك ﻧ‪j‬ﻮع ﺁﺧ‪j‬ﺮ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟ‪jj‬ﺪواﺋﺮ اﻟﻈﺎهﺮﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﻰ ‪Permanent Virtaul Circuits‬‬
‫)‪ (PVC‬و ه‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻪ اﻟﺨﻄ‪jj‬ﻮط اﻟﻤ‪j‬ﺆﺟﺮة و ﻟﻜ‪j‬ﻦ هﻨ‪jj‬ﺎ اﻟﺰﺑ‪j‬ﻮن ﻳ‪j‬ﺪﻓﻊ ﻓﻘ‪jj‬ﻂ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﺬي ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺨﻂ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ أن ﻳﺘﻢ اﻹرﺳﺎل ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺠﻬ‪j‬ﺎزﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام ه‪j‬ﺬا اﻟﻨﻈ‪j‬ﺎم هﻨ‪j‬ﺎك‬

‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻷﻣﻮر اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ اﻹﺗﻔﺎق ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ أوﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﺠﻬﺎزﻳﻦ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﺤﺠﻢ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﻬﺎ اﻟﻰ ﺣﺰم‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻟﻤﺴﺎر اﻟﺬي ﺳﺘﺴﻠﻜﻪ ﺣﺰم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺘﺪﻓﻖ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت و ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ اﻷﺧﻄﺎء‪.‬‬

‫‪273‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﺒ‪jjj‬ﺮ ‪ X.25‬ه‪jjj‬ﻮ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjj‬ﻮل أو اﻟﻤﻌﻴ‪jjj‬ﺎر اﻟ‪jjj‬ﺬي ﻳﻘ‪jjj‬ﻨﻦ ﺗ‪jjj‬ﺪﻓﻖ‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪ Packet-Switching‬و ه‪j‬ﻮ ﻳﻤﺜ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟﻮاﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺔ ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ‬
‫)‪ Data Communication Equipment (DCE‬و اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﺳ‪j‬ﺒﻖ أن‬
‫ذآﺮﻧ‪jjj‬ﺎ أﻧﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎ ﺗﻤﺜ‪jjj‬ﻞ ﻣﻔ‪jjj‬ﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﺘﺒ‪jjj‬ﺪﻳﻞ ‪ ،‬و ﺑ‪jjj‬ﻴﻦ ‪Data Terminal‬‬
‫)‪ Equipment (DTE‬و اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﻤﺜ‪jj‬ﻞ أﺟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺰة آﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻊ‬
‫ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل ‪ X.25‬و ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻋﺒﺎرة ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﺟﻪ أو ﺑﻮاﺑﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ X.25‬اﻷوﻟ‪jjj‬ﻰ آﺎﻧ‪jjj‬ﺖ ﺗﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﺧﻄ‪jjj‬ﻮط اﻟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﻨﻘ‪jjj‬ﻞ‬

‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ‪ ،‬و ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻓﻌﺎﻟ‪j‬ﺔ و آﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺖ ﻋﺮﺿ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﻜﺜﻴ‪j‬ﺮ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻷﺧﻄ‪j‬ﺎء و‬
‫اﻟﻤﺸﺎآﻞ ﻟﻬﺬا آﺎن ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ إﺟﺮاء اﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺎت ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠ‪j‬ﺔ اﻷﺧﻄ‪j‬ﺎء‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ آﺎن ﻳﺆدي اﻟﻰ ﺑﻄﺊ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪.X.25‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻜﻮن ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت ‪ X.25‬ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼث ﻃﺒﻘﺎت‪:‬‬

‫( ‪Physical Layer‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬اﻟﻄﺒﻘ‪jjj‬ﺔ أو اﻟﻮاﺟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺔ اﻟﻤﺎدﻳ‪jjj‬ﺔ‬

‫)‪.Physical Interface‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻃﺒﻘﺔ وﺻﻠﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ‪ Data-Link Layer‬و ﺗﺴﻤﻰ أﻳﻀﺎ‬

‫‪ Link Control‬أو ‪.Link Access Protocol‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻃﺒﻘﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ Network Layer‬و ﺗﺴﻤﻰ أﻳﻀ‪j‬ﺎ ‪Packet‬‬

‫‪.Level Protocol‬‬

‫ﺗ‪jj‬ﻮﻓﺮ اﻟﻄﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻷوﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﻼ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﺒﺘ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴ‪jj‬ﻠﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ ﺗ‪jj‬ﻮﻓﻴﺮ‬

‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﺰوج اﻹﺗﺠﺎﻩ ‪ Full Duplex‬و هﺬﻩ اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة ﻣﻊ‬
‫وﺳﻂ اﻹرﺳﺎل و هﻲ ﺗﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻰ وﺳﻂ اﻹرﺳﺎل‪.‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻬﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻟﺘﺰاﻣﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪274‬‬
‫‪ -2‬اﻟﺘﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻮ إﻃﺎرات ) ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺣﺰم ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺗﺘﺤﻮل اﻟﻰ إﻃﺎرات ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻄﺒﻘ‪j‬ﺔ( اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪j‬ﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ DTE‬و ‪ DCE‬ﻣﻦ اﻷﺧﻄﺎء‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺘﺪﻓﻖ اﻹﻃﺎرات ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ DTE‬و ‪.DCE‬‬

‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮل اﻷﺳﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻄﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺣﺰﻣ‪jj‬ﺔ‬

‫‪ X.25‬ه‪jj‬ﻮ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮل ‪High-Level Data Link Control‬‬
‫)‪.(HDLC‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬إﻋﺪاد اﻟﺪواﺋﺮ اﻟﻈﺎهﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻰ ﺣﺰم‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻋﻨﻮﻧﺔ و ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﻴﻦ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ اﻷﺧﻄﺎء ﻓﻲ اﻹرﺳﺎل‪.‬‬

‫‪ -5‬اﻟﻘﻴﺎم ﺑﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻗﻨﺎة واﺣﺪة اﻟﻰ ﻋﺪة ﻗﻨﻮات ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ و هﺬا‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪.Multiplexing‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ اﻟﺪرس‪:‬‬

‫هﻨﺎك ﺛ‪j‬ﻼث وﺳ‪j‬ﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﺘﺒ‪j‬ﺪﻳﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ‪ Switching Data‬ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ‬

‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪.Circuit-Switching -1‬‬

‫‪.Message-Switching -2‬‬

‫‪.Packet-Switching -3‬‬

‫‪275‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﺒ‪jjj‬ﺮ ‪ X.25‬ه‪jjj‬ﻮ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjj‬ﻮل أو اﻟﻤﻌﻴ‪jjj‬ﺎر اﻟ‪jjj‬ﺬي ﻳﻘ‪jjj‬ﻨﻦ ﺗ‪jjj‬ﺪﻓﻖ‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻋﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ Packet-Switching‬و ه‪jj‬ﻮ ﻳﻨﻘﺴ‪jj‬ﻢ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺛ‪jj‬ﻼث‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﺎت‪:‬‬

‫‪ Physical Layer‬و ‪ Data-Link Layer‬و ‪Network‬‬

‫‪.Layer‬‬

‫ﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﻜﻮن اﻟ‪jj‬ﺪرس اﻟﻤﻘﺒ‪jj‬ﻞ إن ﺷ‪jj‬ﺎء اﷲ ﺑﻌﻨ‪jj‬ﻮان اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣ‪jj‬ﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻮاﺳﻌﺔ‪ :‬أوﻻ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪.ISDN‬‬

‫‪276‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﻮاﺣﺪة و اﻟﺜﻼﺛﻮن‬

‫اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻮاﺳﻌﺔ‬

‫أوﻻ‪ :‬ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ISDN‬‬

‫ﺳﻨﺘﻨﺎول ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ‪.ISDN‬‬

‫‪ -2‬وﺻﻒ ﻟﻠﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬وﺻﻒ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺳﺮد ﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰات و ﻋﻴﻮب هﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ‪ ISDN‬اﺧﺘﺼﺎر ل ‪Integrated Services Digital‬‬

‫‪ Network‬أو اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻟﻠﺨ‪jj‬ﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠ‪jj‬ﺔ و ه‪jj‬ﻲ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﺗﻨﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ‬
‫اﻹﺷﺎرات رﻗﻤﻴﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة ‪ ،‬و ﺗﻮﻓﺮ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ و آﻔﺎءة أآﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ و أﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﻮدم‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﺼﻮت و اﻟﺼﻮر و اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ و اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‬

‫ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ وﻗ‪jj‬ﺖ واﺣ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻧﻔ‪jj‬ﺲ اﻷﺳ‪jj‬ﻼك و ذﻟ‪jj‬ﻚ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺧ‪jj‬ﻼل اﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﻤﻰ )‪ Time Division Multiplexing (TDM‬ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﻤﺢ ﺑﺘ‪j‬ﻮﻓﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎت ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ وﻗ‪j‬ﺖ واﺣ‪j‬ﺪ و ذﻟ‪j‬ﻚ ﺑﺈﻧﺸ‪j‬ﺎء ﻋ‪j‬ﺪة ﻗﻨ‪j‬ﻮات ﻋﺒ‪j‬ﺮ‬
‫اﻷﺳﻼك و ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻗﻨﺎة ﺑﺄن ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﺗﺼﺎل ‪ ISDN‬ﻟﻔﺘﺮة ﻣﺤﺪدة ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺰﻣﻦ و ﻳﺘﻢ اﻹﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﻣﻦ ﻗﻨ‪j‬ﺎة اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ أﺧ‪j‬ﺮى ﺑﺸ‪j‬ﻜﻞ ﻳﺠﻌ‪j‬ﻞ آ‪j‬ﻞ ﻗﻨ‪j‬ﺎة ﺗﺒ‪j‬ﺪو و‬
‫آﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﻃﻮال اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻘ‪jjj‬ﻮم واﺟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺔ اﻟﻮﺻ‪jjj‬ﻮل ل ‪ ISDN‬أو ‪ISDN Access‬‬

‫‪ Interface‬ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻ‪j‬ﻞ ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ ﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎز اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮ و اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬و ﺗ‪j‬ﺪﻋﻢ ‪ISDN‬‬
‫واﺟﻬﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬

‫‪277‬‬
 ‫‪.Basic Rate Interface (BRI) -1‬‬

‫‪.Primary Rate Interface (PRI) -2‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﻮم هﺬﻩ اﻟﻮاﺟﻬﺎت ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻋﺪد اﻟﻘﻨﻮات اﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮة ﺧﻼل اﻹﺗﺼﺎل‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ‪ BRI‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺮآﺎت اﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮة و اﻟﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮت اﻟﺨﺎﺻ‪j‬ﺔ وه‪j‬ﻲ‬

‫ﺗﺘﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻗﻨ‪jj‬ﺎﺗﻴﻦ ‪ B‬و ﻗﻨ‪jj‬ﺎة ‪ D‬و ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﻰ واﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻮل ‪، 2B+D‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻘﻨﺎة ‪ B‬ﻟﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت و اﻟﺼﻮت واﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ وﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺗﺼ‪j‬ﻞ‬
‫اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ‪ 64‬آﻴﻠﻮﺑ‪jj‬ﺖ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻘﻨ‪jj‬ﺎة ‪ D‬ﻟﺤﻤ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪jj‬ﺎت‬
‫اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻹﺗﺼﺎل و اﻟﺘﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺨﻠﻮ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺧﻄﺎء و ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺗﺼ‪j‬ﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻰ ‪ 16‬آﻴﻠﻮﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬و ﻳﻤﻜ‪j‬ﻦ ﺟﻤ‪j‬ﻊ اﻟﻘﻨ‪j‬ﺎﺗﻴﻦ ‪ B‬ﺑﺎﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﻋﻤﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ‪ Bonding‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ آﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺼ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ‪ 128‬آﻴﻠﻮﺑ‪j‬ﺖ‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ‪ PRI‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺮآﺎت اﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮة و هﻲ ﺗﺘﻜ‪j‬ﻮن ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ‪23‬‬

‫ﻗﻨﺎة ‪ B‬و ﻗﻨﺎة ‪ D‬و ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﻤﻰ واﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﻮﺻ‪j‬ﻮل ‪) 23B+D‬أﻣ‪j‬ﺎ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ أوروﺑ‪j‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻓ‪jjj‬ﺈن ‪ PRI‬ﺗﺘﻜ‪jjj‬ﻮن ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ ‪ (30B+D‬و آ‪jjj‬ﻞ اﻟﻘﻨ‪jjj‬ﻮات ﺑﻤ‪jjj‬ﺎ ﻓﻴﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎ ‪ D‬ﺗﻌﻤ‪jjj‬ﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪ 64‬آﻴﻠﻮﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ و ﺗﺼﻞ اﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻘﺼ‪j‬ﻮى ﻟﻬ‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻮاﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻰ ‪ 1.536‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ)و ﻓﻲ أوروﺑﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺼﻞ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫‪ 1.984‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ ﺗ‪jj‬ﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺧﺪﻣ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ ISDN‬ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻗﺒ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺮآﺎت اﻟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎﺗﻒ و ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم‬

‫أﺳﻼك ‪.Twisted Pair‬‬

‫ﺗﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﺧﺪﻣ‪jjj‬ﺔ اﻟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎﺗﻒ ‪ 4‬أﺳ‪jjj‬ﻼك أي زوﺟ‪jjj‬ﻴﻦ ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ أﺳ‪jjj‬ﻼك‬

‫‪ Twisted Pair‬و آﻞ زوج ﻣﻦ هﺬﻩ اﻷﺳﻼك ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻠﻪ اﻟﻰ ﺧﻄﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ ISDN‬و ﺑﻬﺬا ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎ آﻞ ﺑﻴﺖ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ اﺗﺼﺎﻟﻪ اﻟﺘﻤ‪j‬ﺎﺛﻠﻲ‬
‫اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ أرﺑ‪jj‬ﻊ ﺧﻄ‪jj‬ﻮط ‪ ISDN‬رﻗﻤﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ و ﺑﻴﻨﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺗﺤﺘ‪jj‬ﺎج ﺧﻄ‪jj‬ﻮط ‪ ISDN‬اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ‬

‫‪278‬‬
‫ﻃﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ آﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ آ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﻌﻤ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈن اﻟﺨﻄ‪jj‬ﻮط اﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘ‪jj‬ﺎج ﻟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ و ﻟﻬ‪jj‬ﺬا‬
‫اﻟﺴ‪jjj‬ﺒﺐ ﻓ‪jjj‬ﺈن أﻏﻠ‪jjj‬ﺐ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﺤﻮﻟ‪jjj‬ﻮن زوج واﺣ‪jjj‬ﺪ ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ أﺳ‪jjjj‬ﻼك‬
‫‪ Twisted Pair‬اﻟﻰ ‪.ISDN‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﺘﺎج اﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺪات ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﺘﺮآﻴﺐ ﺧﺪﻣ‪j‬ﺔ ‪ ISDN‬و ه‪j‬ﺬا ﻳﺸ‪j‬ﻤﻞ‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪Network Termination Equipment Type 1 -1‬‬

‫)‪.(NT1‬‬

‫‪.Terminal Adapters (TAs) -2‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ أﺟﻬﺰة ‪ NT1‬هﻲ اﻟﻮاﺟﻬﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺰﺑﻮن و ﺷ‪j‬ﺮآﺔ اﻟﻬ‪j‬ﺎﺗﻒ‬

‫و هﻲ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗﺤﻮﻳ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺳ‪jj‬ﻠﻚ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺮآﺔ اﻟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎﺗﻒ اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﺰدوج ذي اﻟﻮاﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ U‬اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ‬

‫أرﺑﻊ أﺳﻼك ذات واﺟﻬﺔ ‪.S/T‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﺨﻄﻮط ‪.ISDN‬‬

‫‪ -3‬اﻟﻘﻴﺎم ﺑﻤﻬﺎم ‪.Multiplexing‬‬

‫واﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ S/T‬ه‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺨ‪jj‬ﻂ اﻟ‪jj‬ﺬي ﻳﺼ‪jj‬ﻞ أﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰة اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﺑﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز‬

‫‪ NT1‬و هﻮ ﻣﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ أرﺑﻊ أﺳﻼك و ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ 8‬أﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ‬
‫‪.ISDN‬‬

‫‪279‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻘﺴ‪jj‬ﻢ أﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰة اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﺜ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﻬﻮاﺗ‪jj‬ﻒ و اﻟﻔﺎآﺴ‪jj‬ﺎت و أﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰة‬
‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻰ ﻗﺴﻤﻴﻦ‪:‬‬

‫‪.ISDN-Ready -1‬‬

‫‪.Not ISDN-Ready -2‬‬

‫اﻟﻨ‪jj‬ﻮع اﻷول ‪ ISDN-Ready‬ه‪jj‬ﻮ ﻋﺒ‪jj‬ﺎرة ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ أﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰة ﻳﻤﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ‬

‫‪Termination‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺻ‪jjjjj‬ﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺒﺎﺷ‪jjjjj‬ﺮة اﻟ‪jjjjj‬ﻰ ‪ NT1‬و ه‪jjjjj‬ﻲ ﺗﺴ‪jjjjj‬ﻤﻰ‬
‫)‪Equipment Type 1 (TE1‬و ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻷﻣﺜﻠ‪j‬ﺔ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻷﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة ﻣ‪j‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬هﻮاﺗﻒ رﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻓﺎآﺴﺎت رﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬أﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﺘﺨﺎﻃﺐ اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮي‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺾ أﺟﻬﺰة ‪ TE1‬ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ NT1‬ﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ ﺑ‪j‬ﺪاﺧﻠﻬﺎ و ﻣﺜ‪j‬ﻞ‬

‫ه‪jjj‬ﺬﻩ اﻷﺟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺰة ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘ‪jjj‬ﺎج اﻟ‪jjj‬ﻰ واﺟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺔ ‪ S/T‬و ﻳﻤﻜ‪jjj‬ﻦ وﺻ‪jjj‬ﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺒﺎﺷ‪jjj‬ﺮة‬
‫ﺑﺨﻄﻮط ‪.ISDN‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ أﺟﻬﺰة ‪ TE1‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎم ذات ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺟﺪا‪.‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ أﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﺎج اﻟﻰ واﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺔ ﺧﺎﺻ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﺮﺑﻄﻬ‪j‬ﺎ‬
‫ب ‪ NT1‬و ﺗﺴ‪jjj‬ﻤﻰ ه‪jjj‬ﺬﻩ اﻷﺟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺰة ‪Termination Equipment‬‬
‫)‪ Type 2 (TE2‬و ﻣﻦ اﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ هﺬﻩ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﻬﻮاﺗﻒ و اﻟﻔﺎآﺴﺎت اﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬أﻏﻠﺐ أﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪280‬‬
‫اﻟﻮاﺟﻬ‪jjjjjj‬ﺔ ﺑ‪jjjjjj‬ﻴﻦ أﺟﻬ‪jjjjjj‬ﺰة ‪ TE2‬و ﺧﻄ‪jjjjjj‬ﻮط ‪ ISDN‬ﺗﺴ‪jjjjjj‬ﻤﻰ‬
‫)‪ Terminal Adapter (TA‬و ه‪jjj‬ﻲ اﻟﺘ‪jjj‬ﻲ ﺗﻘ‪jjj‬ﻮم ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳ‪jjj‬ﻞ ﺑ‪jjj‬ﻴﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮﻻت ﻟﺘﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﺢ ﻟﻸﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰة ﻏﻴ‪jj‬ﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﻮاﻓﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ ‪ ISDN‬ﻟﻺﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎل‬
‫ﺑﻨﻈﺎم ‪ ISDN‬و ﻣﻦ اﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ TA‬ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪.ISDN Modems -1‬‬

‫‪.ISDN Cards -2‬‬

‫‪.ISDN Routers and Bridges -3‬‬

‫و أﺟﻬﺰة ‪ TA‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺮآﺐ داﺧﻠﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ أﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة ‪ TE2‬ﻣﺜ‪j‬ﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺎت‬

‫‪ ) ISDN‬و هﻲ ﺗﺸﺒﻪ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ و ﺗﺮآﺐ ﻣﺜﻠﻬﺎ( أو ﺧﺎرﺟﻴﺎ ﻣﺜ‪j‬ﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮدﻣ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮات ﺑﺨﻄ‪jj‬ﻮط ‪ ISDN‬و ﺗ‪jj‬ﺪﻋﻢ أﻏﻠ‪jj‬ﺐ‬
‫أﻧﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ ،‬و ﺗﺤﺘ‪j‬ﻮي ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻮدﻣ‪j‬ﺎت ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﻣﻨﻔ‪j‬ﺬﻳﻦ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﻧ‪j‬ﻮع ‪RJ-‬‬
‫‪ 11‬و ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎن ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻟﻮﺻﻞ هﺎﺗﻒ أو ﻓﺎآﺲ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻟﻮﺻﻞ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻰ واﺟﻬﺔ ‪.S/T‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﻮدﻣﺎت ‪ ISDN‬اﻹﺗﺼﺎل أو اﻟﺘﻔﺎهﻢ ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ اﻟﻤﻮدﻣ‪j‬ﺎت‬

‫اﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﻴﺔ ﻷن اﻟﻤﻮدﻣﺎت اﻷوﻟﻰ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم إﺷ‪j‬ﺎرات رﻗﻤﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻤ‪j‬ﺎ اﻟﻤﻮدﻣ‪j‬ﺎت‬
‫اﻷﺧﺮى ﻻ ﺗﺘﻌﺮف إﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻹﺷﺎرات اﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻬﺬا ﻓﻤﻮدﻣ‪j‬ﺎت ‪ISDN‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻹﺗﺼﺎل إﻻ ﻣﻊ أﺟﻬﺰة ‪.ISDN‬‬

‫‪281‬‬
‫أﻣﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺎت و ﺟﺴﻮر ‪ ISDN‬ﻓﺘﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮط ‪.ISDN‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮن ﻧﻈﺎم ‪ ISDN‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬

‫‪Telephone‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﻣﺮآ‪jjj‬ﺰ اﻟﺘﺒ‪jjj‬ﺪﻳﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﻠ‪jjj‬ﻲ ﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺮآﺔ اﻟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎﺗﻒ‬

‫‪.Company’s Local Exchange‬‬

‫‪ -2‬أﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﺰﺑﻮن ) ‪ TE1‬و ‪.(TE2‬‬

‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﻣﺮآﺰ اﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻮﺻﻞ اﻟﺰﺑﻮن ﻣﻊ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﻮاﺳ‪j‬ﻌﺔ‬

‫ل ‪ ISDN‬و هﻮ ﻣﺴﺌﻮل ﻋﻦ اﻟﻤﻬﺎم اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت اﻹﺗﺼﺎل ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎم ‪.ISDN‬‬

‫‪ -2‬إدارة و ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻮاﺟﻬﺔ اﻟﻤﺎدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻄﻠﺒﻬﺎ أو ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮن‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ آﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎم‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻠﺨﺺ ﻣﻤﻴﺰات ‪ ISDN‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗ‪jjj‬ﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺧﺪﻣ‪jjjj‬ﺔ ﻣﺮﻧ‪jjjj‬ﺔ و ﻣﻨﺎﺳ‪jjjj‬ﺒﺔ ﻹﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟ‪jjjj‬ﺎت اﻟﺸ‪jjjj‬ﺮآﺎت و‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﻴﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺳﻌﺔ اﻟﻨﻄﺎق اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻄﻠﺐ ‪Bandwidth on‬‬

‫‪.demand‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ و ﻣﻮﺛﻮﻗﺔ ﻧﻈﺮا ﻟﺨﻠﻮهﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺧﻄﺎء‪.‬‬

‫‪282‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺗ‪jj‬ﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﺨ‪jj‬ﺪﻣﺎت ﻋﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ ﺧ‪jj‬ﻂ واﺣ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻓﺒﺎﻹﺿ‪jj‬ﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت و اﻟﺼﻮت واﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺎت ﻟﻠﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺸ‪j‬ﻤﻞ‬
‫اﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻹﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬أﺟﻬﺰة إﻧﺬار و ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬اﻟﻮﺻﻮل ﻟﻺﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬إﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰة‪.‬‬

‫‪ -5‬ﺧﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻔﺎآﺲ‪.‬‬

‫آﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ أﻧ‪jj‬ﻚ ﺑﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﺧﺪﻣ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ ISDN‬ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ إﺟ‪jj‬ﺮاء اﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﺎت‬

‫اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻔﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ و ﺗﺤﻤﻴ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒ‪jj‬ﺮاﻣﺞ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧ‪jj‬ﺖ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻧﻔ‪jj‬ﺲ اﻟﻮﻗ‪jj‬ﺖ و ﺑﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﺧﻂ ‪.ISDN‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ ﻋﻴﻮب ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ‪ ISDN‬ﻓﺘﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺰال ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ آﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪول‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺳ‪jj‬ﺮﻋﺘﻬﺎ أﻗ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺑ‪jj‬ﺎﻗﻲ ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻹﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎل اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻓﻬ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ‬

‫ﺗ‪jj‬ﺰال ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم اﻷﺳ‪jj‬ﻼك اﻟﻨﺤﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ اﻟﻜﺜﻴ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﺤﺪﻳﺜ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم أﺳﻼك اﻷﻟﻴﺎف اﻟﺒﺼﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻟﻴﺴﺖ آﻞ أﻧﻈﻤﺔ ‪ ISDN‬ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ ﺑﻌﻀ‪j‬ﻬﺎ اﻟ‪j‬ﺒﻌﺾ ﻟﻬ‪j‬ﺬا‬

‫إن ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺮآﻴﺐ ﻧﻈﺎم ‪ ISDN‬ﻓﻠ‪j‬ﻴﺲ هﻨ‪j‬ﺎك أي ﺿ‪j‬ﻤﺎن ﺑﺄﻧ‪j‬ﻚ ﺳﺘﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ‬
‫اﻹﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎل ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ ﻣﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻲ ‪ ISDN‬اﻵﺧ‪jj‬ﺮﻳﻦ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ اﻟﻌﻠ‪jj‬ﻢ ﺑ‪jj‬ﺄن أﻏﻠ‪jj‬ﺐ أﻧﻈﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫‪ ISDN‬ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ‪.CCITT/ITU‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ اﻟﺪرس‪:‬‬

‫‪283‬‬
‫ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ أﻧﻈﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ ISDN‬ﻧﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت و اﻟﺼ‪jj‬ﻮت و اﻟﺼ‪jj‬ﻮر و‬
‫اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﺨﻂ‪.‬‬

‫هﻨﺎك ﻧﻮﻋﺎن ﻟﻮاﺟﻬﺎت اﻟﻮﺻﻮل ﻟﺨﻄﻮط ‪ ISDN‬هﻤ‪j‬ﺎ ‪ BRI‬و‬

‫‪.PRI‬‬

‫هﻨﺎك ﻧﻮﻋﺎن ﻣﻦ أﺟﻬﺰة ‪ ISDN‬هﻤﺎ ‪ TE1‬و ‪.TE2‬‬

‫ﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﻜﻮن اﻟ‪jj‬ﺪرس اﻟﻤﻘﺒ‪jj‬ﻞ إن ﺷ‪jj‬ﺎء اﷲ ﺑﻌﻨ‪jj‬ﻮان اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣ‪jj‬ﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻮاﺳﻌﺔ‪ :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪.Frame Relay‬‬

‫‪284‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ و اﻟﺜﻼﺛﻮن‬

‫اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻮاﺳﻌﺔ‬

‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪Frame Relay‬‬

‫ﺳﻨﺘﻨﺎول ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪.Frame Relay‬‬

‫‪ -2‬وﺻﻒ ﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ و ﻣﻬﺎم ﺗﺤﻜﻤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬وﺻﻒ ﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺳﺮد ﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰات هﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒ‪jjj‬ﺮ ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ ‪ Frame Relay‬ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪j j‬ﺎت ﺗﺒ‪jjj‬ﺪﻳﻞ اﻟﺤ‪jjj‬ﺰم‬

‫‪ Packet Switching‬و اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺳ‪jj‬ﺒﻖ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺮﺣﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬و ﺗ‪jj‬ﻮﻓﺮ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺒﻴﻜﺎ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺎ و ﻣﺮﻧًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫و هﻲ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﻬﺬا اﻹﺳﻢ ﻷن اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ إرﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ وﺣﺪات ﺗﺴﻤﻰ إﻃﺎرات ‪.Frames‬‬

‫و ﻗﺪ ﻃ‪j‬ﻮرت ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘ‪j‬ﻖ أآﺒ‪j‬ﺮ اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﻔﺎدة ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻹﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎﻻت‬

‫اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ و أﺳﻼك اﻷﻟﻴﺎف اﻟﺒﺼﺮﻳﺔ و ﻟﻬﺬا ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬إﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺟﺪا‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻣﻮﺛﻮﻗﻴﺔ أﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ وﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ اﻟﺤﺰم اﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪.X.25‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﺮاوح ﺳﺮﻋﺎت ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ ‪ 56‬آﻴﻠﻮﺑ‪j‬ﺖ‬

‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ و ‪ 45‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪285‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮل ﻋﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﻴﺎرات هﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ هﻲ هﻴﺌ‪j‬ﺎت ‪ ANSI‬و‬
‫‪ CCITT/ITU‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﺘﺪى ‪ Frame Relay Forum‬و ه‪j‬ﻮ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎرة ﻋﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﺪى أﺑﺤ‪j‬ﺎث ﻳﺠﻤ‪j‬ﻊ ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﺠ‪j‬ﻲ و ﻣ‪j‬ﻮزدي ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ‪Frame‬‬
‫‪.Relay‬‬

‫و ﺗﺘﻤﺜ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻷﺳﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﺔ ﻟﻬ‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺗ‪jj‬ﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺳ‪jj‬ﺮﻋﺎت ﻋﺎﻟﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻠﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ واﺳﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﻓﺮ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﺧﺪﻣ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺔ ‪ Connection-Oriented‬و‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ذﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﻋﺪاد داﺋﺮة ﻇﺎهﺮﻳﺔ داﺋﻤﺔ ‪Permanent Virtual Circuit‬‬
‫)‪ (PVC‬ﺑﻴﻦ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ و اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﺪد ‪ PVC‬اﻟﻤﺴﺎر اﻟﺬي ﺗﺴﻠﻜﻪ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﻴﻦ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪j‬ﻠﺔ‬

‫و اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻘﺒﻠﺔ ﻋﺒ‪j‬ﺮ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ، Frame Relay‬و ه‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﻤﻰ ﻇﺎهﺮﻳ‪j‬ﺔ ﻷن‬
‫اﻹﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻴﻦ اﻹﺟﻬﺰة ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮا ﺑﻞ ﻳﻤﺮ ﻋﺒﺮ ﻧﻈ‪j‬ﺎم ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻨﻘﻼت‬
‫ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫ﻳ‪jjj‬ﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳ‪jjj‬ﻒ ‪ PVC‬اﻟﻤﺘﻮاﺟ‪jjj‬ﺪة ﺑ‪jjj‬ﻴﻦ أي ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻮﻗﻌﻴﻦ ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ ﺷ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫‪ Frame Relay‬ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ أرﻗﺎم ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ اﻹﺗﺼﺎل ‪ ،‬ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ هﺬﻩ‬
‫اﻷرﻗ‪j‬ﺎم اﺳ‪j‬ﻢ )‪ Data Link Connection Identifiers (DLCI‬و‬
‫هﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻋﻤﻞ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪي‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪286‬‬
‫ﺑﻤ‪jjj‬ﺎ أن أﻏﻠ‪jjj‬ﺐ ﺷ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ LAN‬ﺗﺮﺳ‪jjj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jjj‬ﺎت ﻋﺒ‪jjj‬ﺮ ﺷ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت‬
‫‪ WAN‬ﺧﻼل ﻓﺘ‪j‬ﺮات ﻣﺘﻔﺎوﺗ‪j‬ﺔ و ﻏﻴ‪j‬ﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤ‪j‬ﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘ‪j‬ﺎج وﺻ‪j‬ﻮل‬
‫ﺛﺎﺑ‪jj‬ﺖ و ﻣﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻤﺮ ﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ، Frame Relay‬ﻣﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻳﻌﻨ‪jj‬ﻲ أن ﺳ‪jj‬ﻌﺔ ﻧﻄ‪jj‬ﺎق‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﺎرآﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻋﺪة ‪ PVC‬ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﻮزﻳ‪j‬ﻊ ﺳ‪j‬ﻌﺔ اﻟﻨﻄ‪j‬ﺎق ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻨﺸ‪j‬ﻄﺔ ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم ‪Frame‬‬

‫‪ Relay‬ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ )‪Statistical Packet Multiplexing (SPM‬‬
‫و ﺗﻀﻤﻦ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺳﻌﺔ ﻧﻄﺎق ﻣﺤﺪدة ﻟﻜ‪j‬ﻞ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ و ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﻤﻰ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﻌﺔ‬

‫‪287‬‬
‫)‪ Committed Information Rate (CIR‬و ﻟﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ إذا اﺣﺘﺎﺟ‪jj‬ﺖ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺳﻌﺔ ﻧﻄﺎق أآﺒ‪j‬ﺮ ﻓﺘﺘﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﺤﺼ‪j‬ﻮل ﻋﻠﻴﻬ‪j‬ﺎ إذا ﺗ‪j‬ﻮﻓﺮت‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﻌﻨ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫إذا ﻟ‪jj‬ﻢ ﺗﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻮاﺳ‪jj‬ﻌﺔ ﺗﻌ‪jj‬ﺎﻧﻲ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ازدﺣ‪jj‬ﺎم ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈن أي ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻌﺔ ﻧﻄﺎق أآﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺴﻌﺔ اﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻤﺘ‪jj‬ﻊ ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ Frame Relay‬ﺑﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ آﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﺮة و ذﻟ‪jj‬ﻚ ﻧﻈ‪jj‬ﺮا ﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ‬

‫ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪-1‬اﻵﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺒﺴﻄﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻧﻈﺎم ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺘﺪﻓﻖ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻋﺪم اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﻌﻘﺪ ﺑﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ اﻷﺧﻄﺎء‪.‬‬

‫ﺗ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻹﻧﻀ‪jj‬ﻤﺎم ﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪ Frame Relay‬وﻓﻘ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻟﻠﺨﻄ‪jj‬ﻮات‬

‫اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ إذن ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰود اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻳﻘﻮم ﻣﺰود اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﺎوﻳﻦ ‪.DLCI‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻳ‪jj‬ﺪ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺑﺈرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫أﺧﺮى ﻋﺒﺮ ‪ Frame Relay‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة اﻟﻈﺎهﺮﻳﺔ ‪PVC‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت أن ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺑﻌﺪهﺎ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺎوﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ و اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ اﻟﻰ آﻞ إﻃ‪j‬ﺎر‬

‫‪ Frame‬ﻳﺘﻢ إرﺳﺎﻟﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -5‬ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺼ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻹﻃ‪jj‬ﺎر اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ أي ﻧﻘﻄ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺗﺒ‪jj‬ﺪﻳﻞ ‪ ، Switch‬ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ‬

‫ﻗﺮاءة ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ DLCI‬ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ‪ ،‬و اﻟﻤﺴﺎر اﻟﺬي ﺳﻴﺴﻠﻜﻪ ﺛ‪j‬ﻢ ﻳ‪j‬ﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺟﻴ‪j‬ﻪ‬
‫اﻹﻃﺎر وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻮﺟﻬﺘﻪ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪288‬‬
‫ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﻠﻚ اﻹﻃ‪j‬ﺎرات ﻧﻔ‪j‬ﺲ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺎر ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪j‬ﻞ و اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺑ‪jj‬ﻨﻔﺲ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ أﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ هﻨﺎك أي ﻗﺮارات ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﺔ ﺑﻨﻘﺎط اﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺎر ﻳﺮﺳ‪jj‬ﻢ و ﻳﻌ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻗﺒ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻹرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل و ﺑﺎﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻴﺴ‪jj‬ﺖ هﻨ‪jj‬ﺎك أي ﻣﺸ‪jj‬ﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺼﻮص ﺗﺘﺎﺑﻊ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﺔ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫و ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻤﺎ ﺳ‪j‬ﺒﻖ ﻋﻴ‪j‬ﺐ واﺿ‪j‬ﺢ ﻟﻬ‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ‪j‬ﺔ و ه‪j‬ﻮ أﻧ‪j‬ﻪ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎل إزدﺣﺎم أﺣﺪ اﻟﻤﺴﺎرات ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ هﻨﺎك أي ﻃﺮﻳﻘ‪j‬ﺔ ﻹﻋ‪j‬ﺎدة‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻴ‪jj‬ﻪ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻣﺴ‪jj‬ﺎرات ﻏﻴ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻣﺰدﺣﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬و ﻟﺤ‪jj‬ﻞ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺸ‪jj‬ﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم هﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ‪In-Band Congestion Signaling‬‬
‫ﺣﻴ‪jj‬ﺚ ﺗﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻌ‪jj‬ﺎﻧﻲ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ازدﺣ‪jj‬ﺎم ﺑﺘﻮﺟﻴ‪jj‬ﻪ ﺗﺤ‪jj‬ﺬﻳﺮات اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ‬
‫اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪j‬ﻠﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺎرات اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﻌ‪j‬ﺎﻧﻲ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ازدﺣ‪j‬ﺎم ﻟﻜ‪j‬ﻲ ﻳ‪j‬ﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺎدﻳﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪289‬‬
‫إذا وﺻﻠﺖ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻹﺷﺒﺎع ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫اﻹﻃﺎرات اﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻧﻘﻠﻬ‪j‬ﺎ أو اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﻜﺘﺸ‪j‬ﻒ أﻧﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﻣﻌﻄﻮﺑ‪j‬ﺔ‪ ،‬و ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﺪ‬
‫وﺻ‪jjj‬ﻮل اﻹﻃ‪jjj‬ﺎرات اﻟ‪jjj‬ﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jjj‬ﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺳﻴﻜﺘﺸ‪jjj‬ﻒ ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ ﺗﺘ‪jjj‬ﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫اﻹﻃ‪jj‬ﺎرات أن هﻨ‪jj‬ﺎك ﺑﻌ‪jj‬ﺾ اﻹﻃ‪jj‬ﺎرات اﻟﻤﻔﻘ‪jj‬ﻮدة ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﺪهﺎ ﻳﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم اﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ أن ﻳﻌﻴﺪ إرﺳﺎل اﻹﻃﺎرات اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗ‪j‬ﻢ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ أﺛﻨﺎء اﻹزدﺣﺎم اﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻼﺣ‪jjj‬ﻆ ﻣﻤ‪jjj‬ﺎ ﺳ‪jjj‬ﺒﻖ أن اﻷﺟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺰة ه‪jjj‬ﻲ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jjj‬ﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋ‪jjj‬ﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠ‪jjj‬ﺔ‬

‫اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وﻟﻴﺲ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺨﻔﻒ اﻟﻌﺐء ﻋﻦ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ و ﻳﺤﺴﻦ أداءهﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﻮم ‪ Frame Relay‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ اﻹﻃﺎرات ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ‬

‫اﻟﺤﺎﻻت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬إذا آﺎﻧﺖ اﻹﻃﺎرات ﻣﻌﻄﻮﺑﺔ أو ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ أﺧﻄﺎء‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬إذا آﺎن ﻃﻮل اﻹﻃﺎر ﻳﺘﺠﺎوز اﻟﻄﻮل اﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬آﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ أآﺒﺮ ﻣﻤ‪j‬ﺎ ه‪j‬ﻮ ﻣﺘﻔ‪j‬ﻖ ﻋﻠﻴ‪j‬ﻪ و ه‪j‬ﺬا ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻹزدﺣﺎم ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪم زﺑ‪jjj‬ﺎﺋﻦ ‪ Frame Relay‬ﻹدارة اﺗﺼ‪jjj‬ﺎﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫ﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎزا ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﻰ واﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻹدارة اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ أو ‪Local Management‬‬
‫)‪ Interface (LMI‬و اﻟﺬي ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻳﺮﺳﻞ ﻃﻠﺒﺎت ﻟﻺﺳﺘﻌﻼم ﻋﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ و ﻳﻌﺎﻟﺞ اﻟﺮدود ﻋﻠﻰ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻄﻠﺒﺎت‪.‬‬

‫و هﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز هﻮ ﻟﻠﻤﺮاﻗﺒﺔ و ﺟﻤﻊ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪ Frame Relay‬اﻟﻰ ﻗﺴﻤﻴﻦ ‪:‬‬

‫‪290‬‬
 ‫‪ -1‬ﺷﺒﻜﺎت واﺳﻌﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺷﺒﻜﺎت واﺳﻌﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻨﻮع اﻷول ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷﺮآﺎت اﻹﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل و ﻳ‪j‬ﺘﻢ ﺗ‪j‬ﺄﺟﻴﺮ‬

‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ اﻟﺮاﻏﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻹﺳﺘﻔﺎدة ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﺧﺪﻣ‪j‬ﺔ ‪ Frame Relay‬و‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ اﻹﺗﺼﺎل ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪.Customer Termination Equipment (CTE) -1‬‬

‫‪ PVC -2‬رﻗﻤﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﺄﺟﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ‪.Frame Relay Service Point‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ‪ CTE‬هﻮ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﺬي ﻳﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﺰﺑ‪j‬ﻮن و ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫‪.Frame Relay‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ‪ CTE‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪة أﺷﻜﺎل و هﺬا ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ‪:‬‬

‫‪291‬‬
 ‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻮﺟﻪ ‪.Router‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺟﺴﺮ ‪.Bridge‬‬

‫‪Frame Relay Access‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﺟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎز وﺻ‪jjj‬ﻮل ﻣﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﻘﻞ‬

‫‪.Device‬‬

‫و أﻳ‪j‬ﺎ آ‪j‬ﺎن ﺷ‪j‬ﻜﻠﻪ ﻓ‪j‬ﻼ ﺑ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻟ‪j‬ﻪ أن ﻳ‪j‬ﺪﻋﻢ ﻣﻘ‪j‬ﺎﻳﻴﺲ و ﺷ‪j‬ﺮوط ﺧﺎﺻ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮل ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ Frame Relay‬و ﻳﻄﻠ‪j‬ﻖ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻘ‪j‬ﺎﻳﻴﺲ ‪User‬‬
‫)‪.Network Interface (UNI‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ‪ CTE‬ﺑﺨﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﺄﺟﺮ ﺗﺘﺮاوح ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 56‬آﻴﻠﻮﺑﺖ و‬

‫‪ 1.544‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ و ﻳﺘﺼﻞ هﺬا اﻟﺨﻂ ﺑﺪورﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧ‪j‬ﻼل‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔ‪j‬ﺬ وﺻ‪j‬ﻮل ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﻤﻰ ‪ Frame Relay Access Port‬و اﻟ‪j‬ﺬي ﻳﺘﺼ‪j‬ﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺪورﻩ ﺑﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ‪.Frame Relay Switch‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﻧﺪرك أهﻤﻴﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام هﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻨﻔﺘﺮض أن ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺷﺮآﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ أرﺑﻌ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻓ‪jj‬ﺮوع ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ أﻣ‪jj‬ﺎآﻦ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻋ‪jj‬ﺪة‪ ،‬ﻟ‪jj‬ﺮﺑﻂ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻔ‪jj‬ﺮوع ﻣﻌ‪jj‬ﺎ و ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ‬

‫‪292‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺮآ‪jj‬ﺰ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴ‪jj‬ﻲ دون اﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ Frame Relay‬ﻓﺈﻧ‪jj‬ﻪ ﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﻠﺰﻣﻨﺎ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺌﺠﺎر ﻋﺸﺮة ﺧﻄﻮط ﻟﻠﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﻔﺮوع ﻣﻌﺎ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫أﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺑﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ‪ Frame Relay‬ﻓﻜ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻧﺤﺘﺎﺟ‪jj‬ﻪ ه‪jj‬ﻮ اﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺌﺠﺎر‬

‫ﺧﻂ ﻗﺼﻴﺮ ﻟﺮﺑﻂ آﻞ ﻓﺮع ﺑ‪j‬ﺄﻗﺮب ﻣ‪j‬ﺰود ﻟﺨﺪﻣ‪j‬ﺔ ‪.Frame Relay‬أﻧﻈ‪j‬ﺮ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻨﻌﺮض ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻤﻴﺰات هﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗ‪jjj‬ﻮﻓﺮ ﺧﻴ‪jjj‬ﺎرا أﺳ‪jjj‬ﺮع و أﻗ‪jjj‬ﻞ ﺗﻜﻠﻔ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ ﺷ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ ISDN‬و‬

‫اﻟﺨﻄﻮط اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺄﺟﺮة‪.‬‬

‫‪293‬‬
 ‫‪ -2‬اﻟﻘﺪرة ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﻞ أﻧﻮاع ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻹﺷﺎرات‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬اﻟﺘﻮزﻳﻊ اﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﺴﻌﺔ اﻟﻨﻄﺎق‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ اﻟﻰ إدارة أﺑﺴﻂ و أﻗﻞ ﺗﻌﻘﻴﺪا ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎت اﻷﺧﺮى‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ اﻟﺪرس‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ‪ Frame Relay‬اﻹﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ و أﺳﻼك اﻷﻟﻴﺎف‬

‫اﻟﺒﺼﺮﻳﺔ و ﺗﺘﺮاوح ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 56‬آﻴﻠﻮﺑﺖ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ‪j‬ﺔ و ‪ 45‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑ‪j‬ﺖ‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ و هﻲ ﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﻰ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ﻋﺎﻣ‪j‬ﺔ و ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﺧﺎﺻ‪j‬ﺔ و ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﺎج إﻟﻰ إدارة ﻣﻌﻘﺪة ﻧﻈﺮا ﻟﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﻜﻮن اﻟ‪jj‬ﺪرس اﻟﻘ‪jj‬ﺎدم إن ﺷ‪jj‬ﺎء اﷲ ﺑﻌﻨ‪jj‬ﻮان اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣ‪jj‬ﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻮاﺳﻌﺔ‪ :‬ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ‪ :‬ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪.ATM‬‬

‫‪294‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ و اﻟﺜﻼﺛﻮن‬

‫اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻮاﺳﻌﺔ‬

‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ‪ :‬ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ATM‬‬

‫ﺳﻨﺘﻨﺎول ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪.ATM‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻋﺮض ﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬وﺻﻒ ﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ‪.ATM‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺳﺮد ﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰات و ﻋﻴﻮب ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪.ATM‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺼ‪jjjj‬ﻄﻠﺢ ‪ ATM‬ه‪jjjj‬ﻮ اﺧﺘﺼ‪jjjj‬ﺎر ل ‪Asynchronous‬‬

‫‪ Transfer Mode‬و هﻲ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ذات ﺳﻌﺔ ﻧﻄﺎق ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ و ﺗ‪j‬ﺄﺧﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ و هﻲ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت و اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻴﺘﻢ‬
‫دﻋﻤﻬﺎ و ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ واﺣﺪة‪.‬‬

‫و ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﻗﺒ‪j‬ﻞ هﻴﺌ‪j‬ﺔ ‪ CCITT/ITU‬ﻋ‪j‬ﺎم‬

‫‪ 1988‬ﻟﺘﻌ‪j‬ﺮف أﺳ‪j‬ﻠﻮب اﻹرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺤﺪﻳﺜ‪j‬ﺔ ‪Broadband‬‬
‫)‪ ISDN (B-ISDN‬و ه‪j‬ﻲ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ رﻗﻤﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﺮﻋﺔ و ﻣﺘﻮﻗ‪j‬ﻊ أن‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺒﺪل ﻣﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫و ﺗﺘﻜﻴﻒ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ ATM‬ﻣﻊ آﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺔ و اﻟﻮاﺳ‪j‬ﻌﺔ‬

‫و ﺗ‪j‬ﺪﻋﻢ ﺳ‪jj‬ﺮﻋﺎت ﻟﻨﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ﺗﺘ‪jj‬ﺮاوح ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ ‪ 25‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑ‪j‬ﺖ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ و‬
‫‪ 1.2‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ أو أآﺜﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺧﻼﻓﺎ ﻟﻐﻴﺮهﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪j‬ﺎت اﻹرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ‪ ATM‬ﻻ ﺗﺮﺳ‪j‬ﻞ‬

‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ هﻴﺌﺔ أﻃﺮ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ اﻟﺤﺠﻢ ﺑﻞ ﺗﺮﺳﻞ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪j‬ﺎت ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﺷ‪j‬ﻜﻞ‬

‫‪295‬‬
‫ﺧﻼﻳ‪jjjj‬ﺎ ‪ Cells‬ﻣﺤ‪jjjj‬ﺪدة اﻟﺤﺠ‪jjjj‬ﻢ ‪ ، Uniform-Sized‬و آ‪jjjj‬ﻞ ﺧﻠﻴ‪jjjj‬ﺔ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ أن ﺗﺤﻤﻞ أآﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 53‬ﺑﺎﻳﺖ و اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﻘﺴﻤﺔ اﻟﻰ ﻗﺴﻤﻴﻦ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﻤﻘﺪﻣﺔ ‪ Header‬و ﺗﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ ‪ 5‬ﺑﺎﻳﺖ و ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻋﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪ Payload‬و ﺗﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ ‪ 48‬ﺑﺎﻳﺖ و ﺗﺤﻤﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‬

‫و ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت‪.‬‬

‫و ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﺷ‪j‬ﻜﻞ ﺧﻼﻳ‪j‬ﺎ ﺻ‪j‬ﻐﻴﺮة أآﺜ‪j‬ﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴ‪j‬ﺔ و‬

‫آﻔﺎءة ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺣﺰم أو إﻃ‪j‬ﺎرات آﺒﻴ‪j‬ﺮة و ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔ‪j‬ﺔ اﻷﺣﺠ‪j‬ﺎم و‬
‫ذﻟﻚ ﻷن اﻟﺨﻼﻳﺎ ﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺬواآﺮ ‪ Buffers‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ أﻓﻀﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬أﻗﻞ ﺗﻌﻘﻴﺪا و ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ أﺳﺮع ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻷﻃ‪j‬ﺮ آﺒﻴ‪j‬ﺮة‬

‫اﻟﺤﺠﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺗﺤﺘﺎج اﻟﻰ أﻗﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻮاص اﻟ‪j‬ﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺘ‪j‬ﺪﻓﻖ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت‬

‫و ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ اﻷﺧﻄﺎء‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ أﺳﺮع ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﻓﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻴﻬﺔ آﺜﻴ‪j‬ﺮا ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘ‪j‬ﺔ ﻋﻤ‪j‬ﻞ ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫‪ Frame Relay‬ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﺣﻴ‪j‬ﺚ ﺿ‪j‬ﺮورة ﺗ‪j‬ﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﺴ‪j‬ﺎرا ﻇﺎهﺮﻳ‪j‬ﺎ ‪Virtual‬‬
‫‪ Path‬ﺑﻴﻦ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ و اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺒﺪء ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ ATM‬ﻟﻮﺻﻒ اﻹﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎﻻت‬

‫اﻟﻈﺎهﺮﻳﺔ هﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﻘﻨﻮات اﻟﻈﺎهﺮﻳﺔ ‪.Virtual Channels‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻟﻤﺴﺎرات اﻟﻈﺎهﺮﻳﺔ ‪.Virtual Paths‬‬

‫‪296‬‬
‫ﺗﻌ‪jj‬ﺮف اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺎرات اﻟﻈﺎهﺮﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﻮﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﻠﻜﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪jj‬ﺎت‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ اﻷﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة اﻟﻤﺘﺮاﺳ‪j‬ﻠﺔ‪ ،‬و آ‪j‬ﻞ ﻣﺴ‪j‬ﺎر ﻇ‪j‬ﺎهﺮي ﻳﺘﻜ‪j‬ﻮن ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﻋ‪j‬ﺪة ﻗﻨ‪j‬ﻮات‬
‫ﻇﺎهﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺼﻞ ﻋﺪدهﺎ اﻟﻰ ‪ 65.535‬ﻗﻨﺎة‪.‬‬

‫آﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ أن ‪ ATM‬ﻣﺸ‪jj‬ﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ Frame Relay‬ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﻮزﻳﻌﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﺴﻌﺔ اﻟﻨﻄﺎق ﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﻄﻠﺐ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻺﺳ‪j‬ﺘﻔﺎدة اﻟﻘﺼ‪j‬ﻮى ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ إﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴ‪j‬ﺎت و ﻗ‪j‬ﺪرات ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ‪ ATM‬ﻻﺑ‪jj‬ﺪ‬

‫أن ﺗﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﺟﻤﻴ‪jj‬ﻊ اﻷﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰة ﻟ‪jj‬ﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺑﺸ‪jj‬ﻜﻞ آﺎﻣ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ ﻣﻮاﺻ‪jj‬ﻔﺎت‬
‫‪ ،ATM‬ﻟﻬﺬا ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻋﻠﻴ‪j‬ﻚ اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺒﺪال آﺎﻣ‪j‬ﻞ ﻷﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺘﻚ إن رﻏﺒ‪j‬ﺖ‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻹﺳﺘﻔﺎدة اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪.ATM‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﻠﺰﻣﻚ ﺗﺮآﻴﺐ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻺﻧﻀﻤﺎم اﻟﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪:ATM‬‬

‫‪ Routers -1‬و ‪ Switches‬ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘ‪jjjjjjj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jjjjjjj‬ﻊ ‪ ATM‬ﻟ‪jjjjjjj‬ﺮﺑﻂ‬

‫اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﺑﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ATM‬اﻟﻮاﺳ‪jjj‬ﻌﺔ و ﻧﻈﺮﻳ‪jjj‬ﺎ ﺗ‪jjj‬ﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﻤﺒ‪jjj‬ﺪﻻت‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺎت ﺗﺘﺮاوح ﺑﻴﻦ ‪1.2‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ و ‪ 10‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫و اﻟﻔﺮق ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺒﺪﻻت و اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺎت أن اﻟﻤﺒﺪﻻت ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣ‪j‬ﻞ إﻻ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ‪ ATM‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤ‪j‬ﺎ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎت ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣ‪j‬ﻞ ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ آ‪j‬ﻞ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﺧﻼﻳ‪j‬ﺎ‬
‫‪ ATM‬و ﺣﺰم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت اﻹﻋﺘﻴﺎدﻳ‪j‬ﺔ و ه‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ أﻳﻀ‪j‬ﺎ اﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤ‪j‬ﺔ ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺤ‪jj‬ﺰم اﻹﻋﺘﻴﺎدﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ و ﺧﻼﻳ‪jj‬ﺎ ‪ ATM‬و ﻟﻬ‪jj‬ﺬا ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ اﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻟﻠ‪jj‬ﺮﺑﻂ ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﺗﺒ‪jj‬ﺪﻳﻞ اﻟﺤ‪jj‬ﺰم و ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪.ATM‬أﻧﻈ‪jj‬ﺮ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪297‬‬
‫‪ ATM Adapter Cards -2‬ﻟﺮﺑﻂ أﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ‪.ATM‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮة ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﺧ‪j‬ﻼل‬

‫ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ATM‬و ذﻟ‪jj‬ﻚ ﺑﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﻰ ‪LAN Emulation‬‬
‫)‪ (LANE‬و ه‪jj‬ﻲ ﻋﺒ‪jj‬ﺎرة ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮﻻت ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ‪jjjjj‬ﻖ اﻟﺘﻮاﻓ‪jjjjj‬ﻖ ﺑ‪jjjjj‬ﻴﻦ ﻣﻜﻮﻧ‪jjjjj‬ﺎت ‪ ATM‬و ‪ LAN‬و ﺗﻜ‪jjjjj‬ﻮن ه‪jjjjj‬ﺬﻩ‬
‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjj‬ﻮﻻت ﻣﺪﻣﺠ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ ﺑ‪jjj‬ﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺸ‪jjj‬ﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺘ‪jjj‬ﻲ ﺗ‪jjj‬ﺄﺗﻲ ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻊ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jjj‬ﺎت‬
‫‪.ATM‬‬

‫ﻣ‪jjjj‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ‪jjjj‬ﻦ ﺗﻄ‪jjjj‬ﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﻜﻮﻧ‪jjjj‬ﺎت ﺗﺒ‪jjjj‬ﺪﻳﻞ اﻟﺤ‪jjjj‬ﺰم ‪Packet‬‬

‫‪ Switching‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ‪ ، ATM‬ﻓﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴ‪j‬ﺒﺔ ﻷﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة ﻣﺜ‪j‬ﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺠﺴﻮر أو اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺎت ﻳﻜﻔﻲ اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺒﺪال ﺑﺮﻧ‪j‬ﺎﻣﺞ اﻟ‪j‬ﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑ‪j‬ﺂﺧﺮ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓ‪j‬ﻖ ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ‬
‫‪ ، ATM‬و ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ هﻨ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻇﻬ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻣﺼ‪jj‬ﻄﻠﺢ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪ ATM‬اﻟﻬﺠﻴﻨ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻮﻓﻴﺮ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻮاﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎت اﻷﻗﺪم و ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ أﻳﺔ ﺣﺎل ﻟﻦ ﺗﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ آﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ إﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎت ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪.ATM‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻠﺨﺺ ﻣﻤﻴﺰات ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ ATM‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪298‬‬
 ‫‪ -2‬اﻟﻤﺮوﻧﺔ و ﻳﺘﻤﺜﻞ ذﻟﻚ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫أ‪ -‬ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻣﺪى واﺳﻊ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎت أآﺜﺮ ﻣﻤ‪j‬ﺎ ﻣﻤ‪j‬ﺎ ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫‪ Frame Relay‬ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﻩ و ذﻟﻚ ﻧﻈﺮا ﻟﺴ‪j‬ﻌﺔ اﻟﻨﻄ‪j‬ﺎق اﻟﻤﺮﺗﻔﻌ‪j‬ﺔ و أﻗ‪j‬ﻞ ﻣ‪j‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺄﺧﻴﺮ و هﺬا أﻧﺴﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻟﺒﺚ اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ اﻟﺤﻲ آﻤﺜﺎل‪.‬‬

‫ب‪ -‬ﺗ‪jj‬ﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ و اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻮاﺳ‪jj‬ﻌﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﻬﻞ و ﻳﺒﺴﻂ إدارﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ج‪ -‬ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﻴﺎس ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﻣﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﺪأ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺸﺎر اﻟﻮاﺳﻊ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ ﻋﻴﻮب هﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﺑﺎﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬أن ﻣﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ‪ ATM‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ اﻹﺗﻔﺎق ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ آﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻋﺪم ﺗﻮاﻓﻘﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ آﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﺘﺼ‪j‬ﺒﺢ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ‪ATM‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﻜﻠﻔﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ اﻟﺪرس‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ ATM‬ﺧﻼﻳ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺻ‪jj‬ﻐﻴﺮة ﻟﻨﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﺗﺘﺴ‪jj‬ﻊ آ‪jj‬ﻞ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ل ‪ 53‬ﺑ‪jj‬ﺖ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت و ﺗﺘ‪jj‬ﺮاوح ﺳ‪jj‬ﺮﻋﺔ ﻧﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ ‪25‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ و ‪ 1.2‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ و ﻟﻜﻨﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﻏﻴ‪j‬ﺮ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ‬
‫آﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﻜﻮن اﻟ‪jj‬ﺪرس اﻟﻤﻘﺒ‪jj‬ﻞ إن ﺷ‪jj‬ﺎء اﷲ ﺑﻌﻨ‪jj‬ﻮان ﺑﻌﻨ‪jj‬ﻮان اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ‪jj‬ﺎت‬

‫اﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣ‪jjjj‬ﺔ ﻟﻠﺸ‪jjjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻮاﺳ‪jjjj‬ﻌﺔ‪ :‬راﺑﻌ‪jjjj‬ﺎ‪ :‬ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪jjjj‬ﺎت ‪ SONET‬و ‪ SDH‬و‬
‫‪.SMDS‬‬

‫‪299‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺮاﺑﻌﺔ و اﻟﺜﻼﺛﻮن‬

‫اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻮاﺳﻌﺔ‬

‫راﺑﻌﺎ‪ :‬ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎت ‪ SONET‬و ‪ SDH‬و ‪SMDS‬‬

‫ﺳﻨﺘﻨﺎول ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺷﺮح اﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎر ‪.SONET‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺷﺮح اﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎر ‪.SDH‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺷﺮح ﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﻤ‪j‬ﻞ ‪ SMDS‬و اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪j‬ﻮﻻت اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒ‪jjjj‬ﺮ اﻟﺸ‪jjjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﺒﺼ‪jjjj‬ﺮﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺰاﻣﻨ‪jjjj‬ﺔ أو ‪Synchronous‬‬

‫)‪ Optical Network (SONET‬ه‪j‬ﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻘ‪j‬ﺎﻳﻴﺲ اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻄﻲ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻹﺷﺎرات ﻋﺒﺮ أﺳﻼك اﻷﻟﻴﺎف اﻟﺒﺼﺮﻳﺔ و ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻄ‪j‬ﻮﻳﺮ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻘ‪jjj‬ﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ ﻗﺒ‪jjj‬ﻞ ‪Bell Communications Research‬‬
‫)‪ (Bellcore‬ﻋﺎم ‪.1984‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ‪ SONET‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﻧﻘ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ﺑﺴ‪j‬ﺮﻋﺔ ﺗﺘﺠ‪j‬ﺎوز‬

‫ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت و اﻟﺼﻮت و اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ‪ SONET‬ﻣﻦ أرﺑﻊ ﻃﺒﻘﺎت ‪:‬‬

‫‪.Path -1‬‬

‫‪.Line -2‬‬

‫‪.Section -3‬‬

‫‪.Photonic -4‬‬

‫‪300‬‬
‫ﺗﻘ‪jjj‬ﻮم اﻟﻄﺒﻘ‪jjj‬ﺔ اﻷوﻟ‪jjj‬ﻰ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳ‪jjj‬ﻞ اﻹﺷ‪jjj‬ﺎرات ﻏﻴ‪jjj‬ﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﻮاﻓﻘ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻊ‬
‫‪ SONET‬اﻟﻰ إﺷﺎرات ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﻪ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ اﻟﻄﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻓﻬ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﺤﻔ‪jj‬ﺎظ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﺰاﻣﻦ و‬

‫اﻟﺘﻮاﻗﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺗﻘ‪jjj‬ﻮم اﻟﻄﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﺑﻤﺮاﻗﺒ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻷﺧﻄ‪jjj‬ﺎء و ﻧﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ إﻃ‪jjj‬ﺎرات‬

‫‪ SONET‬ﻋﺒﺮ اﻷﺳﻼك‪.‬‬

‫أﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ اﻟﻄﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻷﺧﻴ‪jj‬ﺮة ﻓﻬ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﺸ‪jj‬ﻜﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺗﺤﻮﻳ‪jj‬ﻞ‬

‫اﻹﺷﺎرات اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﻰ إﺷﺎرات ﺑﺼﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪Synchronous‬‬ ‫ﻳﻄﻠ‪jjjjj‬ﻖ ﻋﻠ‪jjjjj‬ﻰ إﺷ‪jjjjj‬ﺎرة ‪ SONET‬اﺳ‪jjjjj‬ﻢ‬

‫)‪.Transport Signal (STS‬‬

‫اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﺮﻋﺔ اﻷﺳﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﺔ اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ ﻧﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺑﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ آ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻗﻄ‪jj‬ﺎع ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت‬
‫‪ SONET‬ه‪jj‬ﻲ ‪ 51.84‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑ‪jj‬ﺖ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ و ﺗﻌ‪jj‬ﺮف ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﺮﻋﺔ ب‬
‫‪.STS-1‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎب ﺣﺠﻢ ﻗﻄﺎع ﺑﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ‪ STS‬ﺑﺄﻧ‪j‬ﻪ ﻋ‪j‬ﺪد اﻟﺒﺘ‪j‬ﺎت اﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﻟ‪j‬ﺔ‬

‫ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ‪ 125‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﺛﺎﻧﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ و ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺗﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ‪ STS-1‬ﺗﺤﺘ‪jj‬ﻮي ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ‬
‫‪ 6480‬ﺑﺖ أو ‪ 810‬ﺑﺎﻳﺖ و هﻲ ﺗﻜ‪j‬ﻮن ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﺷ‪j‬ﻜﻞ ﺟ‪j‬ﺪول ﻣﻜ‪j‬ﻮن ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ‪9‬‬
‫ﺻ‪jj‬ﻔﻮف و ‪ 90‬ﻋﻤ‪jj‬ﻮد و ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳ‪jj‬ﻒ آ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺑﺎﻳ‪jj‬ﺖ ﺑ‪jj‬ﺮﻗﻢ اﻟﺼ‪jj‬ﻒ و اﻟﻌﻤ‪jj‬ﻮد‬
‫اﻟﻤﺘﻘﺎﻃﻌﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪301‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻘﻄﺎع ﺻﻔﺎ ﻓﺼﻒ اﺑﺘﺪاءا ﻣﻦ اﻟﺼ‪j‬ﻒ اﻷول‪ ،‬و‬
‫ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ ﻧﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳ‪jj‬ﺎت آ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺻ‪jj‬ﻒ آ‪jj‬ﺎﻣﻼ ﻗﺒ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻹﻧﺘﻘ‪jj‬ﺎل اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﺼ‪jj‬ﻒ اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﻲ و‬
‫هﻜﺬا اﻟﻰ أن ﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻘﻄﺎع آﺎﻣﻼ و ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ هﺬا اﻟﻘﻄﺎع ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‬
‫اﺳﻢ إﻃﺎر ‪.Frame‬‬

‫ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺼ‪jj‬ﻴﺺ اﻷﻋﻤ‪jj‬ﺪة اﻟ‪jj‬ﺜﻼث اﻷوﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ‪ STS‬ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪jj‬ﺎت‬

‫اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺣﻴ‪j‬ﺚ ﺗﻜ‪j‬ﻮن اﻟﺼ‪j‬ﻔﻮف اﻟ‪j‬ﺜﻼث اﻷوﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻷﻋﻤ‪j‬ﺪة‬
‫ﻣﺨﺼﺼ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪jjj‬ﺎت ﻃﺒﻘ‪jjj‬ﺔ ‪ Section‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤ‪jjj‬ﺎ ﺗﻜ‪jjj‬ﻮن اﻟﺼ‪jjj‬ﻔﻮف اﻟﺴ‪jjj‬ﺖ‬
‫اﻟﺒﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ هﺬﻩ اﻷﻋﻤﺪة ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ‪.Line‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ اﻹﻃ‪j‬ﺎر ) ‪ 9‬ﺻ‪j‬ﻔﻮف ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ‪ 87‬ﻋﻤ‪j‬ﻮد و ه‪j‬ﻮ ﻣ‪j‬ﺎ ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﺎوي‬

‫‪ 783‬ﺑﺎﻳﺖ( ﻓﻴﺴﻤﻰ )‪Synchronous Payload Envelope (SPE‬‬
‫و ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺮﺳﻠﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪.‬‬

‫و ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم أول ﻋﻤﻮد ﻓﻲ ‪ SPE‬ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﺧﻄﺎء‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺮﻋﺎت أآﺒﺮ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﻘﻞ أآﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻄﺎع ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻔ‪jj‬ﺲ اﻟﻮﻗ‪jj‬ﺖ ﻣﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻳﻌﻨ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺟﻤ‪jj‬ﻊ أآﺜ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ‪ STS-1‬ﻣﻌ‪jj‬ﺎ و ﻧﻘﻠﻬ‪jj‬ﻢ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ وﻗ‪jj‬ﺖ‬
‫واﺣ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻟﻤﻀ‪jj‬ﺎﻋﻔﺔ اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﺮﻋﺔ ﻓﻤ‪jj‬ﺜﻼ ‪ STS-3‬ﺗﻨﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت أﺳ‪jj‬ﺮع ﺑ‪jj‬ﺜﻼث‬
‫ﻣ‪jj‬ﺮات ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ‪ STS-1‬أي ‪ 155.52‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑ‪jj‬ﺖ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ أﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ ‪STS-12‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺼﻞ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻰ ‪ 622.08‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪302‬‬
‫و ﻟﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ زﻳ‪jj‬ﺎدة اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﺮﻋﺔ ﺗﺘﻄﻠ‪jj‬ﺐ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪jj‬ﺎت ﺗﺤﻜ‪jj‬ﻢ أآﺜ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻟﻬ‪jj‬ﺬا ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﻋﻤﻮد إﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻷﻏﺮاض اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ أﻳﻀﺎ اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ‪j‬ﺮﻋﺎت أﻗ‪j‬ﻞ ﺑﺘﻘﺴ‪j‬ﻴﻢ ‪STS-1‬‬

‫اﻟﻰ ﻗﻨﻮات ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ‪j‬ﺮﻋﺎت ﻣﺜ‪j‬ﻞ ‪1.728‬و ‪ 2.304‬و ‪ 3.152‬و‬
‫هﻜﺬا و ﺗﺴﻤﻰ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺴﺮﻋﺎت ‪ VT-1.5‬و ‪ VT-2‬و ‪.VT-3‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎس ‪ SONET‬ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺎ ﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ اﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ و اﻟﻴﺎﺑﺎن‬

‫و آﻮرﻳﺎ اﻟﺠﻨﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ أﻧ‪j‬ﻪ ﻳ‪j‬ﺪﻋﻢ ﺧﻄ‪j‬ﻮط ‪ T1‬أﻣ‪j‬ﺎ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﺑ‪j‬ﺎﻗﻲ دول اﻟﻌ‪j‬ﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎس )‪ Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH‬و‬
‫اﻟﺬي ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺧﻄﻮط ‪.E1‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮن ﻗﻄﺎع اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻓﻲ ‪ SDH‬ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ‪ 9‬ﺻ‪j‬ﻔﻮف و ‪ 270‬ﻋﻤ‪j‬ﻮد‬

‫أي ‪ 2430‬ﺑﺎﻳﺖ و ﺗﻜﻮن اﻷﻋﻤ‪j‬ﺪة اﻟﺘﺴ‪j‬ﻌﺔ اﻷوﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﻣﺨﺼﺼ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪j‬ﺎت‬
‫اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ اﻷﻋﻤﺪة اﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺮﺳﻠﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ل ‪ SDH‬هﻲ ‪ 155.52‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ و‬

‫ﻳﻄﻠ‪jj‬ﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ اﺳ‪jj‬ﻢ ‪Synchronous Transport Module -1‬‬
‫)‪ (STM-1‬و ﻳﻤﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ زﻳ‪jj‬ﺎدة اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﺮﻋﺔ ﺑ‪jj‬ﺪﻣﺞ أآﺜ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ‪ STM-1‬ﻓﻤ‪jj‬ﺜﻼ‬
‫‪ STM-3‬ﺗﺼﻞ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ اﻟﻰ ‪ 466.56‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﺑﺘﺪاءا ﻣﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ‪155.52‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﻓﻤ‪j‬ﺎ ﻓ‪j‬ﻮق ﺗﻌﺘﺒ‪j‬ﺮ‬

‫آﻼ ﻣﻦ ‪ SONET‬و ‪ SDH‬ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣ‪j‬ﺎ ﺧﺪﻣ‪j‬ﺔ ‪Switched Multimegabit Data Service‬‬

‫)‪ (SMDS‬ﻓﻬ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺧﺪﻣ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﺮﻋﺔ ﻟﻨﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت و ه‪jj‬ﻲ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻨ‪jj‬ﻮع‬
‫‪ Connectionless‬اﻟﺬي ﺳﺒﻖ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪروس اﻷوﻟﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺨﺪﻣ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻟﺘﺒ‪jj‬ﺎدل اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘ‪jj‬ﺎت ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﺑﺴ‪jj‬ﺮﻋﺔ‬

‫آﺒﻴﺮة و ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت اﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪة ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺒ‪j‬ﺚ اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷ‪j‬ﺮ ﻣﺜ‪j‬ﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮت أو اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬

‫‪303‬‬
‫و ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺨ‪j‬ﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣ‪j‬ﺔ ﺑﻤﻌﻨ‪j‬ﻰ أﻧﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺘ‪j‬ﻮﻓﺮ‬
‫آﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ و هﻲ ﺗﺸﺒﻪ ‪ ATM‬ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﻧﻘﻠﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﺷ‪j‬ﻜﻞ ﺧﻼﻳ‪j‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ‪ 53‬ﺑﺎﻳ‪j‬ﺖ ﻟﻬ‪j‬ﺬا ﻓﻬ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﻌﺘﺒ‪j‬ﺮ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ‪ ATM‬و ه‪j‬ﻲ‬
‫أﻳﻀ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ اﻟﻤﻘﻴ‪jj‬ﺎس ‪ IEEE 802.6‬اﻟﺨ‪jj‬ﺎص ﺑﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪MAN‬‬
‫آﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ أﻧﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺗﻘ‪jj‬ﺪم ﺧ‪jj‬ﺪﻣﺎت ﻋﻨﻮﻧ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻣﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﻬﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ إرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل‬
‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ وﻗﺖ واﺣﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﺮاوح اﻟﺴﺮﻋﺎت اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﻘ‪j‬ﺪﻣﻬﺎ ‪ SMDS‬ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ ‪ 1.544‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑ‪j‬ﺖ‬

‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ و ‪ 155.520‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ‪j‬ﺔ و ﺗ‪j‬ﻮﻓﺮ ﺳ‪j‬ﻌﺔ ﻧﻄ‪j‬ﺎق ﺣﺴ‪j‬ﺐ‬
‫اﻟﻄﻠﺐ و هﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم أﺳ‪j‬ﻼك‬
‫اﻷﻟﻴﺎف اﻟﺒﺼﺮﻳﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻜﻮن ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ‪ SMDS‬ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼث أﺟﺰاء‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺟﻬﺎز ﺧﺎص ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺟﻪ و ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ‪Customer‬‬

‫)‪.Premises Equipment (CPE‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺧﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﺄﺟﺮ ‪.Dedicated Access Line‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ SMDS‬ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ‪.Public SMDS Network‬‬

‫و ﻟﺮﺑﻂ اﻷﺟﺰاء اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ Data Exchange Interface (DXI) Protocol -1‬و‬

‫هﻮ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل اﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮل ﻋﻦ اﻹﺗﺼﺎل‪.‬‬

‫‪ SMDS Interface Protocol (SIP) -2‬و ه‪jj‬ﻮ ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﺢ‬

‫ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪.SMDS‬‬

‫‪ DQDB Access Protocol -3‬و ه‪jjjj‬ﻮ اﻟ‪jjjj‬ﺬي ﻳ‪jjjj‬ﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮل اﻟﻰ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ و اﻟ‪j‬ﺬي ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ ‪ Switch‬و اﻟ‪j‬ﺬي ﻳﻘﺴ‪j‬ﻢ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫ﻋ‪jj‬ﺪة ﻣﻨﺎﻓ‪jj‬ﺬ و ﻳﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻞ آ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز ﺑﻤﻨﻔ‪jj‬ﺬ ﻣﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻤ ‪j‬ﺎ ﻳﻤﻨ‪jj‬ﻊ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺣ‪jj‬ﺪوث‬
‫ﺗﺼﺎدم‪ ،‬و ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم وﺳﻴﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮل اﻟﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪: SMDS‬‬

‫‪304‬‬
‫‪ Single CPE Access -1‬و ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن هﻨ‪jj‬ﺎك‬
‫ﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز ‪ CPE‬واﺣ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻓﻘ‪jj‬ﻂ ﻣﺜ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣﻮﺟ‪jj‬ﻪ أو ﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺎﺑﻪ ﻣﺘﺼ‪jj‬ﻞ ب ‪SMDS‬‬
‫‪.Switch‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪ Multiple CPE Access -2‬و ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜ‪j‬ﻮن هﻨ‪j‬ﺎك‬

‫أآﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ CPE‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ب ‪ SMDS Switch‬و ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮزﻳ‪j‬ﻊ ﺳ‪j‬ﻌﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻨﻄﺎق ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪305‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ اﻟﺪرس‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ ‪ SONET‬ه‪jj‬ﻮ اﻟﻤﻌﻴ‪jj‬ﺎر ﻟﻨﻘ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﺑﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام أﺳ‪jj‬ﻼك‬

‫اﻷﻟﻴ‪jj‬ﺎف اﻟﺒﺼ‪jj‬ﺮﻳﺔ وﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ أﻣﺮﻳﻜ‪jj‬ﺎ و اﻟﻴﺎﺑ‪jj‬ﺎن و آﻮرﻳ‪jj‬ﺎ اﻟﺠﻨﻮﺑﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ و‬
‫ﺗﺼﻞ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪ STS-1‬اﻟﻰ ‪ 51.84‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ أﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻗﻲ دول اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻓﻴﺴﺘﺨﺪم ‪ SDH‬و ﺗﺼﻞ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﻰ ‪155.52‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ و ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ‪.STM-1‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ‪ SMDS‬ﻟﻠﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﻜﻮن اﻟﺪرس اﻟﻤﻘﺒﻞ إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻣﺒﺎدئ ‪.OSI‬‬

‫‪306‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﻣﺴﺔ و اﻟﺜﻼﺛﻮن‬

‫ﻣﺒﺎدئ ‪OSI‬‬

‫ﺳﻨﺘﻨﺎول ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺷﺮح اﻟﻤﺒﺎدئ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻒ ﺧﻠﻒ اﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ ‪.OSI‬‬

‫‪ -2‬وﺻﻒ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﻘﺎت اﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﻨﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ ‪.OSI‬‬

‫‪ -3‬وﺻ‪jj‬ﻒ ﻟﻠﺨ‪jj‬ﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻤﺘ‪jj‬ﻮﻓﺮة ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ اﻟﻄﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔ‪jj‬ﺔ و ﺷ‪jj‬ﺮح‬

‫ﻟﻤﻔﻬﻮم ‪.SAP‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ أﻧﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻰ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬أﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬أﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ اﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﻳﻜﻮن اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮن ﻣﺠﺒﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫أﺟﻬﺰة ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﺞ أو ﺷﺮآﺔ واﺣﺪة ﻓﻘﻂ و ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ أﻧﻈﻤﺘﻬﻢ اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ‬
‫أﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰة ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻣﺼ‪jj‬ﻨﻌﻴﻦ ﺁﺧ‪jj‬ﺮﻳﻦ آﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ آ‪jj‬ﺎن ذﻟ‪jj‬ﻚ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺎﺋﻌﺎ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﺒﻌﻴﻨﺎت و‬
‫اﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﻨﺎت‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻊ ﺗﻄﻮر ﺻ‪j‬ﻨﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮ و اﻧﺘﺸ‪j‬ﺎرهﺎ آ‪j‬ﺎن ﻻﺑ‪j‬ﺪ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ إﻳﺠ‪j‬ﺎد‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻸﺟﻬﺰة ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼف ﻣﺼﻨﻌﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺎهﻢ و اﻟﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬ‪j‬ﺎ‬
‫و ﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ اﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬

‫‪.OSI Model -1‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻣﺸﺮوع ‪ Project 802‬و هﻮ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.OSI Model‬‬

‫‪307‬‬
‫ﺗ‪jjj‬ﻢ ﺗﻄ‪jjj‬ﻮﻳﺮ ‪ OSI Model‬و ه‪jjj‬ﻮ اﺧﺘﺼ‪jjj‬ﺎر ل ‪Open‬‬
‫‪ Systems Interconnection‬ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻗﺒ‪jjj‬ﻞ ﻣﻨﻈﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﻤﻘ‪jjj‬ﺎﻳﻴﺲ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ‬
‫)‪ International Standards Organization (ISO‬و ﻗ‪j‬ﺪ ﻃ‪j‬ﻮر‬
‫ه‪jj‬ﺬا اﻟﻤﻘﻴ‪jj‬ﺎس اﻟﻌ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﻟﻴﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﻣﻨﺼ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺑ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮع إﻟﻴﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﺘﻨﺠ‪jj‬ﻲ و‬
‫ﻣﺼﻨﻌﻲ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻸﻧﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل و‬
‫اﻟﺘﻮاﻓ‪jjj‬ﻖ ﻓﻴﻤ‪jjj‬ﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎ و ﺑﺎﻟﺘ‪jjj‬ﺎﻟﻲ أﺻ‪jjj‬ﺒﺤﺖ ﻣﻨﺘﺠ‪jjj‬ﺎت اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻤ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ‪.OSI‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﺴﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ‪ OSI‬إﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻰ ﺳﺒﻊ ﻃﺒﻘﺎت‪:‬‬

‫‪.application -1‬‬

‫‪.presentation -2‬‬

‫‪.session -3‬‬

‫‪.transport -4‬‬

‫‪.network -5‬‬

‫‪.data-link -6‬‬

‫‪.physical -7‬‬

‫آ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻃﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺗﻘ‪jj‬ﺪم ﺧﺪﻣ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻷﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻣﻨﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎت اﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪308‬‬
‫ﻓﻤ‪jjjj‬ﺜﻼ ﻃﺒﻘ‪jjjj‬ﺔ ‪ Network‬ﺗﺘﺼ‪j jj‬ﻞ ﻣ‪jjjj‬ﻊ ﻃﺒﻘ‪jjjj‬ﺔ ‪ Transport‬و‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺧﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺘﻴﻦ ‪ Data-Link‬و ‪.Physical‬‬

‫اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎت اﻟﺜﻼث اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﻔﻠﻰ ﻣﺨﺼﺼ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﻨﻘ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟﺒﺘ‪j‬ﺎت ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت و‬

‫ﺗﺒﺎدﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت‪.‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ اﻟﻄﺒﻘ‪j‬ﺎت اﻟ‪j‬ﺜﻼث اﻟﻌﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺎ ﻓﻬ‪j‬ﻲ ﻣﺨﺼﺼ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘ‪j‬ﺎت و ﺑ‪j‬ﺮاﻣﺞ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪.‬‬

‫أﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ اﻟﻄﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﻮﺳ‪jj‬ﻄﻰ ﻓﺘﻌﻤ‪jj‬ﻞ آﻮاﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ اﻟﻄﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﻔﻠﻰ و‬

‫اﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ‪.‬‬

‫و ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎم آﻠﻤﺎ ارﺗﻔﻌﺖ اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ آﻠﻤﺎ زاد ﺗﻌﻘﻴﺪ ﻣﻬﺎﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫آﻤﺎ أن آ‪j‬ﻞ ﻃﺒﻘ‪j‬ﺔ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﺠﻬ‪j‬ﺎز اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪j‬ﻞ ﺗﻘ‪j‬ﻮم ﺑﺎﻹﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻘ‪j‬ﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪309‬‬
 ‫و هﺬا اﻹﺗﺼﺎل ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﺑﻞ ﻇﺎهﺮﻳﺎ أو ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻴﺎ‪.‬‬

‫و ﺗﺘﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻹﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺠﻬﺎزﻳﻦ آﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ إدﺧ‪jj‬ﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﻤﻄﻠ‪jj‬ﻮب إرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻮاﺳ‪jj‬ﻄﺔ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘ‪jj‬ﺎت و‬

‫ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت و ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺮور ﻋﻠﻰ آﻞ اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‬
‫اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪jj‬ﻞ اﺑﺘ‪jj‬ﺪاءا ﺑﻄﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘ‪jj‬ﺎت و اﻧﺘﻬ‪jj‬ﺎءا ﺑﻄﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ Physical‬ﺣﻴ‪jj‬ﺚ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﻮﻟﺖ اﻟﻰ ﺑﺘ‪j‬ﺎت ﺟ‪j‬ﺎهﺰة ﻟﻠﻨﻘ‪j‬ﻞ ﻋﺒ‪j‬ﺮ اﻷﺳ‪j‬ﻼك ﺑﻌ‪j‬ﺪ أن‬
‫ﺗﻀﻴﻒ آﻞ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺧﺎﺻﺔ اﻟﻰ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ إرﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫و ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﻰ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ Encapsulation‬و ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﺪ وﺻ‪jj‬ﻮﻟﻬﺎ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺗﻤ‪jj‬ﺮ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﺑﻄﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺎت ‪ OSI‬ﺑﺸ‪jj‬ﻜﻞ ﻣﻌﻜ‪jj‬ﻮس اﺑﺘ‪jj‬ﺪاءا ﺑﻄﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫‪ Physical‬و اﻧﺘﻬ‪jjjjj‬ﺎءا ﺑﻄﺒﻘ‪jjjjj‬ﺔ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘ‪jjjjj‬ﺎت ﻓ‪jjjjj‬ﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴ‪jjjjj‬ﺔ ﺗﺴ‪jjjjj‬ﻤﻰ ‪De-‬‬
‫‪ Encapsulation‬و ﺗﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠ‪jj‬ﺔ ه‪jj‬ﻲ ﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻳ‪jj‬ﺮاﻩ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎزﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻔﺼ‪jjj‬ﻞ ﺑ‪jjj‬ﻴﻦ آ‪jjj‬ﻞ ﻃﺒﻘ‪jjj‬ﺔ و أﺧ‪jjj‬ﺮى ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ ‪ OSI‬ﻓﺎﺻ‪jjj‬ﻞ ﻳﺴ‪jjj‬ﻤﻰ‬

‫‪ Interface‬و هﻮ اﻟﺬي ﻳﻤﺮر اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎت‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪310‬‬
 ‫ﻟﻨﻠﻖ ﻧﻈﺮة ﻣﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ آﻞ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﺎت ‪: OSI‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﻄﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻷوﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ‪ Application‬و ه‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﻄﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬

‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة و هﻲ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‪.‬‬

‫و ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻄﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ ه‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺗ‪jj‬ﻮﻓﻴﺮ إﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎل ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺎت‬

‫اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت و ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ‪ OSI‬آﻤﺎ أﻧﻬﺎ ﺗ‪j‬ﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻ‪j‬ﻮل اﻟﻌ‪j‬ﺎم ﻟﻠﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ و ﺗ‪j‬ﺪﻓﻖ‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت و ﻋﻼج اﻷﺧﻄﺎء‪.‬‬

‫و ﺗﻮﻓﺮ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻄﺒﻘ‪j‬ﺔ ﺧ‪j‬ﺪﻣﺎت ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﻤﻰ ‪Application Service‬‬

‫)‪ Elements (ASEs‬و ﺗﺸﻤﻞ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎت ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪311‬‬
‫‪Association‬‬ ‫‪Control‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬
‫)‪.Service Element (ACSE‬‬

‫‪File Transfer, Acess and -2‬‬

‫)‪.Management (FTAM‬‬

‫‪Message‬‬ ‫‪Handling‬‬ ‫‪-3‬‬

‫)‪.System (MHS‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪ Presentation‬و هﻲ اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ ﺗﺸ‪j‬ﻜﻴﻞ‬

‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﻘﺔ اﻟﻤﺠﺎورة اﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ أو اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﺤﺎﻟ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫ه‪jj‬ﻞ ه‪jj‬ﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ إرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل أو إﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﻘﺒﺎل ‪ ،‬آﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ أن ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻄﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣﺴ‪jj‬ﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ آﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ اﻟﺼ‪j‬ﻴﻎ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﺼ‪jj‬ﻮر ﻣﺜ‪jj‬ﻞ ‪ PCX‬و ‪ PNG‬و ‪ JPG‬و ﻏﻴﺮه‪jj‬ﺎ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺻ‪jj‬ﻴﻐﺔ ﻗﺎﺑﻠ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘﺮاءة و اﻟﻤﺸﺎهﺪة ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ‪ ،‬و ﺗﻘﻮم هﺬﻩ اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ أﻳﻀﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﺪد اﻟﺒﺘﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ‪ Session‬و هﻲ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﺒﺮﻧ‪j‬ﺎﻣﺠﻴﻦ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ‬

‫آﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔ‪j‬ﻴﻦ ﺑ‪j‬ﺈﺟﺮاء اﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل و اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام ه‪j‬ﺬا اﻹﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل و إﻧﻬﺎﺋ‪j‬ﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺠﻬﺎزﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬آﻤﺎ أن هﺬﻩ اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺘﻌ‪j‬ﺮف ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻷﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة‬
‫و أﺳﻤﺎﺋﻬﺎ و إﺻ‪j‬ﺪار ﺗﻘ‪j‬ﺎرﻳﺮ ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ اﻹﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎﻻت اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﺠﺮﻳﻬ‪j‬ﺎ و ﺗﻘ‪j‬ﻮم ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ أﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﻣﻬ‪j‬ﺎم اﻹدارة ﻣﺜ‪j‬ﻞ ﺗﺮﺗﻴ‪j‬ﺐ اﻟﺮﺳ‪j‬ﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪j‬ﻠﺔ ﺣﺴ‪j‬ﺐ‬
‫وﻗﺖ إرﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ و ﻣﺪة إرﺳﺎل آﻞ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ و ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪j‬ﻮﻻت اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﻌﻤ‪j‬ﻞ‬
‫ﺿﻤﻦ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫أ‪.Network File System (NFS) -‬‬

‫ب‪.Structured Query Language (SQL) -‬‬

‫ج‪.X Windows -‬‬

‫‪312‬‬
‫آﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﻮم هﺬﻩ اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺑﺄﺧﺬ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﺁﺧ‪j‬ﺮ ﺟ‪j‬ﺰء ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ﺗ‪j‬ﻢ‬
‫إرﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﻗ‪j‬ﻒ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻌﻤ‪j‬ﻞ و ذﻟ‪j‬ﻚ ﻟﻜ‪j‬ﻲ ﻳ‪j‬ﺘﻢ إرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻮد اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻰ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻨﺪهﺎ اﻹرﺳﺎل‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ اﻟﺮاﺑﻌﺔ ‪ Transport‬و هﻲ اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﻔﺼ‪j‬ﻞ ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ‬

‫اﻟﻄﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ‪ User-Oriented‬و اﻟﻄﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪.Network-Oriented‬‬

‫ﺗﻘ‪jjjj‬ﻮم ه‪jjjj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻄﺒﻘ‪jjjj‬ﺔ ﺑﺘﺠﺰﺋ‪jjjj‬ﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jjjj‬ﺎت اﻟ‪jjjj‬ﻰ أﺟ‪jjjj‬ﺰاء ﺗﺴ‪jjjj‬ﻤﻰ‬

‫‪ ، Segments‬آﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ وﺻﻮل هﺬﻩ اﻷﺟ‪j‬ﺰاء ﺑ‪j‬ﺪون أﺧﻄ‪j‬ﺎء‬
‫أو ﻧﻘﺺ أو ﺗﻜﺮار و ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ و ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻮﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ‪j‬ﺒﺔ و‬
‫ﺗﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻄﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﺈرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل رﺳ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﻠ‪jj‬ﻢ ﺑﺈﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﻼﻣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ -5‬اﻟﻄﺒﻘ‪jjj‬ﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﻣﺴ‪jjj‬ﺔ ‪ Network‬و ه‪jjj‬ﻲ ﻣﺴ‪jjj‬ﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋ‪jjj‬ﻦ ﻋﻨﻮﻧ‪jjj‬ﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺮﺳ‪jj‬ﺎﺋﻞ و ﺗﺮﺟﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﻌﻨ‪jj‬ﺎوﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ و اﻷﺳ‪jj‬ﻤﺎء اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﺎوﻳﻦ ﻣﺎدﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻔﻬﻤﻬﺎ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻌﻨ‪jj‬ﻮان اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻗ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻳﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﺑﺮﻳ‪jj‬ﺪ إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧ‪jj‬ﻲ أو ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﻮان إﻧﺘﺮﻧ‪jj‬ﺖ‬

‫ﺑﻬ‪jj‬ﺬا اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﻜﻞ ‪ 123.123.123.123‬أﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ اﻟﻌﻨ‪jj‬ﻮان اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﺎدي ﻓﻴﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﺑﻬ‪jj‬ﺬا‬
‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪. 02.12.3A.D1.23.AS‬‬

‫و ﺗﻘﻮم هﺬﻩ اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر أﻧﺴﺐ ﻣﺴﺎر ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺠﻬ‪j‬ﺎز اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪j‬ﻞ و‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻬﺬا ﻓﺈن أﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺎت ‪ Routers‬ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﺿ‪j‬ﻤﻦ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -6‬اﻟﻄﺒﻘ‪jjjjj‬ﺔ اﻟﺴﺎدﺳ‪jjjjj‬ﺔ ‪ Data-Link‬و ه‪jjjjj‬ﻲ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jjjjj‬ﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋ‪jjjjj‬ﻦ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈ‪j‬ﺔ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﺰاﻣﻦ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ إرﺳ‪j‬ﺎل و اﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت و ﺗﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم ﺑﺘﻘﺴ‪jj‬ﻴﻢ‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ أﺟ ‪j‬ﺰاء أﺻ‪jj‬ﻐﺮ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﻰ ‪ Frames‬و ﺗﻀ‪jj‬ﻴﻒ إﻟﻴﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ أﺟ‪jj‬ﺰاء‬
‫اﻟﺮأس ‪ Header‬و اﻟﺬﻳﻞ ‪ Trailer‬و اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺗﺤﻜ‪j‬ﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻮ اﻹﻃﺎرات ﻣﻦ أي أﺧﻄﺎء‪.‬‬

‫‪313‬‬
‫‪ -7‬اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ Physical‬و ه‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﻄﺒﻘ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﻤﻮاﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﻮﺳ‪j‬ﻂ‬
‫اﻹرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل و اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ إرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗ‪jj‬ﻢ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰه‪jj‬ﺎ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻗﺒ‪jj‬ﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎت اﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﻋﺒﺮ وﺳﻂ اﻹرﺳﺎل‪.‬‬

‫آﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﺮف هﺬﻩ اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ اﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﺳﺘﺘﺼ‪j‬ﻞ ﺑﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻼك‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻨﺮ اﻵن اﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺼﻞ و ﺗﺘﻔﺎﻋ‪j‬ﻞ ﺑﻮاﺳ‪j‬ﻄﺘﻬﺎ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻄﺒﻘ‪j‬ﺎت‬

‫ﻣﻌﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻄﻠ‪jj‬ﻖ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﻬﻴﺌ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﺔ اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻳﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮل ﺑﺘﺸ‪jj‬ﻜﻴﻞ‬

‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﺎرة ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ اﻟﻄﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻋﻠﻴﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ اﺳ‪jj‬ﻢ ‪Protocol Data Unit‬‬
‫)‪.(PDU‬‬

‫و ﺗﻘﻮم اﻟﻮاﺟﻬﺔ اﻟﻔﺎﺻ‪j‬ﻠﺔ ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ آ‪j‬ﻞ ﻃﺒﻘﺘ‪j‬ﻴﻦ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳ‪j‬ﻒ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺎت و‬

‫اﻟﺨ‪jj‬ﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﺮه‪jj‬ﺎ اﻟﻄﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺴ‪jjj‬ﻔﻠﻰ ﻟﺠﺎرﺗﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ اﻟﻌﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺎ و ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﻰ ه‪jjj‬ﺬﻩ‬
‫اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت ‪.Primitives‬‬

‫و ﻟﻜ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم أي ﻃﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻋﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻮل اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﻄﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﻤﺠ‪jj‬ﺎورة‬

‫اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻰ ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺑﺪ أن ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻋﻨﻮاﻧﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ‪Service Access Point‬‬
‫)‪ (SAP‬و ﻳﻤﻜ‪j‬ﻦ ﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﻮر ه‪j‬ﺬا اﻟﻌﻨ‪jj‬ﻮان آﻤﻨﻔ‪j‬ﺬ ﻣﻨﻄﻘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﻤ‪j‬ﺮ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻟﻪ و ﻳﻀﺎف اﻟﺤﺮف اﻷول ﻣﻦ اﺳﻢ آﻞ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﻟﻬﺬا اﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﻟﻴﺼﻒ‬
‫اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻜﻞ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ‪ Network‬ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ‪.NSAP‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺮور اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﻷﺧﺮى ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ‪j‬ﻦ اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎت هﻤﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪.Confirmed -1‬‬

‫‪.Unconfirmed -2‬‬

‫ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ اﻟﺨﺪﻣ‪jjj‬ﺔ ‪ Confirmed‬ﺗﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ‪jjj‬ﺎت ‪Primitives‬‬

‫اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪314‬‬
 ‫‪ -1‬اﻟﻄﻠﺐ ‪.Request‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻹﺷﺎرة ‪.Indication‬‬

‫‪ -3‬اﻟﺮد ‪.Response‬‬

‫‪ -4‬اﻟﺘﺄآﻴﺪ ‪.Confirm‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ‪ Unconfirmed‬ﻓﺘﺴﺘﺨﺪم ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﻄﻠﺐ ‪.Request‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻹﺷﺎرة ‪.Indication‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ اﻟﺪرس‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﺴﻢ أﻧﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﺤﺎﺳﻮب اﻟﻰ أﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ و أﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮن ‪ OSI‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﺒﻊ ﻃﺒﻘﺎت ‪:‬‬

‫‪-4،session -3،presentation -2،application -1‬‬

‫‪.physical -7،data-link -6،network -5،transport‬‬

‫و آﻞ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎت اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻰ ‪ ،‬و ﻳﻔﺼﻞ‬

‫ﺑﻴﻦ آﻞ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ و اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﺎﺻﻞ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ‪.Interface‬‬

‫ﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﻜﻮن اﻟ‪jj‬ﺪرس اﻟﻤﻘﺒ‪jj‬ﻞ إن ﺷ‪jj‬ﺎء اﷲ ﺑﻌﻨ‪jj‬ﻮان ﻣﺒ‪jj‬ﺎدئ ‪Project‬‬

‫‪.802‬‬

‫‪315‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺴﺎدﺳﺔ و اﻟﺜﻼﺛﻮن‬

‫ﻣﺒﺎدئ ‪Project 802‬‬

‫ﺳﻨﺘﻨﺎول ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ‪ Project 802‬ﻣﻊ ‪.OSI‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺷﺮح ﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎت اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ‪.Data-Link‬‬

‫‪ -3‬وﺻﻒ ﻟﻠﻤﻬﺎم و اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻤﻮآﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﻘﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ‪.LLC‬‬

‫‪ -4‬وﺻﻒ ﻟﻠﻤﻬﺎم و اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻤﻮآﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﻘﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ‪.MAC‬‬

‫‪ -5‬وﺻ‪jjjj‬ﻒ ﻟﻠﻤﻌ‪jjjj‬ﺎﻳﻴﺮ ‪ MAP‬و ‪ TOP‬و ‪ FDDI‬و ﻇ‪jjjj‬ﺮوف‬

‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻈﺮا ﻟﺘﻌﺪد ﻣﺼﻨﻌﻲ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت و اﺧ‪j‬ﺘﻼف ﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎﻣﻴﻤﻬﺎ آ‪j‬ﺎن ﻻﺑ‪j‬ﺪ‬

‫ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ إﻳﺠ‪jj‬ﺎد ﻣﻘ‪jj‬ﺎﻳﻴﺲ و ﻣﻌ‪jj‬ﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪jj‬ﺎت و‬
‫ﺗﺼﺎﻣﻴﻢ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺗﺼﺎل ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺬا ﻗﺎﻣ‪jjj‬ﺖ هﻴﺌ‪jjj‬ﺔ ‪ IEEE‬ﺑﺈﺻ‪jjj‬ﺪار ﻣﺸ‪jjj‬ﺮوع ‪Project 802‬‬

‫ﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻣﻌ‪jj‬ﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﻟﻠﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ و ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﻧﻄ‪jj‬ﺎق اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﺪن ﻣﻌﺘﻤ‪jj‬ﺪة ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ‪.OSI‬‬

‫ﻳﺮﺟﻊ اﻟ‪j‬ﺮﻗﻢ ‪ 802‬اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﺗ‪j‬ﺎرﻳﺦ إﻃ‪j‬ﻼق اﻟﻤﺸ‪j‬ﺮوع و ه‪j‬ﻮ ﺷ‪j‬ﻬﺮ ‪2‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎم ‪.1980‬‬

‫ﺗﻐﻄﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﻣﺸﺮوع ‪ Project 802‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪.WAN‬‬

‫‪316‬‬
 ‫‪ -3‬ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻷﺳﻼك اﻟﻤﺤﻮرﻳﺔ و اﻷﺳﻼك اﻟﻤﻠﺘﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺗﺤﺪد ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﻮﺻ‪j‬ﻮل اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت و‬

‫آﻴﻔﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ إرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ وﺳ‪jj‬ﻂ اﻹرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل و ه‪jj‬ﺬا ﻳﺘﻀ‪jj‬ﻤﻦ ﺗﺤﻘﻴ‪jj‬ﻖ اﻹﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎل و‬
‫ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻪ و ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ أﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﺴﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ‪ Project 802‬اﻟﻰ ‪ 12‬ﻓﺌﺔ آﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ 802.1 -1‬و ه‪jj‬ﻮ ﻣﺘﻌﻠ‪jj‬ﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ MAC‬ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻃﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ‬

‫‪ Data-Link‬ﻓﻲ ‪ OSI‬و ﻳﺤﺪد ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﺠﺴﻮر و إدارﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 802.2 -2‬ه‪jjjj‬ﻮ ﻣﺘﻌﻠ‪jjjj‬ﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻘ‪jjjj‬ﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴ‪jjjj‬ﺔ ‪ LLC‬ﻣ‪jjjj‬ﻦ ﻃﺒﻘ‪jjjj‬ﺔ‬

‫‪ Data-Link‬ﻓﻲ ‪.OSI‬‬

‫‪ 802.3 -3‬و هﻮ ﻳﺤ‪j‬ﺪد ﻣﻮاﺻ‪j‬ﻔﺎت ‪ CSMA/CD‬ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت‬

‫إﺛﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 802.4 -4‬و ه‪jj‬ﻮ ﻳﺤ‪jj‬ﺪد ﻣﻮاﺻ‪jj‬ﻔﺎت ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪Token Bus‬‬

‫‪.LAN‬‬

‫‪ 802.5 -5‬و ه‪jj‬ﻮ ﻳﺤ‪jj‬ﺪد ﻣﻮاﺻ‪jj‬ﻔﺎت ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ‪Token Ring‬‬

‫‪.LAN‬‬

‫‪ 802.6 -6‬و هﻮ ﻳﺤﺪد ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪.MAN‬‬

‫‪ 802.7 -7‬و هﻮ ﻳﺤﺪد ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪.Broadband‬‬

‫‪ 802.8 -8‬و هﻮ ﻳﺤﺪد ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻷﻟﻴﺎف اﻟﺒﺼﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 802.9 -9‬و ه‪jjjjj‬ﻮ ﻳﺤ‪jjjjj‬ﺪد ﻣﻮاﺻ‪jjjjj‬ﻔﺎت اﻟﺸ‪jjjjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠ‪jjjjj‬ﺔ‬

‫‪.Integrated Voice/Data‬‬

‫‪317‬‬
 ‫‪ 802.10 -10‬و هﻮ ﻳﺤﺪد ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ﻷﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ 802.11 -11‬و هﻮ ﻳﺤﺪد ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 802.12 -12‬و ه‪jjjjjjjjjjj‬ﻮ ﻳﺤ‪jjjjjjjjjjj‬ﺪد ﻣﻮاﺻ‪jjjjjjjjjjj‬ﻔﺎت ﺷ‪jjjjjjjjjjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت‬

‫‪ 100BaseVG- AnyLAN‬و اﻟﺸ‪jjjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪jjjj‬ﺔ ‪Demand‬‬
‫‪.Priority Access LAN‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ‪ Data-Link‬اﻟﻰ ﻃﺒﻘﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻋﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬

‫‪.Logical Link Control (LLC) -1‬‬

‫‪.Media Access Control (MAC) -2‬‬

‫ﺗﺤ‪jj‬ﺪد ‪ LLC‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﺮور اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪jj‬ﺎت ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ MAC‬و‬

‫اﻟﻄﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﻌﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ‪ OSI‬و ﺗ‪jj‬ﺪﻣﺞ ﻣﻬﺎﻣﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧ‪jj‬ﺎﻣﺞ اﻟ‪jj‬ﺬي ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬و ﺗﺘﻠﺨﺺ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻬﺎم ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ اﻹﺗﺼﺎل اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪.LAN‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت و ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﻬﺎ اﻟﻰ أﺟﺰاء أﺻﻐﺮ ﻳﺴﻬﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬اﻟﺘﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺘﺎﺑﻊ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬اﻟﻌﺜﻮر ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﺧﻄﺎء و ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ ﺗﺸ‪jj‬ﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻤﻴ‪jj‬ﻊ ﻣﻬ‪jj‬ﺎم ﻃﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ LLC‬ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ آ‪jj‬ﻞ اﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎل و إﻧﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ذﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮع اﻹﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ‪ LLC‬ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺛﻼث أﻧﻮاع ﻣﻦ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎت‪:‬‬

‫‪ Connectionless -1‬و ه‪jjjjj‬ﻲ ﻻ ﺗ‪jjjjj‬ﻮﻓﺮ ﺿ‪jjjjj‬ﻤﺎن ﻟﻮﺻ‪jjjjj‬ﻮل‬

‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت و ﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﻟﻌ‪j‬ﺪم اﻟﺤﺎﺟ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺄآ‪j‬ﺪ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬

‫‪318‬‬
‫ﺧﻠ‪jjj‬ﻮ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jjj‬ﺎت ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ أﺧﻄ‪jjj‬ﺎء ‪ ،‬و ه‪jjj‬ﺬا اﻟﻨ‪jjj‬ﻮع ه‪jjj‬ﻮ اﻷآﺜ‪jjj‬ﺮ اﺳ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪاﻣﺎ ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﻈﺮا ﻟﻘﻠﺔ اﺣﺘﻤﺎل ﺣﺪوث أﺧﻄﺎء ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪ Connection-Oriented -2‬و ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﻨﻮع ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻠ‪j‬ﺐ‬

‫إﺟ‪jjj‬ﺮاء اﺗﺼ‪jjj‬ﺎل و ﺣﺼ‪jjj‬ﻮل اﻟﻤﻮاﻓﻘ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ إﺟ‪jjj‬ﺮاء ه‪jjj‬ﺬا اﻹﺗﺼ‪jjj‬ﺎل ﺑ‪jjj‬ﻴﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎزﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺘﺼ‪jj‬ﻠﻴﻦ ﻗﺒ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺑ‪jj‬ﺪء اﻹﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎل و ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ إﺿ‪jj‬ﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪jj‬ﺎت ﺗﺤﻜ‪jj‬ﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺄآﺪ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺨﻠ‪j‬ﻮ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻷﺧﻄ‪j‬ﺎء و ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم ه‪j‬ﺬا اﻟﻨ‪j‬ﻮع ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺿﺨﻤﺔ و ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻷﺧﻄﺎء أآﺜﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪ Acknowledged Connectionless -3‬و ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ه‪j‬ﺬا اﻟﻨ‪j‬ﻮع‬

‫ﻳﻌﻄﻲ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ إﺷ‪j‬ﺎرة ﺗﻌﻠ‪j‬ﻢ اﻟﺠﻬ‪j‬ﺎز اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪j‬ﻞ ﺑﺎﺳ‪j‬ﺘﻼﻣﻪ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ‪ MAC‬ﻓﻬﻲ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻬﺎم اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻌﺮف آﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺗﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄآ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﺧﺎﻟﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻷﺧﻄ‪jj‬ﺎء ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ‬

‫اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ و إﻋﺎدة اﻹرﺳﺎل ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ وﺟﻮد أﺧﻄﺎء‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺗﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم ﺑﺈﻧﺸ‪jj‬ﺎء اﻷﻃ‪jj‬ﺮ اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﺘﺴ‪jj‬ﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻃﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ LLC‬ﻟﺘﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن‬

‫ﺟﺎهﺰة ﻟﻺرﺳﺎل‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬اﻟﻘﻴ‪jj‬ﺎم ﺑﻤﻬﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﻌﻨﻮﻧ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺑﺈﺿ‪jj‬ﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﻮان اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪jj‬ﻞ و اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ‬

‫ﻟﺤﺰم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ و ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻌﻨﻮان ‪ MAC Address‬و ه‪j‬ﻮ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮان ﻓﺮﻳﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻜﺮر و ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ هﺬا اﻟﻌﻨ‪j‬ﻮان ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ذاآ‪j‬ﺮة ‪ ROM‬ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ و أﺣﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻳﻄﻠ‪jj‬ﻖ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ه‪jj‬ﺬا اﻟﻌﻨ‪jj‬ﻮان اﺳ‪jj‬ﻢ ‪Burned-In-‬‬
‫)‪.Address (BIA‬‬

‫‪ -5‬ﺗ‪jj‬ﻮﻓﺮ ﺧﺪﻣ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺄآ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﻼم اﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت‬

‫اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ إﻟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪319‬‬
‫ﻳﻜ‪j‬ﻮن ‪ MAC‬ﻣ‪j‬ﺰودا ﺑﻌ‪j‬ﺪد ﻳﻄﻠ‪j‬ﻖ ﻋﻠﻴ‪j‬ﻪ ‪Error-Detecting‬‬
‫)‪ Frame-Check Sequence (FCS‬و ﻳ‪jjj‬ﺘﻢ ﺣﺴ‪jjj‬ﺎب ه‪jjj‬ﺬا اﻟﻌ‪jjj‬ﺪد‬
‫ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ اﻹﻃﺎر و ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺴ‪j‬ﺎب‬
‫هﺬا اﻟﻌﺪد ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒ‪j‬ﻞ اﻟﺠﻬ‪j‬ﺎز اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪j‬ﺈذا آ‪j‬ﺎن اﻟﻨ‪j‬ﺎﺗﺞ ﻏﻴ‪j‬ﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻪ أوﻻ ﻓﺈن اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ﻳ‪j‬ﺘﻢ اﻟ‪j‬ﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻨﻬ‪j‬ﺎ و‬
‫ﻳﻄﻠ‪jj‬ﺐ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻄﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﻌﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ‪ OSI‬ﻟﻠﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪jj‬ﻞ إﻋ‪jj‬ﺎدة إرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻳ‪jj‬ﺪ ﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز ﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ اﻹﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎل ﺑ‪jj‬ﺂﺧﺮ ﺑﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﻃﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪MAC‬‬

‫ﻓ‪jjj‬ﺈن ه‪jjj‬ﺬا اﻷﻣ‪jjj‬ﺮ ﻳ‪jjj‬ﺘﻢ آﻤ‪jjj‬ﺎ ﻳﻠ‪jjj‬ﻲ و ه‪jjj‬ﺬا ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ ﺣﺎﻟ‪jjj‬ﺔ اﻹﺗﺼ‪jjj‬ﺎل اﻟﻤﻮﺟ‪jjj‬ﻪ‬
‫‪:Connection-Oriented‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻳﻘﻮم اﻟﺠﻬ‪j‬ﺎز اﻟﻤﺮﺳ‪j‬ﻞ ﺑﻄﻠ‪j‬ﺐ ﺧﺪﻣ‪j‬ﺔ ‪ Request‬ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺠﻬ‪j‬ﺎز‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻃﻠﺐ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ و ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ إﺷﺎرة ‪.Indication‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ إﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ‪ Response‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ و هﺬﻩ اﻹﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻗ‪j‬ﺪ ﺗﻜ‪j‬ﻮن إﻳﺠﺎﺑﻴ‪j‬ﺔ أو ﺳ‪j‬ﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﺣ‪j‬ﺎل إﻧﺸ‪j‬ﻐﺎل‬
‫اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬إذا آﺎﻧ‪jjj‬ﺖ اﻹﺳ‪jjj‬ﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ إﻳﺠﺎﺑﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﻓﺴ‪jjj‬ﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺗﺄآﻴ‪jjj‬ﺪ اﺳ‪jjj‬ﺘﻼم ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ‬

‫اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ‪.Comfirmation‬‬

‫أﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻹﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎل ‪ Connectionless‬ﻓﻌﻤﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻹرﺳ‪jj‬ﺎل ﺗﻤ‪jj‬ﺮ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺘﻴﻦ اﻷوﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﺮوع ‪ Project 802‬هﻲ اﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪة اﻟﺘﻲ أﻋﺪت‬

‫ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ‪ OSI‬و ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺣﺰم اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪j‬ﻮﻻت اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ أﻋ‪j‬ﺪت ﻟ‪j‬ﻨﻔﺲ‬
‫اﻟﻐﺮض‪:‬‬

‫‪320‬‬
Manufacturing Automation Protocol (MAP) -1
‫ و‬General Motors ‫و ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮﻩ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷﺮآﺔ‬
.Token Bus ‫هﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ‬

‫ﺪ‬j‫ و ﻗ‬Technical and Office Protocols (TOP) -2

‫ و هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ‬Boeing Corporation ‫ﻃﻮرت ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷﺮآﺔ‬
‫ﺖ و‬jjjj‫ﺒﻜﺎت إﺛﺮﻧ‬jjjj‫ﺘﺨﺪم ﺷ‬jjjj‫ﻲ ﺗﺴ‬jjj‫ و ه‬MAP ‫ﺎﻳﻴﺮ‬jjjj‫ﺎﺑﻪ ل ﻣﻌ‬jjjj‫ﻜﻞ ﻣﺸ‬jjj‫ﺑﺸ‬
.Token Ring

‫ﺪ‬j‫ و ﻗ‬Fiber Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) -3

American ‫ﺔ‬jj‫ﺔ اﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴ‬jj‫ﺎﻳﻴﺮ اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴ‬jj‫ﺪ اﻟﻤﻌ‬jj‫ﻞ ﻣﻌﻬ‬jj‫ﻦ ﻗﺒ‬jj‫ﻮرت ﻣ‬jj‫ﻃ‬
‫ﺘﺨﺪم‬j‫ و ﺗﺴ‬1987 ‫ ﻋﺎم‬National Standards Institute (ANSI)
‫ﺮﻳﺔ‬j‫ﺎف اﻟﺒﺼ‬j‫ﻼك اﻷﻟﻴ‬j‫هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﺑﻜﺜﺮة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم أﺳ‬
‫ﻴﺔ‬jj‫ﻼك اﻟﻨﺤﺎﺳ‬jj‫ﺔ ﻟﻸﺳ‬jj‫ﻦ ﻣﺨﺼﺼ‬jj‫ﺎﺑﻬﺔ و ﻟﻜ‬jj‫ﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﻣﺸ‬jj‫ﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﻌ‬jj‫ﻢ ﺗﻄ‬jj‫ﺪ ﺗ‬jj‫و ﻗ‬
Copper ‫ﻢ‬jjjjj‫ﺎﻳﻴﺮ اﺳ‬jjjjj‫ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻌ‬jjjjj‫ﻰ ه‬jjjjj‫ﻖ ﻋﻠ‬jjjjj‫ و ﻳﻄﻠ‬UTP ‫ و‬STP
.Distributed Data Interface (CDDI)

:‫ اﻟﻰ ﻃﺒﻘﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻋﻴﺘﻴﻦ‬Physical ‫ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ‬FDDI ‫ﺗﻘﺴﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ‬

.Physical Layer Protocol (PHY) -1

.Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) -2

:‫ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻤﻬﺎم اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬PHY ‫اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ‬

.Encoding -1

.Decoding -2

.Data Framing -3

:‫ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‬PMD ‫أﻣﺎ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ‬

321
 ‫‪ -1‬إرﺳﺎل و اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪.Power Levels‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎت واﺟﻬﺎت اﻹرﺳﺎل و اﻹﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﺪﻻت ﺣﺪوث اﻷﺧﻄﺎء‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻷﺳﻼك و اﻟﻤﺸﺎﺑﻚ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ اﻟﺪرس‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﻘﺴﻢ ﻣﺸﺮوع ‪ Project 802‬ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ‪ Data-Link‬اﻟﻰ ﻃﺒﻘﺘﻴﻦ‬

‫‪ LLC‬و ‪ MAC‬و ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ وﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﻣﺸﺮوع ‪ Project 802‬اﻟﻰ ‪ 12‬ﻓﺌﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪802.1‬‬

‫اﻟﻰ ‪.802.12‬‬

‫هﻨﺎك ﻋﺪة ﺣﺰم ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت أﻋﺪت ﻟﺘﻄ‪j‬ﻮﻳﺮ ‪ OSI‬إﺿ‪j‬ﺎﻓﺔ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ‬

‫‪ Project 802‬و هﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ TOP ، MAP‬و ‪.FDDI‬‬

‫ﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﻜﻮن اﻟ‪jj‬ﺪرس اﻟﻤﻘﺒ‪jj‬ﻞ إن ﺷ‪jj‬ﺎء اﷲ ﺑﻌﻨ‪jj‬ﻮان ﻣﺸ‪jj‬ﻐﻼت اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫‪.Network Dreivers‬‬

‫‪322‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ و اﻟﺜﻼﺛﻮن‬

‫ﻣﺸﻐﻼت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪Network Drivers‬‬

‫ﺳﻨﺘﻨﺎول ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗﺒﻴﺎن ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺸﻐﻼت اﻷﺟﻬﺰة‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺷﺮح ﻟﻌﻤﻞ واﺟﻬﺎت ﻣﺸﻐﻼت اﻷﺟﻬﺰة ‪ NDIS‬و ‪.ODI‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺷ‪jjjj‬ﺮح ﻟﺨ‪jjjj‬ﻮاص واﺟﻬ‪jjjj‬ﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jjjj‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪jjjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮوﺳ‪jjjj‬ﻮﻓﺖ‬

‫‪.NDIS‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز أو ‪ Device Driver‬هﻮ اﻟﺒﺮﻧ‪j‬ﺎﻣﺞ اﻟ‪j‬ﺬي ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﻤﺢ‬

‫ﻟﻨﻈﺎم ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞ و اﻟﺘﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎز ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺠﻬﺎزك ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ أﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة ﻣ‪j‬ﺎ ﻣﺜ‪j‬ﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ و ﻟﻜ‪j‬ﻦ‬

‫ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﺎ ﻟ‪j‬ﻢ ﻳﺘ‪j‬ﻮﻓﺮ ﺑ‪j‬ﺮﻳﻤﺞ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴ‪j‬ﺚ ﻳ‪j‬ﺘﻢ اﻟﺘﺨﺎﻃ‪j‬ﺐ ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ ﻧﻈ‪j‬ﺎم اﻟﺘﺸ‪j‬ﻐﻴﻞ و اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼل هﺬا اﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ‪.‬‬

‫و ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻜﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ﻓﻲ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻳﺤﺘﺎج اﻟﻰ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ آ‪j‬ﻲ ﻳﻌﻤ‪j‬ﻞ‬

‫آﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻨﺮ آﻴﻒ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ أن ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺎت اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﻳ‪j‬ﺘﻢ ﺗﺼ‪j‬ﻨﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﻗﺒ‪j‬ﻞ ﺷ‪j‬ﺮآﺎت‬

‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ‪ ،‬و ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻬﻨﺎك اﺣﺘﻤﺎل أن ﻳﻜﻮن ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺧﻮاص ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ و‬
‫ﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﻜﻮن ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺗﺰوﻳ‪jj‬ﺪ ﺟﻤﻴ‪jj‬ﻊ أﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰة اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪jj‬ﻮﺗﺮ ﺑ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻼزﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ آ‪j‬ﻞ ﻧ‪j‬ﻮع ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ أﻧ‪j‬ﻮاع ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،‬و ﺑ‪j‬ﺪﻻ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ذﻟ‪j‬ﻚ‬
‫ﻓﺈن آﻞ ﻣﺼﻨﻊ ﻳﺰود ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺘﻪ ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺨﺰن ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﻗ‪j‬ﺮص ﻣ‪j‬ﺮن‬
‫و ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺘﻨﻲ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺳﻮى ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ و ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ هﺬا اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﺮف ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪323‬‬
‫و أﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸ‪j‬ﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺸ‪j‬ﻐﻼت ‪ ،‬و ﻳﻤﻜ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫أﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻟﻠﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ أو أي ﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎز‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ وﺟﻮد ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﻮم ﻣﺸﻐﻼت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ إﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ و ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ‬

‫ﻣﻮﺟ‪j‬ﻪ ﺑﺮﻣﺠ‪j‬ﻲ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴ‪j‬ﻮﺗﺮ ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﻤﻰ ‪ Network Redirector‬و ه‪j‬ﻮ‬
‫ﺟﺰء ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﺑﺮﻧ‪j‬ﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻴﻚ و ﻣﻬﻤﺘ‪j‬ﻪ اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻃﻠﺒ‪j‬ﺎت ‪Input/Output‬‬
‫)‪ (I/O‬ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻔﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎز ﺁﺧﺮ و ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﺼﻴﺐ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﺧ‪j‬ﻼل ﺑﺮﻧ‪j‬ﺎﻣﺞ اﻹﻋ‪j‬ﺪاد اﻟﻤﺘ‪j‬ﻮﻓﺮ‬

‫ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﻘ‪j‬ﺮص اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﺮن و ﻳ‪j‬ﺘﻢ ﺗﺨ‪jj‬ﺰﻳﻦ ه‪j‬ﺬا اﻟﻤﺸ‪j‬ﻐﻞ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﻘ‪j‬ﺮص اﻟﺼ‪jj‬ﻠﺐ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺸﻐﻼت ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ‪MAC‬‬

‫ﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ‪ Data-Link‬ﻓﻲ ‪.OSI‬‬

‫آ‪j‬ﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮﻻ ﻣﻌﻴﻨ‪j‬ﺎ ﻟﻺﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎل ﻋﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ و‬

‫ﺣﻴﺚ أن أﻧﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺗ‪j‬ﺪﻋﻢ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪j‬ﻮﻻت ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔ‪j‬ﺔ ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﺑ‪j‬ﺪورهﺎ أن ﺗ‪j‬ﺪﻋﻢ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪j‬ﻮﻻت ﻣﺘﻌ‪j‬ﺪدة و ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔ‪j‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬و إذا‬
‫آﺎن هﺬا هﻮ اﻟﺤﺎل ﻓﺈن ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﻴﻦ آﺘﺎﺑ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣﺸ‪j‬ﻐﻼت ﺧﺎﺻ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻊ آﻞ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل أو ﻧﻈﺎم ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﻬﺬا و ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻠﻲ ﻋﻦ أي ﻋﻤ‪j‬ﻞ إﺿ‪j‬ﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗ‪jj‬ﻢ ﺗﻄ ‪j‬ﻮﻳﺮ ﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﻤﻰ واﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣﺸ‪jj‬ﻐﻞ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪Network Driver‬‬
‫‪.Interface‬‬

‫ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ ﻣﺸ‪jjj‬ﻐﻼت اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ أن ﺗﻜ‪jjj‬ﻮن ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻊ أﺣ‪jjj‬ﺪ ﻣﻌ‪jjj‬ﺎﻳﻴﺮ‬

‫اﻟﻮاﺟﻬﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪Network Driver Interface Specification‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬

‫)‪. (NDIS‬‬

‫‪.Open Data-Link Interface (ODI) -2‬‬

‫‪324‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻴﻚ ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﺳ‪j‬ﻮﻓﺖ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓ‪j‬ﻖ ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ ‪ NDIS‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤ‪j‬ﺎ أﻧﻈﻤ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫‪ Novell NetWare‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ‪.ODI‬‬

‫ﺗﻘ‪jjjj‬ﻮم ه‪jjjj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻮاﺟﻬ‪jjjj‬ﺎت ﺑﻌ‪jjjj‬ﺰل ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jjjj‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪jjjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻋ‪jjjj‬ﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﺻ‪jjjj‬ﻴﻞ‬

‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ وﻋﺰل اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪j‬ﻮﻻت ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ اﻷﻧ‪j‬ﻮاع‬
‫اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻊ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻮاﺟﻬﺎت أﺻﺒﺢ ﻻ داﻋﻲ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﺸ‪j‬ﻐﻼت ﺧﺎﺻ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﻜ‪j‬ﻞ‬

‫ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل أو ﻧﻈﺎم ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﻞ أﺻﺒﺢ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ آﺘﺎﺑ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣﺸ‪j‬ﻐﻼت ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ‬
‫أﺣ‪jj‬ﺪ اﻟﻮاﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎت ﺁﻧﻔ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟ‪jj‬ﺬآﺮ ﺑﺤﻴ‪jj‬ﺚ أﺻ‪jj‬ﺒﺢ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮن ﻗ‪jj‬ﺎدرون ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ‬
‫اﻹﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎل ﻋﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮﻻت ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺑﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ وﺣﻴﺪة و ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ وﺣﻴﺪ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ واﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺔ ‪ NDIS‬أو ‪ODI‬‬
‫و ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻀﺮورة ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ آﻠﻲ اﻟﻮاﺟﻬﺘﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻤﺘ‪jj‬ﻊ واﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣﺸ‪jj‬ﻐﻼت اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﻌﺘﻤ‪jj‬ﺪهﺎ ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﺳ‪jj‬ﻮﻓﺖ و‬

‫هﻲ ‪ NDIS‬ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗﺪﻋﻢ إﺳﺘﺨﺪام أآﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ ﻋ‪jj‬ﺪة اﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﺎﻻت أو رواﺑ‪jj‬ﻂ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﻴﺔ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ‬

‫ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺪة ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﺤﻤﻠﺔ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﻧﻔ‪j‬ﺲ‬

‫اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬

‫آﻞ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ‪ NDIS‬ﻳﻜﻮن ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻻ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻤﻬﺎم اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬إرﺳﺎل و اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﺤﺰم ﻋﺒﺮ اﻹﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻹدارة اﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺗﺸ‪jj‬ﻐﻴﻞ ﻧﻈ‪jj‬ﺎم ‪ Input/Output‬ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ و ﺗﻠﻘ‪jj‬ﻲ‬

‫ﻃﻠﺒﺎت اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ ‪ Interrupts‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪325‬‬
‫‪ -4‬إﻋ‪jjj‬ﻼم ﻧﻈ‪jjj‬ﺎم اﻟﺘﺸ‪j j‬ﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﺳ‪jjj‬ﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jjj‬ﺎت أو اﻹﻧﺘﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎء ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ‬
‫إرﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -5‬ﻋ‪jjj‬ﺰل ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪jjj‬ﺎت ﻧﻈ‪jjj‬ﺎم اﻟﺘﺸ‪jjj‬ﻐﻴﻞ أو ﻣﻜﻮﻧ‪jjj‬ﺎت اﻟﺠﻬ‪jjj‬ﺎز ﻋ‪jjj‬ﻦ‬

‫ﻣﺸ‪jj‬ﻐﻼت ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ ﺣﺎﻟ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻋ‪jj‬ﺪم ﺣﺎﺟ‪jjj‬ﺔ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺸ‪jj‬ﻐﻼت ﻟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺬﻩ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ اﻟﺪرس‪:‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼت هﻲ ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻸﺟﻬﺰة ﺑﺎﻹﺗﺼﺎل و اﻟﺘﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﻣﻊ‬

‫ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺠ‪jj‬ﺐ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻣﺸ‪jj‬ﻐﻼت اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت أن ﺗﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ أﺣ‪jj‬ﺪ‬

‫اﻟﻮاﺟﻬﺘﻴﻦ ‪ NDIS‬أو ‪.ODI‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﺳﻮﻓﺖ اﻟﻮاﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺔ ‪ NDIS‬و اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﻘ‪j‬ﺪم ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ‪j‬ﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺰاﻳﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﻜﻮن اﻟﺪرس اﻟﻤﻘﺒﻞ إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان أﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪326‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻣﻨﺔ و اﻟﺜﻼﺛﻮن‬

‫أﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫ﺳﻨﺘﻨﺎول ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻋﺮض ﻟﺒﻌﺾ اﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺮ اﻷﻣﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮض ﻟﻬﺎ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫و آﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﻟﻮﻗﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬وﺻﻒ ﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ اﻟﻮﻟﻮج اﻟﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺄﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬آﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﻮارد ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﺗﺮاﺧﻴﺺ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺷﺮح ﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت ‪.ACL‬‬

‫‪ -5‬ﺷﺮح ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻔﺤﺺ اﻟﺘﺮاﺧﻴﺺ‪.‬‬

‫أي ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜ‪j‬ﻮن ﻋﺮﺿ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺻ‪j‬ﻮل ﻏﻴ‪j‬ﺮ اﻟﻤ‪j‬ﺮﺧﺺ ﻷي ﻣﻤ‪j‬ﺎ‬

‫ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﻤﻌﺪات‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬اﻟﻤﻮارد‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ درﺟﺔ أﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪى ﺣﺴﺎﺳ‪j‬ﻴﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺪاوﻟ‪j‬ﺔ‬

‫ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪327‬‬
‫و ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اﻷﻣﻦ وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻨﺪ ﻟﻠﻨ‪j‬ﺪ آ‪j‬ﻞ‬
‫ﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎز ﻳ‪j‬ﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ أﻣﻨ‪j‬ﻪ اﻟﺨ‪j‬ﺎص ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤ‪j‬ﺎ ﻳ‪j‬ﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﻤ‪j‬ﺰود ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ أﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت‬
‫اﻟﺰﺑﻮن\ اﻟﻤﺰود‪.‬‬

‫و هﻨﺎك ﺑﻌﺾ اﻹﺟﺮاءات اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈ‪j‬ﺔ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ أﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬

‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﺪرﻳﺐ اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﺘﻘﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ إﺟ‪jj‬ﺮاءات‬

‫اﻷﻣﻦ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻟﺘﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ أﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻌ‪j‬ﺪات و ﺻ‪j‬ﻌﻮﺑﺔ اﻟﻮﺻ‪j‬ﻮل اﻟﻴﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﻗﺒ‪j‬ﻞ‬

‫ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﺨﻮﻟﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺣﻤﺎﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻷﺳ‪jj‬ﻼك اﻟﻨﺤﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﺔ و إﺧﻔﺎءه‪jj‬ﺎ ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻷﻋ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ ﻷﻧﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻗ‪jj‬ﺪ‬

‫ﺗﻜﻮن ﻋﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﺴﺲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺗﺸ‪jj‬ﻔﻴﺮ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﺪ اﻟﺤﺎﺟ‪jj‬ﺔ أﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻣﻘ‪jj‬ﺎﻳﻴﺲ اﻟﺘﺸ‪jj‬ﻔﻴﺮ ﻓﺘﻀ‪jj‬ﻌﻬﺎ‬

‫وآﺎﻟ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻷﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻮﻃﻨﻲ اﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪National Security Agency‬‬
‫)‪.(NSA‬‬

‫‪ -5‬ﺗﺰوﻳ‪jjj‬ﺪ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺑ‪jjj‬ﺄﺟﻬﺰة ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘ‪jjj‬ﻮي ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ ﻣﺤﺮآ‪jjj‬ﺎت‬

‫أﻗ‪jj‬ﺮاص ﻣﺮﻧ‪jj‬ﺔ أو ﻣﻀ‪jj‬ﻐﻮﻃﺔ أو ﺣﺘ‪jj‬ﻰ أﻗ‪jj‬ﺮاص ﺻ‪jj‬ﻠﺒﺔ ‪ ،‬و ﺗﺘﺼ‪jj‬ﻞ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ‬
‫اﻷﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰة ﺑ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﻤﺰودات ﺑﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام رﻗﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ إﻗ‪jj‬ﻼع ‪ ROM Boot Chip‬و‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ هﺬﻩ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة ﻳﻘﻮم اﻟﻤﺰود ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻹﻗﻼع ﻓﻲ ذاآﺮة‬
‫‪ RAM‬ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎز ﻟﻴﺒﺪأ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -6‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺟﻤﻴ‪j‬ﻊ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺎت اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﻳ‪j‬ﺘﻢ إﺟﺮاؤه‪j‬ﺎ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻟﻤﺮاﺟﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻀﺮورة‪.‬‬

‫‪ -7‬إﻋﻄ‪jjj‬ﺎء ﺗﺼ‪jjj‬ﺎرﻳﺢ ‪ Permissions‬ﻟﻠﻤﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻮﺻ‪jjj‬ﻮل‬

‫ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت و اﻟﻤﻌ‪jj‬ﺪات آ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺣﺴ‪jj‬ﺐ ﻃﺒﻴﻌ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻋﻤﻠ‪jj‬ﻪ و ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻳﺠ‪jj‬ﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎرآﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت و اﻟﻤﻌﺪات ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎح ﻟﻶﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪328‬‬
‫‪ -8‬ﺗﺰوﻳ‪jjj‬ﺪ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺤﻘ‪jjj‬ﻮق ‪ Rights‬ﺗﺤ‪jjj‬ﺪد اﻷﻧﺸ‪jjj‬ﻄﺔ و‬
‫اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮح ﻟﻬﻢ إﺟﺮاءهﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‪.‬‬

‫هﻨﺎك ﻧﻈﺎﻣﺎن أﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎن ﻹﻋﻄﺎء اﻟﺘﺼﺎرﻳﺢ و اﻟﺤﻘﻮق ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﻤﺸﺎرآﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮور‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺗﺼﺎرﻳﺢ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷول ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ آﻠﻤﺔ ﺳﺮ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻮارد اﻟﻤﻄﻠ‪j‬ﻮب‬

‫ﻣﺸﺎرآﺘﻬﺎ و ﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل ﻟﻬﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻮارد ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ آﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﺴﺮ‪.‬‬

‫آﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺗﺤﺪﻳ‪jj‬ﺪ درﺟ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻮل ه‪jj‬ﻞ ه‪jj‬ﻲ ﻟﻠﻘ ‪j‬ﺮاءة ﻓﻘ‪jj‬ﻂ أم‬
‫وﺻﻮل آﺎﻣﻞ أم وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﺴﺮ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪329‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﻈ‪j‬ﺎم اﻟﺜ‪j‬ﺎﻧﻲ ﻳ‪j‬ﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴ‪j‬ﻴﻦ اﻟﺤﻘ‪j‬ﻮق و إﻋﻄ‪j‬ﺎء اﻟﺘﺼ‪j‬ﺎرﻳﺢ ﻟﻜ‪j‬ﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم أو ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬و ﻳﻜﻔ‪jj‬ﻲ أن ﻳ‪jj‬ﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم آﻠﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺮور ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل اﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻴﺘﻌﺮف اﻟﻨﻈﺎم ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﺣﻘ‪j‬ﻮق ه‪j‬ﺬا‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم و اﻟﺘﺼﺎرﻳﺢ اﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮة ﻟ‪j‬ﻪ‪ ،‬و ﻳﻌﺘﺒ‪j‬ﺮ ه‪j‬ﺬا اﻟﻨﻈ‪j‬ﺎم أآﺜ‪j‬ﺮ أﻣﻨ‪j‬ﺎ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ و ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺗﺤﻜﻤﺎ أآﺒﺮ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﺪ إدﺧ‪jj‬ﺎل اﻹﺳ‪j‬ﻢ و آﻠﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﻤ‪j‬ﺮور ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ ﺗﻤﺮﻳ‪j‬ﺮ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪jj‬ﺎت‬

‫اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻣ‪jjj‬ﺪﻳﺮ أﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ اﻟﺤﺴ‪jjj‬ﺎﺑﺎت ‪Security Accounts Manager‬‬
‫)‪ (SAM‬ﻓﺈذا آﺎن اﻟﻮﻟﻮج اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎز ‪ Workstation‬ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪j‬ﺎت‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻘﺎرﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ﺑﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ﺣﺴ‪j‬ﺎﺑﺎت اﻷﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﺠﻬ‪j‬ﺎز‪ ،‬أﻣ‪j‬ﺎ‬
‫إذا آﺎن اﻟﻮﻟﻮج اﻟﻰ ﻧﻄ‪j‬ﺎق ‪ Domain‬ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪j‬ﺎت ﻳ‪j‬ﺘﻢ إرﺳ‪j‬ﺎﻟﻬﺎ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ‬

‫‪330‬‬
‫ﻣﺰود ‪ SAM‬اﻟﺬي ﻳﻘﺎرﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﻨﻄﺎق‪ ،‬ﻓ‪j‬ﺈذا آ‪j‬ﺎن‬
‫اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم أو آﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﻤ‪j‬ﺮور ﻏﻴ‪j‬ﺮ ﺻ‪j‬ﺎﻟﺤﻴﻦ ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻳﻤﻨ‪j‬ﻊ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺪﺧﻮل اﻟﻰ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‪ ،‬أﻣﺎ إذا آﺎﻧﺎ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ ﻓﺈن ﻧﻈﺎم اﻷﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ ﻳﻘ‪j‬ﻮم‬
‫ﺑﺈﺻﺪار ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ وﻟﻮج ‪ Access Token‬ﺗﻌﺮف اﻟﻨﻈﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﺘ‪j‬ﺮة‬
‫وﻟﻮﺟﻪ و ﺗﺤﺘﻮي هﺬﻩ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﻤﻌ‪jj‬ﺮف اﻷﻣﻨ‪jj‬ﻲ )‪ Security Identifier (SID‬و ه‪jj‬ﻮ‬

‫رﻗﻢ ﻓﺮﻳﺪ ﺧﺎص ﺑﻜﻞ ﺣﺴﺎب‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻣﻌﺮﻓ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ Group SIDs‬و ه‪jjj‬ﻲ اﻟﺘ‪jjj‬ﻲ ﺗﺤ‪jjj‬ﺪد‬

‫اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬اﻹﻣﺘﻴ‪jj‬ﺎزات ‪ Privileges‬و ه‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﻤﺜ‪jj‬ﻞ اﻟﺤﻘ‪jj‬ﻮق اﻟﻤﻤﻨﻮﺣ‪jj‬ﺔ‬

‫ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻚ‪.‬‬

‫آﻤﺎ أﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ إﺻﺪار ‪ Access Token‬ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﺪ ﻣﺤﺎوﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻚ اﻹﺗﺼ‪j‬ﺎل‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎزك ﺑﺠﻬﺎز ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺘﻚ و ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ هﺬا اﻹﺟ‪j‬ﺮاء اﻟﻮﻟ‪j‬ﻮج‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪.Remote Logon‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ اﻷﻣﻮر اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻣﺮاﻋﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﺪ اﻟﺤ‪j‬ﺪﻳﺚ ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ أﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫هﻮ اﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ أﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻮارد ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎت و ﻣﺤﺮآﺎت اﻷﻗ‪j‬ﺮاص و‬
‫اﻟﻤﻠﻔ‪jj‬ﺎت و اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻳﻘ‪jjj‬ﻮم ﻣ‪jj‬ﺪﻳﺮ اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺘﻌﻴ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ ﺗﺼ‪jjj‬ﺎرﻳﺢ ﻹﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ه‪jjj‬ﺬﻩ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮارد‪.‬‬

‫و ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺼﺎرﻳﺢ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮل اﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﻗﺮاءة و ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺮض و ﻧﺴﺦ اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ آﺘﺎﺑﺔ و ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺘﻮى اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﻣﻤﻨﻮع اﻹﺳﺘﺨﺪام ‪.No Access‬‬

‫‪331‬‬
‫و اﻟﺘﺼ‪jjjjj‬ﺎرﻳﺢ ﻣﻤﻜ‪jjjjj‬ﻦ ﻣﻨﺤﻬ‪jjjjj‬ﺎ ﻟﻤﺴ‪jjjjj‬ﺘﺨﺪم أو ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ‪jjjjj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jjjjj‬ﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ و هﺬا أٍﺳﻬﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻚ آﻞ ﻣﻮرد ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻮارد ﻗﺎﺋﻤ‪j‬ﺔ ﺗﺤﻜ‪j‬ﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻ‪j‬ﻮل ‪Access‬‬

‫)‪ Control List (ACL‬و آﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪j‬ﺔ ﻳ‪j‬ﺘﻢ إدﺧﺎﻟﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ‪ ACL‬ﻳﻄﻠ‪j‬ﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ )‪. Access Control Entry (ACE‬‬

‫ﻳ‪jjj‬ﺘﻢ إﻧﺸ‪jjj‬ﺎء ‪ ACE‬ﻋﻨ‪jjj‬ﺪ ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻨﺢ اﻟﺘﺼ‪jjj‬ﺮﻳﺢ ﻹﺳ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤ‪jjj‬ﻮرد و‬

‫ﺗﺤﺘ‪jjjj‬ﻮي ﻋﻠ‪jjjj‬ﻰ ‪ SID‬ﻟﻠﻤﺴ‪jjjj‬ﺘﺨﺪم أو ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺘ‪jjjj‬ﻪ اﻟﻤﻤﻨﻮﺣ‪jjjj‬ﺔ اﻟﺘﺼ‪jjjj‬ﺮﻳﺢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻰ ﻧﻮع اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻮ اﻓﺘﺮﺿﻨﺎ أن ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻣُﻨﺢ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﻗﺮاءة و ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ آﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻣ‪j‬ﺎ ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن ‪ ACE‬ﺟﺪﻳ‪j‬ﺪ ﻳ‪j‬ﺘﻢ إﻧﺸ‪j‬ﺎؤﻩ‬
‫ﺛ‪j‬ﻢ إﺿ‪jj‬ﺎﻓﺘﻪ اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ‪ ACL‬اﻟﺨ‪jj‬ﺎص ﺑ‪j‬ﺎﻟﻤﻠﻒ و ﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﺤﺘﻮي ‪ ACE‬ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ‪SID‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺪﻳﺮ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻰ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﻗﺮاءة و ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ آﺘﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬

‫هﻨﺎك ﻧﻮﻋﺎن ل ‪: ACE‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﻮﺻﻮل ﻣﺴﻤﻮح ‪.AccessAllowed‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻟﻮﺻﻮل ﻣﻤﻨﻮع ‪ AccessDenied‬و ﻳﺘﻢ إﻧﺸﺎؤهﺎ إذا آ‪j‬ﺎن‬

‫ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل هﻮ ‪.No Access‬‬

‫و هﻜﺬا ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺤ‪j‬ﺎول ﻣﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻣ‪j‬ﺎ اﻟﻮﺻ‪j‬ﻮل اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﻣ‪j‬ﻮرد ﻣ‪j‬ﺎ ﻳ‪j‬ﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎرﻧﺔ ‪ SID‬اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻪ ﻣﻊ ‪ SIDs‬ﻓﻲ آﻞ ‪ ACE‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ACL‬ﻟﻠﻤﻮرد‪.‬‬

‫ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ وﻳﻨ‪jj‬ﺪوز ‪ NT‬و وﻳﻨ‪jj‬ﺪوز ‪ 2000‬ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﺗﻴ‪jj‬ﺐ ‪ ACE‬ﺑﺤﻴ‪jj‬ﺚ‬

‫ﺗﻜ‪j‬ﻮن ‪ AccessDenied ACEs‬ﻗﺒ‪j‬ﻞ ‪، AccessAllowed ACEs‬‬
‫ﻓﺈذا وﺟﺪ ‪ SID‬ﺧﺎﺻﺘﻚ ﻓﻲ أي ﻣﻦ ‪ AccessDenied ACEs‬ﻓﺴﺘﻤﻨﻊ‬
‫ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻮل اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﻮرد و إﻻ ﻓﺴ‪jj‬ﻴﺒﺤﺚ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ‪AccessAllowed‬‬
‫‪ ACEs‬ﻟﻠﺘﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﻘﻮق اﻟﻤﻤﻨﻮﺣﺔ ﻟﻚ ﻓﺈن ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﺜﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ SID‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺘﻚ ﻓﺴﺘﻌﺮض رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﺗﻤﻨﻌﻚ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل ﻟﻠﻤﻮرد‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ اﻟﺪرس‪:‬‬

‫‪332‬‬
‫هﻨﺎك ﺑﻌﺾ اﻹﺟﺮاءات اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ اﺗﺨﺎذهﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ أﻣ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ و ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗ‪jjj‬ﺪرﻳﺐ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺣﻤﺎﻳ‪jjj‬ﺔ اﻟﻤﻌ‪jjj‬ﺪات ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸ‪jjj‬ﻔﻴﺮ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jjj‬ﺎت ‪،‬‬

‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام أﺟﻬﺰة ﻋﺪﻳﻤﺔ اﻷﻗﺮاص ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮاﻗﺒ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ‪j‬ﺎت اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﺠ‪j‬ﺮى ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫هﻨﺎك ﻧﻈﺎﻣﺎن أﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎن ﻹﻋﻄﺎء اﻟﺘﺼﺎرﻳﺢ و اﻟﺤﻘﻮق ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﻤﺸﺎرآﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮور‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺗﺼﺎرﻳﺢ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﻜﻮن اﻟﺪرس اﻟﻤﻘﺒﻞ إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸ‪j‬ﺎآﻞ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ‪-‬‬

‫أوﻻ ‪ :‬اﻟﻤﺮاﻗﺒﺔ و اﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ‪.‬‬

‫‪333‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﺳﻌﺔ و اﻟﺜﻼﺛﻮن‬

‫ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﺎآﻞ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫أوﻻ‪ :‬اﻟﻤﺮاﻗﺒﺔ و اﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ‬

‫ﺳﻨﺘﻨﺎول ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬وﺻﻒ ﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ وﻗﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪوث ﻣﺸﺎآﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺳ‪jj‬ﺮد ﻟﻤﺰاﻳ‪jj‬ﺎ اﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﺑ‪jj‬ﺮاﻣﺞ إدارة اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ‬

‫ﻓﺮص ﺣﺪوث ﻣﺸﺎآﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺷﺮح ﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﺎآﻞ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﺎآﻞ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ واﺣﺪة ﻣﻦ ﻣﻬﺎم ﻣ‪j‬ﺪﻳﺮ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬و ﻟﻜ‪j‬ﻦ‬

‫و آﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ه‪jj‬ﻮ ﻣﻌ‪jj‬ﺮوف ﻓﺎﻟﻮﻗﺎﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺧﻴ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻌ‪jj‬ﻼج ‪ ،‬ﻟﻬ‪jj‬ﺬا ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈن اﻟﺘﺨﻄ‪jj‬ﻴﻂ و‬
‫اﻟﻤﺮاﻗﺒﺔ و اﻹﺳﺘﻌﺪاد ﻟﺤﺪوث أي ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ أﻓﻀﻞ ﺑﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻹﻧﺘﻈﺎر ﺣﺘ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪث اﻟﻤﺸﺎآﻞ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻠﺨﺺ اﻟﻮﻗﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪوث ﻣﺸﺎآﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ اﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻣﺮاﻗﺒﺔ أداء اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻲ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿ‪jj‬ﺎﻓﺔ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺳ‪jj‬ﺒﻖ ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈن ﻣ‪jj‬ﺪﻳﺮ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﻪ اﻟﻘﻴ‪jj‬ﺎم ﺑ‪jj‬ﺒﻌﺾ‬
‫اﻹﺟﺮاءات ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﺘﻌ‪j‬ﺮف ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻣﻜﻮﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺣ‪jj‬ﺪوث ﺣﺎﻟ‪jj‬ﺔ‬

‫ﻋﻨﻖ اﻟﺰﺟﺎﺟﺔ )إﺑﻄﺎء ﻋﻤﻞ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ( و ﻋﺰل هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪334‬‬
‫‪ -2‬اﻟﺘﺄآ‪jjj‬ﺪ ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ ﺗ‪jjj‬ﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺳ‪jjj‬ﻌﺔ اﻟﻨﻄ‪jjj‬ﺎق اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ‪jjj‬ﺒﺔ ﻟﺤﺮآ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jjj‬ﺮور‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬إﺟﺮاء ﻧﺴﺦ إﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ دوري‪.‬‬

‫إذا ﻗ‪jj‬ﺎم اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﺑﻤﻬ‪jj‬ﺎم اﻟﺘﺨﻄ‪jj‬ﻴﻂ و اﻟﻮﻗﺎﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ و اﻟﻤﺮاﻗﺒ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ‬

‫أآﻤﻞ وﺟﻪ ﻓﻐﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة ﻣﺪﻳﺮ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫إدارة اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ و ﺣ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣﺸ‪jj‬ﺎآﻠﻬﺎ ﻳﺠ‪jj‬ﺐ أن ﺗﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﺟ‪jj‬ﺰءا ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺧﻄ‪jj‬ﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ و ﺗﻨﻤﻮ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ و ﻧﻤﻮ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﺧﻄﻂ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬رﺳﻮم ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﺳﻼك اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ و ﻣﺪى آﻔﺎءﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺗﺼﺎﻣﻴﻢ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬اﻟﻘﺪرة اﻹﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻠﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -5‬اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻌﺪات‪.‬‬

‫‪ -6‬ﺗﺴ‪jjj‬ﺠﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﻗﻌ‪jjj‬ﺎت ﺑﺎﻹﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟ‪jjj‬ﺎت و اﻟﺘﺤ‪jjj‬ﺪﻳﺜﺎت اﻟﻤﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫آﻤﺎ أن ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎت و إﺟﺮاءات اﻟﻮﻗﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺸﺎآﻞ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ ﻳﺠ‪j‬ﺐ‬

‫ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺨﻄﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎت و اﻹﺟﺮاءات ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬إﻋﺪاد ﻧﻈﺎم ﻟﻠﻨﺴﺦ اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪335‬‬
‫‪ -2‬إﺟ‪jjj‬ﺮاءات أﻣﻨﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ وﻓﻘ‪jjj‬ﺎ ﻟﺤﺠ‪jjj‬ﻢ اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ و ﺣﺴﺎﺳ‪jjj‬ﻴﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jjj‬ﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻤﺘﺪاوﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻤ‪j‬ﺎ‬

‫ﻳﺴﻬﻞ إدارﺗﻬﺎ و ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﻬﺎ و إﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﺪ اﻟﺤﺎﺟ‪j‬ﺔ‪ ،‬و ذﻟ‪j‬ﻚ ﻳﻨﻄﺒ‪j‬ﻖ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت و اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ أﻳﻀﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬اﻟﺘﺤ‪jj‬ﺪﻳﺚ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻤﺮ ﻟﻠﺒ‪jj‬ﺮاﻣﺞ و اﻟﻤﺸ‪jj‬ﻐﻼت و ﻟﻠﻤﻜﻮﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﺪ‬

‫اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -5‬اﻟﺘﻮﺛﻴ‪jj‬ﻖ اﻟ‪jj‬ﺪوري ﻷداء اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ و ه‪jj‬ﺬا ﻳﺸ‪jj‬ﻤﻞ أﻳﻀ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺗﻮﺛﻴ‪jj‬ﻖ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﺰود و ﺧﺮﻳﻄ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺗﻮزﻳ‪jj‬ﻊ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت و اﻟﻨﺴ‪jj‬ﺦ اﻹﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺑ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﺰودات‪ ،‬آﻤ‪jjj‬ﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﺒ‪jjj‬ﺮ ﻣﻔﻴ‪jj‬ﺪا ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﺗﺴ‪jjj‬ﺠﻴﻞ ﺣ‪jj‬ﺪوث آ‪jjj‬ﻞ اﻟﻤﺸ‪jjj‬ﺎآﻞ و‬
‫ﻇﻮاهﺮهﺎ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻰ ﺗﻮارﻳﺦ ﺣ‪j‬ﺪوﺛﻬﺎ و اﻹﺟ‪j‬ﺮاءات اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗ‪j‬ﻢ اﺗﺒﺎﻋﻬ‪j‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺛ‪jj‬ﻢ ﺣﻔ‪jj‬ﻆ آ‪jj‬ﻞ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻮﺛ‪jj‬ﺎﺋﻖ ﺑﺼ‪jj‬ﻮرة ﻣﻨﻈﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﺟ‪jj‬ﻮع إﻟﻴﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﺪ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺒ‪jjj‬ﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺠﻴ‪jjj‬ﺪة ﻹدارة و ﻣﺮاﻗﺒ‪jjj‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﺗﺴ‪jjj‬ﺎﻋﺪ آﺜﻴ‪jjj‬ﺮا ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ‬

‫اﻟﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻈﺮوف اﻟﻤﺆدﻳﺔ ﻟﺤﺪوث ﻣﺸﺎآﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ و ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ أﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫إﻳﺠﺎد ﺣﻠﻮل ﻟﻬﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺸﺎآﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌ‪jj‬ﺮف هﻴﺌ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ ISO‬ﺧﻤ‪jj‬ﺲ ﻓﺌ‪jj‬ﺎت ﻹدارة اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ و اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﺘﻌﻠ‪jj‬ﻖ‬

‫ﺑﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺣﻠﻮل ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺎآﻞ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬إدارة اﻟﻤﺤﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺒﺔ و اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺠﻞ و ﺗﻌ‪jj‬ﺪ ﺗﻘ‪jj‬ﺎرﻳﺮ ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ اﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﻣﻮارد اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬إدارة اﻹﻋﺪادات و اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺮف و ﺗﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ و‬

‫إﻋﺪاداﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬إدارة اﻷﺧﻄﺎء و اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﺘﺸﻒ و ﺗﻌﺰل ﻣﺸﺎآﻞ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪336‬‬
‫‪ -4‬إدارة اﻷداء و اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮاﻗﺐ و ﺗﺤﻠﻞ و ﺗﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺈﻧﺘ‪j‬ﺎج اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -5‬إدارة اﻷﻣﻦ و اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﺮاﻗ‪j‬ﺐ و ﺗ‪j‬ﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻ‪j‬ﻮل اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﻣ‪j‬ﻮارد‬

‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ أدوات اﻹدارة ﻣﻦ اﻷدوات ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ اﻟﻤ‪j‬ﺪى ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ أداء اﻟﻌﻤ‪j‬ﻞ‬

‫و ﻗ‪jjj‬ﺪ ﻳﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﻐﺮق اﻷﻣ‪jjj‬ﺮ وﻗﺘ‪jjj‬ﺎ و ﺧﺒ‪jjj‬ﺮة ﻃﻮﻳﻠ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﻗﺒ‪jjj‬ﻞ أن ﻳ‪jjj‬ﺘﻌﻠﻢ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫اﻹﺧﺘﻴ‪j‬ﺎر اﻟﺼ‪j‬ﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻺﺣﺼ‪j‬ﺎﺋﻴﺎت اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﻋﻠﻴ‪j‬ﻪ ﺟﻤﻌﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﻟﻠﻮﻗﺎﻳ‪j‬ﺔ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﺣ‪j‬ﺪوث‬
‫ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ أو ﻟﻺﺳﺘﻔﺎدة ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺣﺪﺛﺖ ﻓﻌﻼ‪.‬‬

‫أﻏﻠ‪jj‬ﺐ أﻧﻈﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺘﺸ‪jj‬ﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺗﺤﺘ‪jj‬ﻮي ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺑﺮﻧ‪jj‬ﺎﻣﺞ‬

‫ﻣ‪jj‬ﺪﻣﺞ ﻟﻤﺮاﻗﺒ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ و اﻟ‪jj‬ﺬي ﻳﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌ‪jj‬ﺔ أداء اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ و إﺻ‪jj‬ﺪار‬
‫ﺗﻘﺎرﻳﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ و ﻳﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺛﻼث أﻧﻮاع ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪j‬ﺎت ﺗﺴ‪j‬ﺠﻴﻞ اﻷﺣ‪j‬ﺪاث ‪ Event Logs‬و اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺠﻞ‬

‫اﻷﺧﻄ‪jj‬ﺎء و اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﺪﻗﻴﻘﺎت اﻷﻣﻨﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ و ﻏﻴﺮه‪jj‬ﺎ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻷﺣ‪jj‬ﺪاث اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺎﻋﺪ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ اﻟﻤﺸﺎآﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬إﺣﺼ‪j‬ﺎﺋﻴﺎت اﻹﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام ‪ Usage Statistics‬و اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﺠﻤ‪j‬ﻊ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪jjj‬ﺎت ﻋ‪jjj‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ اﻟ‪jjj‬ﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺼ‪jjj‬ﻠﻮن اﻟ‪jjj‬ﻰ اﻟﻤ‪jjj‬ﻮارد و آﻴﻔﻴ‪jjj‬ﺔ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﻢ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬إﺣﺼ‪jjj‬ﺎﺋﻴﺎت اﻷداء ‪ Performance Statistics‬و اﻟﺘ‪jjj‬ﻲ‬

‫ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻋﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ و اﻟﺬاآﺮة و آﻔﺎءة اﻟﻤﺰود‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻹﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﻔﺎدة ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ آ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻮﻗ‪jj‬ﺖ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ و اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ‪.‬‬

‫و ﻳﻤﻜ‪jjj‬ﻦ ﺟﻤ‪jjj‬ﻊ ه‪jjj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪jjj‬ﺎت ﺑﻤﺮاﻗﺒ‪jjj‬ﺔ ﻟ‪jjj‬ﻴﺲ ﻓﻘ‪jjj‬ﻂ اﻷﺟﻬ‪jjj‬ﺰة‬

‫اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﻞ و اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ أﻳﻀﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪337‬‬
‫و ﻳﻨﺼﺢ ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ و ﺗﻮﺛﻴﻖ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻣﺮاﻗﺒﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻬ‪j‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺸ‪jj‬ﻜﻞ ﺳ‪jj‬ﻠﻴﻢ و ﺧﻠﻮه‪jj‬ﺎ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻷﺧﻄ‪jj‬ﺎء ﻟﻴ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﺘﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ و ﻣﻘﺎرﻧﺘﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺪوث أي ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﻴﺔ و ﻳﻔﻀ‪j‬ﻞ ﺟﻤ‪j‬ﻊ ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪j‬ﺎت ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﻈ‪j‬ﺮوف‬
‫اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬أﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﺎذج ﻳﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬أﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﺎذج ﻓﻲ أوﻗﺎت اﻹﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﺰدﺣﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬أﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﺎذج ﻣﻦ ﺣﺮآﺔ اﻟﻤﺮور ﻟﻠﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫و ﺗﻔﻴﺪ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪j‬ﺎت اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﻳ‪j‬ﺪ و ﻋ‪j‬ﺰل اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺒﺐ ﻟﺤ‪j‬ﺪوث‬

‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﻖ اﻟﺰﺟﺎﺟﺔ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫و ﺑﺪراﺳ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﺎﻟﻴ‪j‬ﻞ و اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪j‬ﺎت اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻳﻤﻜ‪j‬ﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳ‪j‬ﺪ ﻓﻴﻤ‪j‬ﺎ إذا‬

‫آﺎن أﺣﺪ اﻹﺟﺮاءات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺿﺮورﻳﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻰ ﻋﺪة أﻗﺴﺎم‪.‬‬

‫‪338‬‬
 ‫‪ -2‬إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰودات اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻷداء أﻓﻀﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ إدارة اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺣ‪j‬ﺪوث‬

‫ﻣﺸﺎآﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﻴﺔ و ﻣﻦ أﻣﺜﻠﺔ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪.IBM's Netview sit -1‬‬

‫‪.SunNet Manager -2‬‬

‫‪.Spectrum Enterprise Manager -3‬‬

‫‪.CiscoWorks -4‬‬

‫ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺒ‪jj‬ﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻗ‪jj‬ﺮاءة و ﺗﺤﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﻞ أداء آ‪jj‬ﻞ‬

‫ﻣﻜ‪jj‬ﻮن ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻣﻜﻮﻧ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ و ذﻟ‪jj‬ﻚ ﺑﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮل إدارة اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺒﺴ‪jjj‬ﻴﻂ ‪Simple Network Management Protocol‬‬
‫)‪ ، (SNMP‬و هﻮ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل ﺧﺎص ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ أﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺰة اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ و‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻹدارة اﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫و ﺗﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺒ‪jj‬ﺮاﻣﺞ ﺿ‪jj‬ﻤﺎن دﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﺮه‪jj‬ﺎ‬

‫ﺑﺤﻴﺚ أﻧﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﺪ إﻋﻼﻣﻬ‪j‬ﺎ ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ ﺣ‪j‬ﺪوث ﺧﻄ‪j‬ﺄ ﻣ‪j‬ﺎ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ أﺣ‪j‬ﺪ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧ‪j‬ﺎت ﻓﻬ‪j‬ﺬا‬
‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ أن هﺬا اﻟﻤﻜﻮن ﺑﻌﻴﻨﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ اﻟﻤﺸ‪j‬ﻜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬و ﻟ‪j‬ﻴﺲ ذﻟ‪j‬ﻚ و ﺣﺴ‪j‬ﺐ ﺑ‪j‬ﻞ إن‬
‫هﺬﻩ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻗﺘﺮاح أو ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺣﻠﻮل ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺎآﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫آﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ﺗﺘﻌ‪jj‬ﺮف ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺒ‪jj‬ﺮاﻣﺞ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺣ‪jj‬ﺰم اﻟﺮﺳ‪jj‬ﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻤﻌﻄﻮﺑ‪jj‬ﺔ أو‬

‫اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻔﺔ و ﺗﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫و ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام هﺬﻩ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺨﻄ‪j‬ﻴﻂ اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﻠﻴﻢ ﻟﻨﻤ‪j‬ﻮ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺘﻮﻗﻊ ‪ ،‬و ذﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﺰوﻳﺪ اﻟﺒﺮﻧ‪j‬ﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪j‬ﺎت ﻣﻔﺼ‪j‬ﻠﺔ ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ اﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺗ‪j‬ﻚ و‬

‫‪339‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰاﻧﻴﺘﻚ ﻟﻴﻘﻮم اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﻗﺘﺮاح اﻹﺟﺮاءات اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ‪j‬ﺒﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ‪j‬ﻖ ﻏﺮﺿ‪j‬ﻚ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻤﺎﺷﻰ ﻣﻊ ﻇﺮوﻓﻚ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮة ﺗﻘ‪j‬ﻮم ه‪j‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺒ‪j‬ﺮاﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﻮﺟﻴ‪j‬ﻪ ﺟﻤﻴ‪j‬ﻊ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‪j‬ﺎت‬

‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﻤﻌﻬﺎ اﻟﻰ آﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺮآﺰي ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام أﺳﻠﻮب ﻣﻨﻬﺠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻣﺎ أﻧﺠﻊ و أﺳ‪j‬ﺮع‬

‫ﻣﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام أﺳﻠﻮب ﻋﺸﻮاﺋﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﺮ اﻷﺳﻠﻮب اﻟﻤﻨﻬﺠﻲ ﺑﺨﻤﺲ ﺧﻄﻮات‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳ‪jj‬ﺪ أوﻟﻮﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﻤﺸ‪jj‬ﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﻌﻨ‪jj‬ﺪ ﺗﻮﻗ‪jj‬ﻒ اﻟﻘ‪jj‬ﺮص اﻟﺼ‪jj‬ﻠﺐ ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ‬

‫اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ أﺣﺪ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة ﻓﺈن هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺗﻌﻄﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎت ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎز ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻟﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻈﺎهﺮ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﺒﺎب اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬إﺟﺮاء إﺧﺘﺒﺎر ﻟﻌﺰل ﺳﺒﺐ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -5‬دراﺳﺔ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ اﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎر ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮل اﻟﻰ ﺣﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺪوث ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻳﺠﺐ اﻟﺒﺪء ﺑﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻟﻠﺘﻌ‪j‬ﺮف‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ و ﻳﻜﻮن ﻣﻔﻴ‪j‬ﺪا ﻣﺮاﺟﻌ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﻮﺛ‪j‬ﺎﺋﻖ اﻟﺘ‪j‬ﻲ ﺗﺤﺘ‪j‬ﻮي ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻮارﻳﺦ ﻟﻤﺸﺎآﻞ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ و آﻴﻒ ﺗﻢ ﺣﻠﻬ‪j‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛ‪j‬ﻢ ﻳﺠ‪j‬ﺐ ﺗﻮﺟﻴ‪j‬ﻪ ﺑﻌ‪j‬ﺾ اﻷﺳ‪j‬ﺌﻠﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬آﻤﺜﺎل ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﻄﻞ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﺳﺆاﻟﻬﻢ ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ‪ ،‬و ﺗﻜﻮن إﺟﺎﺑﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ أﺑﻄﺄ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﺎدة‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮن اﻹﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺰود‪.‬‬

‫‪340‬‬
 ‫‪ -3‬ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮن ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮن اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻴﻚ اﻹﺳ‪j‬ﺘﻔﺎدة ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﻣﻼﺣﻈ‪j‬ﺎت اﻟﻤﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻟﻠ‪j‬ﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﻋ‪j‬ﺰل‬

‫اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﺣﺪﺛﺖ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ ﻣﺴ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪم واﺣ‪j‬ﺪ أو ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫و هﻞ ﺣﺪﺛﺖ اﻟﻤﺸ‪j‬ﻜﻠﺔ ﺑﻌ‪j‬ﺪ ﺗﻨﺼ‪j‬ﻴﺐ ﺑﺮﻧ‪j‬ﺎﻣﺞ ﺟﺪﻳ‪j‬ﺪ أو ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜ‪j‬ﻪ أو‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ ذﻟﻚ‪.‬‬

‫و هﻞ ﺣﺪﺛﺖ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﺪات ﺟﺪﻳ‪j‬ﺪة أو اﻧﻀ‪j‬ﻤﺎم‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺟﺪد و هﻜﺬا‪....‬‬

‫آﻤﺪﻳﺮ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺮة ﺳﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﺧﺒﻴ‪j‬ﺮا ﺑﻤﺸ‪j‬ﺎآﻞ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺘﻚ و‬

‫آﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺣﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ أﻗﺼﺮ وﻗﺖ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‪.‬‬

‫إذا ﻓﺸﻠﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﺐ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺑﻌ‪j‬ﺪ اﻟﻤﺮاﺟﻌ‪j‬ﺔ و ﺗﻮﺟﻴ‪j‬ﻪ‬

‫اﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻓﺈن ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺣﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻰ أﺟ‪j‬ﺰاء ﺻ‪j‬ﻐﻴﺮة ﻗ‪j‬ﺪر اﻹﻣﻜ‪j‬ﺎن‬
‫ﻟﺘﺒﺪأ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺒﺎر آﻞ ﻗﺴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣ‪j‬ﺪﻩ و اﻟﺘﺄآ‪j‬ﺪ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ ﻋﻤ‪j‬ﻞ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺗ‪j‬ﻪ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ أآﻤ‪j‬ﻞ‬
‫وﺟﻪ ‪ ،‬و هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻌﺎت ‪.Hubs‬‬

‫‪ -3‬اﻷﺳﻼك و اﻟﻤﺸﺎﺑﻚ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬اﻟﻤﺰودات‪.‬‬

‫‪ -5‬أﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﺰﺑﺎﺋﻦ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -6‬اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت‪.‬‬

‫‪341‬‬
‫‪ -7‬ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻹﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻤﻜ‪j‬ﺮرات و اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎت و اﻟﺠﺴ‪j‬ﻮر‬
‫و اﻟﺒﻮاﺑﺎت‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻌ‪jj‬ﺪ اﻟﺘﻌ‪jj‬ﺮف ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺒﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺸ‪jj‬ﻜﻠﺔ إﺑ‪jj‬ﺪأ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺒ‪jj‬ﺎرﻩ أو اﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺒﺪاﻟﻪ‬

‫ﻟﻠﺘﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ أﻧﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬و ﻓﻲ أﻏﻠﺐ اﻷﺣﻴﺎن ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣ‪j‬ﺪﻳﺮ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻞ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺑﻤﻔﺮدﻩ ‪ ،‬و ﻟﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻷﺣﻴﺎن ﻳﻔﺸﻞ و ﻓﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟ‪j‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺈن ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﺔ اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎز أو اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺳﺒﺐ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ اﻟﺪرس‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﺠ‪jj‬ﺐ أن ﻳﺘﻀ‪jj‬ﻤﻦ ﺑﺮﻧ‪jj‬ﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻮﻗﺎﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﺣ‪jj‬ﺪوث ﻣﺸ‪jj‬ﺎآﻞ ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫اﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺮاﻗﺒﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﺘﺪرﻳﺐ و اﻟﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﻖ اﻟﺰﺟﺎﺟ‪j‬ﺔ و‬

‫ﻋﺰﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ إدارة ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸ‪j‬ﻐﻴﻞ‬

‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ أو اﺳ‪j‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﺑ‪j‬ﺮاﻣﺞ إدارة ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼ‪j‬ﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌ‪j‬ﺮف ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﻤﺸ‪j‬ﺎآﻞ و‬
‫إﻳﺠﺎد ﺣﻠﻮل ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﺮ اﻷﺳﻠﻮب اﻟﻤﻨﻬﺠﻲ ﻟﺤﻞ اﻟﻤﺸﺎآﻞ ﺑﺨﻤﺲ ﺧﻄﻮات ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ أوﻟﻮﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻋﻦ ﻣﻈﺎهﺮ اﻟﻤﺸ‪j‬ﻜﻠﺔ‬

‫و ﻋﻤ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺳ‪jj‬ﺒﺎب اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺛ‪jj‬ﻢ إﺟ‪jj‬ﺮاء إﺧﺘﺒ‪jj‬ﺎر ﻟﻌ‪jj‬ﺰل اﻟﻤﺸ‪jj‬ﻜﻠﺔ ﺛ‪jj‬ﻢ‬
‫دراﺳﺔ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮل اﻟﻰ ﺣﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﻜﻮن اﻟ‪jj‬ﺪرس اﻟﻘ‪jj‬ﺎدم و اﻷﺧﻴ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ه‪jj‬ﺬﻩ اﻟﺴﻠﺴ‪jj‬ﻠﺔ إن ﺷ‪jj‬ﺎء اﷲ‬

‫ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﺎآﻞ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﺣﻠﻮل ﻟﻤﺸﺎآﻞ ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪342‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺪراﺳﻴﺔ اﻷرﺑﻌﻮن و اﻷﺧﻴﺮة‬

‫ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﺎآﻞ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﺣﻠﻮل ﻟﻤﺸﺎآﻞ ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ‬

‫ﺳﻨﺘﻨﺎول ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬اﻟﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﺎآﻞ اﻷﺳﻼك و ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺎت اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت و آﻴﻔﻴ‪j‬ﺔ‬

‫ﺣﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺸﺎآﻞ ﻋﻨﻮﻧﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺣﻞ ﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻋﻨﺎوﻳﻦ ‪ IP‬اﻟﻤﻜﺮرة‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﺸﺎآﻞ اﻷﺳﻼك ﻣﻦ اﻷﺳﺒﺎب اﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻋ‪j‬ﻦ‬

‫اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼ إذا ﺣﺼﻞ ﻗﻄﻊ أو إﻧﻔﺼﺎل ﻟﺴﻠﻚ إﺛﺮﻧﺖ اﻟﺮﻗﻴﻖ ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻷداة‬
‫اﻟﺘ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺗﺮﺑﻄ‪jj‬ﻪ ﺑ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﻌﻤﻮد اﻟﻔﻘ‪jj‬ﺮي ﻟﻠﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈن ﻗﺴ‪jj‬ﻢ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻣﻌ‪jj‬ﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪343‬‬
 ‫ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﻣﺸﺎآﻞ اﻷﺳﻼك و اﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻚ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺳﻮء ﺗﺮآﻴﺐ اﻷﺳﻼك‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺣﺪوث ﻗﻄﻊ ﻓﻲ اﻷﺳﻼك‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻚ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﺮﺑﻂ اﻷﺳﻼك‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﻤﺜﻠﻰ ﻹآﺘﺸﺎف ﻣﺸﺎآﻞ اﻷﺳﻼك ه‪j‬ﻲ ﺑﺈﺣﻀ‪j‬ﺎر ﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺎز‬

‫آﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺤﻤﻮل ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ و ﺗﺮآﻴ‪j‬ﺐ ه‪j‬ﺬا اﻟﺠﻬ‪j‬ﺎز ﺑ‪j‬ﺪﻻ‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﺬي أﺑﻠﻎ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺪوث ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪j‬ﺈذا ﺗﻤﻜ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺠﻬ‪j‬ﺎز‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﻤ‪jj‬ﻮل ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ رؤﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ و اﻷﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺰة اﻟﻤﺘﺼ‪jj‬ﻠﺔ ﺑﻬ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻓﻬ‪jj‬ﺬا ﻳﻌﻨ‪jj‬ﻲ أن‬
‫اﻷﺳﻼك ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺔ و ﻟﻜﻦ إن ﻓﺸﻞ ﻓﻲ ذﻟﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﺤﺺ اﻷﺳﻼك‪.‬‬

‫‪344‬‬
‫إذا آ‪jj‬ﺎن ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﻬﻞ ﻓﺤ‪jj‬ﺺ اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﻠﻚ ﻳ‪jj‬ﺪوﻳﺎ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻼ ﺑ‪jj‬ﺄس ﺑ‪jj‬ﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﻌ‪jj‬ﺪ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻮﺟ‪jj‬ﻪ اﻟ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﺆال ﻓﻴﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻟ‪jj‬ﻮ ﺣﺮآ‪jj‬ﻮا ﺷ‪jj‬ﻴﺌﺎ ﻣ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺧﺮا‪.‬‬

‫آﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ‪ Terminator‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ‬

‫اﻟﺴﻠﻚ آﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻗ‪jj‬ﻢ ﺑﻔﺼ‪jj‬ﻞ ﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز ﻳﻘ‪jj‬ﻊ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼ‪jj‬ﻒ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺤﻴ‪jj‬ﺚ ﺗﻘﺴ‪jj‬ﻢ‬

‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻰ ﻗﺴﻤﻴﻦ آﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻮﺻﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﻬﻲ ‪ Terminator‬ﺑﻄﺮﻓﻲ آﻠﻲ اﻟﻘﺴﻤﻴﻦ آﻤ‪j‬ﺎ‬

‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪345‬‬
‫ﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﻜﻮن اﻟﻘﺴ‪jjj‬ﻢ اﻟ‪jjj‬ﺬي ﺳﻴﻔﺸ‪jjj‬ﻞ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﻌﻤ‪jjj‬ﻞ ه‪jjj‬ﻮ اﻟﻤﺤﺘ‪jjj‬ﻮي ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻧﻌﻴ‪jj‬ﺪ اﻟﺨﻄ‪jj‬ﻮة اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ اﻟﻘﺴ‪jj‬ﻢ ﺻ‪jj‬ﺎﺣﺐ اﻟﻤﺸ‪jj‬ﻜﻠﺔ آﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ‬

‫اﻟﺼﻮرة اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫و هﻜ‪jj‬ﺬا ﻳﺼ‪jj‬ﺒﺢ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﻬﻞ إآﺘﺸ‪jj‬ﺎف اﻟﺠ‪jj‬ﺰء ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﻠﻚ اﻟ‪jj‬ﺬي‬

‫ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪346‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﻣﺪﻳﺮي اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﻴﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮن ﺟﻬﺎز ‪Time‬‬
‫)‪ Domain Reflectometer (TDR‬أو أداة ﻣﺜ‪jjj‬ﻞ ‪Protocol‬‬
‫‪ Analyzer‬ﻟﺤﻞ ﻣﺸﺎآﻞ اﻷﺳﻼك‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘ‪jj‬ﻮم ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤ‪jj‬ﺚ ﻋ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻣﺸ‪jj‬ﻜﻠﺔ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻷﺳ‪jj‬ﻼك هﻨ‪jj‬ﺎك ﺑﻌ‪jj‬ﺾ‬

‫اﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﺗﺴﺄﻟﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬هﻞ اﻷﺳﻼك ﻣﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ؟‬

‫‪ -2‬هﻞ اﻷﺳﻼك ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ أو ﻣﺘﺂآﻠﺔ؟‬

‫‪ -3‬هﻞ اﻷﺳﻼك ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺟﺪا؟‬

‫‪ -4‬هﻞ ﺗﻢ ﺣﻨﻲ اﻷﺳﻼك ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺣﺎد؟‬

‫‪ -5‬ه‪jjjjjj‬ﻞ ﺗﻤ‪jjjjjj‬ﺮ اﻷﺳ‪jjjjjj‬ﻼك ﻗﺮﻳﺒ‪jjjjjj‬ﺎ ﻣ‪jjjjjj‬ﻦ ﻣﺼ‪jjjjjj‬ﺪر ﻟﻠﺘ‪jjjjjj‬ﺪاﺧﻞ‬

‫اﻟﻜﻬﺮوﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻜﻴﻒ ﻟﻠﻬﻮاء أو ﻣﺤﻮل أو ﻣﺤﺮك آﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ آﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺠﻢ؟‬

‫‪ -6‬هﻞ ﺗﺘﻮاﻓﻖ اﻷﺳﻼك ﻣﻊ ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ؟‬

‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻰ اﻷﺳ‪j‬ﻼك ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺎت اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻗ‪j‬ﺪ ﺗﻜ‪j‬ﻮن ﻣﺼ‪j‬ﺪرا‬

‫ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺎآﻞ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫أول ﺧﻄ‪jj‬ﻮة ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺣ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻣﺸ‪jj‬ﺎآﻞ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﻴﺔ ه‪jj‬ﻮ ﺗﺼ‪jj‬ﻨﻴﻒ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬هﻞ هﻲ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ داﺋﻤﺔ أول ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻣﺘﻘﻄﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺈن آﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ داﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬آ‪j‬ﺄن ﺗﻜ‪j‬ﻮن اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﻠ‪j‬ﺔ ﺛ‪j‬ﻢ ﺗﺘﻮﻗ‪j‬ﻒ‬
‫ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﺪ إﺿ‪j‬ﺎﻓﺔ أو ﺗﻐﻴﻴ‪j‬ﺮ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻓﺈﻧ‪j‬ﻪ ﻳﻜ‪j‬ﻮن ﻋﻠﻴ‪j‬ﻚ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺄآﺪ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ه‪jj‬ﻞ اﻷﺳ‪jj‬ﻼك ﻣﻮﺻ‪jj‬ﻠﺔ اﻟ‪jjj‬ﻰ اﻟﻮاﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺒﺔ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jjj‬ﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ) ‪AUI, BNC,‬أو ‪(RJ-45‬؟‬

‫‪347‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ه‪jjj‬ﻞ إﻋ‪jjj‬ﺪادات ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jjj‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﺗﺘﻮاﻓ‪jjj‬ﻖ ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻊ اﻹﻋ‪jjj‬ﺪادات ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ اﻟﺬي ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ؟‬

‫‪ -3‬هﻞ ﺗﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ؟‬

‫‪ -4‬هﻞ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ و ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺷﺒﻜﺘﻚ؟‬

‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ إﺟﺎﺑﺔ أي ﻣﻦ اﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ اﻟﺴ‪j‬ﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑ‪j‬ﻨﻌﻢ ﻓﺄﻧ‪j‬ﺖ ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ اﻟﻄﺮﻳ‪j‬ﻖ‬

‫اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﺤﻞ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈن آﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺖ اﻹﺟﺎﺑ‪jj‬ﺔ ﺑ‪jj‬ﻼ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺟﻤﻴ‪jj‬ﻊ اﻷﺳ‪jj‬ﺌﻠﺔ اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻓﺈﻧ‪jj‬ﻪ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ‬
‫اﻷﻏﻠ‪jj‬ﺐ أن ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻟ‪jj‬ﺪﻳﻚ ﺗﺤﺘ‪jj‬ﻮي ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻣﺸ‪jj‬ﻜﻠﺔ داﺧﻠﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ و ﻳﺠ‪jj‬ﺐ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺒﺪاﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ إن آﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻣﺘﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻓﺈن ﺳﺒﺒﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮن أﺣ‪j‬ﺪ اﻟﺤ‪j‬ﺎﻻت‬

‫أو اﻟﻤﺴﺒﺒﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬وﺟﻮد ﺗﻌﺎرض ﻓﻲ إﻋﺪادات ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻟﻮ اﺣﺘ‪j‬ﻮى‬

‫اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻋﻠﻰ أآﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺔ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ واﺣ‪j‬ﺪة‪ ،‬و ﻳﻜ‪j‬ﻮن اﻟﺘﻌ‪j‬ﺎرض ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ أﺣ‪j‬ﺪ‬
‫اﻷﻣﻮر اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫أ‪ -‬ﻋﻨﻮان ﻣﻨﻔﺬ )‪.Input/Output (I/O‬‬

‫ب‪ -‬رﻗﻢ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ ‪.Interrupt‬‬

‫ج‪ -‬اﻟﺬاآﺮة‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬إذا آﺎﻧ‪jj‬ﺖ ﻣﺸ‪jj‬ﻐﻼت ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻏﻴ‪jj‬ﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺒﺔ أو ﻗﺪﻳﻤ‪jj‬ﺔ‬

‫اﻹﺻﺪار أو ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ إﻋﺪادهﺎ آﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ ﻋ‪jj‬ﺪى ﻣﺸ‪jj‬ﺎآﻞ اﻷﺳ‪jj‬ﻼك و ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت‪ ،‬ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈن ﺗﻜ‪jj‬ﺮار‬

‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺸﺎآﻞ اﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪348‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻨ‪jj‬ﺎوﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﻜ‪jj‬ﺮرة ﻗ‪jj‬ﺪ ﺗﻮﺟ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻟﻄﺒﻘ‪jj‬ﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ‪OSI‬‬
‫‪:Model‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ‪.Physical‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ‪.Network‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ‪.Application‬‬

‫و ﻳﻤﻜ‪jjjjj‬ﻦ ﺣ‪jjjjj‬ﺪوث ﺗﻜ‪jjjjj‬ﺮار اﻟﻌﻨ‪jjjjj‬ﺎوﻳﻦ ﻓ‪jjjjj‬ﻲ أي ﻣ‪jjjjj‬ﻦ ﺑﻴﺌ‪jjjjj‬ﺎت‬

‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪.NWLink -1‬‬

‫‪.TCP/IP -2‬‬

‫و ﻗ‪jjj‬ﺪ ﺗﺤ‪jjj‬ﺪث ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻊ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjj‬ﻮﻻت ‪ ،DECnet ، IPX/SPX‬أو‬

‫‪.AppleTalk‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻄﻠ‪jjjj‬ﺐ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjjj‬ﻮل ‪ NWLink‬أﺣﻴﺎﻧ‪jjjj‬ﺎ ) و ذﻟ‪jjjj‬ﻚ ﻓ‪jjjj‬ﻲ ﺣﺎﻟ‪jjjj‬ﺔ‬

‫‪Service‬‬ ‫اﺳ‪jjjjj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ﻣ‪jjjjj‬ﺰود ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘ‪jjjjj‬ﺎت ﻳﻌﻤ‪jjjjj‬ﻞ ﻣ‪jjjjj‬ﻊ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jjjjj‬ﻮل‬
‫)‪ ( Advertising Protocol (SAP‬أن ﺗﺤ‪jj‬ﺪد ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﻮان ﺷ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﻲ ﺳ‪jj‬ﺖ‬
‫ﻋﺸﺮي ﻣﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ ‪ 8‬أرﻗﺎم ﺧﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺰود‪.‬‬

‫ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈذا ﺗ‪jj‬ﻢ ﺗﻌﻴ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﻮان واﺣ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻟﻤ‪jj‬ﺰودﻳﻦ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﻧﻔ‪jj‬ﺲ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻓ‪jj‬ﺈن‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﻮاﺟﻬﻮن ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﻤﺸﺎآﻞ اﻟﻤﺘﻘﻄﻌ‪j‬ﺔ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬و ﻟﻜ‪j‬ﻦ‬
‫إن آﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺰدﺣﻤﺔ ﻓﺈن اﻟﻤﺸﺎآﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮن أآﺒﺮ و أآﺜﺮ ﺧﻄﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫اﻷداة اﻷﻓﻀ‪jj‬ﻞ ﻟﺤ‪jjj‬ﻞ ﻣﺸ‪jjj‬ﻜﻠﺔ ﺗﻜ‪jjj‬ﺮار اﻟﻌﻨ‪jjj‬ﺎوﻳﻦ ه‪jjj‬ﻲ أداة ﻣﺤﻠ‪jjj‬ﻞ‬

‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت ‪.Protocol Analyzer‬‬

‫‪349‬‬
‫ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﺪﻣﺎ ﻳ‪jj‬ﺘﻢ اﻟﺘﻌ‪jj‬ﺮف) ﺑﺎﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام اﻷداة اﻟﺴ‪jj‬ﺎﺑﻘﺔ( ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ اﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎزﻳﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎن ﻋﻨﻮاﻧﺎ ﻣﻜﺮرا ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻴ‪j‬ﻚ ﻓﻌﻠ‪j‬ﻪ ه‪j‬ﻮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴ‪j‬ﺮ ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﻮان‬
‫واﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻬﺎزﻳﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻚ ﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪j‬ﻮل ‪ TCP/IP‬ﻓ‪j‬ﻲ ﺑﻴﺌ‪j‬ﺔ ﺷ‪j‬ﺒﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻬ‪j‬ﺔ‬

‫‪ Routed Network‬ﻳﻜﻮن ﻋﻠﻴﻚ إﻋﺪاد اﻟﺒﺎراﻣﺘﺮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻋﻨﻮان ‪.IP Address‬‬

‫‪.Subnet Mask -2‬‬

‫‪ -3‬اﻟﺒﻮاﺑﺔ اﻹﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻴﺔ ‪.Default Gateway‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫آﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ TCP/IP‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻋﻨﻮان ‪IP‬‬

‫ﻓﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻜ‪jjj‬ﻮن ﻋﻨ‪jjj‬ﻮان ‪ IP‬ﻣ‪jjj‬ﻦ ‪ 32‬ﺑ‪jjj‬ﺖ و ﻳﻘﺴ‪jjj‬ﻢ اﻟ‪jjj‬ﻰ أرﺑ‪jjj‬ﻊ أﻗﺴ‪jjj‬ﺎم أو‬

‫ﺣﻘﻮل‪ ،‬و ﻳﻌﺮض آﻞ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻗ‪j‬ﻴﻢ اﻟﻨﻈ‪j‬ﺎم اﻟﻌﺸ‪j‬ﺮي و ﻳﻔﺼ‪j‬ﻞ ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ‬
‫آﻞ ﺣﻘﻞ و ﺁﺧﺮ ﺑﻨﻘﻄﺔ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫و ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ اﻟﺤﻘﻮل اﻷرﺑﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬اﻟﻰ ﻗﺴﻤﻴﻦ ‪:‬‬

‫‪350‬‬
‫اﻟﻘﺴ‪j‬ﻢ اﻷول ‪ The Network ID :‬أو هﻮﻳ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ و ﻳﺘﻤﺜ‪j‬ﻞ‬
‫ﺑ‪jj‬ﺎﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﻦ اﻷوﻟ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﻮان ‪ IP‬ﺑ‪jj‬ﺪءا ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ اﻟﻴﺴ‪jj‬ﺎر و ﻳﻌ‪jj‬ﺮف ه‪jj‬ﺬا اﻟﻘﺴ‪jj‬ﻢ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻘﺴ‪jj‬ﻢ اﻟﺜ‪jj‬ﺎﻧﻲ‪ The Host ID :‬أو هﻮﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز اﻟﻤﻀ‪jj‬ﻴﻒ و‬

‫ﻳﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﻦ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ و ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ هﺬا اﻟﻘﺴﻢ آﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎز ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫و هﻜﺬا ﻓﺈن ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬آﻜﻞ ﻳﻌﺮف اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﺑﺸ‪j‬ﻜﻞ واﺿ‪j‬ﺢ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ‬

‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫إذا ﻗ‪jj‬ﺎم ﻣ‪jj‬ﺪﻳﺮ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺘﻌﻴ‪jj‬ﻴﻦ ﻋﻨ‪jj‬ﻮان ‪ IP‬واﺣ‪jj‬ﺪ ﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎزﻳﻦ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ‬

‫ﻧﻔ‪j‬ﺲ اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن ذﻟ‪j‬ﻚ ﺳ‪jj‬ﻴﺆدي اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﺣ‪j‬ﺪوث ﺗﻌ‪j‬ﺎرض ﺑ‪j‬ﻴﻦ اﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎزﻳﻦ و‬
‫ﺳﻴﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ اﻟﺼﻌﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻲ آﻠﻲ اﻟﺠﻬﺎزﻳﻦ اﻟﻮﻟﻮج اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ اﻟﻤ‪j‬ﺰود‬
‫و ﺳﻴﺤﺼ‪jjj‬ﻠﻮن ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ رﺳ‪jjj‬ﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻄ‪jjj‬ﺄ ﻣﺸ‪jjj‬ﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﻟﻤ‪jjj‬ﺎ ﻳﻠ‪jjj‬ﻲ)ﻧﻈ‪jjj‬ﺎم وﻳﻨ‪jjj‬ﺪوز‬
‫‪.(NT‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫و ﺗﺴ‪jjj‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻓ‪jjj‬ﻲ وﻳﻨ‪jjj‬ﺪوز ‪ NT‬ﺑﺎﺳ‪jjj‬ﺘﺨﺪام ‪Event Viewer‬‬

‫اﻟﺘﻌ‪jj‬ﺮف ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز اﻵﺧ‪jj‬ﺮ اﻟﻤﺸ‪jj‬ﺘﺮك ﻣ‪jj‬ﻊ ﺟﻬ‪jj‬ﺎزك ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬ﻟﺘﻘﺮر أﻳًﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة ﺳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻨﻮاﻧﻪ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪351‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎزك إﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺼﻮر اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪352‬‬
353
‫اﺧﺘ‪jj‬ﺮ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ‪jj‬ﻮل ‪ TCP/IP‬و اﺿ‪jj‬ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠ‪jj‬ﻰ ‪Proporeties‬‬
‫آﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺼﻮرة اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪354‬‬
‫ﻣ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﺼ‪j‬ﻮرة اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴ‪j‬ﺔ ﻗ‪j‬ﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴ‪j‬ﺮ ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﻮان ‪ IP‬اﻟﻤﻜ‪j‬ﺮر اﻟ‪j‬ﻰ ﻋﻨ‪j‬ﻮان‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم و اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.OK‬‬

‫‪355‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ اﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ﻓﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺻﻐﻴﺮة ﺗﺴﻤﻰ‬
‫‪.Subnets‬‬

‫و ﻣﻦ أﺳﺒﺎب هﺬا اﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻟﺘﺨﻔ‪jjj‬ﻴﺾ ﺣﺮآ‪jjj‬ﺔ اﻟﻤ‪jjj‬ﺮور ﻋﻠ‪jjj‬ﻰ اﻟﺸ‪jjj‬ﺒﻜﺔ و ﺑﺎﻟﺘ‪jjj‬ﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﻘﻠﻴ‪jjj‬ﻞ‬

‫اﻹزدﺣﺎم‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻟﺘﺤﺴﻴﻦ أداء اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻟﺘﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻣﻬﺎم اﻹدارة‪.‬‬

‫‪356‬‬
 ‫‪ -4‬ﻟﺮﺑﻂ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ اﻟﺸﺎﺳﻌﺔ و اﻟﻤﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪة ﺑﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ أآﺒﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﺸ‪jj‬ﺎرك اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ‪ Subnets‬ﺑ‪jj‬ﻨﻔﺲ هﻮﻳ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ أو‬

‫‪.Network ID‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﺒ‪jj‬ﺮ ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪jj‬ﻊ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ أو ‪ Subnet Masking‬ﺗﻘﻨﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺴ‪jjjj‬ﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﺘﻜﻴﻴ‪jjjj‬ﻒ ﻋﻨ‪jjjj‬ﺎوﻳﻦ ‪ IP Addresses‬ﻟﻠﺸ‪jjjj‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴ‪jjjjj‬ﺔ‬
‫‪.Subnets‬‬

‫ﻗﻨﺎع ‪ Subnet Mask‬هﻮ رﻗﻢ ﻣﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ ‪ 32‬ﺑﺖ ﻳﺴ‪j‬ﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣ‪j‬ﻊ‬

‫ﻋﻨﻮان ‪،IP Address‬و هﺬا ﻣﺜﺎل ﻟﻪ‪.‬أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺤ‪jj‬ﺪد ﻗﻨ‪jj‬ﺎع اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴ‪jj‬ﺔ ﻓﻴﻤ‪jj‬ﺎ إذا آ‪jj‬ﺎن اﻟﺠﻬ‪jj‬ﺎز اﻟﻤﺴ‪jj‬ﺘﻬﺪف‬

‫ﻳﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ أو ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﻌﻴﺪة‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻚ ﻟﻸﻗﻨﻌ‪j‬ﺔ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﻋ‪j‬ﺪد اﻟﺸ‪j‬ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴ‪j‬ﺔ و ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ‬

‫ﻋﺪد اﻷﺟﻬﺰة ﻓﻲ آﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻓﺮﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ اﻟﺪرس‪:‬‬

‫أآﺜﺮ اﻟﻤﺸﺎآﻞ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ ﺷﻴﻮﻋﺎ هﻲ ﻣﺸﺎآﻞ اﻷﺳ‪j‬ﻼك و اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ‪j‬ﺎت‬

‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ و ﺗﻜﺮار اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺸ‪jj‬ﻤﻞ ﻣﺸ‪jj‬ﺎآﻞ اﻷﺳ‪jj‬ﻼك‪ :‬ﺣ‪jj‬ﺪوث ﻗﻄ‪jj‬ﻊ ﻓ‪jj‬ﻲ اﻷﺳ‪jj‬ﻼك أو ﺳ‪jj‬ﻮء‬

‫ﺗﺮآﻴﺐ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ اﻷﺳﻼك‪.‬‬

‫ﻣ‪jj‬ﻦ ﻣﺴ‪jj‬ﺒﺒﺎت ﻣﺸ‪jj‬ﺎآﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ‪jj‬ﺔ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﺔ‪ :‬ﺳ‪jj‬ﻮء اﻟﺘﺮآﻴ‪jj‬ﺐ و وﺻ‪jj‬ﻞ‬

‫اﻷﺳﻼك‪،‬ﺗﻌﺎرض اﻹﻋﺪادات أو اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﺸﻐﻼت ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪357‬‬
‫ﻹآﺘﺸ‪jj‬ﺎف ﺗﻜ‪jj‬ﺮار اﻟﻌﻨ‪jj‬ﺎوﻳﻦ اﻟﺸ‪jj‬ﺒﻜﻴﺔ ﻳﻤﻜ‪jj‬ﻦ اﺳ‪jj‬ﺘﺨﺪام أداة ﻣﺤﻠ‪jj‬ﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت‪.‬‬

‫و ﺑﻬﺬا ﻧﺼﻞ اﻟﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺪورة‪ ،‬ﻓ‪j‬ﺈن أﺣﺴ‪j‬ﻨﺖ ﻓﻤ‪j‬ﻦ اﷲ و إن‬
‫أﺳﺄت ﻓﻤﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ و ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎن ‪ ،‬و ﺑﺎرك اﷲ ﻓ‪j‬ﻴﻜﻢ ﻋﻠ‪j‬ﻰ ﺣﺴ‪j‬ﻦ اﻟﻘ‪j‬ﺮاءة‬
‫و اﻟﻰ اﻟﻠﻘﺎء ﻣﻊ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة ﻣﻦ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺪورة‪ ،‬و أﺧﻴﺮا و ﻟﻴﺲ ﺁﺧ‪j‬ﺮا ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺴﻮﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪﻋﺎء و اﻟﺴﻼم ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ و رﺣﻤﺔ اﷲ و ﺑﺮآﺎﺗﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪358‬‬